# Accessibility on Komo Engagement Engine: A Quickstart Guide
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/accessibility/general/accessibility-on-the-komo-platform-a-quickstart-guide/index

Learn how to build inclusive digital experiences with Komo Engagement Engine that are accessible to users of all abilities

## Overview

Accessibility ensures your digital experiences are inclusive, easy to navigate, and usable by everyone—including people with disabilities. Whether you're creating a prize draw, running a poll, or building an engagement site, making your experience accessible improves usability for all and is often a legal requirement in many regions.

This guide provides an overview of how Komo Engagement Engine supports accessibility and the steps you can take to build inclusive, engaging experiences from day one.

## Accessibility by Default in Komo Engagement Engine

Komo Engagement Engine comes pre-equipped with foundational accessibility features:

* **Semantic HTML structure** for screen readers
* **Keyboard navigability** across standard components
* **High-contrast theme options**
* **Accessible form elements**
* **ARIA labels** on interactive components like buttons and modals

These features are automatically applied, but their effectiveness depends on how you customize your content.

## Your Role: Making it Work for All

As a creator, your input can either enhance or undermine accessibility. Here's what you can do:

| Area                  | What to Do                                                                                         |
| --------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Text**              | Use clear, concise language. Avoid overly decorative fonts.                                        |
| **Images**            | Include meaningful alt text where possible, especially for logos and prize visuals.                |
| **Color**             | Ensure sufficient contrast between text and background. Avoid using color alone to convey meaning. |
| **Interactive Cards** | Keep instructions simple. Label buttons clearly. Test with just a keyboard.                        |
| **Videos**            | Add captions if the content is necessary for understanding the experience.                         |

<Check>
  ## Quick Checklist

  Before launching your campaign, ask yourself:

  * Can users navigate this site using only a keyboard?
  * Are headings and labels clear and consistent?
  * Does all text have good contrast against the background?
  * Can screen reader users understand what's going on?
  * Have I avoided flashing visuals that could cause discomfort?
</Check>

<Tip>
  ## Pro Tips for Testing Accessibility

  You don't need to be a developer to check your work. Try:

  * **WAVE by WebAIM** - Free web accessibility evaluation tool
  * **Chrome's built-in Lighthouse accessibility audit**
  * **Manual keyboard testing** - Using only your keyboard (Tab, Shift+Tab, Enter) to test flows
  * **Screen reader testing** - Listening with a screen reader like NVDA (Windows) or VoiceOver (Mac)
</Tip>

<Tip>
  ## Who Benefits?

  Accessibility helps more people than you might think:

  * Users with visual, motor, auditory, or cognitive impairments
  * People on older devices or slow internet connections
  * Multilingual users or those unfamiliar with digital formats
  * Anyone using your experience in a noisy, low-light, or rushed environment
</Tip>


# Designing Accessible Sites: Images, Colors, Contrast, and Font Best Practices
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/accessibility/general/designing-accessible-sites-images-colors-contrast-and-font-best-practices/index

Learn visual design best practices for creating inclusive and accessible Engagement Hubs with Komo Engagement Engine

## Why Accessibility in Design Matters

The visual design of your Komo Engagement Hub plays a huge role in how inclusive and usable your experience is. Poor color contrast, hard-to-read fonts, or relying solely on visuals can make it difficult—or impossible—for some users to engage with your content. This article gives you practical, platform-aligned tips for designing with accessibility in mind—without sacrificing aesthetics or brand consistency.

## Images and Alternative Text

Images can make your Komo Engagement Hub more engaging—but they should never become a barrier. Some users rely on screen readers to understand what's on the page, so images must be used thoughtfully.

### **Best Practices**

* **Use alt text for meaningful images** - If an image conveys information (e.g. a prize, sponsor logo, or product), add clear alternative text describing it
* **Skip alt text for decorative images** - If the image is purely visual (e.g. background confetti or design flourishes), leave the alt text blank so screen readers can skip over it
* **Don't put important text inside images** - Text baked into an image can't be read by screen readers and often won't resize well on smaller screens. Use real text wherever possible

<Tip>
  When uploading media to your site, always ask: **Would someone who can't see this image still get the message?**
</Tip>

## Choosing Accessible Colors

Color can enhance your experience—but it shouldn't limit who can enjoy it.

### Best Practices

* **Maintain strong contrast** - Aim for at least a 4.5:1 contrast ratio between foreground text and background
* **Don't rely on color alone** - Always pair color cues (e.g. red for incorrect) with text or icons
* **Test your palette** - Use tools like Colors Contrast Checker or WebAIM to validate your choices

## Fonts that Work for Everyone

Fonts shouldn't get in the way of understanding your message.

### Best Practices

* **Use legible, sans-serif fonts** - Avoid thin or decorative typefaces for body text
* **Avoid all caps** in long stretches—use them sparingly for emphasis

## Design Pitfalls to Avoid

Avoid these common mistakes:

| Mistake                                  | Why It's a Problem                         |
| ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------ |
| Using pastel text on a white background  | Low contrast = unreadable for many users   |
| Relying on hover states only             | Not visible for keyboard users or mobile   |
| Using blinking or fast-animating visuals | Can trigger motion sensitivity or seizures |
| Hiding key text in images                | Screen readers can't access it             |

<Check>
  ## Quick Checks Before You Publish

  * Can all text be read easily in daylight?
  * Do links and buttons stand out clearly?
  * Have you avoided color-only cues?
  * Have you tested with one of the tools below?
</Check>

## Tools We Recommend

* [WebAIM Contrast Checker](https://webaim.org/resources/contrastchecker/)
* [Google Lighthouse](https://developer.chrome.com/docs/lighthouse/overview)
* [Color Oracle](https://colororacle.org/) – Simulate colorblindness
* [NoCoffee Vision Simulator](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/web-disability-simulator/olioanlbgbpmdlgjnnampnnlohigkjla?hl=en) (Chrome extension) – See how your site might look to users with vision impairments

## Want a Design Review?

Send a link to your in-progress experience to [support@komo.tech](mailto:support@komo.tech) and we'll give you quick feedback to improve accessibility before launch.


# How to Test Your Experience for Accessibility
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/accessibility/general/how-to-test-your-experience-for-accessibility/index

Before you hit "publish," it's important to make sure everyone can use and enjoy what you've built, no matter their device or ability

## Why Accessibility Testing Matters

With Komo, it's easy to launch engaging digital experiences—quizzes, polls, scratch-and-wins, and more. But before you hit "publish," it's important to make sure everyone can use and enjoy what you've built, no matter their device or ability. This article walks you through a few simple things to check before launching your experience.

## Test on Different Devices

Before you release:

* View your experience on a **mobile phone** (both Apple and Android if possible)
* View it on a **desktop computer or laptop**

Check that everything looks clear, is easy to read, and that users can complete the experience with ease—whether by tapping, clicking, or using keyboard navigation.

## Fonts, Colors & Contrast

Komo is configured to be as accessible as possible by default, but if you've changed fonts, background colors, or text colors, be sure to check:

* Can you read the text clearly on all devices?
* Does the text stand out from the background?
* Is color being used **alone** to show meaning (e.g. red = wrong)?

👉 Need help choosing the right styles? [See Designing Accessible Sites](/accessibility/general/designing-accessible-sites-images-colors-contrast-and-font-best-practices)

## Images & Alternative Text

Images add fun and flavor to your site—but remember:

* Use **alt text** for any image that explains something important (like a prize or logo)
* Decorative images (like background shapes) don't need alt text

👉 [Learn more in Accessibility on the Komo Platform](/accessibility/general/accessibility-on-the-komo-platform-a-quickstart-guide)

## Keyboard Testing Checklist

Try your experience using only:

* **Tab**: Move between interactive elements
* **Enter / Spacebar**: Activate buttons
* **Arrow keys**: Navigate options in sliders or choice-based cards

### Helpful Tools

You don't need to be a developer to test your experience. These tools are free and easy to use:

| Tool                                                                                                                                  | What it Does                                                    |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- |
| [WebAIM Contrast Checker](https://webaim.org/resources/contrastchecker/)                                                              | Check that your text stands out clearly against your background |
| [Google Lighthouse](https://developer.chrome.com/docs/lighthouse/overview)                                                            | A quick test in Chrome that spots common accessibility issues   |
| [Color Oracle](https://colororacle.org/)                                                                                              | See how your design looks for colorblind users                  |
| [NoCoffee Vision Simulator](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/web-disability-simulator/olioanlbgbpmdlgjnnampnnlohigkjla?hl=en) | Chrome extension that simulates various vision challenges       |

## Final Tip: Try It Like Your Users Would

Before launching, try experiencing your site the way some of your users might:

* **Turn on a screen reader** (VoiceOver on iPhone or TalkBack on Android) and listen to how your content is read out loud
* **Use your phone's accessibility tools** to zoom, increase text size, or invert colors
* **Navigate without using a mouse** — just tap around or use your phone's keyboard navigation features
* **Try it on a small screen** — is everything still easy to read and interact with?

If anything feels confusing, awkward, or missing—it probably will be for your users too.

## Still Have Questions?

We're here to help! If you're unsure about anything accessibility-related—or just want a second set of eyes—reach out to [support@komo.tech](mailto:support@komo.tech). We'll be happy to review your experience with you.


# Which Komo Cards Are Accessible (and Which Aren't)
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/accessibility/general/which-komo-cards-are-accessible-and-which-arent/index

Learn which Komo Engagement Engine interactive cards are fully accessible and which have limitations for inclusive experiences

## Komo Cards + Accessibility

Komo Engagement Engine offers a wide range of interactive cards—such as quizzes, polls, Scratch and Win, Memory Challenge, and more—that can create fun and engaging experiences. But not every card is equally accessible.

This guide helps you understand which Komo cards are fully accessible and which ones have limitations. It also provides practical tips for configuring each card to ensure your experience is inclusive for all users—whether they're using a keyboard, screen reader, or other assistive technology.

## Accessible Card Types

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Banner">
    A static, full-width visual card typically used for branding, announcements, or setting a tone for the Engagement Hub.

    **Best practices:**

    * Alternative text should describe the purpose of the image
    * Place key messages in readable, overlaid text instead of embedding in the image
    * Keep visual contrast strong between text and background
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Image & Image with Button">
    Displays a standalone image, optionally paired with a button to guide users to other content.

    **Best practices:**

    * Use descriptive alt text for the image to convey its meaning
    * Button labels should clearly state what happens when clicked (e.g. "Enter Now" or "See Details")
    * Avoid embedding key information inside images
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="20 Words or Less">
    Prompts users to answer a question in 20 words or less using a simple text input.

    **Best practices:**

    * Provide clear written instructions or prompts
    * Use high-contrast text over background
    * Any accompanying images should have alt text
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Secret Code">
    Allows users to enter a code to unlock hidden content or rewards. The input field is screen reader accessible.

    **Best practices:**

    * Use clear instruction text to explain the action
    * Avoid embedding instructions in images
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Quizzes">
    Presents one or more questions with multiple-choice answers, sometimes with scoring.

    **Best practices:**

    * Questions and answers should be written in text, not images
    * Images used to support a question should have alt text
    * Keyboard navigation is supported
    * Results are announced by screen readers
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Personality Test">
    Presents users with a series of questions to determine a personality type, product match, or category result.

    **Best practices:**

    * All questions and answer options should be written in plain text
    * Avoid using only images to convey questions or outcomes
    * Add alt text for any illustrations or character graphics
    * Keyboard navigation is supported throughout the experience
    * Results are displayed on screen and announced by screen readers
    * Use clear headings for readability
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Polls & Multi-Polls">
    Gathers audience opinion using single or multiple selections.

    **Best practices:**

    * Use text-based options and ensure questions are clearly phrased
    * Keyboard navigation is supported throughout the experience
    * Results are announced by screen readers
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Swiper">
    Users swipe left or right to indicate preference (e.g. like/dislike).

    **Best practices:**

    * Provide clearly labeled left and right buttons as an alternative to swiping
    * Avoid relying on gesture-only input
    * Screen reader users will hear the selected option before confirming
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Scratch and Win">
    Users scratch a surface to reveal a prize.

    **Best practices:**

    * A "Reveal" button is available for users who can't scratch
    * Results are read aloud by screen readers
    * Text descriptions of prizes should be included alongside visuals
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Spin to Win">
    Users spin a virtual wheel to receive a prize or message.

    **Best practices:**

    * Users can trigger the spin with the keyboard
    * Outcome is read aloud by screen readers
    * Keep on-screen labels short and descriptive
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Watch to Win">
    Users must watch a video to enter or claim a reward.

    **Best practices:**

    * Captions should be enabled for all videos.
    * Playback controls work via keyboard.
    * Instructions should explain what happens after the video.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Treasure Hunt">
    Encourages users to discover content or complete a challenge.

    **Best practices:**

    * All hints and instructions should be presented as text.
    * Avoid image-only clues.
    * Progress is trackable with keyboard and screen reader support.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Number Guess">
    User guesses a number using a slider or input field.

    **Best practices:**

    * Use clear labels to explain the number range.
    * Ensure the context of the guess is explained (e.g. closest guess wins).
    * Visual cues should be paired with text.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Carousel">
    Displays a set of rotating content or images.

    **Best practices:**

    * All images should include alt text.
    * Users can navigate carousel slides using visible buttons.
    * Keyboard navigation is supported for navigating carousel slides.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Vote">
    Allows users to cast a single vote on a question or prompt.

    **Best practices:**

    * All images should include alt text.
    * Vote options should use clear, concise language.
    * Users can navigate carousel slides using visible buttons.
    * Keyboard navigation is supported for navigating vote items.
    * Users receive an on-screen confirmation message after submitting.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="User Generated Content (UGC) Upload">
    Lets users upload media like photos and videos.

    **Best practices:**

    * The image above the upload should have alt text.
    * The upload button has information set for assistive technologies, including upload limits.
    * Keyboard navigation is supported (Enter and Space) to open the file upload.
    * Confirmation appears after a successful upload.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Receipt Upload">
    Allows users to upload a receipt for validation.

    **Best practices:**

    * The image above the upload should have alt text.
    * The upload button has information set for assistive technologies, including upload limits.
    * Keyboard navigation is supported (Enter and Space) to open the file upload.
    * Confirmation appears after a successful upload.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Spotify Embed">
    Embeds a Spotify player to play a track or playlist.

    **Best practices:**

    * Keyboard navigation is supported.
    * Inform users that playback controls are available.
    * Add context text explaining what to listen for or why it matters.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="YouTube Embed">
    Displays an embedded YouTube video.

    **Best practices:**

    * Captions should be turned on by default if possible.
    * Controls can be used with a keyboard.
    * Avoid setting videos to autoplay.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Facebook, Instagram, TikTok & X Embeds">
    Displays social media content in a feed or post format.

    **Best practices:**

    * Not all embeds are fully accessible—avoid using them as the only source of important content.
    * Add a short summary or explanation next to the embed.
    * Ensure the embed doesn't interrupt the experience flow.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Cards That Have Accessibility Challenges

The below cards have accessibility limitations and we do not recommend them for inclusive user experiences.

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Live Trivia">
    A real-time quiz where players must respond within a countdown.

    **Best practices:**

    * Requires fast, visual interaction.
    * Timers cannot be paused or extended.
    * Screen readers and slower users may not keep up.
    * Better alternatives include simple quizzes.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Live Predictor">
    Users submit predictions for future outcomes by answering questions.

    **Best practices:**

    * Not completely accessible for keyboard or screen reader currently, ongoing work is being conducted to improve accessibility with this card.
    * Better alternatives include simple quizzes and number guess.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Memory Challenge">
    Users match image pairs under time pressure.

    **Best practices:**

    * Requires fast, visual interaction.
    * Timers cannot be paused or extended.
    * Not accessible for keyboard or screen reader users.
    * Better alternatives include simple quizzes and polls.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Picker">
    A visual selection interface with interactive mechanics.

    **Best practices:**

    * Heavy visual experience that has limited keyboard support currently.
    * Screen reader support is currently limited.
    * Better alternatives include simple quizzes and polls.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Need Help?

Not sure which card to use? Want help reviewing your experience for accessibility?

Reach out to [support@komo.tech](mailto:support@komo.tech) and we'll be happy to assist you.


# Add new members to your company
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/account-settings/account-management/add-new-members-to-your-company/index

Adding a new member to your company platform enables others to edit the front and back-end of your hub.

## What is it

When inviting new members you have the choice to give them a role of either a viewer, editor, or owner. Viewers will only be able to overlook your company without the ability to edit. The editor role grants these lack of permissions and the owner grants equal ability to you. You also have the ability to resend invites if needed.

## How do I do this?

* [Step 1: Navigate to the Company settings](#step-1-navigate-to-the-company-settings)
* [Step 2: Invite new members to join your company](#step-2-invite-new-members-to-join-your-company)

### Step 1: Navigate to the Company settings

<img alt="Add new members to your company: step 1 — Step 1: Navigate to the Company settings" />

* Head to the **Company settings** on the company dashboard.

### Step 2: Invite new members to your company

<img alt="Add new members to your company: step 2 — Step 2: Invite new members to your company" />

* **(1)** Under the Company members section, click on **Invite member.**
* **(2) + (3)** Enter the new member's **email and name**.
* **(4)** Select the **role** for the member. You can select from three; viewer, editor or owner.
* Once a member has been invited, they will receive an email promoting them to create an account.

## FAQ

**Can I resend the invite if I have entered the wrong details?**

Yes, if you have entered their details incorrectly, you can update/edit their details by clicking on **...** once the details have been corrected, an email will automatically be sent to inform the change to that member.

**Why would I want to add a viewer over an editor?**

You might find it useful to add specific members as viewers, such as marketers, collaborators and peers so that they can overlook relevant hub analytics, promotion mechanics, and user details.

**What is the difference between editor and owner?**

Owners can edit the portal, invite new members, revoke member invites, update details and delete members while an editor can edit the portal, manage API keys, and send password reset links for members.


# Events Published to Tag Manager Data Layers
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/account-settings/analytics/events-published-to-tag-manager-data-layers/index

A list of events published to Tag Manager Data Layers

## Introduction

When using Komo Engagement Engine for your marketing or promotional campaigns, it's crucial to track user interactions effectively. Komo Engagement Engine supports both **Google Tag Manager (GTM)** and **Adobe Launch Tag Manager**, which are commonly used to manage and implement tracking. Komo Engagement Engine automatically pushes important events to the respective data layers of these tag managers, giving you deep insights into user behavior without extensive manual configuration.

In this article, we'll explain the events Komo Engagement Engine publishes to the data layers, how to access them, and provide sample code to retrieve the data in **Google Tag Manager (GTM)** and **Adobe Launch Tag Manager**.

## Supported Tag Managers

### Google Tag Manager (GTM)

Google Tag Manager is a versatile tool that allows you to manage tags and track user interactions without modifying your code base constantly. GTM uses a JavaScript array called `dataLayer` to hold information about events and their related data.

* [Google Tag Manager Documentation](https://support.google.com/tagmanager/answer/6102821?hl=en-GB\&sjid=9005108592727786343-AP)
* [Komo's support for Google Tag Manager](/integrations-automation/tag-management/connect-google-tag-manager-to-your-hub)

### Adobe Launch Tag Manager

Adobe Launch Tag Manager is another popular tool for managing tags and tracking user events. It uses `adobeDataLayer` to store and pass data from your site to Adobe Analytics or other tools you use within the Adobe Experience Cloud.

* [Adobe Launch Tag Manager Documentation](https://experienceleague.adobe.com/docs/launch.html)
* [Komo's support for Adobe Launch Tag Manager](/integrations-automation/tag-management/connect-adobe-launch-tag-manager-to-your-hub)

## Events Published by Komo

Komo Engagement Engine automatically publishes key user interaction events to the respective tag manager's data layer `dataLayer` for Google Tag Manager, `adobeDataLayer` for Adobe Launch). Below is a list of the most common events and what they represent:

| Event Name                       | Description                                                                                                                                                                                          |
| :------------------------------- | :--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `auth-view`                      | Triggered when a user views the authentication page or dialog on the platform.                                                                                                                       |
| `card-action`                    | Triggered when a user performs a specific action on an interactive card. These actions can include: - Competition - ExternalLink - ScrollToCard - OpenProfileDrawer                                  |
| `card-answered`                  | Triggered when a user answers a question on a card, such as Quiz, Poll, Personality Test or Predictor.                                                                                               |
| `card-finished`                  | Triggered when a user completes a gameplay experience for a card.                                                                                                                                    |
| `card-item-viewed`               | Triggered when a user views an individual item within a card, such as a Vote or Carousel item.                                                                                                       |
| `card-shared`                    | Triggered when a user shares a card via the Share options for a card.                                                                                                                                |
| `card-social-click`              | Triggered when a user clicks on a social media link within a card.                                                                                                                                   |
| `card-started`                   | Triggered when a user begins interacting with a card.                                                                                                                                                |
| `card-viewed`                    | Triggered when a card is viewed by a user.                                                                                                                                                           |
| `coupon-redeemed`                | Triggered when a user redeems a coupon offered through a card.                                                                                                                                       |
| `coupon-viewed`                  | Triggered when a user views a coupon offered through a card.                                                                                                                                         |
| `cover-clicked`                  | Triggered when a user clicks the cover image or button for a card.                                                                                                                                   |
| `embedded-card-page-viewed`      | Triggered when a user views a page that has a Komo card embedded in it.                                                                                                                              |
| `form-start`                     | Triggered when a user begins to fill out a form.                                                                                                                                                     |
| `form-submission`                | Triggered when a user submits a form.                                                                                                                                                                |
| `page-viewed`                    | Triggered when a user views a specific page on a hub.                                                                                                                                                |
| `single-card-page-viewed`        | Triggered when a user views a standalone single-card page.                                                                                                                                           |
| `survey-form-field-touched`      | Triggered when a user interacts with a field on a Survey card.                                                                                                                                       |
| `survey-screen-finished`         | Triggered when a user completes a screen within a Survey card.                                                                                                                                       |
| `survey-screen-started`          | Triggered when a user starts a screen within a Survey card.                                                                                                                                          |
| `survey-screen-viewed`           | Triggered when a screen within a Survey card is viewed by a user.                                                                                                                                    |
| `survey-submitted`               | Triggered when a user submits a completed Survey card.                                                                                                                                               |
| `survey-viewed`                  | Triggered when a user views a Survey card.                                                                                                                                                           |
| `trivia-card-action-bar-clicked` | Triggered when a user clicks a link in the action bar of a Live Trivia card. Includes the `gameplayStage` (`lobby`, `questions`, `finished`, `answers`, or `rules`) and the `link` that was clicked. |
| `trivia-card-prizes-viewed`      | Triggered when a user views the prize options in a Live Trivia card.                                                                                                                                 |
| `video-card-finished`            | Triggered when a user finishes watching the video on a Video card.                                                                                                                                   |
| `video-card-paused`              | Triggered when a user pauses the video on a Video card.                                                                                                                                              |
| `video-card-played`              | Triggered when a user starts playing the video on a Video card.                                                                                                                                      |
| `video-card-resumed`             | Triggered when a user resumes a paused video on a Video card.                                                                                                                                        |
| `video-card-viewed`              | Triggered when a Video card is viewed by a user.                                                                                                                                                     |

These events provide granular insight into user activity on Komo Engagement Engine, giving you the ability to measure engagement and adjust your campaigns accordingly.

## Accessing the Data Layers

### Google Tag Manager: Accessing `dataLayer`

When Komo publishes an event, it gets pushed to the `dataLayer` array in GTM. You can access this data using the following code in your web browser’s developer console or within your GTM tags:

```javascript theme={null}
console.log(window.dataLayer);
```

To capture specific events, you can create a custom event trigger in GTM:

1. Open **Google Tag Manager** and go to your **Triggers**.
2. Click on **New Trigger** and choose **Custom Event**.
3. In the event name, add the event you want to capture, for example, `card-viewed`.
4. Save and publish your trigger.

Once this trigger is set, you can send data to Google Analytics or other connected services for reporting.

### Adobe Launch Tag Manager: Accessing `adobeDataLayer`

In Adobe Launch Tag Manager, Komo pushes events to the `adobeDataLayer`. You can access the data using the following

```javascript theme={null}
console.log(window.adobeDataLayer);
```

To create a rule in Adobe Launch for specific events like form-submission:

1. In **Adobe Launch**, navigate to **Rules** and create a new rule.
2. Choose **Event Type** as `Custom Event`.
3. In the event configuration, define the event name (e.g., `form-submission`).
4. Save and publish your rule.

This allows you to capture and analyze data from the Komo platform in Adobe Analytics or any other tools you have integrated with Adobe Launch.

### Example: Creating a Custom Trigger in Google Tag Manager

Here’s a sample code for creating a custom event trigger for the `card-viewed` event in GTM:

1. In **GTM**, navigate to **Triggers** and click on **New**.
2. Choose **Custom Event** from the list of available trigger types.
3. In the **Event Name** field, enter `card-viewed`.
4. Set the trigger conditions if necessary (e.g., only fire the trigger on specific pages).
5. Click **Save** to finalize the trigger.

You can now link this trigger to a tag, such as sending data to Google Analytics whenever a user views a card on Komo.

## Conclusion

By leveraging the events Komo Engagement Engine publishes to `dataLayer` and `adobeDataLayer`, you can gain deep insights into user behavior and engagement. Whether you're using Google Tag Manager or Adobe Launch, these events enable you to track meaningful user actions, analyze campaign performance, and make informed decisions to optimize your platform's performance.

For more information on setting up Google Tag Manager or Adobe Launch, refer to the official documentation linked above.


# Insights and Dashboards
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/account-settings/analytics/insights-and-dashboards/index

Create custom insights and dashboards to stay up to date with the most important metrics across your workspace and hubs.

## What is it?

Our Custom Insights and Dashboards feature is designed to give you complete control over how you visualize and interpret your activation data. With this tool, you can create tailored insights and dashboards that highlight the key metrics most relevant to your specific goals, allowing you to stay up to date with critical performance indicators across your entire workspace and Engagement Hubs.

## How do I set it up?

### Step 1: Create an Insight

<img alt="Insights and Dashboards: step 1 — Step 1: Create an Insight" />

* From within your workspace, navigate to **Insights** (located under Reporting in the left-hand column)
* Once there, click **+ Create insight**
* You will then see that your new insight has been created

### Step 2: Edit Insight parameters

<img alt="Insights and Dashboards: step 2 — Step 2: Edit Insight parameters" />

* **(1)** Give your Insight a relevant **Name**

* **(2)** Provide a **description** that makes clear what your insight is showing

* **(3)** Click the dropdown and select the insight **Series** you wish to be displayed

  <Accordion title="Viewing Insight Series">
    <img alt="Insights and Dashboards: option a — Step 2: Edit Insight parameters" />

    * **(A) Content Impressions** are events raised for a piece of content when it is in view for more than 2s, once per page load
    * **(B) Coupon Events** are events raised when users receive, view, or redeem coupons
    * **(C) Engagements** are events raised when users interact with content
    * **(D) Entries** are the number of entries submitted via data capture forms on your content
    * **(E) Gating Events** are events raised when users pass through a site gate e.g. age verification
    * **(F) Page Views** are events raised when users view a page of content. Includes Engagement Hub pages, embedded content pages, and single card pages
    * **(G) Share Events** are events raised when users share content
    * **(H) Sessions** are a series of user session events that occur on a single device and browser. Sessions are ended after 30 minutes of inactivity
  </Accordion>

* **(4)** Click the dropdown and select the **aggregation** you wish to be applied to your insight

  <Accordion title="Applying Aggregation">
    <img alt="Insights and Dashboards: option a — Step 2: Edit Insight parameters" />

    * **(A) Total count** displays the total number of series events
    * **(B) Unique sessions** displays the series event by number of unique sessions
    * **(C) Unique Contacts** displays the series events by the number of unique contacts
  </Accordion>

* **(5)** Here you can opt to apply **filters** to your insight

  <Accordion title="Insight Filters">
    <img alt="Insights and Dashboards: option b — Step 2: Edit Insight parameters" />

    * **(A)** Here you can set the **filter parameters** for your insight
  </Accordion>

* **(6)** Here you can **rename** your series (if desired)

* **(7)** If you wish to **delete** your series, you can click the **bin icon**

* **(8)** By selecting **Enable formula mode** you can enter a formula to calculate your series data

* **(9)** Here you can opt to **breakdown** or slice your series by a range of variables

* **(10)** Click **+ Add series** to include additional series data in your insight

* **(11)** Here you can change the **time period** and **grouping** of the displayed insight

* **(12)** Click **Options** to customize how the series is displayed

* **(13)** Here you can change the **visualization format** for the series

* **(14)** View the **visualization** of your series data over time and scroll over the line to view point-in-time metrics

* **(15)** Scrolling down, you can view your series insights in **table form**

* **(16)** Here you can export the data in CSV format

* **(17)** Once satisfied with your insight parameters, click **Save**

* You will now see that your insight has been created

### Step 3: View your Insight

<img alt="Insights and Dashboards: step 3 — Step 3: View your Insight" />

* Now that your insight is created, you have the ability to **view** and **analyze** the data
* **(1)** Click **Edit** to make any changes to the saved insight
* **(2)** Here you can change the **time period** and **grouping** displayed
* **(3)** By clicking **Options** you can customize how the insight is displayed
* **(4)** Click here to change the **visualization format** for the data
* **(5)** Here you can view the data in **table form**
* **(6)** Select **export** to export the data in a CSV format

### Step 4: Create a Dashboard

<img alt="Insights and Dashboards: step 4 — Step 4: Create a Dashboard" />

* After creating one (or multiple) insights, you can create custom dashboards, centralizing your insights in a single view
* Navigate to **Dashboard** (located under Reporting in the left-hand column)
* Click **+ Create Dashboard**
* Give your dashboard a relevant **Name** and **Description** and select **Create**
* Click **+ Add insight**
* Add the insight(s) you wish to display on the dashboard by selecting the **checkbox** next to the insight name
* Click **Add (x) insights**
* You will now see your newly created dashboard with the desired insights displayed

### Step 5: View your Dashboard

<img alt="Insights and Dashboards: step 5 — Step 5: View your Dashboard" />

* You can now view and customize your dashboard as desired
* **(1)** Click the **three dots** to **Rename, Clone**, or **Delete** the dashboard
* **(2)** You can reorganize how the dashboard displays by selecting **Edit layout** and **dragging** and **dropping** the insight modules as desired
* **(3)** Click **+ Add insight** if you wish to include additional insights on your dashboard
* **(4)** Here you can **Add a text widget** that can be used to leave comments, annotations, and titles on your dashboard
* **(5)** Click here to change the **time period** displayed for the insights
* **(6)** Click the **three dots** to **edit, view**, or **delete** individual insights

## FAQ

**What is a series?**

A series refers to a sequence of related data points collected or observed over a period of time or across different categories. It can be presented as a time series or categorical series depending on the nature of the data.


# Data Collection and Analytics
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/account-settings/faqs/data-collection-and-analytics/index

Learn what data Komo collects through forms and interactions, how data connects with external systems, and how to report on campaign performance.

Komo enables you to collect first-party and zero-party data through interactive experiences and forms. This includes system-defined and custom properties, contextual user agent data, and interaction data generated through engagement.

## Komo Contacts

When a user first engages without submitting any identifiable data, Komo records them as an Anonymous Contact. Once the user submits a form with a uniquely identifying piece of data, such as an email address or mobile number, they transition to Identified. Further steps, such as contact verification through email confirmation or SSO, can elevate them to Authenticated Contacts. From there, whenever Komo sees that contact again, it continues to build upon a unified Contact profile.

## Data that can be collected through forms

### System properties

These are default, built-in properties that can be captured through Komo forms:

* First Name
* Last Name
* Email
* Mobile
* Address
* Postcode
* Date of Birth
* Birth Year
* Country

### Custom properties

* You can create custom fields that map to the data you want to capture or to existing data in external systems.
* Custom properties can capture additional attributes relevant to your campaign, such as favourite brand, purchase intent, or membership ID.
* Custom properties can be applied to forms or embedded directly into games and other interactive experiences.

### Opt-ins and consent

Komo provides built-in tools for handling consent and opt-ins:

1. **Communication Subscriptions and consent fields** manage ongoing marketing consent. They can power Komo's communication features and map to external systems.
2. **Opt-in form fields** support one-time confirmations, such as accepting terms and conditions or verifying age.

## Data collected outside forms

### User agent

The following data is collected automatically in the background to enrich user profiles and support reporting:

* IP address
* Location derived from the IP address
* Device type, such as desktop, tablet, or mobile
* Browser information

### Interaction data

Interaction data is captured whenever a user engages with a Komo experience. Read more about the specific event payloads in the [developer documentation](https://developers.komo.tech/user-interaction-events).

#### Page and container events

* `page-viewed`: A Komo page is viewed.
* `embedded-card-page-viewed`: A page with an embedded Card is viewed.
* `single-card-page-viewed`: A standalone single-Card page is viewed.

#### Generic Card events

* `card-viewed`: A Card is displayed to the user.
* `card-started`: The user begins interacting with a Card.
* `card-answered`: The user answers a question within a Card.
* `card-finished`: The user completes a Card.
* `card-item-viewed`: The user views an item within a Card, such as a slide or option.
* `card-action`: The user clicks or triggers a defined Card action.
* `card-shared`: The user shares a Card.
* `card-social-click`: The user clicks a social link or action on a Card.
* `cover-clicked`: The user clicks a Card's cover or hero area.

#### Live Trivia events

* `trivia-card-action-bar-clicked`: The trivia action bar is clicked.
* `trivia-card-prizes-viewed`: The user views prize information on a Live Trivia Card.

#### Video events

* `video-card-viewed`: The Video Card is shown.
* `video-card-played`: Video playback starts.
* `video-card-paused`: Video playback is paused.
* `video-card-resumed`: Paused video playback resumes.
* `video-card-finished`: Video playback completes.

#### Coupon events

* `coupon-viewed`: A coupon is viewed.
* `coupon-redeemed`: A coupon is redeemed.

#### Form events

* `form-start`: A user starts a form.
* `form-submission`: A user submits a form.

#### Survey events

* `survey-viewed`: A survey is viewed.
* `survey-screen-started`: The user enters a survey screen.
* `survey-screen-viewed`: A survey screen is displayed.
* `survey-screen-finished`: The user completes a survey screen.
* `survey-form-field-touched`: A survey field is interacted with.
* `survey-submitted`: A survey is submitted.

## Data sync, sharing, and integrations

### Syncing and sharing data with external systems

Komo can send collected data to external systems. Through CRM Sync or Workflows, contact data, events, activities, and attributes can be pushed to third-party software when the target system exposes an API for integration.

### Custom events and ingesting data

Komo supports ingesting external data through Custom Events. This allows contact data, external activities, and system events to flow into Komo in a consistent, structured way for segmentation, automation, and analytics.

* Custom Events can represent external activity such as transactions, POS activity, website events, or other system-generated actions.
* Events can be linked to existing Contacts or stored against anonymous users until they become identified.
* Each event type can trigger Workflows. These can add Contacts to lists or segments, update loyalty tiers, add Contacts to campaign flows, sync data to external CRMs, or trigger follow-up campaigns.
* Custom Events are defined by schemas created in Komo. Incoming data must match the schema or be transformed to fit it.

## Insights, analytics, and Dashboards

Komo provides built-in tools for creating custom reports, called Insights, and Dashboards to help you measure engagement and performance across campaigns. [Learn how to set up Insights and Dashboards](/account-settings/analytics/insights-and-dashboards/index).

You can create Insights based on the following data points:

* **Impressions and page views:** How many people saw a page, Card, or campaign.
* **Engagement and interactions:** Gameplay activity, form starts and submissions, survey responses, quiz answers, and coupon redemptions.
* **Contact growth and engagement:** How many new Contacts have been identified and captured, and how often they return.
* **Performance over time:** Trends in participation and engagement.
* **Breakdowns:** Analyse any Insight by Site, Card, country, city, device, or browser.

Komo provides more than 30 Insight templates out of the box, with more added over time:

### Impressions

* Content Impressions (Total count) by Card
* Total Content Impressions
* Unique Content Impressions
* Total vs Unique Impressions Per Day

### Engagements

* Engagements (Total Count)
* Engagements (Unique Contacts)
* Engagement Rate
* Engagement to Entry % Per Card
* Impression to Engagement % Per Card
* Unique Impressions to Unique Engagements % Rate (All Cards)
* Total vs Unique Engagements Per Day

### Entries

* Total Entries
* Unique Entries
* Entry Rate (Entries/Views)
* Entry Rate per Card
* Unique Entries by Card
* Unique Entries by Card (%)
* Engagement to Entry % Per Card
* Impression to Complete/Enter % Per Card
* Unique Engagements to Unique Entries % Rate (All Cards)
* Unique Impression to Unique Completion % Rate (All Cards)

### Time and sessions

* Total Engagement Time
* Sum of Engagement Time / Unique Contacts
* Sessions 90th Percentile
* Sessions 90th Percentile Engaged
* Sessions (95th Percentile Duration)
* Sessions (95th Percentile Engaged Duration)
* Sessions (99th Percentile Duration)
* Sessions (99th Percentile Engaged Duration)

## Summary

Komo provides a privacy-conscious framework for data collection:

* System properties capture key identifiers.
* Custom properties support campaign-specific data.
* User agent data adds context and supports analytics.
* Interaction data provides insight into engagement, behaviour, and preferences.

Together, these categories support Komo's first-party and zero-party data strategy, enabling you to understand, segment, and activate your audiences.


# Data Privacy FAQ
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/account-settings/faqs/data-privacy-faq/index

Learn what data Komo collects, how it is stored and used, who owns it, how to access or delete it, sub-processors, consent, and compliance.

## TL;DR

* Any data your end users provide through the Komo Engagement Engine is **your data** — Komo does not claim ownership of it.
* You control what is collected, how consent is presented, and how that data is used; Komo processes and stores data on your behalf to deliver the platform.
* Komo keeps data secure and only shares it with sub-processors required to run the service.
* Marketing communications require explicit opt-in before any message is sent.

### Contents

* [Roles and ownership](#roles-and-ownership)
* [What data is collected](#what-data-is-collected)
* [How data is collected](#how-data-is-collected)
* [How data is used](#how-data-is-used)
* [Storage and retention](#storage-and-retention)
* [Access, export, and deletion](#access-export-and-deletion)
* [Sharing and sub-processors](#sharing-and-sub-processors)
* [Cookies and consent](#cookies-and-consent)
* [Security](#security)
* [Compliance and legal](#compliance-and-legal)
* [Contact](#contact)

<Warning>
  Please note that the information and advice that Komo provides regarding privacy, consent, data processing, or any other matter of this nature is of a general basis only, and we suggest you seek your own legal advice specific to your needs.
</Warning>

## Roles and ownership

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Who owns the data?">
    Any data captured on the Komo Engagement Engine is owned by **you**, not Komo. We do not place any rights on the data other than what is required to deliver the service under our [Terms of Service](/account-settings/faqs/data-privacy-faq#terms-of-service).

    You represent and warrant that you have obtained all necessary rights and permissions to collect and use the data you submit to the platform.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="What is Komo's role vs ours as data controller?">
    In general, **you** decide what personal data to collect, the legal basis for collection, and how end-user data is used for your campaigns and communications. **Komo** processes that data on your behalf to operate the Engagement Engine — hosting, delivery, support, security, and integrations you configure.

    The relationship is governed by our Terms of Service and, where applicable, a Data Processing Agreement (DPA). This FAQ is general guidance only; your legal team should confirm roles and obligations for your jurisdiction and use case.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Komo sell or license our end-user data?">
    No. Komo does not sell, rent, or license your Customer Data to third parties for their own marketing or data enrichment purposes. Data is processed solely to deliver the services covered under our [Terms of Service](/account-settings/faqs/data-privacy-faq#terms-of-service).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can Komo staff access our data?">
    Komo personnel may access Customer Data only when authorised and typically only to resolve a support issue. All Komo staff are bound by confidentiality obligations and NDAs. See [Are Komo staff under an NDA?](#security) in Security.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## What data is collected

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="What types of data can Komo collect on our behalf?">
    Komo collects only the data you configure the platform to capture. This typically falls into:

    * **Identity and contact details** — name, email address, mobile number, and any [contact properties](/crm/contacts/contact-properties/index) you create (e.g. date of birth, postcode, favourite team).
    * **Competition and form responses** — answers submitted through [data capture forms](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index), including free-text responses, poll and quiz answers, and receipt uploads.
    * **Engagement and behavioural data** — card interactions, game progress, badge achievements, hub visits, and entry history tied to a contact profile.
    * **Consent records** — terms and conditions acceptance, [communication subscription](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions/index) opt-ins, and cookie consent preferences.
    * **Technical metadata** — IP address, timestamps, and device/session information used for fraud prevention, analytics, and platform operation.

    You decide which fields appear on each form and which are required. Komo does not automatically append third-party enrichment data to your contacts.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="What is the difference between anonymous, identified, and authenticated contacts?">
    Komo classifies end users based on what they have shared:

    * **Anonymous** — visited your Engagement Hub but has not provided identifying information.
    * **Identified** — the end user has supplied identifying information (for example through a public data capture form), but Komo has not verified who they are. There is no email validation at this stage, and this is not the same as **Authenticated** (account login or SSO). Think of a standard competition or form submission where someone enters their details without proving their identity.
    * **Authenticated** — created an account within your Engagement Hub and completed the required profile fields.

    See [Contacts](/crm/contacts/index) for more detail on how contact profiles are built over time.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## How data is collected

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How does Komo collect data from our end users?">
    Data is collected when end users interact with your Engagement Hub and the experiences you configure:

    * **Data capture forms** — attached to competitions, games, polls, and other cards. You configure the fields, required status, and consent checkboxes for each form. See [Data Capture](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index).
    * **Account registration and profiles** — when authentication is enabled, users can create accounts and build profiles over repeat visits.
    * **Passive engagement tracking** — card views, completions, and gameplay events are recorded against a session or contact profile for analytics and personalisation.
    * **Integrations** — data can flow to or from external systems (CRM, email platforms, tag managers) based on rules and filters you configure. See [Integrations & Tag Management](/integrations-automation/tag-management/index).

    Komo does not collect data independently of the experiences you publish. You are responsible for ensuring you have the appropriate legal basis and notices in place for the data you choose to collect.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can we control exactly what we ask for on each form?">
    Yes. Every data capture form is fully configurable. You can:

    * Add, remove, and reorder fields using existing contact properties or create new ones.
    * Mark fields as required or optional.
    * Attach your [terms and conditions](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions/index) to a mandatory T\&Cs acceptance checkbox.
    * Add [communication subscription](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions/index) consent fields for marketing opt-in.
    * Set a [default data capture form](/getting-started/hub-setup/default-data-capture-form/index) at the Hub level and override it per card where needed.

    Nothing is collected through a form unless you have added the field and the end user submits it.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## How data is used

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How does Komo use the data we collect?">
    Komo uses Customer Data only to:

    * Operate and deliver the Engagement Engine (competitions, communications, CRM, analytics, and integrations you configure).
    * Provide customer support when you or your end users raise an issue.
    * Maintain platform security, monitor performance, and prevent fraud.
    * Comply with legal obligations.

    Optional AI features process data only when you enable those features. Komo uses aggregated and anonymised platform data internally to improve the product. Komo does not use your Customer Data for Komo's own marketing to your end users.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How can we use the data we collect?">
    As the data owner, you decide how to use the first-party data captured through Komo — for example:

    * Segmenting contacts and running prize draws.
    * Sending [marketing communications](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions/index) to opted-in subscribers.
    * Syncing opted-in contacts to external CRMs and email platforms via [workflows and integrations](/integrations-automation/workflows/triggers).
    * Exporting data for reporting, fulfilment, or transfer to your own systems.

    You must comply with your own privacy policy and all applicable laws governing how you use personal information.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Storage and retention

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Where is our data stored?">
    Customer Data — the data your end users submit through the platform, including contacts, entries, form responses, and engagement history — is stored on infrastructure provided by **Google LLC** in one of the following data regions.

    **US1** and **AU1** are platform data regions. They determine which admin portal you use, which country your data is stored in and how your published Engagement Hub URLs are routed — not where Customer Data is physically stored:

    * **US1** — admin portal at [app.us1.komo.cloud](https://app.us1.komo.cloud); published sites use `*.komo.site` or `*.us1.komo.site`
    * **AU1** — admin portal at [app.au1.komo.cloud](https://app.au1.komo.cloud); published sites use `*.au1.komo.site`

    Content is delivered globally via **Cloudflare, Inc.**, which routes traffic to the nearest edge data centre for performance. See [Sharing and sub-processors](#sharing-and-sub-processors) for how third-party providers fit into delivery and storage.

    Komo may disclose data to overseas service providers as described in our Terms of Service. We take reasonable steps to ensure data is handled in accordance with applicable privacy standards, including GDPR Standard Contractual Clauses and UK international data transfer mechanisms where applicable.

    Komo Technologies Pty Ltd is based in **Perth, Western Australia**.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How long is data retained?">
    You control retention of your Customer Data during your subscription. You can export or delete contacts at any time from the Komo portal — see [Access, export, and deletion](#access-export-and-deletion).

    After a subscription ends, you may export Customer Data for up to **30 days** using the platform's export features. Komo may retain automated backup copies for up to 30 days from creation before they are destroyed.

    You are solely responsible for meeting your own data retention obligations under applicable law.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Access, export, and deletion

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How can we access and export our data?">
    You can access your data at any time through the Komo portal:

    * **Contacts** — view, search, filter, and export your full contact list as CSV. See [Contacts](/crm/contacts/index).
    * **Entries** — export competition entry data including form responses and consent status. See [Entry Management](/interactive-features/features/entry-management/index).
    * **Integrations** — push data to external CRMs, webhooks, and automation tools based on rules you define.

    During your subscription and for up to 30 days after it ends, you can export Customer Data at no additional charge using the platform's existing export features.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can we delete end-user data?">
    Yes. You can delete individual contacts or bulk-delete from the Contacts area. Deletion is permanent and cannot be undone.

    Komo will not modify User data except as agreed with you in writing.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How do end-user access or deletion requests work?">
    If an end user contacts Komo directly with a data access, correction, or deletion request (for example under GDPR or CCPA), Komo will promptly notify you unless required by law to act otherwise. **You**, as the organisation that collected the data, action the request through the portal — export, update, or delete the relevant contact or entry records.

    For privacy or DPA questions about this process, contact [privacy@komo.tech](mailto:privacy@komo.tech).
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Sharing and sub-processors

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Does Komo share our data with anyone else?">
    Yes, but only with **sub-processors** engaged to deliver aspects of the platform, and only to the extent necessary to provide the services covered under the Terms of Service. Komo remains responsible for sub-processor handling of your data per our instructions.

    The authoritative sub-processor list is maintained on our [trust site](https://komo.trust.site/subprocessors) and in **Annex 1** of our Terms of Service. A summary table is below and may lag behind live updates.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Who are Komo's sub-processors?">
    The following third-party sub-processors may process data in connection with the Komo platform. Optional services are only engaged when you enable the relevant feature.

    For the current list, see [komo.trust.site/subprocessors](https://komo.trust.site/subprocessors). Annex 1 of our [Terms of Service](/account-settings/faqs/data-privacy-faq#terms-of-service) is also authoritative.

    | Sub-processor       | Purpose                                                                       | Applicable service            | Location                                                       |
    | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
    | Google, LLC         | Hosting & infrastructure — server and data hosting                            | Core platform                 | United States                                                  |
    | Cloudflare, Inc.    | Content delivery network — web infrastructure, security, DDoS mitigation, DNS | Core platform                 | United States (global data centres; traffic routed to nearest) |
    | PostHog Inc.        | Product analytics and in-app behaviour insights                               | Core platform                 | United States                                                  |
    | DataDog, Inc.       | Infrastructure monitoring — uptime, performance, security                     | Core platform                 | United States                                                  |
    | HubSpot             | CRM, customer support, and marketing website                                  | Komo internal operations      | United States                                                  |
    | Stripe              | Online payments                                                               | Billing                       | United States                                                  |
    | Sprinto             | Security and compliance monitoring                                            | Komo internal operations      | United States                                                  |
    | Xero                | Accounting                                                                    | Komo internal operations      | Australia                                                      |
    | OpenAI              | AI language-model inference                                                   | Optional AI features          | United States (optional)                                       |
    | Twilio, Inc.        | SMS sending                                                                   | Optional SMS communications   | United States (optional)                                       |
    | ActiveCampaign, LLC | Email sending via Postmark (transactional and broadcast)                      | Optional email communications | United States (optional)                                       |

    This summary may be updated from time to time. Always refer to the [live sub-processor list](https://komo.trust.site/subprocessors) or Annex 1 of the Terms of Service for the current version.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Cookies and consent

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How does opt-in work on the Komo platform?">
    Komo provides layered consent controls so you can align collection and communications with your privacy policy and legal requirements. Consent is managed at three levels:

    1. **Hub-level cookie and privacy consent** — enable a cookie consent banner in your Hub's [GDPR settings](/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-settings/index). End users see this when they first load the Engagement Hub and can accept or manage preferences before engaging with content.

    2. **Form-level consent for data collection** — every data capture form supports a mandatory **terms and conditions** acceptance checkbox, linked to your uploaded T\&Cs. You can add additional required or optional fields for specific consents.

    3. **Marketing opt-in via Communication Subscriptions** — create workspace-level [Communication Subscriptions](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions/index) and add them to your forms. End users must **explicitly opt in** before they can receive marketing emails. Marketing communications cannot be sent to contacts who have not subscribed. Transactional email and SMS subscription controls are evolving — see the [Communication Subscriptions FAQ](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions/index) for current scope.

    You configure the copy, required fields, and consent labels for each layer. Komo records consent status against each contact and entry, and this is visible in [Entry Management](/interactive-features/features/entry-management/index) and contact profiles.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can we show a cookie consent banner on an Engagement Hub?">
    Yes. Enable a cookie consent banner in your Hub's **GDPR** settings tab. You can customise the banner copy, colours, and call-to-action buttons. End users see the banner when they first load the Engagement Hub. See [Hub Settings — GDPR](/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-settings/index).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Komo integrate with cookie consent providers?">
    Yes. Komo has a direct integration with **OneTrust Cookie Consent**, allowing you to connect your existing consent programme to your Engagement Hub. Komo is also open to exploring integrations with other providers — contact [privacy@komo.tech](mailto:privacy@komo.tech) to discuss.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Does Komo use cookies?">
    Yes. Komo uses cookies for the following purposes:

    * Remember users when returning to the Engagement Hub
    * Remember users who create an account so they do not have to re-enter information when entering competitions
    * Remember where a user got up to in a given game
    * Remember when a user has consented to a data and privacy consent form

    You must post a privacy policy on your Hub that provides notice of cookie use, and must not circumvent any opt-out mechanisms that are part of the platform.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="We want to enrich profiles with first-party data — how does consent fit?">
    Komo is designed for **zero- and first-party data collection** — data your end users voluntarily provide through engagement, not third-party data appended without their knowledge.

    A typical approach for building richer profiles while staying consent-aligned:

    * **Start with low-friction engagement** — polls, games, and quizzes that do not require personal data, building anonymous engagement first.
    * **Gate deeper data behind explicit consent** — use data capture forms with T\&Cs acceptance when you need identifying information for competitions or rewards.
    * **Separate competition consent from marketing consent** — require T\&Cs for entry, but treat marketing as a distinct, optional [Communication Subscription](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions/index) checkbox that end users must actively tick.
    * **Layer data over time** — as identified contacts return to your Hub, badges, profiles, and repeat entries add engagement data to existing contact records without re-asking for information they have already provided.
    * **Respect subscription status in integrations** — when syncing to external CRMs or email platforms, use workflow filters so only contacts with active subscription consent are transferred. See [Mailchimp Contact Sync](/crm/syncs/mailchimp-contact-sync/index) for an example.

    You remain responsible for determining the appropriate legal basis and privacy notices for your use case. Komo provides the tools to capture and record consent; your legal and policy teams define how they are applied.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="How have other customers approached opt-in and consent?">
    While every organisation's legal requirements differ, common patterns we see across Komo customers include:

    * **Opt-in first for marketing** — rather than collecting data and relying on opt-out, customers use Communication Subscriptions so marketing emails are only sent to contacts who have explicitly opted in. This is the platform default for marketing communications.
    * **Reusable workspace-level subscriptions** — consent fields are created once at the workspace level and added to forms across multiple campaigns, ensuring consistent consent language and auditability.
    * **Separate subscriptions for different channels** — distinct opt-ins for email, SMS, and other channels, each with its own label and description visible on the communications preference page.
    * **Hub-level cookie consent plus form-level T\&Cs** — a cookie banner on first visit, combined with mandatory T\&Cs acceptance on competition entry forms.
    * **OneTrust integration** — customers with existing cookie consent programmes connect [OneTrust Cookie Consent](/integrations-automation/tag-management/index) to their Hub for a consistent consent experience across their web properties.
    * **Filtered CRM syncs** — integrations and workflows are configured to sync only contacts who meet specific consent criteria (e.g. active email subscription), so external systems receive only appropriately consented data.

    Your Komo account team can discuss patterns relevant to your industry and jurisdiction. For legal interpretation, we recommend sharing this FAQ, our [trust centre](https://komo.trust.site), and your planned data flows with your policy team alongside our [Terms of Service](/account-settings/faqs/data-privacy-faq#terms-of-service) and [Privacy Policy](/account-settings/faqs/data-privacy-faq#privacy-policy).
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Security

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="How does Komo protect our data?">
    Komo implements commercially reasonable technical and organisational security measures, including:

    * Encryption of data in transit and at rest
    * Access controls limiting Komo personnel access to authorised support scenarios — see [Can Komo staff access our data?](#roles-and-ownership)
    * Regular third-party penetration testing, code review, and grey-box testing
    * Security and compliance monitoring via sub-processors such as Sprinto and DataDog
    * Internal policies covering physical access, IT asset management, and data handling

    In the event of a security breach affecting Customer Data, Komo will notify you within 48 hours of confirming the nature and extent of the breach, or sooner if required by law.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Do you regularly conduct penetration tests?">
    Yes. Komo engages third-party security experts to conduct penetration tests against our software. We also conduct code review and grey-box testing. See [How does Komo protect our data?](#security) for our broader security programme.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Do you have a physical data security policy?">
    Yes. We maintain several policies covering physical access and control of data and IT systems, including an IT Asset Register, IT Asset Decommissioning Policy, Physical Data Policy, and Technology Equipment Agreement.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Are Komo staff under an NDA?">
    Yes. All Komo staff are required to commit to confidentiality obligations and an NDA. For when staff may access Customer Data, see [Can Komo staff access our data?](#roles-and-ownership).
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Compliance and legal

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Where are Komo's Terms of Service?">
    Komo maintains separate Terms of Service for Australia/New Zealand and US/International customers. Use the version that matches your contract and region:

    * [Australia & New Zealand](https://www.komo.tech/terms-of-service)
    * [US & International](https://www.komo.tech/us/terms-of-service)

    The sub-processor list is in **Annex 1** of the Terms of Service. The [live sub-processor list](https://komo.trust.site/subprocessors) on our trust site may also be useful.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Where is Komo's Privacy Policy?">
    Komo maintains separate Privacy Policies for Australia/New Zealand and US/International customers. Use the version that matches your contract and region:

    * [Australia & New Zealand](https://www.komo.tech/privacy-policy)
    * [US & International](https://www.komo.tech/us/privacy-policy)
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Where can we find trust and security documentation?">
    Our trust centre is available at [https://komo.trust.site](https://komo.trust.site). It includes security, compliance, and privacy documentation — including the [sub-processor list](https://komo.trust.site/subprocessors) — that may be useful when sharing information with your legal or policy teams.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Are you GDPR compliant?">
    Yes. Komo complies with EU GDPR obligations, including Standard Contractual Clauses for international data transfers from the EU. For how end-user access and deletion requests are handled, see [How do end-user access or deletion requests work?](#access-export-and-deletion).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Are you CCPA compliant?">
    Yes. Komo complies with the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA). End-user requests directed to Komo are routed to you as described in [How do end-user access or deletion requests work?](#access-export-and-deletion).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Will Komo sign a Data Processing Agreement (DPA)?">
    Yes. Komo is happy to sign a DPA — please send agreements to [privacy@komo.tech](mailto:privacy@komo.tech) for review.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Contact

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="Whom do we contact for data and privacy questions?">
    Email [privacy@komo.tech](mailto:privacy@komo.tech) for privacy, DPA, and data processing questions. For platform support, contact [support@komo.tech](mailto:support@komo.tech).
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# Cloudflare Turnstile
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/account-settings/settings/cloudflare-turnstile/index

Add a CAPTCHA to your competitions to eliminate bot traffic.

## What is it?

Cloudflare Turnstile is a type of CAPTCHA that is able to verify users as real humans to block any spam or bot traffic entering your competition. This feature applies at the end of the data capture form and is an automatic reading that doesn't affect the user experience.

## How do I set it up?

### Step 1: Connect your Hub to Cloudflare

<img alt="Cloudflare Turnstile: step 1 — Step 1: Connect your Hub to Cloudflare" />

* To set up Cloudflare Turnstile, you will need to have a Cloudflare account. You can sign up and create an account [here](https://dash.cloudflare.com/sign-up). Don't worry, it's free!
* **(1)** Navigate to the sidebar and click on **Turnstile**
* **(2)** Click on **Add site** to connect your Komo Hub

  <Accordion title="Adding your Komo Hub">
    <img alt="Cloudflare Turnstile: option a — Step 1: Connect your Hub to Cloudflare" />

    * **(A)** Here you will input an **internal name**
    * **(B)** Enter your **Hub URL** here without the http\://. For example, komohub.komo.site, then click on the pop-up below, *Add custom domain*
      <Note>
        *If you want to enable a CAPTCHA to multiple Hubs, you will need to add all the domains here.*
      </Note>
      <img alt="Cloudflare Turnstile: option a — Step 1: Connect your Hub to Cloudflare" />
    * **(C)** Here you can select from different modes. Select **Managed** if you want Cloudflare to decide whether or not the checkbox needs to be manually filled for assumed bot activity.
    * **(D) Non-interactive** means users don't need to check the box; it will automatically scan a user's session.
      <img alt="Cloudflare Turnstile: option c — Step 1: Connect your Hub to Cloudflare" />
    * **(E) Invisible** means the Cloudflare Turnstile CAPTCHA will not be visible on the form.
      <img alt="Cloudflare Turnstile: option c — Step 1: Connect your Hub to Cloudflare" />
    * Then scroll down and click **Create**.
  </Accordion>

### Step 2: Copy the Turnstile keys

<img alt="Cloudflare Turnstile: step 2 — Step 2: Copy the Turnstile keys" />

* **(1) + (2)** These are the **keys** you will need to have on hand to paste on the Komo portal.

### Step 3: Enable the Cloudflare Turnstile feature

<img alt="Cloudflare Turnstile: step 3 — Step 3: Enable the Cloudflare Turnstile feature" />

* Navigate to the Komo portal, click on your initials on the top right corner and then select Account settings.
* **(1)** Click on **Create property** Connnected Apps on the left sidebar.
* **(2)** Then select **Connect** under Cloudflare Turnstile to enable.

  <Accordion title="Connect Cloudflare Turnstile">
    <img alt="Cloudflare Turnstile: step 2 — Step 3: Enable the Cloudflare Turnstile feature" />

    * **(A)** Paste the **Site key** from Step 2 here.
    * **(B)** Paste the **Secret Key** from Step 2 here.
    * **(C)** Select which **Hubs** you want to apply the CAPTCHA to.
      <Note>
        Any Hubs selected here must be on the Cloudflare Turnstile list in Step 1 (2C).
      </Note>
    * Then click **Create** to save your settings.
  </Accordion>

### Step 4: Test the feature

<img alt="Cloudflare Turnstile: step 4 — Step 4: Test the feature" />

* Navigate to your live site and engage with a piece of content with a data capture form to view the experience.

### FAQ

**Can bots enter a competition if the Cloudflare Turnstile CAPTCHA is enabled?**

No, they can't. The role of the CAPTCHA is to eliminate any type of bot traffic or illegitimate entries trying to enter or spam your competitions.

**Will the CAPTCHA apply to all the competitions?**

Yes, if you have enabled the feature, this will apply to all competitions on the Hub.


# Notifications
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/account-settings/settings/notifications/index

Set up workspace notifications to stay informed about important events like workflow errors

<Note>
  Notifications is currently in **beta**. You can start using it today — features and event types may expand over time.
</Note>

Notifications let you monitor important events in your workspace and receive alerts through configured delivery channels. Use them to stay informed about issues like workflow execution errors without manually checking the platform.

## Overview

The Notifications settings page has two tabs:

* **Notifications** — define what events you want to be notified about and how frequently
* **Channels** — configure where notifications are delivered (for example, email)

Navigate to **Workspace Settings > Notifications** in the sidebar to get started.

## Channels

Channels define where your notifications are delivered. You need at least one active channel before you can create notification subscriptions.

### Creating a channel

<Steps>
  <Step title="Open the Channels tab">
    Go to **Workspace Settings > Notifications** and select the **Channels** tab.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Add a channel">
    Click **Add Channel** to open the channel creation form.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Configure the channel">
    Enter a **Channel Name** to identify this channel (for example, "Team Alerts").

    Select a **Channel Type**:

    * **Email** — send notifications to one or more email addresses
  </Step>

  <Step title="Add recipients">
    For email channels, enter each recipient's email address and click **Add**. You can add multiple recipients to a single channel.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Save">
    Click **Create** to save the channel.
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Managing channels

You can edit existing channels to update the name or modify recipients. If a recipient address has delivery errors, a warning icon appears next to it with details about the failure.

## Notification subscriptions

Subscriptions define which events trigger a notification and which channels receive it.

### Creating a subscription

<Steps>
  <Step title="Open the Notifications tab">
    Go to **Workspace Settings > Notifications** and select the **Notifications** tab.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Add a notification">
    Click **Add Notification** to open the subscription creation form.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Name the subscription">
    Enter a **Subscription Name** (for example, "Workflow failure alerts").
  </Step>

  <Step title="Select an event type">
    Choose which event triggers the notification. Currently available:

    * **Flow Execution Error** — triggers when a workflow execution fails
  </Step>

  <Step title="Configure event settings">
    For workflow error notifications, choose the scope:

    * **All workflows in workspace** — receive alerts for errors in any workflow
    * **Specific workflows** — select individual workflows to monitor
  </Step>

  <Step title="Select channels">
    Choose one or more notification channels to deliver this alert. Only enabled channels with a valid status appear in the list.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Set a cooldown">
    Configure a **notification cooldown** to limit how frequently you receive alerts. The minimum cooldown is 5 minutes. This prevents notification spam when multiple errors occur in quick succession.
  </Step>

  <Step title="Save">
    Click **Create** to activate the subscription.
  </Step>
</Steps>

### Managing subscriptions

You can edit existing subscriptions to change the event scope, update channel assignments, or adjust the cooldown period.

## FAQ

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="What events can I subscribe to?">
    Currently, you can subscribe to **Flow Execution Error** events, which notify you when a workflow fails. More event types may be added as the feature evolves.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Can I send notifications to multiple channels at once?">
    Yes. When creating a subscription, you can select multiple channels. Each selected channel receives the notification independently.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="What does the cooldown setting do?">
    The cooldown limits how often a notification fires for the same subscription. For example, with a 5-minute cooldown, if multiple workflow errors occur within that window, you receive one notification instead of many.
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Why don't I see any channels when creating a subscription?">
    You need to create at least one channel in the **Channels** tab first. Only channels that are enabled and have a valid status appear as options.
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>


# August 2025
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2025-august

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="August 29, 2025">
  ### **Localized built-in text**

  You can now translate standard text in Memory Challenge and Live Trivia cards into Spanish and Portuguese. This helps you localize experiences for broader audiences.

  ### **Quick survey resends**

  A new action in the survey recipients table lets you quickly resend communications. This helps you boost response rates with less effort.

  ### **Advocacy score insights**

  We added an "Advocacy Score" option to Opinion Scale questions, complete with analytics. This makes it easier to measure brand loyalty and sentiment.

  ### **Direct survey links**

  You can now open and preview surveys directly from the survey table via a new "Link" column. This saves you clicks when managing surveys.

  ### **Fixed: Prize filter rules**

  You can now correctly select "is set" and "is not set" options in prize filter rules.

  ### **Fixed: Text colors**

  Text color settings now apply correctly to lobby, scratch, and result screens.

  ### **Fixed: Game layouts**

  Layouts for scratch and watch & win are now consistent between the admin editor and the front-end view.

  ### **Fixed: HTML card ratios**

  Aspect ratio settings now apply correctly in both the front-end and editor preview for HTML cards.

  ### **Fixed: Hub validation**

  Hubs now check the site cache first when validating existence, improving accuracy and performance.

  ### **Fixed: Survey triggers**

  Survey workflow trigger filters now work as expected to ensure your automation runs correctly.

  ### **Fixed: Table pagination**

  Table pagination controls in the portal are now properly aligned.

  ### **Fixed: Empty state images**

  We corrected broken images that were appearing on empty state screens in the portal.

  ### **Fixed: Thuzi environment settings**

  The Thuzi workflow environment selection no longer reverts from production to staging after saving.

  ### **Consistent swiper colors**

  Swiper result screens now inherit modal colors to ensure a consistent design across your card.

  ### **Better image management**

  We fixed drag overlay behavior and enabled moving multiple files at once in the workspace.

  ### **Enhanced workspace organization**

  A new folder structure and select image button make managing your workspace images much easier.

  ### **Updated Mailchimp flow**

  The connection flow now uses the "id" callback page for a smoother integration process.

  ### **Custom badge notifications**

  You can now customize badge toast notifications to better personalize the user achievement experience.

  ### UGC accent colors

  Card shell customization now includes an accent color option, which applies to the UGC upload outline and icon.

  Restrict email updates

  A new setting allows you to prevent users from updating their email addresses in forms.

  Toggle swiper scores

  You can now toggle the result score display ("You got X out of X") on or off in Swiper cards.

  Styled instant win forms

  Extra data forms within instant win cards can now be styled to match your campaign's look and feel.

  Automated workflow cloning

  Workflows now automatically clone when you copy cards, surveys, or hubs within the same workspace.

  AI brand guidelines

  You are now prompted to complete brand guidelines before generating content, ensuring AI outputs match your style.
</Update>

<Update label="August 5, 2025" description="Major Feature Release">
  ### **Workspace brand guidelines**

  You can now define brand guidelines at the workspace level. Kai uses this information to generate content that better reflects your brand's identity.

  ### **Rich text profile descriptions**

  The profile description field now supports HTML editing. This allows for rich formatting like bold text, font sizing, and hyperlinks.

  ### **Default site timezones**

  You can now define a default timezone for your site. This supports more accurate timing across all your features.

  ### **API domain security**

  You can now set which domains are permitted to access the new public API for Photo Frame and Meme Generator content.

  ### **Timezone aware countdowns**

  Countdown timers can now be set to specific timezones, ensuring accurate timing for users in different regions.

  ### **Precise competition closures**

  Competition end times can now be set using specific timezones, giving you precise control over campaign deadlines.

  ### **Loyalty toast notifications**

  Loyalty campaigns can now trigger on-screen toast notifications. This gives users real-time feedback when they complete loyalty actions.

  ### **Loyalty tier gating**

  You can now restrict access to specific data capture forms based on a user's loyalty tier.

  ### **Points as prizes**

  You can now award loyalty points directly as a prize outcome within the card builder.

  ### **Public UGC API**

  You can now retrieve approved user-generated Photo Frame and Meme Generator items using a public API.

  ### **Cleaner card UI**

  You can now choose to hide the gameplay status indicator from cards for a cleaner, less cluttered interface.

  ### **Enhance text with AI**

  You can now use the Enhance Text feature to improve content in HTML and email fields, directly inside the editor.

  ### **Shuffle swiper options**

  Swiper now supports randomly shuffling the order of options to keep each play-through fresh.

  ### **Visual tag chips**

  Tag-related workflow steps now show visible chips. This provides better clarity and makes editing easier.

  ### **Predictor slider suffixes**

  You can now add unit suffixes to predictor slider questions to provide clearer context for user input.

  ### **New opinion scale field**

  A new Opinion Scale field is now available, letting users give feedback using a customizable, pre-defined scale.

  ### **Coupon error feedback**

  Users now get clear error messaging if they enter an invalid shared barcode.

  ### **Clearer code uploads**

  We improved the language in the upload modal to better explain the expected column headers.

  ### **Invalid variable alerts**

  Invalid variables are now highlighted with clear visual indicators in the email editor.

  ### **Fixed: Precise search**

  Search now treats full queries as a single term. This improves result accuracy and better matches your expectations.

  ### **Fixed: Quiz capture warnings**

  A warning now appears if no quiz results are linked to data capture steps to prevent lost data.

  ### **Fixed: Avatar selection**

  The selected avatar now uses the drawer text color, making it easier to see which option is active.

  ### **Fixed: Analytics formatting**

  We resolved issues where some funnel analytics numbers were not formatting correctly.

  ### **Fixed: Cloned data sources**

  You can now edit or delete data sources from cloned screens with data feeds as expected.

  ### **Fixed: Workflow previews**

  Workflow steps with long, unbroken text (like URLs) now wrap correctly in the preview pane.

  ### **Fixed: Radio button colors**

  Radio button colors now render correctly across all theme combinations.

  ### **Fixed: Text area resizing**

  Text input fields with multiple lines now expand automatically as users type.

  ### **Kai access button**

  The Kai button is now more prominently placed in the main portal header for easier access.

  ### **Kai now for everyone**

  Kai, your AI assistant for card building and creative generation, is now live for all customers across the platform.

  ### **Fixed: Entry condition text**

  Hub entry condition descriptions now update immediately as expected.

  ### **Fixed: Email validation**

  Forms now correctly validate email addresses that use numeric domains.

  ### **Fixed: Narrowcast scrollbars**

  We removed unnecessary scrollbars that were appearing on some narrowcast device displays.

  ### **Fixed: Profile icons**

  We fixed an issue where duplicate profile icons would appear in the portal editor.

  ### **Fixed: Coupon workflow scope**

  Workflow steps for distributing coupons now correctly follow their assigned hub context.

  ### **Fixed: Form text alignment**

  Text alignment settings are now properly applied to HTML fields in Forms.

  ### **Subscription event variables**

  Workflow and event variables now include a contact's subscription settings, allowing for more targeted communications.

  ### **Richer prize data**

  Workflow events for PrizeAwarded now include more detailed prize data for use in downstream logic or integrations.

  ### **Fixed: Transparent QR codes**

  QR codes with transparent backgrounds now render correctly across all browsers and devices.

  ### **Fixed: Meme test images**

  Custom images now display correctly during testing, replacing the placeholder images.

  ### **Fixed: Portal page load**

  We fixed a bug that caused card pages to fail when opening in the portal.

  ### **Fixed: Spin to Win styling**

  Spin to Win cards now apply your configured styling settings correctly.

  ### **Fixed: Spin to Win cloning**

  Cloned Spin to Win cards now retain their settings when copied to another hub.

  ### **Fixed: Embedded layouts**

  We removed excess spacing on embedded card covers to ensure a tighter, cleaner layout.

  ### **Fixed: Contact merging**

  Merging contacts by email now correctly retains all associated data, including orphaned fields.

  ### **Fixed: Hovercard scrolling**

  Hovercards with long lists of loyalty sources now scroll properly within the view.
</Update>


# December 2025
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2025-december

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="December 16, 2025">
  ### **Track checkpoint progress**

  You can now view completed checkpoint information directly in the entries table. This makes it easier to track participant progress through your treasure hunts.

  ### **Coupon workflow triggers**

  We added new workflow triggers for when coupons are issued or redeemed. This helps you automate follow-up actions based on coupon activity.

  ### **Sprout integration available**

  You can now connect Sprout Social to your workspace. This new integration helps streamline your social media workflows directly from the platform.

  ### **Shareable workflow filters**

  Filter states in Flow Executions are now saved to the URL. This allows you to bookmark specific views or share filtered logs with your team.

  ### **Fixed: Indexing settings display**

  The Google indexing setting now displays correctly in the portal, ensuring you know exactly when your pages are visible to search engines.

  ### **Fixed: Import validation hangs**

  We resolved an issue where contact import validation would get stuck loading. Your imports now process smoothly without hanging.

  ### **Fixed: Bulk tagging status**

  Background job monitoring for bulk entry tagging now reports status correctly, so you know exactly when your updates are complete.
</Update>


# November 2025
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2025-november

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="November 11, 2025">
  ### **Better small screen layouts**

  We adjusted the layout so the "Show less" button displays correctly on small screens, ensuring a cleaner and more consistent experience.
</Update>

<Update label="November 4, 2025">
  ### **Richer workflow context**

  Workflow steps now have access to event IDs and additional context data. This allows you to build smarter workflows that utilize detailed event information.

  ### **Fixed: Embedded content sharing**

  We resolved issues affecting sharing functionality for Photo Frame and Meme Generator components. Your embedded content now shares smoothly as intended.
</Update>

<Update label="October 30, 2025">
  ### **Clearer navigation buttons**

  Carousel and vote navigation buttons are now more prominent. We applied consistent styling to improve clarity and user interaction.
</Update>

<Update label="October 21, 2025">
  ### **Query parameters for embeds**

  Embed SDK and React Native widgets now support passing query parameters like UTM tags. You can also configure parameter forwarding directly in the Admin Portal embed settings.

  ### **Scheduled card visibility**

  You can now hide cards on a page using scheduling configurations. This gives you control to show or hide content automatically at selected times.

  ### **Custom leaderboard ranks**

  Trivia leaderboards can now display specific ranks, such as 13th or 66th, instead of just the top players. This offers more flexibility for your competitive trivia experiences.

  ### **Smarter asset library**

  The Asset Library now remembers your last folder location, sorting, and view preferences. This helps you pick up exactly where you left off for a smoother workflow.

  ### **Random frame display**

  You can now randomize the display order of frames for each user. This provides a fresh and dynamic experience every time the photo frame is accessed.

  ### **Cleaner trivia admin**

  We reorganized the settings and styling sections in trivia admin screens for better clarity. We also removed drop shadows from various images to clean up the visual interface.

  ### **Fixed: Competition entry limits**

  Entry limit validation now performs more reliably on competitions with high activity.

  ### **Fixed: Leaderboard data cloning**

  Trivia leaderboard data sources now wire up correctly when cloned in the block editor.

  ### **Fixed: Entitlement updates**

  Entitlements now update immediately after you create a new subscription.

  ### **Fixed: Workflow cloning**

  Workflows within cards now update their entities properly when the card is cloned.

  ### **Fixed: Hub color palette**

  Updating the hub color palette from outside Hub Settings no longer overwrites the existing palette.
</Update>

<Update label="October 8, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Currency input validation**

  Currency inputs with trailing zeros now validate and display correctly without inconsistencies.

  ### **Precise eligibility filtering**

  You can now filter participants based on contact properties, subscription status, list membership, or loyalty balance. This allows for much more precise targeting.

  ### **Time-based receipt rules**

  We added time-of-day operators to receipt validation rules. This enables you to apply specific conditions based on exactly when a transaction occurred.

  ### **Entry time filtering**

  Eligibility rules can now include entry date and time filters. This gives you more flexibility for time-specific campaign configurations.

  ### **Attachment size warnings**

  You will now see a warning if your distribution attachments exceed the allowed size limit. This helps prevent failed sends before they happen.

  ### **Custom analytics tracking**

  Admins can now define exactly which contact properties are tracked for frontend analytics. This improves data flexibility and gives you more control over your insights.
</Update>

<Update label="October 1, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Swiper text visibility**

  We adjusted the text color in swiper result answers to ensure better readability across all themes.
</Update>

<Update label="September 26, 2025" description="Latest Updates">
  ### **Refreshed illustrations**

  We have replaced various system images with new illustrations for a updated, refreshed look.

  ### **Clearer Photo Frame editor instructions**

  We improved the instructions within the Photo Frame editor to make setup easier and clearer.

  ### **Improved email address readability**

  Long email addresses in contact lists and views are now truncated. This makes the interface cleaner and easier to read.

  ### **Customizable progress bars in Treasure Hunt**

  You can now override progress bar limits and customize the completion text shown when a user reaches 100%.

  ### **Transparent text editor**

  The rich text editor background is now transparent. This makes it much easier to edit and view white text against your design.

  ### **Clearer SMS setup**

  We clarified the input fields for alphanumeric Twilio SMS senders to reduce confusion during setup.

  ### **Bulk content moderation**

  You can now approve or reject UGC uploads, photo frames, and meme generator submissions in bulk. This speeds up your moderation workflow significantly.

  ### **Import validation rules**

  You can now copy and import receipt validation rules. This saves time when setting up similar validation logic across campaigns.

  ### **Simplified poll results**

  Poll result screens now display in a simplified format when there is only one question involved.

  ### **Custom banner colors**

  Confirmation and Closed message banners now support custom colors to better match your branding.

  ### **Fixed: Disqualified entries**

  Disqualifying a trivia entry now properly removes it from the leaderboard.

  ### **Improved grid layouts**

  The Asset Library and UGC uploads now use a simple grid layout instead of masonry. This makes scanning and selecting files easier.

  ### **Fixed: Timeline scrolling**

  We improved the scrolling experience when you are editing the loyalty timeline.

  ### **Fixed: Coupon exports**

  Viewing and exporting coupon recipients now includes records linked to deleted contacts.
</Update>

<Update label="September 11, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Salesforce step labels**

  We resolved inconsistencies in step labels and improved modal loading states for a smoother Salesforce workflow experience.

  ### **Salesforce HTTP data**

  HTTP request details are now included for transaction journal and Get Object steps. This makes troubleshooting integrations clearer and easier.
</Update>

<Update label="September 9, 2025">
  ### Loyalty Timeline for Contact Activity

  Contact activity history is now displayed on a timeline, giving clearer visibility into engagement over time.

  ### Fixed: Video Upload Progress Indicator

  A loading indicator is now displayed during video uploads, providing clear feedback on upload progress.

  ### Auto-Reject Duplicate Receipts

  A new setting automatically rejects duplicate receipts based on merchant name, date/time, and amount, ensuring cleaner data collection.

  ### Fixed: Trivia question reordering issues

  Resolved problems where reordering questions after a game started sometimes caused questions to be skipped or shown out of order.

  ### Fixed: Trivia screens not appearing during gameplay

  Resolved an issue where newly added screens would not appear during live gameplay.
</Update>

<Update label="September 3, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Email editor crash**

  Resolved a crash that occurred when adding a button to an email outside of a hub context.

  ### **Fixed: Turnstile connection**

  Resolved a crash that occurred when attempting to connect the Turnstile app.

  ### **Fixed: Audit log filter**

  Resolved a crash that occurred when attempting to open the audit log filter.

  ### **Fixed: Contact event logs**

  Resolved a crash that occurred when viewing details for "contact added to list" events in the audit log.

  ### **Fixed: Portal stability**

  We resolved multiple issues that were causing crashes in the admin portal to improve overall stability.
</Update>

<Update label="September 1, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Image resolution**

  Picker result, option, and detail images now display in higher resolution for a clearer visual experience.

  ### **Fixed: Insight dashboards**

  We addressed a crash that occurred when creating insight dashboards to improve reliability.

  ### **Fixed: Salesforce transactions**

  We corrected an issue requiring a currency code and improved point formatting in the Salesforce Transaction Journal workflow step.

  ### **Fixed: Tag loading**

  Tags now load properly to ensure smoother navigation and usage.
</Update>

<Update label="August 29, 2025">
  ### **Localized built-in text**

  You can now translate standard text in Memory Challenge and Live Trivia cards into Spanish and Portuguese. This helps you localize experiences for broader audiences.

  ### **Quick survey resends**

  A new action in the survey recipients table lets you quickly resend communications. This helps you boost response rates with less effort.

  ### **Advocacy score insights**

  We added an "Advocacy Score" option to Opinion Scale questions, complete with analytics. This makes it easier to measure brand loyalty and sentiment.

  ### **Direct survey links**

  You can now open and preview surveys directly from the survey table via a new "Link" column. This saves you clicks when managing surveys.

  ### **Fixed: Prize filter rules**

  You can now correctly select "is set" and "is not set" options in prize filter rules.

  ### **Fixed: Text colors**

  Text color settings now apply correctly to lobby, scratch, and result screens.

  ### **Fixed: Game layouts**

  Layouts for scratch and watch & win are now consistent between the admin editor and the front-end view.

  ### **Fixed: HTML card ratios**

  Aspect ratio settings now apply correctly in both the front-end and editor preview for HTML cards.

  ### **Fixed: Hub validation**

  Hubs now check the site cache first when validating existence, improving accuracy and performance.

  ### **Fixed: Survey triggers**

  Survey workflow trigger filters now work as expected to ensure your automation runs correctly.

  ### **Fixed: Table pagination**

  Table pagination controls in the portal are now properly aligned.

  ### **Fixed: Empty state images**

  We corrected broken images that were appearing on empty state screens in the portal.

  ### **Fixed: Thuzi environment settings**

  The Thuzi workflow environment selection no longer reverts from production to staging after saving.

  ### **Consistent swiper colors**

  Swiper result screens now inherit modal colors to ensure a consistent design across your card.

  ### **Better image management**

  We fixed drag overlay behavior and enabled moving multiple files at once in the workspace.

  ### **Enhanced workspace organization**

  A new folder structure and select image button make managing your workspace images much easier.

  ### **Updated Mailchimp flow**

  The connection flow now uses the "id" callback page for a smoother integration process.

  ### **Custom badge notifications**

  You can now customize badge toast notifications to better personalize the user achievement experience.

  ### UGC accent colors

  Card shell customization now includes an accent color option, which applies to the UGC upload outline and icon.

  Restrict email updates

  A new setting allows you to prevent users from updating their email addresses in forms.

  Toggle swiper scores

  You can now toggle the result score display ("You got X out of X") on or off in Swiper cards.

  Styled instant win forms

  Extra data forms within instant win cards can now be styled to match your campaign's look and feel.

  Automated workflow cloning

  Workflows now automatically clone when you copy cards, surveys, or hubs within the same workspace.

  AI brand guidelines

  You are now prompted to complete brand guidelines before generating content, ensuring AI outputs match your style.
</Update>

<Update label="August 5, 2025" description="Major Feature Release">
  ### **Workspace brand guidelines**

  You can now define brand guidelines at the workspace level. Kai uses this information to generate content that better reflects your brand's identity.

  ### **Rich text profile descriptions**

  The profile description field now supports HTML editing. This allows for rich formatting like bold text, font sizing, and hyperlinks.

  ### **Default site timezones**

  You can now define a default timezone for your site. This supports more accurate timing across all your features.

  ### **API domain security**

  You can now set which domains are permitted to access the new public API for Photo Frame and Meme Generator content.

  ### **Timezone aware countdowns**

  Countdown timers can now be set to specific timezones, ensuring accurate timing for users in different regions.

  ### **Precise competition closures**

  Competition end times can now be set using specific timezones, giving you precise control over campaign deadlines.

  ### **Loyalty toast notifications**

  Loyalty campaigns can now trigger on-screen toast notifications. This gives users real-time feedback when they complete loyalty actions.

  ### **Loyalty tier gating**

  You can now restrict access to specific data capture forms based on a user's loyalty tier.

  ### **Points as prizes**

  You can now award loyalty points directly as a prize outcome within the card builder.

  ### **Public UGC API**

  You can now retrieve approved user-generated Photo Frame and Meme Generator items using a public API.

  ### **Cleaner card UI**

  You can now choose to hide the gameplay status indicator from cards for a cleaner, less cluttered interface.

  ### **Enhance text with AI**

  You can now use the Enhance Text feature to improve content in HTML and email fields, directly inside the editor.

  ### **Shuffle swiper options**

  Swiper now supports randomly shuffling the order of options to keep each play-through fresh.

  ### **Visual tag chips**

  Tag-related workflow steps now show visible chips. This provides better clarity and makes editing easier.

  ### **Predictor slider suffixes**

  You can now add unit suffixes to predictor slider questions to provide clearer context for user input.

  ### **New opinion scale field**

  A new Opinion Scale field is now available, letting users give feedback using a customizable, pre-defined scale.

  ### **Coupon error feedback**

  Users now get clear error messaging if they enter an invalid shared barcode.

  ### **Clearer code uploads**

  We improved the language in the upload modal to better explain the expected column headers.

  ### **Invalid variable alerts**

  Invalid variables are now highlighted with clear visual indicators in the email editor.

  ### **Fixed: Precise search**

  Search now treats full queries as a single term. This improves result accuracy and better matches your expectations.

  ### **Fixed: Quiz capture warnings**

  A warning now appears if no quiz results are linked to data capture steps to prevent lost data.

  ### **Fixed: Avatar selection**

  The selected avatar now uses the drawer text color, making it easier to see which option is active.

  ### **Fixed: Analytics formatting**

  We resolved issues where some funnel analytics numbers were not formatting correctly.

  ### **Fixed: Cloned data sources**

  You can now edit or delete data sources from cloned screens with data feeds as expected.

  ### **Fixed: Workflow previews**

  Workflow steps with long, unbroken text (like URLs) now wrap correctly in the preview pane.

  ### **Fixed: Radio button colors**

  Radio button colors now render correctly across all theme combinations.

  ### **Fixed: Text area resizing**

  Text input fields with multiple lines now expand automatically as users type.

  ### **Kai access button**

  The Kai button is now more prominently placed in the main portal header for easier access.

  ### **Kai now for everyone**

  Kai, your AI assistant for card building and creative generation, is now live for all customers across the platform.

  ### **Fixed: Entry condition text**

  Hub entry condition descriptions now update immediately as expected.

  ### **Fixed: Email validation**

  Forms now correctly validate email addresses that use numeric domains.

  ### **Fixed: Narrowcast scrollbars**

  We removed unnecessary scrollbars that were appearing on some narrowcast device displays.

  ### **Fixed: Profile icons**

  We fixed an issue where duplicate profile icons would appear in the portal editor.

  ### **Fixed: Coupon workflow scope**

  Workflow steps for distributing coupons now correctly follow their assigned hub context.

  ### **Fixed: Form text alignment**

  Text alignment settings are now properly applied to HTML fields in Forms.

  ### **Subscription event variables**

  Workflow and event variables now include a contact's subscription settings, allowing for more targeted communications.

  ### **Richer prize data**

  Workflow events for PrizeAwarded now include more detailed prize data for use in downstream logic or integrations.

  ### **Fixed: Transparent QR codes**

  QR codes with transparent backgrounds now render correctly across all browsers and devices.

  ### **Fixed: Meme test images**

  Custom images now display correctly during testing, replacing the placeholder images.

  ### **Fixed: Portal page load**

  We fixed a bug that caused card pages to fail when opening in the portal.

  ### **Fixed: Spin to Win styling**

  Spin to Win cards now apply your configured styling settings correctly.

  ### **Fixed: Spin to Win cloning**

  Cloned Spin to Win cards now retain their settings when copied to another hub.

  ### **Fixed: Embedded layouts**

  We removed excess spacing on embedded card covers to ensure a tighter, cleaner layout.

  ### **Fixed: Contact merging**

  Merging contacts by email now correctly retains all associated data, including orphaned fields.

  ### **Fixed: Hovercard scrolling**

  Hovercards with long lists of loyalty sources now scroll properly within the view.
</Update>


# October 2025
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2025-october

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="October 30, 2025">
  ### **Clearer navigation buttons**

  Carousel and vote navigation buttons are now more prominent. We applied consistent styling to improve clarity and user interaction.
</Update>

<Update label="October 21, 2025">
  ### **Query parameters for embeds**

  Embed SDK and React Native widgets now support passing query parameters like UTM tags. You can also configure parameter forwarding directly in the Admin Portal embed settings.

  ### **Scheduled card visibility**

  You can now hide cards on a page using scheduling configurations. This gives you control to show or hide content automatically at selected times.

  ### **Custom leaderboard ranks**

  Trivia leaderboards can now display specific ranks, such as 13th or 66th, instead of just the top players. This offers more flexibility for your competitive trivia experiences.

  ### **Smarter asset library**

  The Asset Library now remembers your last folder location, sorting, and view preferences. This helps you pick up exactly where you left off for a smoother workflow.

  ### **Random frame display**

  You can now randomize the display order of frames for each user. This provides a fresh and dynamic experience every time the photo frame is accessed.

  ### **Cleaner trivia admin**

  We reorganized the settings and styling sections in trivia admin screens for better clarity. We also removed drop shadows from various images to clean up the visual interface.

  ### **Fixed: Competition entry limits**

  Entry limit validation now performs more reliably on competitions with high activity.

  ### **Fixed: Leaderboard data cloning**

  Trivia leaderboard data sources now wire up correctly when cloned in the block editor.

  ### **Fixed: Entitlement updates**

  Entitlements now update immediately after you create a new subscription.

  ### **Fixed: Workflow cloning**

  Workflows within cards now update their entities properly when the card is cloned.

  ### **Fixed: Hub color palette**

  Updating the hub color palette from outside Hub Settings no longer overwrites the existing palette.
</Update>

<Update label="October 8, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Currency input validation**

  Currency inputs with trailing zeros now validate and display correctly without inconsistencies.

  ### **Precise eligibility filtering**

  You can now filter participants based on contact properties, subscription status, list membership, or loyalty balance. This allows for much more precise targeting.

  ### **Time-based receipt rules**

  We added time-of-day operators to receipt validation rules. This enables you to apply specific conditions based on exactly when a transaction occurred.

  ### **Entry time filtering**

  Eligibility rules can now include entry date and time filters. This gives you more flexibility for time-specific campaign configurations.

  ### **Attachment size warnings**

  You will now see a warning if your distribution attachments exceed the allowed size limit. This helps prevent failed sends before they happen.

  ### **Custom analytics tracking**

  Admins can now define exactly which contact properties are tracked for frontend analytics. This improves data flexibility and gives you more control over your insights.
</Update>

<Update label="October 1, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Swiper text visibility**

  We adjusted the text color in swiper result answers to ensure better readability across all themes.
</Update>


# September 2025
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2025-september

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="September 26, 2025">
  ### **Refreshed illustrations**

  We have replaced various system images with new illustrations for a updated, refreshed look.

  ### **Clearer Photo Frame editor instructions**

  We improved the instructions within the Photo Frame editor to make setup easier and clearer.

  ### **Improved email address readability**

  Long email addresses in contact lists and views are now truncated. This makes the interface cleaner and easier to read.

  ### **Customizable progress bars in Treasure Hunt**

  You can now override progress bar limits and customize the completion text shown when a user reaches 100%.

  ### **Transparent text editor**

  The rich text editor background is now transparent. This makes it much easier to edit and view white text against your design.

  ### **Clearer SMS setup**

  We clarified the input fields for alphanumeric Twilio SMS senders to reduce confusion during setup.

  ### **Bulk content moderation**

  You can now approve or reject UGC uploads, photo frames, and meme generator submissions in bulk. This speeds up your moderation workflow significantly.

  ### **Import validation rules**

  You can now copy and import receipt validation rules. This saves time when setting up similar validation logic across campaigns.

  ### **Simplified poll results**

  Poll result screens now display in a simplified format when there is only one question involved.

  ### **Custom banner colors**

  Confirmation and Closed message banners now support custom colors to better match your branding.

  ### **Fixed: Disqualified entries**

  Disqualifying a trivia entry now properly removes it from the leaderboard.

  ### **Improved grid layouts**

  The Asset Library and UGC uploads now use a simple grid layout instead of masonry. This makes scanning and selecting files easier.

  ### **Fixed: Timeline scrolling**

  We improved the scrolling experience when you are editing the loyalty timeline.

  ### **Fixed: Coupon exports**

  Viewing and exporting coupon recipients now includes records linked to deleted contacts.
</Update>

<Update label="September 11, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Salesforce step labels**

  We resolved inconsistencies in step labels and improved modal loading states for a smoother Salesforce workflow experience.

  ### **Salesforce HTTP data**

  HTTP request details are now included for transaction journal and Get Object steps. This makes troubleshooting integrations clearer and easier.
</Update>

<Update label="September 9, 2025">
  ### Loyalty Timeline for Contact Activity

  Contact activity history is now displayed on a timeline, giving clearer visibility into engagement over time.

  ### Fixed: Video Upload Progress Indicator

  A loading indicator is now displayed during video uploads, providing clear feedback on upload progress.

  ### Auto-Reject Duplicate Receipts

  A new setting automatically rejects duplicate receipts based on merchant name, date/time, and amount, ensuring cleaner data collection.

  ### Fixed: Trivia question reordering issues

  Resolved problems where reordering questions after a game started sometimes caused questions to be skipped or shown out of order.

  ### Fixed: Trivia screens not appearing during gameplay

  Resolved an issue where newly added screens would not appear during live gameplay.
</Update>

<Update label="September 3, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Email editor crash**

  Resolved a crash that occurred when adding a button to an email outside of a hub context.

  ### **Fixed: Turnstile connection**

  Resolved a crash that occurred when attempting to connect the Turnstile app.

  ### **Fixed: Audit log filter**

  Resolved a crash that occurred when attempting to open the audit log filter.

  ### **Fixed: Contact event logs**

  Resolved a crash that occurred when viewing details for "contact added to list" events in the audit log.

  ### **Fixed: Portal stability**

  We resolved multiple issues that were causing crashes in the admin portal to improve overall stability.
</Update>

<Update label="September 1, 2025">
  ### **Fixed: Image resolution**

  Picker result, option, and detail images now display in higher resolution for a clearer visual experience.

  ### **Fixed: Insight dashboards**

  We addressed a crash that occurred when creating insight dashboards to improve reliability.

  ### **Fixed: Salesforce transactions**

  We corrected an issue requiring a currency code and improved point formatting in the Salesforce Transaction Journal workflow step.

  ### **Fixed: Tag loading**

  Tags now load properly to ensure smoother navigation and usage.
</Update>


# April 2026
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2026-april

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="April 20, 2026">
  ### Survey Activity Now Tracked in Audit Logs

  Survey actions are now recorded in your company audit log. You can see when surveys are created, updated, deleted, published, unpublished, or cloned — along with who made the change and a link to the survey. For update events, a diff of what changed is also included.

  ### **LocalCard integration available**

  You can now connect your LocalCard account to your workspace. Use this new integration to award gift cards directly to your audience.

  ### **Issued coupons can now be voided**

  Made a mistake issuing a coupon to the wrong user? You can now void issued coupons directly in the portal returning it back into the sock to be issued again.
</Update>

<Update label="April 9, 2026">
  ### Adjust Game Show Text Positioning

  You can now control the vertical position of question text on the Big Screen. This ensures your game show content is perfectly aligned and easy for your audience to read.
</Update>

<Update label="April 8, 2026">
  ### Archive Cards Automatically on Unpublish

  We added an option to automatically archive cards when their scheduled unpublish time arrives. This keeps your workspace clean by skipping the draft stage for expired content.

  ### Track Workflow Versions More Easily

  Workflow runs now display the specific version they executed against, complete with a handy version filter. This makes it easier to troubleshoot and track exactly which workflow logic was applied during each attempt.

  ### **Fixed: Leaderboard pagination controls**

  We resolved an issue where pagination controls were not appearing on leaderboard views. You can now navigate through leaderboard results as expected.
</Update>


# Feburary 2026
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2026-february

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="February 16, 2026">
  ### Show All Answer Options Instantly

  You can now enable a setting to display all question answer options without requiring users to click a "Show More" button. This reduces friction and makes your quizzes quicker to navigate.

  ### Fixed: Empty Avatar Save Errors

  We fixed a bug that caused errors when attempting to save an empty avatar. Your profile setup process is now smoother and free of unexpected glitches.

  ### Smarter Avatar Selection Display

  The avatar selection menu will now only appear if there are actually avatars available to choose from. This cleans up the interface and avoids confusing users with empty options.
</Update>

<Update label="February 2, 2026">
  ### **Competition entry tag workflow triggers**

  You can now trigger workflows when tags are added to or removed from competition entries. This enables automated actions like sending emails when prize status tags are updated (for example, when an entry is tagged as "Awaiting Address" or "Posted"). Configure tag filters to target specific tags or trigger on any tag change.
</Update>


# July 2026
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2026-july

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="Jul 29, 2026">
  ### Disable Form Auto-Pop on Cards

  You now have the manual form entry option to completely disable the auto-pop feature on your Cards. This ensures forms only appear exactly when the user initiates them.

  ### Configure Form Auto-Pop Delays

  We added a new control to adjust the specific delay before a form automatically appears. This gives you exact control over the pacing and user experience of your pop-up forms.

  ### View Number Guesses in Entries Table

  Player guesses from Number Guess competitions are now visible directly on the competition entries table. You can quickly review and verify all participant submissions at a single glance.

  ### Map Number Guesses to Contact Properties

  You can now map participant guesses to contact properties as either Text or a Number. This helps you build richer, more detailed participant profiles directly from their gameplay input.

  ### Customize Picker Results Titles Independently

  You can now override or completely hide the Results title in the Picker independently from the main gameplay settings. This provides much cleaner control over the final screen your users see.

  ### Live Preview for Picker Items Drawer

  The Picker items drawer now features a live preview directly within the gameplay edit mode. You can instantly see how your structural changes look without having to load the full test environment.

  ### Custom Colors for Picker Filter and Sort

  Filter and Sort options within the Picker can now use optional, custom accent colors. If left unset, they will automatically inherit your default Modal theme for a consistent look.

  ### Add Inline Forms to Quizzes

  Quizzes now fully support inline forms to capture participant data natively. You can collect user information smoothly without forcing them into a separate pop-up.

  ### Clearer Source Fields in Property Mapping

  The contact property mapping UI now explicitly displays exactly which source field value is being written to your mapped property. This makes tracking your data integrations across fields instantly clear.

  ### Beta: In-Page Card Embeds

  We are testing a new in-page embed mode for supported card types. Instead of relying on covers and full-page modals, your cards can now render directly within your host page's native layout.

  ### Generate Campaign Links with UTM Builder

  We introduced a UTM Builder tool to help you easily create tracking URLs for your campaigns. You can securely generate and standardize links with all necessary UTM parameters right from your dashboard.

  ### Reorganized Sidebar Navigation

  We reorganized the workspace sidebar for a much more logical daily workflow. Your navigation will now flow clearly from Apps, to Tools, and down to Workspace Settings.

  ### Hide Quiz Results for Inline Experiences

  You can now configure quizzes to display no results screen at the end of the flow. This is a perfect setting for inline experiences where you want a seamless transition back to your core page content.

  ### Mobile-Friendly Bottom Sheets for Pickers

  Filter and sort menus in the Picker now utilize bottom sheets instead of popovers. This provides a much smoother, mobile-friendly interface for participants browsing your items.

  ### Smarter Image Loading for Data Feeds

  Images in data feeds are now fully layout-aware. They will automatically request smaller file sizes based on the container, saving bandwidth and improving display speed.

  ### Universal Image Preloading and Sizing

  We made layout-aware CDN sizing and next-image preloading a standard feature across all accounts. The site allowlist flags have been removed, meaning everyone gets this performance boost by default.

  ### Faster Image Loading with Cloudflare WebP

  We stopped auto-converting images to WebP internally and offloaded this completely to our Cloudflare CDN. This results in far more efficient processing and noticeably faster image load times for your users.

  ### Fixed: Legacy Media Paths in Asset Exports

  Gameplay asset exports will now automatically resolve blob paths when stored media URLs are still using legacy CDN hosts. Your exported media remains fully accessible without needing manual path corrections.
</Update>


# June 2026
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2026-june

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="Jun 19, 2026">
  ### Fixed: Hidden Trivia Question Images

  We fixed an issue in trivia game show mode to ensure that question images can now be completely hidden when toggled off. This guarantees full control over what your audience sees during competitive gameplay.
</Update>

<Update label="Jun 19, 2026">
  ### Control Big Screen Trivia Text

  Game show admins can now choose to display question text on the Big Screen even if that same text is set to be hidden on participants' individual mobile devices. This gives you perfect structural flexibility for hosting live trivia events.

  ### Trigger Automations on Duplicate Receipts

  "Receipt rejected" workflows will now automatically fire whenever a user uploads a duplicate receipt file. This allows you to immediately trigger automated alerts to notify users exactly why their receipt wasn't accepted.
</Update>

<Update label="Jun 18, 2026">
  ### Test New AI Receipt Data

  We've added the new Store Name and Store Number fields directly into the "Test Receipt" preview tool when the Content Understanding AI Reader is turned on. This lets you quickly test and verify exactly what data our AI is pulling before launching live rules.

  ### Fixed: Broken Layout Cloning

  We fixed a critical layout cloning issue in data feeds where duplicating a template caused its nested child elements to vanish from sight while remaining bugged in the background. Your cloned data feed arrangements will now copy over flawlessly.
</Update>

<Update label="Jun 17, 2026">
  ### New AI Receipt Fields Available

  Merchant store names and store numbers are now fully integrated across receipt rules, reviews, entries, and CSV exports when using our upgraded Content Understanding AI reader. This gives you deeper data tracking and granular control over how you process and export your receipt submissions.

  ### Fixed: Contact List Filter Errors

  We fixed a bug where filtering contact lists by the "Added to list at" attribute caused the screen to crash. You can now filter your audience milestones without any technical interruptions.

  ### Fixed: Contact Button Popover Sticking

  We resolved an issue where the "Add/Create Contact" button popover menu would stay stuck open on the screen. The layout will now cleanly close as soon as you complete your action.
</Update>

<Update label="Jun 15, 2026">
  ### Use Dynamic Values For Bonus Entries

  You can now use dynamic values, such as contact fields, to configure workflow bonus entries. This allows you to create more personalized and flexible reward structures tailored to individual users.

  ### Fixed: Repetitive Image Search Results

  We fixed an issue where the image search would repeatedly return the exact same results. You will now see a fresh, diverse set of images every time you run a search.

  ### Fixed: Code Editor Cursor Jumping

  We resolved a frustrating bug where the cursor would jump around in the workflow code editor during fast typing. You can now write and edit your workflow logic smoothly without interruptions.

  ### Fixed: Workflow Save Recovery Errors

  We fixed an issue where recovering a saved workflow could accidentally alter data in related workflows. Your automated processes and their associated data will now remain completely secure and accurately isolated.
</Update>

<Update label="Jun 8, 2026">
  ### Refresh Receipt Tables Instantly

  You can now manually refresh the receipt table right from the header. This ensures you are always looking at the most up-to-date receipt data without having to reload the entire page.

  ### Customize Hub Entry Text

  Hub entry condition screens now support upgraded rich text formatting, including customizable link styles. This allows you to easily align entry screens with your brand's unique look and feel.

  ### View Receipt Rejection Reasons

  Workflows now include the specific reason a receipt was rejected right in the trigger event data. This makes it easier to build automated follow-up messages explaining exactly  why submissions failed.

  ### Access Contact IDs in Workflows

  You can now access the specific Contact ID when a workflow is triggered by a contact event. This makes tracking and updating user records across your automated processes much more reliable.

  ### New GIF Search Integration

  We've introduced KLIPY GIF search to the portal image editor, replacing the retiring Tenor service. You can continue adding engaging, fun GIFs to your content without any interruption.

  ### Fixed: Portal Download Buttons

  We resolved an issue where download buttons on the portal were unresponsive. You can now download files smoothly and reliably.

  ### Configure Scoped Workflows Easier

  We've improved the trigger options available for scoped workflow configurations. This gives you more precise control over exactly when and how your targeted workflows execute.

  ### Better Barcode Coupon Layouts

  We added extra visual padding around barcode-style coupons. This improves the visual layout and ensures physical scanners can quickly read the codes without interference.

  ### Fixed: Double Coupon Reporting

  We fixed a bug that caused coupon usages to be counted twice when attached to different workflow versions. Your coupon redemption analytics will now be perfectly accurate.

  ### Clearer CSV Upload Requirements

  We've updated the guidance for Question CSV uploads to clearly outline the required columns. This takes the guesswork out of formatting your data, helping you import questions successfully on the first try.

  ### Fixed: Mass Email Delivery

  We resolved a bug where mass email campaigns would occasionally fail to reach all intended recipients. Your bulk communications will now reliably deliver to everyone on your list.
</Update>


# March 2026
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2026-march

Stay informed about the latest updates, features, and improvements to Komo Engagement Engine.

<Update label="March 24, 2026">
  ### Clone Entire Workflows With Ease

  You can now duplicate complete workflows through a streamlined interface. This saves you time when building similar processes, allowing you to quickly rename and deploy your new flow.

  ### Issue Multiple Coupons At Once

  The "Issue Coupon" step now allows you to distribute multiple coupons simultaneously. This streamlines your promotional campaigns and gets rewards to your users faster.

  ### Duplicate Individual Workflow Steps

  You can now clone specific steps right within your existing workflow. This eliminates repetitive setup, speeding up your workflow creation process.

  ### Catch Errors Before You Publish

  We've introduced pre-publish checks that surface warnings and errors when you try to publish a draft. This ensures your content is flawless and functioning correctly before it reaches your audience.

  ### Enjoy Better Receipt Processing Accuracy

  We've upgraded our AI receipt processing with a new, advanced custom analyzer. This significantly improves accuracy, ensuring your customers' receipt data is captured correctly every time.

  ### Control Your Data Refresh Rates

  You can now set a custom polling time to control how often user content is fetched from single-screen data feeds. This gives you greater flexibility over when and how your displays update.

  ### Add Custom Scripts To Surveys

  Survey pages now support custom hub scripts. This enables better third-party integrations and more detailed tracking of your survey engagement.

  ### New Official Feature Graduations

  Dashboards, Insights, Loyalty, Leaderboards, Communication Subscriptions, and Create Workspace have officially moved out of Beta. You can now rely on these fully stabilized features for your daily operations.

  ### Fixed: Quiz Question Properties Resetting

  We fixed an issue where toggling the question text would accidentally reset your other question settings. Your quiz configurations will now stay exactly how you set them.

  ### Fixed: iOS Special Character Errors

  We resolved an issue by improving how secret codes handle special characters from iOS devices. This ensures smoother code entries for your Apple users without unexpected errors.

  ### Fixed: Missing Treasure Hunt Text

  We fixed a bug where AI-generated Treasure Hunt cards were missing text on the submit checkpoint button. Participants will now clearly see how to submit their progress.
</Update>

<Update label="March 5, 2026">
  ### Improved Loyalty Leaderboard Accuracy

  Loyalty leaderboards now automatically exclude deleted contacts and voided points. This ensures your rankings accurately reflect your active, valid participants.
</Update>

<Update label="March 4, 2026">
  ### Fairer Tie-Breakers For Leaderboards

  Loyalty leaderboards now resolve tie-breakers based on who achieved the score first. This makes your competitions fairer by rewarding the fastest participants.
</Update>


# May 2026
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/changelog/2026-may



<Update label="May 8, 2026">
  ### **Faster Image Loading**

  You can now benefit from smaller image sizes and faster page loads without sacrificing quality. Improved image compression applies to newly uploaded images after this release.

  ### **Faster AI Receipt Validation**

  You can now process AI receipt validations faster with increased queue throughput, helping results arrive sooner.
</Update>

<Update label="May 7, 2026">
  ### **Full Export Downloads**

  You can now download a complete export package with your CSV, uploaded files and images, plus an `index.html` preview with thumbnails. This makes it easier to review and share exported content in one place. Available across Competitions, Surveys, Receipt Uploads, UGC Uploads, Photo Frame, Meme Generator, and Picker creations.

  ### **Treasure Hunt Progress Filters**

  You can now filter Treasure Hunt entries by completed or incomplete checkpoints. This makes it easier to quickly find and review participant progress.

  ### **Treasure Hunt Export Details**

  You can now see completed checkpoints included in Treasure Hunt CSV exports. This makes it easier to track progress and analyse participant activity.

  ### **Clearer Coupon Reminder Timing**

  You can now see clearer “sends at” helper text for coupon reminders when available. This helps make send schedules easier to understand.

  ### **Workflow Replay Updates**

  You can now replay workflow executions using the current published version. This makes it easier to test and rerun experiences with the latest setup.

  ### **Expanded Workflow Data**

  You can now access gameplay score and correct answer count in workflow data. This enables smarter automations and richer participant journeys.

  ### **Fixed: Improved Tall Images**

  Tall images are no longer clamped too aggressively, reducing pixelation and improving image quality.

  ### **Sharper High-Resolution Images**

  You can now see sharper images on high-resolution screens with early Retina display support. This helps visuals look crisper on supported devices.

  ### **Fixed: Memory Challenge Timing**

  Memory Challenge result timing now matches the duration used for score calculation, ensuring more consistent results.

  ### **Fixed: Contact Email Validation**

  Contact verification now validates email inputs correctly, helping prevent submission issues.

  ### **Fixed: Profile Header Colours**

  Custom back button colours in profile headers now apply correctly for a more consistent branded experience.

  ### **Fixed: Double Spins Prevention**

  Spin to Win now prevents accidental double-spins, helping avoid unintended gameplay.

  ### **Fixed: Samsung Receipt Uploads**

  Receipt uploads now work more reliably on some Samsung devices, improving upload success.
</Update>

<Update label="May 4, 2026">
  ### Add a Custom Code step to your workflows

  You can now run inline JavaScript inside your workflows with the new **Custom Code** step. Use it to transform variables, derive new values, or apply conditional logic that goes beyond the built-in steps. Code runs in a sandboxed environment and exposes outputs you define for downstream steps.

  ### Add entries across competitions with one step

  The new **Add Competition Entry** workflow step lets you enter a contact into another competition card from inside a workflow. This is ideal for grand-prize draws, cross-promotions, and aggregating entries across multiple cards.

  ### Rainfocus integration available

  You can now connect a Rainfocus account to your workspace as a Connected App. Once connected, attendees signing in through Rainfocus can be authenticated against your hub via single sign-on.

  ### Workflow drafts and version history

  Workflows now support drafts alongside their published version. You can edit a draft without affecting live workflow runs, publish when ready, and discard a draft to roll back to the active published version. Workflow runs continue to record the exact version that executed for easier troubleshooting.
</Update>


# Coupon Reminders
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/competitions-promotions/digital-coupons/coupon-reminders/index

Send targeted communications to remind users to redeem their digital coupons before expiry

## What is it?

This feature allows you to send communications to all users who have not yet redeemed their digital coupons.

Create a sense of urgency by informing users they have limited time to redeem their prize and increase redemption rates.

## How do I set it up?

* [Step 1: Create an unsubscribe group](#step-1-create-an-unsubscribe-group)
* [Step 2: Select the coupon](#step-2-select-the-coupon)
* [Step 3: Create a reminder](#step-3-create-a-reminder)
* [Step 4: Set up your communication](#step-4-set-up-your-communication)

### Step 1: Create an unsubscribe group

<img alt="Coupon Reminders: Step 1: Create an unsubscribe group" />

As we will be sending marketing emails for coupon reminders, we need to ensure we give users the ability to opt out of receiving communications.

Learn more about how to create a [communication subscription here](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions).

### Step 2: Select the coupon

<img alt="Coupon Reminders: Step 2: Select the coupon" />

* Go to your **Engagement Hub** and select the **Coupons** tab at the top
* Select the coupon you want to set up a reminder for
* Click on the **Reminders** tab in the left sidebar

### Step 3: Create a reminder

<img alt="Coupon Reminders: Step 3: Create a reminder" />

* Click on **Add communication**

<img alt="Coupon Reminders: Step 3: option a: Create a reminder" />

* **(A)** Add an **internal name** for the reminder
* **(B)** Here you can set whether your recipients will receive the particular communication via email or SMS
  <Note>
    Make sure to pick the communication channel that matches the information captured by any competitions that uses the coupon. E.g. if your competition form collects email addresses, then select Email. If you use the SMS channel and the competition doesn't capture mobile phone, then reminders will not be sent.
  </Note>
* **(C)** Sets the conditions that need to be met for an entrant to receive this communication. The options are:
  * **Based on coupon issue or expiry dates** - All participants will receive this communication depending on when they received the coupon or the expiry dates set
  * **Manually Sent** - Requires you to send the communication manually
* **(D)** Then click here to **create** your communication

### Step 4: Set up your communication

<img alt="Coupon Reminders: Step 4: option d: Set up your communication" />

* **(1)** Here you will select the **unsubscribe group** you created in Step 1
* **(2)** This is the **sender name**. By default, this is your Company name in the portal. To add a new sender name or make any updates, click on **Add or edit senders**
* **(3)** Here you have the option to create an email from a **template**
* **(4)** Set when to **automatically send** this communication. Select if you want this communication to be sent before or after the coupon was issued (and unused) or based on the coupon expiry
* **(5)** Add a **subject line**
* **(6)** Here is where you'll create your **email body**. Use the toolbar for greater options when creating your communication
  <Note>
    As this is sent to a bulk list of users, we cannot personalize the email communication.
  </Note>
* **(7)** Copy and paste the **coupon link code** and **unsubscribe group code** into the email for users to redeem and opt-out
  <Note>
    <img alt="Coupon Reminders: step 4: 7a: Set up your communication" />

    We recommend using the button feature to add in your coupon link and hyperlinking the copy Unsubscribe with the unsubscribe group code.

    <img alt="Coupon Reminders: step 4: 7b: Set up your communication" />

    With SMS communication, you also have the same editing options as when creating an email communication.
  </Note>

## FAQ

**Will this send to everyone who has not redeemed their coupon?**

Yes, this reminder communication will be sent only to those who are yet to redeem their coupon.

**Can I set this up to send a week or a few days before the coupon expires?**

You can set up the exact time and days you wish to send this communication before the coupon expiry dates. You can see these options in Step 4 above.

**Can I personalize the communication?**

Not currently.


# Digital Coupons
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/competitions-promotions/digital-coupons/digital-coupons/index

Set up your first Digital Coupon!

## What is it?

Komo's Digital Coupons offer our customers a way to reward their Engagement Hub users!

Digital Coupons are completely customizable and offer:

* **Detailed tracking -** Use a swipe, a unique code, a barcode, or a QR code to be scanned to redeem
* coupons can even connect directly to your POS system!
* **Seamless redemption -** Track clicks and redemptions along every stage of the coupon funnel so you can better understand how consumers are interacting with your offers.
* **Email and SMS automation -** Send coupons directly to your consumers via email or SMS. Simply set up a trigger event, and when that event occurs, the consumer can receive their coupon.
* **Anti-screenshot technology -** Limit coupon fraud with the use of our anti-screenshot technology. The pulsing dots ensure that the coupon you're redeeming is legitimate and not a screenshot.
* **Promotional screens -** Use promotional screens before your coupon is viewed to promote and upsell customers during the coupon redemption process.

Read more about Digital Coupons [**here**](https://www.komo.tech/features-digital-coupons).

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Create a Digital Coupon

<img alt="Digital Coupons: step 1 — Step 1: Create a Digital Coupon" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub,** then head to the **Coupons** tab.
* Click **+ Create offer,** give your Coupon an **internal name** that will make it easy to track against others you may create, then click **Create**.

### Step 2: Configure your Offer

<img alt="Digital Coupons: step 2 — Step 2: Configure your Offer" />

**(1)** Configure your **redemption option**. Choose one of the following from the drop-down menu:

* **Swipe** - This redemption option invites users to simply swipe to redeem their Coupon
* **Barcode Unique** - This redemption option invites users to use a barcode unique to them to redeem their Coupon

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 2: Configure your Offer" />

**(A)** Clicking **Manage codes** allows you to add your barcodes through a range of different options.

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 2: Configure your Offer" />

* **(a) Add single** allows you to manually type in a single barcode and an optional PIN
* **(b) Add multiple** allows you to manually type in multiple barcodes
* **(c) Generate From Pattern** allows you to define parameters which will automatically add all possible barcodes based on your defined pattern
* **(d) Upload CSV** allows you to add barcodes from an existing list of barcodes stored in CSV format

**(B)** Select the **type of barcode** to communicate with your POS system.

* **Barcode Shared** - This redemption option invites users to use a barcode that is shared among the recipients. This option works well for inserting a discount code at checkout!

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option b — Step 2: Configure your Offer" />

* **(A)** Select the **type of barcode** you wish to use
* **(B)** Allow your consumers to **revisit** the coupon
* **(C)** Enter the **code** for users to use to redeem their coupon. This can be letters, numbers, and/or symbols!

**(2)** Here, you can update the **internal name** of the offer. This is for internal use only; we recommend setting a descriptive name that will make your reporting easier.

**(3)** Give your Coupon a **page title**. This is the name that appears at the top of a user's browser when they view the coupon.

**(4)** Set your **offer limits**. This is a limit on the total number of coupons issued and redeemable across the campaign. Within these settings, you can also add **offer limits** and add contacts who should be notified by email once the **issue limit has been reached** so you can remove the competition or promotional collateral.

<Tip>
  Run a "first-in, best-dressed" campaign, and increase your coupon redemption limit. To do so, set the redemption limit only, with no issue limit.
</Tip>

**(5)** Configure the **Availability**. This is the time and duration of your coupon issuing and redemption.

<Warning>
  We highly recommend chatting with our customer success team before using this feature, as this can prevent your coupons from being sent.
</Warning>

### Step 3: Input your Locations

<img alt="Digital Coupons: step 3 — Step 3: Input your Locations" />

* **(1)** Here, you can choose to enable a **redemption locations list** and **(2)** to **show geolocation** markers as a part of the redemption process
* **(3)** Use the **manage locations** button to add locations manually or upload a CSV file of multiple locations

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 3: Input your Locations" />

* **(A)** Click here to begin adding your redemption **locations**

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 3: Input your Locations" />

* **(a)** Select the **country** of your location
* **(b)** Start typing the **address of your location**. As you type the address, **(c) + (d)** will **automatically populate** once you select an address
* **(e)** You can have the option to include additional **information** for this location. For example trading hours, specific directions of the location in-center (next to Kmart), or what is available for redemption if it is a restaurant!
* **(B)** Click here to upload a **CSV file** and add multiple locations.

**(4) + (5)** Here, you can also set a **default limit per location**. This is very useful if you have stock limits at certain locations.

### Step 4: Set up your Screens

<img alt="Digital Coupons: step 4 — Step 4: Set up your Screens" />

* **(1)** Set up your **Select Locations** screen
* **(2)** Upload an **image** that will appear at the top of your Digital Coupon
  <Note>
    This is a great place to bring your brand assets into your rewards. Use your color palette and other visual assets to bring the Coupon to life!
  </Note>
* **(3)** Here you can edit the **text** that appears when end users are looking for the closest location to redeem their coupon
* **(4)** Edit the **color of the messaging bar and text**
* **(5)** Update the **background color and text** of the coupon
  <Note>
    Any updates made to the styling colors will apply to all screens.
  </Note>
* **(6)** Set up your **Ready to Redeem** screen

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 4: Set up your Screens" />

* **(A)** Alter the **copy** of the messaging
* **(B)** Add any **additional copy** you wish to share with your consumers
  <Note>
    Any updates made to the styling colors will apply to all screens.
  </Note>
* **(7)** Set up your **Not Ready to Redeem** screen.

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 4: Set up your Screens" />

* **(A)** Alter the **copy** of the messaging
* **(B)** Add any **additional copy** you wish to share with your consumers
  <Note>
    Any updates made to the styling colors will apply to all screens.
  </Note>
* **(8)** Set up your **Swipe to Redeem** screen.

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 4: Set up your Screens" />

* **(A)** Update the **title** here
* **(B)** Edit the **swipe to redeem** copy here
  <Note>
    Any updates made to the styling colors will apply to all screens.
  </Note>
* **(9)** Set up your **Coupon Code** screen.

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 4: Set up your Screens" />

* **(A)** Update the **title** here
* **(B)** Edit the **sub title** copy here
* **(C)** You have the option to add call-to-action buttons on this screen. Click on the **+ icon** to add a **back to Hub button** or an **external link button**
* **(D)** Here you can type in your **barcode content** if required
  <Note>
    Any updates made to the styling colors will apply to all screens.
  </Note>
* **(10)** Set up your **Coupon Already Redeemed** screen.

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 4: Set up your Screens" />

* **(A)** Update the **title** here
* **(B)** You have the option to add call-to-action buttons on this screen. Click on the **+ icon** to add a **back to Hub** button or an **external link button**
  <Note>
    Any updates made to the styling colors will apply to all screens.
  </Note>
* **(11)** Set up your **Coupon Exhausted** screen.

<img alt="Digital Coupons: option a — Step 4: Set up your Screens" />

* **(A)** Update the **title** here
* **(B)** Edit the **coupon exhausted** copy here
  <Note>
    Any updates made to the styling colors will apply to all screens.
  </Note>

### Step 5: Create your Coupon Reminders

<img alt="Digital Coupons: step 5 — Step 5: Create your Coupon Reminders" />

* **(1)** Click on **add communication** to set up your reminders

[Learn how to set up coupon reminders here.](/competitions-promotions/digital-coupons/coupon-reminders)

### Step 6: Connect your Coupon to a competition

<img alt="Digital Coupons: step 6 — Step 6: Connect your Coupon to a competition" />

1. Now that you've created your Digital Coupon, it's time to connect them to a competition!
2. Navigate to your competition, open the data capture dropdown menu, and click on **prizes**
3. Click the **+ Add prize** button and add an **email communication**

<Tip>
  If you need assistance in configuring your prizes, head to the [Data Capture Knowledge Base Article](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index).
</Tip>

<img alt="Digital Coupons: step 6: Connect your Coupon to a competition" />

4. Use this modal to **edit your prizing communication**. This is the email or SMS your users will receive upon winning a prize. [Learn more on how to set up email communications](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms#step-3)
5. Navigate to the **coupon tab**, select the coupon you configured earlier and go to **insert** to paste the coupon code to the email
   <Note>
     We highly recommend presenting this in a button format.
   </Note>

<img alt="Digital Coupons: step 6: Connect your Coupon to a competition" />


# Prizes and Communications
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms/index

Need help setting up prizes and communications for your Hub? Check out the article below.

## What is it?

For every card with a data capture attached, you can create prizes to send to the winners with communications.

## How do I set it up?

* [Step 1: Add a Data capture](#step-1-add-a-data-capture)
* [Step 2: Set up your Prizes](#step-2-set-up-your-prizes)
* [Step 3: Set up your Prize communications](#step-3-set-up-your-prize-communications)
* [Step 4: Add additional Communications](#step-4-add-additional-communications)
* [Step 5: Set up Marketing Email Communications](#step-5-set-up-marketing-email-communications)

### Step 1: Add a Data capture

<img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 4 — Step 1: Add a Data capture" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub.**
* Go into the card settings, click on **Data capture,** and then **+ Add Data Capture.**

### Step 2: Set up your Prizes

<img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 2 — Step 2: Set up your Prizes" />

* **(1)** Click on the **Prizes** tab under the **Data Capture** dropdown.
* **(2)** Click **+ Add** **prize**.
  <img alt="Prizes and Communications: option a — Step 2: Set up your Prizes" />
* **(A)** Give the prize **Prize Name** (this will be internal only)
* **(B)** Click **Edit prize rules**.
  <img alt="Prizes and Communications: option a — Step 2: Set up your Prizes" />
  * **(a)** Set your **awarding rule** under **Award to**. This refers to what group of entrants you want a particular prize to be awarded to.
    <Accordion title="Awarding Rule">
      * **Award prize manually:** \
        This allows you to manually select a particular entrant or group of entrants to receive the prize. This prizing rule cannot be automated and requires you to select the recipients post-game.
      * **Random pick X person/s:** \
        This option randomly awards the prize to entrants. The number of entrants who receive this prize is completely up to you and can even be automatically awarded post-game using scheduling.
      * **Everyone who entered:** \
        This rule simply provides everyone who has entered with the prize you've created.
      * **Everyone who didn't win any other prizes in this competition:** \
        Use this rule to provide a particular communication to entrants who didn't win a prize in your competition.
      * **Live prize awarding:**\
        This option allows you to send prizes to users live/instantly while they engage with your content.
        <Note>
          **If** you select this option, you will need to enable this prize once it is all setup. You can see how to enable live prizing [here](/live-predictor-advanced#Step-6).
        </Note>
    </Accordion>
* **(b)** Select **when** to award the prize. This is where you'll set additional parameters that need to be met.
  <Note>
    This is what is mainly used for personalized prizing.
  </Note>
  <Accordion title="Prize Parameters">
    * **Answered 'select question' with 'select answer':** \
      This option awards the particular prize to entrants who respond with a selected answer to one of your questions. Ie: In your Live Trivia game you may have asked "What's your favorite ACME sports drink flavor?", with the potential answers being lime or apple. By using this parameter you can provide users who responded with 'lime' a lime coupon in the prize.
    * **Got result x:**\
      Award prizes based on a result they receive. Ie: In your Personality Quiz, a result could be "You're a shoe shopper", and reward users with a discount voucher to spend at a shoe store.
    * **Answered X or more questions:**\
      This option simply allows you to reward people who answered a predetermined number of questions.
    * **Answered X or more questions correctly:**\
      Awards the prize to people who answered a predetermined number of questions correctly.
    * **(c)** Click **Save** to confirm your awarding rule.
  </Accordion>

### Step 3: Set up your Prize Communications

<img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your Prize Communications" />

* **(1)** Here you will create your **Email communication** for this prize.

  <Accordion title="Setting your Email Communication">
    <img alt="Prizes and Communications: option a — Step 3: Set up your Prize Communications" />

    To send email communications, you'll need to have the email field on your form.

    * **(A)** Here you can give your prize communication an **Internal name**.
    * **(B)** Select a **sender name.** If you don't have one listed, **(C)** click **Manage** to **add a new name.**
    * **(D)** Enter your **email subject line** here.
    * **(E)** You have the option to use **HTML code** for your email.
      <img alt="Prizes and Communications: option a — Step 3: Set up your Prize Communications" />
      * **(a)** Paste your **HTML email code** here.
      * **(b) Test** your email and preview the code.
    * **(F) Build** out your email here.
    * **(G)** Utilize the **toolbar** to construct your email body.
    * **(H)** Here you can add **additional features** to your email body
      <img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 3: Set up your Prize Communications" />
      * **(a)** Add **images, call-to-action buttons, or horizontal rule.**
      * **(b)** To personalize the experience, pull the entrant's responses to your data capture form from the **recall form data** section.
    * **(I)** Edit the **body** and **container colors.**
      <img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 3: Set up your Prize Communications" />
      * **(a)** Alter this will change the background color **behind the email container.**
      * **(b)** Update this to change the background color **behind the email body.**
    * **(J)** Here you can attach a **coupon** to the prize. Select your desired coupon from the drop-down and then head back to the Insert tab and paste the code into the email body.
      <img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 3: Set up your Prize Communications" />
    * **(K) Test** the communication here.
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** Or you can send out an **SMS communication** here.

<Accordion title="Setting your SMSCommunication">
  <img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 3: Set up your Prize Communications" />

  To send SMS communications you'll need to add an SMS field to your form.

  <Note>
    To send SMS communications and with the new laws and regulations, you will need to have a Twilio account. [Click here to learn more on how to set this up.](/getting-started/hub-setup/sms-sender-ids/index)
  </Note>

  * **(A)** Here you can give your prize communication an **Internal name**.
  * **(B)** You can create an SMS from our **templates.**
  * **(C)** Select the **sender name** from your Twilio account.
  * **(D) Create** your SMS copy here.
  * **(E)** Pull the entrant's responses to your data capture form from the **recall form data** section. This means you can automatically personalize communications to the entrant by simply copying and pasting the code into the email body.
  * **(F)** Here you can attach a **coupon** to the prize. Select your desired coupon from the drop-down and then copy and paste the code into the email body.
  * **(G) Test** your SMS communication.
  * **(H) Delete** the SMS communication here.
</Accordion>

### Step 4: Add additional Communications

<img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 4 — Step 4: Add additional Communications" />

* Click on the **Communications** tab and then **+ Add Communication.**
* **(1)** Give the communication an **Internal name.**
* **(2)** Select the **type** of communication want to send - transactional or marketing email or SMS.
  <Note>
    A transaction email is triggered by an action taken by a user while a marketing email is sent to a user outside of the campaign.
  </Note>
* **(3)** Choose when you want this communication to be sent.
  <img alt="Prizes and Communications: option a — Step 4: Add additional Communications" />
  * **(A) Manually** send this communication to users.
  * **(B)** Send this communication once a user completes the **data capture form.**
  * **(C)** Have the communication sent out at a **scheduled time and day.**
* **(4)** Click **Create.**

<Note>
  If sending a transactional email or SMS, build out your communications as per [**Step 3**](#step-3-set-up-your-prize-communications). If sending a marketing email, follow the steps detailed in [**Step 5**](#step-5-set-up-marketing-email-communications).
</Note>

### **Step 5: Set up Marketing Email Communications**

<img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 3 — Step 5: Set up Marketing Email Communications" />

To send email communications, you'll need to have the email field on your form.

* **(1)** Here you can give your prize communication an **Internal name**.
* **(2)** Select which **Communication Subscription Group** your email should be sent to.
  <Note>
    This will ensure your email is only sent to users who have opted in to the selected subscription communications.\
    \
    For more information on setting up Communication Subscriptions, read [this article](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions)
  </Note>
* **(3)** Select a **sender name**. If you don't have one listed, **(4)** click **Manage** to add a new name.
* **(5)** Enter your **email subject line** here.
* **(6)** You have the option to use **HTML code** for your email. If using HTML code, follow the process outlined in [**Step 3**](#step-3-set-up-your-prize-communications).
* **(7) Build** out your email here.
* **(8)** Utilize the **toolbar** to construct your email body.
* **(9)** Here you can add **additional features** to your email body. You will need to insert the **unsubscribe URL code** in the email to provide users with the option to unsubscribe from communications. It is recommended that you hyperlink the to the **unsubscribe text**. Follow [**Step 3**](#step-3-set-up-your-prize-communications) to continue building your email.
  <Accordion title="Example of unsubscribe URL code">
    The below screenshot is an example of how to include an **unsubscribe URL code** in your email body.

    <img alt="Prizes and Communications: step 3 — Step 5: Set up Marketing Email Communications" />
  </Accordion>
  * **(10)** Edit the **body** and **container colors.** If editing the body and container colors, follow the process outline in [**Step 3**](#step-3-set-up-your-prize-communications)**.**
  * **(11)** Here you can attach a **coupon** to the prize. If attaching a coupon, follow the process outlined in [**Step 3**](#step-3-set-up-your-prize-communications)**.**
  * **(12) Test** the communication here.

<Card title="Communication Design Guidelines" icon="sparkles" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1wh3pJWPjcQ1xYKakWwkxqwohQQ705sfWDn_TCQ7XIRw/edit?usp=sharing">
  Learn different communication materials sent to players and users
</Card>

## FAQ

**What is the difference between a marketing and transactional email?**

A marketing email is any email that is intended to promote your brand and push recipients to perform an action you want them to take. A transactional email differs in that it provides necessary information that the recipient requires in order for you to adequately complete a transaction or deliver your service. Transactional emails tend to be initiated off the back of an action taken by the recipient.

**What happens when a user unsubscribes?**

If a user clicks through and unsubscribes from communications, they will automatically be removed from the communication subscription they opted out of and will no longer receive the emails sent to that list.


# Vault Digital Mastercards
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/competitions-promotions/vault-mastercard/vault-digital-mastercards/index

Easily distribute Vault Digital Mastercards to prize winners using automated workflows.

## What is it?

Vault Mastercards are digital prepaid cards that can be instantly issued to prize winners via automated workflows. These digital cards can be accessed on recipients' phones and used wherever traditional Mastercards are accepted. Continue reading to learn how you can effortlessly distribute Vault Mastercards to your prize winners.

## How do I do it?

### Step 1: Provide Vault Campaign IDs

* Ensure you have a **Campaign** set up with **Vault**. Once everything is approved, you will need to provide your Customer Success Manager with access and share your credentials. Please forward this request to Vault with your CSM's details. When granted access, your CSM will then complete the backend connection on your behalf. If you have any issues or require further assistance, please reach out to your Customer Success Manager directly.

### Step 2: Create your prize

* Prior to creating your distribution workflows, you will need to ensure you have created your prize. You will not be able to link your workflow until this prize is created. For detailed information on how to create prizes, please read [this article](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms).

### Step 3: Build your workflow

<img alt="Vault Digital Mastercards: step 3 — Step 3: Build your workflow" />

* Navigate to your **Card** and go into the **Card Settings.**
* **(1)** Click on **Workflows**.
* **(2)** Click on **Definitions**.
* **(3)** Select **+ Create workflow**.
  <img alt="Vault Digital Mastercards: option a — Step 3: Build your workflow" />
  * **(A)** Give your workflow a meaningful **Name.**
    * **Note:** This is internal only but we recommend that the naming aligns with the prize on offer for clarity.
  * **(B)** Click **Create**.

<img alt="Vault Digital Mastercards: option a — Step 3: Build your workflow" />

* You can now start building out your workflow.
* Select the **pencil icon** next to Trigger.
* Select **Prize Awarded** from the **Execute flow on** dropdown.
* Click **+ Add filter**, select **Prize is** and then select the appropriate **Prize** from the dropdown (you created this prize in [**Step 2**](#step-1-provide-vault-campaign-ids)).
* Click **Save** and exit the modal by clicking **X**.
* Drag the **Issue Vault Card** workflow module and drop it below the **Trigger module**.
* Click on the **circle** at the bottom of the **Trigger module, drag** and **drop** on the **circle** of the **Contact Vault Card Issue module**.
* Select the **pencil icon** next to **Contact Vault Card Issue**.
* Select your **Campaign ID** from the dropdown (this is the ID you provided in [**Step 1**](#step-1-provide-vault-campaign-ids)).
* Type the appropriate **Gift Card value** in the **Amount** field.
* Set you **Limit per contact** as per your game rules (we recommend leaving blank for unlimited).
* Click **Save** and then exit the modal by clicking **X**.
* Finish building your workflow by clicking **Save**.

### Step 4: Activate your workflow

<img alt="Vault Digital Mastercards: step 4 — Step 4: Activate your workflow" />

* You will now have to **Run** your workflow for it to begin working.
* **(1)** Click the **three dots** to access the additional actions.
  <img alt="Vault Digital Mastercards: option a — Step 4: Activate your workflow" />
  * **(A) Run** - Click this to **run** your workflow.
  * **(B) Edit** - Here you can make **edits** to the workflow you set up.
  * **(C) Rename** - Select this if you would like to **rename** your workflow.
  * **(D) Delete** - Click this if you would like to **delete** your workflow.
* Once you have selected **Run**, your workflow will be live and you can move onto testing!

### Step 5: Test your workflow

* Repeat [**Step 2**](#step-1-provide-vault-campaign-ids)**,** [**Step 3**](#step-1-provide-vault-campaign-ids) and [**Step 4**](#step-1-provide-vault-campaign-ids) to create a test prize and workflow.
  <Tip>
    * We recommend clearly naming your prize and workflow with **Test** or **Testing** for easy identification.
    * When setting your prize, ensure that the **Awarding Prize Rule** is set to manually selected. This will be the default selection.
    * When setting up your test workflow, we recommend setting the Vault Gift Card **Amount** to **\$1.00** and the **Limit per contact** to **1**.
  </Tip>

* Once you have set up your test prize and workflow, you will then need to test the Card. For information on how to test your card, [please read this article.](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing)

* Once you've tested the card and entered your details, you can then test the workflow.

* Navigate to the **Card Settings** and select **Prizes** under the **Data Capture** dropdown.

* Select the **three dots (actions)** next to your **Test Prize**.

* Click **Select recipients to award**.

* You should now see the **contact details** you submitted when working through the Card experience.

* **Check the box** next to your **contact details** and click **Review**.

* You can now review the details of the **contact** and click **Award Prize**.

* A pop-up should appear confirming that **Awarding prizes** have been **completed**. Confirm that the **Status** box next to your test prize also displays **Awarded**.

* When you are satisfied that your test workflow is operating as expected, it is best to ensure the workflow is paused by navigating to your test workflow under **Definitions**, clicking the **three dots (actions)** next to your test workflow (as detailed in [**Step 4**](#step-1-provide-vault-campaign-ids)) and selecting **Pause**.
  <Tip>
    Once your test workflow is paused, we also recommend canceling the **Test Card** directly in the Vault portal.
  </Tip>

### Step 6: Monitor your workflow

<img alt="Vault Digital Mastercards: step 6 — Step 6: Monitor your workflow" />

* It is important to **monitor** your test workflow to ensure it is running as expected.
* **(1)** Navigate to the **Workflows** dropdown.
* **(2)** Select **Usage**.
* **(3)** View the **STATUS** and **INFO**. If the status displays an error, we recommend hovering your mouse over the error icon under **INFO**.
* You will then be provided with a summary of the error (you can also click for more detailed information that will enable you to troubleshoot).

## FAQ

**I'm experiencing errors when testing my workflow, what is causing this?**

The most common error we see customers experience when setting up their workflows is a misalignment between the form fields included on their Komo Card and the fields required by Vault to fulfill the Card issuance. Vault usually require both a mobile number and email address, so it's best to include both on your forms. If you experience any other issues, the error message displayed next to the workflow in the **Usage** section should give you the context you require to diagnose the issue. If you are still having issues, please reach out to your Customer Success Manager.

**Who should I contact if I have any questions or issues?**

For any enquiries about the **Vault Mastercards/Vault Portal**, please reach out directly to [info@vaultps.com.au](mailto:info@vaultps.com.au). For any questions or issues relating to the setup within Komo or issues with the Komo portal, please contact your Customer Success Manager.

**Do you have any resources that can be shared with our consumers?**

Yes! Feel free to send [this Help Centre link](https://vaultps.zendesk.com/hc/en-au?_gl=1) directly to your consumers.


# Amondo Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/amondo-card/index

Instructions on how to embed Amondo imprints in your Engagement Hub

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## What is it?

The Amondo Card allows you to embed curated content from across all your business's social media platforms and display them in one, easy to manage, card.

## Things to note

* You will need to create an imprint through the [Amondo platform.](https://www.amondo.com/)
* Once you have created your Imprint through Amondo you will then need to copy and paste the embed link into the card in your Engagement Hub.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add an Amondo Card to your Engagement Hub](#step-1-add-an-amondo-card-to-your-engagement-hub)
* [Step 2: Paste in the Imprint ID](#step-2-paste-in-the-imprint-id)
* [Step 3: Publish your Card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add an Amondo card to your Hub

<img alt="Amondo Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add an Amondo card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **Amondo.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Engagement Hub.

### Step 2: Paste in the Imprint ID

<img alt="Amondo Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste in the Imprint ID" />

* **(1)** Get the **Imprint ID** and paste it in here and a preview will appear on the left.

  <Accordion title="Finding the Imprint ID">
    To find the Amondo's Imprint ID simply copy the number from the Amondo Imprint URL, otherwise you can find it in the Imprint SDK Generator.

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Start by going to your Imprints list and click on the imprint to open it up">
        <img alt="Amondo Card: step 2: Paste in the Imprint ID" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Copy the Imprint ID which is the 4 digits located in the URL bar">
        <img alt="Amondo Card: step 2: Paste in the Imprint ID" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Paste the Imprint ID in the box">
        <img alt="Amondo Card: step 2: Paste in the Imprint ID" />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** Toggling this option on allows you to restrict the **height** of your Amondo. If you do decide to use this feature a "See More" CTA bar will appear at the bottom of card
* **(3)** Under **advanced options** you can further customize your Amondo. Click [here](https://dash.amondo.com/developers/web-sdk/options) for an in-depth breakdown of these options
  <Tip>
    In the Advanced options, placing a comma at the end of the title option and entering "poweredBy": false below it will hide the powered by Amondo at the bottom of the card

    <img alt="Amondo Card: step 3 — Step 2: Paste in the Imprint ID" />
  </Tip>

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Amondo Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!

* **(1)Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see
* **(2)Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it

<Warning>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Warning>

<img alt="Amondo Card: step 3: Publish your card" />


# Apple Music Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/apple-music-card/index

Embed Apple Music playlists or songs into your Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add an Apple Music card to your Hub](#step-1-add-an-apple-music-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Set up your card link](#step-2-set-up-your-card-link)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add an Apple Music card to your Hub

<img alt="Apple Music Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add an Apple Music card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **Apple Music**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Engagement Hub.

### Step 2: Set up your card link

<img alt="Apple Music Card: step 2 — Step 2: Set up your card link" />

* Clicking on **Apple Music** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Get the **embed code** and paste it here and a preview will appear below.
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Apple Music Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Where can I find the share link/URL?**

Click on the playlist or song you wish to share. Click on the three dots located at the top of the playlist on the right, click on 'Share', then 'Copy Link' and paste that link to the share link bar in the card.


# Embed Cards
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/embed-cards/index

Embed any card from your Engagement Hub within your third-party site!

## What is it?

Take content from your Engagement Hub and integrate it into your website, blog or app.

## How do I use it?

* [Step 1: Navigate to the card](#step-1-navigate-to-the-card)
* [Step 2: Configure your card settings](#step-2-configure-your-card-settings)
* [Step 3: Embed the content](#step-3-embed-the-content)

### Step 1: Navigate to the card

<img alt="Embed Cards: step 2 — Step 1: Navigate to the card" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub.**
* Once there, **scroll and click on the card** you wish to embed to access the **card editor**.
* Click on the **Embed** tab.

### Step 2: Configure your card settings

<img alt="Embed Cards: step 2 — Step 2: Configure your card settings" />

* **(1)** Here you can edit the **card cover** style.
* **(2)** Edit the **cover image** you wish to have on the embed.
* **(3)** Alter the **color** of the **text** and **call-to-action bar**.
* **(4)** Change the **copy** of the call-to-action bar.
* **(5) Restore** the style to the default settings.

<Note>
  This is an embed preview. Any entries submitted or games played in the preview will count as real entries and gameplay and will be reflected as such in the analytics.
</Note>

### Step 3: Embed the content

<img alt="Embed Cards: step 3 — Step 3: Embed the content" />

* **(1)** If you would like to make use of the embed code to paste within your desired location, click on **Get embed code.**

  <Accordion title="Getting the Embed Code">
    <img alt="Embed Cards: option a — Step 3: Embed the content" />

    * **(A)** Click here if you would like to embed the card with **fixed** size.
    * **(B)** Here you can adjust the **size of the embed** if using the fixed option.
    * **(C)** Click the **copy icon** to copy the embed code if using the fixed option.
    * **(D)** Click here if you would like to embed a card that is **responsive** in size.
      <img alt="Embed Cards: option a — Step 3: Embed the content" />
      * **(a)** Click the **copy icon** to copy the embed code if using the responsive option.
    * Once you've copied your desired embed code, **paste it** into the **embed destination**.
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** If you would like to embed the card in a React Native application, click **Native embed URL,** install `@komo-tech/react-native` from NPM, and pass the URL to the `KomoCard` component.

<Note>
  If you would like to explore additional ways to surface and trigger embedded cards on your website or app or prefill forms in the embed experience, please refer to our [**Embed SDK Developer docs**](https://developers.komo.tech/embedding/browser).
</Note>

## FAQ

**If I change the cover image under the Embed tab, will it change the cover image on the Hub?**\
No, the cover image you add/change under the Embed tab will apply to just the embed and will not affect the designs on the Hub.

**Can users go to the Hub from the embed?**\
Users will only be able to access your Hub through the embed if you include a link out to the Hub within the competition card.


# Facebook Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/facebook-card/index

Instructions on how to embed Facebook posts in your Engagement Hub.

## What is it?

Share Facebook content on your Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## Things to note

* Only **Public** Facebook content can be embedded.
* Only individual posts can be embedded - not entire timelines.

### How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Facebook Embed card to your Hub](#watch-it-come-to-life)
* [Step 2: Paste the link to the card](#watch-it-come-to-life)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#what-is-it)

### Step 1: Add a Facebook Embed card to your Hub

<img alt="Facebook Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Facebook Embed card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **Facebook.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Paste the link to the card

<img alt="Facebook Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

* Clicking on **Facebook** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Get the **embed code** and paste it here and a preview will appear below.

  <Accordion title="Getting the Facebook embed code">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Start by visiting the Facebook account with the post you want to embed. Click on the ... button at the top right of the post.">
        <img alt="Facebook Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click the Embed </> button">
        <img alt="Facebook Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Copy the code">
        <img alt="Facebook Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Paste the code in your Facebook embed card on your Komo Hub.">
        <img alt="Facebook Card: step 3 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Facebook Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>


# Facebook Watch Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/facebook-watch-card/index

Share Facebook Watch videos in your Engagement Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## Things to note

* Only **Public** Facebook videos can be embedded.
* Facebook **live** videos cannot be embedded.
* Videos will be embedded without any of the other post details. To embed entire Facebook posts, use the **Facebook Embed** card.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Facebook Watch card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-facebook-watch-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Paste the link to the card](#step-2-paste-the-link-to-the-card)
* [Step 3: Publish the card](#step-3-publish-the-card)

### Step 1: Add a Facebook Watch card to your Hub

<img alt="Facebook Watch Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Facebook Watch card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **Facebook Watch**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Paste the link to the card

<img alt="Facebook Watch Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

* Clicking on **Facebook Watch** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Get the **Facebook Watch link** and paste it here.

  <Accordion title="Getting the Facebook Watch link">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Visit the Facebook account with the video post you want to embed">
        Click on the **...** button at the top right of the post.

        <img alt="Facebook Watch Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click the Copy Link button.">
        <img alt="Facebook Watch Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Paste the code in your Facebook Watch Video card settings on your Komo Hub.">
        <img alt="Facebook Watch Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Facebook Watch Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Why is my video not working?**

Make sure the video is public as private videos cannot be shared. Some users don't allow their videos to be embedded and shared on other web pages.


# Google Maps Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/google-maps-card/index

Instructions on how to embed Google Maps in your Engagement Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## What is it?

Share locations and addresses on your Hub.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Google Maps Embed card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-google-maps-embed-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Paste the link to the card](#step-2-paste-the-link-to-the-card)
* [Step 3: Publish the card](#step-3-publish-the-card)

### Step 1: Add a Google Maps embed card to your Hub

<img alt="Google Maps Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Google Maps embed card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content,** from here select **Embeds** and then **Google Maps.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Paste the link to the card

<img alt="Google Maps Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

* Clicking on **Google Maps** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Get the **embed code** and paste it here and a preview will appear below.

  <Accordion title="Getting Google Maps embed code">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Find the address or place you want to embed on Google Maps.">
        Click on the **Share** button

        <img alt="Google Maps Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Choose Embed a map">
        <img alt="Google Maps Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Choose the size and click COPY HTML.">
        <img alt="Google Maps Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

        <Tip>
          The embedded Google Maps card will always try to stretch the map to fit the *width* of the card. Picking a different size here will just result in map cards with different *heights*.
        </Tip>
      </Step>

      <Step>
        <img alt="Google Maps Card: step 4 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** You can optionally override the **card height** after pasting in the embed code.
* **(3)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(4)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Google Maps Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.


# HTML Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/html-card/index

Create interactive HTML-based content cards.

## What is it?

An HTML Card is like a mini web page that requires multiple file types to create the ad feature and ad display.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add an HTML card to your Hub](#step-1-add-an-html-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Add your HTML code to your card](#step-2-add-your-html-code-to-your-card)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add an HTML card to your Hub

<img alt="HTML Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add an HTML card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content,** from here select **Embeds** and then **HTML.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add your HTML code to your card

<img alt="HTML Card: step 2 — Step 2: Add your HTML code to your card" />

* Clicking on the **HTML** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Paste your **HTML code** here and a preview will appear below. Anything placed in your HTML code is hosted in your iFrame.
* **(2)** Enter the **HTML height** of how you want to display it on the card.
* **(3)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(4)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="HTML Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing/index).


# iFrame Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/iframe-card/index

Embed specific content from your webpage.

## What is it

The iFrame card is used to seamlessly embed and load content from your webpage such as forms, documents and videos.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add an iFrame card to your Hub](#step-1-add-an-iframe-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Add a link to your card](#step-2-add-a-link-to-your-card)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add an iFrame card to your Hub

<img alt="iFrame Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add an iFrame card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content,** from here select **Embeds** and then **iFrame.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add a link to your card

<img alt="iFrame Card: step 2 — Step 2: Add a link to your card" />

* Clicking on the **iFrame** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Paste the **embed code** here and a preview will appear below.
* **(2)** Enter the **iFrame height** of how you want to display it on the card
* **(3)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(4)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="iFrame Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## **FAQ**

**Where can I find the URL?**

You can copy the link that is located in the search bar at the top of the page and paste that link into the **Paste link** setting in the card.

**Why does my URL link look funny in the iFrame card?**

Some websites aren't mobile phone supported. This means that the website will keep its format and dimensions when in the iFrame and you will need to scroll left and right to view the full URL.


# Instagram Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/instagram-card/index

Instructions on how to embed Instagram content in your Engagement Hub.

## What is it?

Share Instagram content on your Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

### **Things to note:**

* Only **Public** Instagram content can be embedded.
* Only individual posts can be embedded - not entire accounts.

### How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add an Instagram Embed card to your Hub](#step-1-add-an-instagram-embed-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Paste the link to the card](#step-2-paste-the-link-to-the-card)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

Step 1: Add an Instagram Embed card to your Hub

<img alt="Instagram Card: step 2 — How do I build one?" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **Instagram.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Paste the link to the card

<img alt="Instagram Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

* Clicking on **Instagram** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Get the **embed code** and paste it here. A preview will appear below.

  <Accordion title="Getting the Instragram embed code">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Start by visiting the Instagram account with the post you want to embed.">
        Click on the post you want to open it up. <img alt="Instagram Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click on the ... button at the top right.">
        <img alt="Instagram Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click on Embed">
        <img alt="Instagram Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Copy the code.">
        <img alt="Instagram Card: step 3 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step>
        <img alt="Instagram Card: step 4 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

        <Tip>
          You can choose to include the caption before copying the code by toggling the appropriate checkbox.
        </Tip>
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Instagram Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **..** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>


# Issuu Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/issuu-card/index

Instructions on how to embed Issuu publications in your Engagement Hub.

## What is it?

Share content from Issuu directly on your Hub.

## Things to note

* Only **Published** Issuu content can be embedded.
* Embedding is not available for Issuu users on the **Basic** plan - only the paid plans support it.
* [Don't have an Issuu account? Click here to check it out.](https://issuu.com/features/embed?issuu_product=header\&issuu_subproduct=anon_home\&issuu_context=link\&issuu_cta=embed)

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add an Issuu Embed card to your Hub](#watch-it-come-to-life)
* [Step 2: Paste the embed code to the card](#watch-it-come-to-life)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#what-is-it)

#### **Step 1: Add an Issuu Embed card to your Hub**

<img alt="Issuu Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add an Issuu Embed card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content,** from here select **Embeds** and then **Issuu.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Paste the embed code to the card

<img alt="Issuu Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the embed code to the card" />

* Clicking on **Issuu** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Get the **embed code** and paste it here and a preview will appear below.

  <Accordion title="Getting your Issuu Embed Code">
    <img alt="Issuu Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the embed code to the card" />

    <Steps>
      <Step title="Go to Publications from the side Navigation Menu and select the publication you want to embed." />

      <Step title="Under Share, select Embed on Website and it will open an embed widget." />

      <Step title="Adjust styling options." />

      <Step title="Click GET EMBED CODE." />

      <Step title="Paste the embed code into your Issuu embed card settings on your Hub.">
        <img alt="Issuu Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the embed code to the card" />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** You can also adjust the **height** of the embedded card here.
* **(3)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(4)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Issuu Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>


# LinkedIn Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/linkedin-card/index

Instructions on how to embed LinkedIn posts in your Engagement Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## What is it?

Share LinkedIn content on your Hub.

## Things to note

* Only **Public** LinkedIn content can be embedded.
* Only individual posts can be embedded.
* Multi-photo, storyline, and re-shared posts cannot be embedded.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a LinkedIn Embed card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-linkedin-embed-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Paste the link to the card](#step-2-paste-the-link-to-the-card)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a LinkedIn Embed card to your Hub

<img alt="LinkedIn Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a LinkedIn Embed card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content,** from here select **Embeds** and then **LinkedIn.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Paste the link to the card

<img alt="LinkedIn Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

* Clicking on **LinkedIn** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Get the **embed code** and paste it here and a preview will appear below.

  <Accordion title="Getting the Linkedin Embed Code">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Start by visiting the LinkedIn account with the post you want to embed. Click on the ... button at the top right of the post.">
        <img alt="LinkedIn Card: step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click on </> Embed this post">
        <img alt="LinkedIn Card: step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Copy the code">
        <img alt="LinkedIn Card: step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Paste the code in your LinkedIn embed card on your Hub">
        <img alt="LinkedIn Card: step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** You can optionally override the card **height** after pasting in the embed code.
* **(3)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(4)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="LinkedIn Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>


# Matterport Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/matterport-card/index

Instructions on how to embed Matterport 3D walkthroughs in your Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## What is it?

Matterport allows you to share 3D virtual tours on your Hub.

## **Things to note**

* Only **Public** Matterport models can be embedded.
* You'll need to copy the embed code following clicking the play button
* The Matterport experience is different between desktop and mobile devices.
  * On desktop browsers, visitors to your Hub will be able to interact with Matterport without leaving the Hub. They can interact with the 3D space directly in the Matterport embed card.
  * On mobile browsers, visitors to your hub will be taken to the dedicated Matterport viewer page for the embedded space.
  * This limitation is applied by Matterport and cannot currently be changed.
* [Don't have a Matterport account? Click here to check it out. ](https://matterport.com/)

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Matterport Embed card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-matterport-embed-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Paste the link to the card](#step-2-paste-the-link-to-the-card)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#what-is-it)

### Step 1: Add a Matterport Embed card to your Hub

<img alt="Matterport Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Matterport Embed card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **Add Content,** from here select **Embeds** and then **Matterport.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Paste the link to the card

<img alt="Matterport Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

* Clicking on **Matterport** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Get the **embed code** and paste it here and a preview will appear below.

  <Accordion title="Getting the Matterport Embed Code">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Visit the Matterport space you want to embed.">
        Once you start the 3D experience, by clicking the large play button icon, you can then click on the **"Share this Space"** button at the bottom right.

        <img alt="Matterport Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Copy the URL">
        The link should be in the format [**https://my.matterport.com/show/?m=xxxxxxxxxxx**](https://my.matterport.com/show/?m=xxxxxxxxxxx)

        <img alt="Matterport Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Paste the URL in the Matterport embed card settings on your Hub.">
        <img alt="Matterport Card: step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>
    </Steps>

    <Tip>
      You may get a different sharing screen, depending on how you are viewing the Matterport space. In either case, you should be able to choose a "copy link to clipboard" option that will give you a link with the required format.
    </Tip>
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** You can also adjust the **height** of the embedded card here. Keep in mind the different experiences between desktop and mobile as called out at the start of this article.
* **(3)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(4)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Matterport Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>


# Spotify Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/spotify-card/index

Soundtrack your Engagement Hub with a Spotify playlist embed.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

i

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Spotify Card to your Engagement Hub](#step-1-add-a-spotify-card-to-your-engagement-hub)
* [Step 2: Set up your card link](#step-2-set-up-your-card-link)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Spotify Card to your Engagement Hub

<img alt="Spotify Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Spotify Card to your Engagement Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, then select **Embeds** and then **Spotify**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Engagement Hub.

### Step 2: Set up your card link

<img alt="Spotify Card: step 2 — Step 2: Set up your card link" />

* Clicking on **Spotify** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Paste the **link** of your playlist, album or song here and a preview will appear below.
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Spotify Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Where can I find the share link/URL?**

Click on the playlist you wish to share. Click on the three dots located at the top of the playlist, at the bottom of the list click share and 'Copy link to playlist', and paste that link to the share link bar in the card.


# TikTok Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/tiktok-card/index

Instructions on how to embed TikTok videos in your Engagement Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## What is it?

Share TikTok videos on your Hub.

## Things to note

* Only **Public** TikTok videos can be embedded.
* Only individual videos can be embedded - not entire accounts.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a TikTok Embed card to your hub](#step-1-add-a-tiktok-embed-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Paste the link to the card](#step-2-paste-the-link-to-the-card)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a TikTok Embed card to your Hub

<img alt="TikTok Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a TikTok Embed card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **TikTok**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Paste the link to the card

<img alt="TikTok Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

* Clicking on **TikTok** will open the editing module.
* **(1) Get the embed code** and paste it here and a preview will appear below.

  <Accordion title="Getting the Tiktok embed code">
    <Steps>
      <Step title="Visit the TikTok account with the video you want to embed. ">
        Click on the video you want to open it up. <img alt="TikTok Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click on the Embed (</>) button in the &#x22;share to&#x22; section">
        <img alt="TikTok Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Click on the Copy code to copy the embed code">
        <img alt="TikTok Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>

      <Step title="Paste the copied code in the box.">
        <img alt="TikTok Card: step 3 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
      </Step>
    </Steps>
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="TikTok Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>


# Twitch TV Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/twitch-tv-card/index

Share Twitch videos directly in your Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Twitch TV card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-twitch-tv-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Set up your card link](#step-2-set-up-your-card-link)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Twitch TV Card to your Engagement Hub

<img alt="Twitch TV Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Twitch TV Card to your Engagement Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **Twitch TV**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Set up your card link

<img alt="Twitch TV Card: step 2 — Step 2: Set up your card link" />

* Clicking on **Twitch TV** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** By clicking the placeholder cover image, paste your **video URL**. Learn more on how to get a video URL [here](/interactive-features/polls-surveys/video-url-link/index).
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Twitch TV Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **..** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Where can I find the share link/URL?**

For Twitch videos, you copy the URL that is in the search bar at the top of the page and paste it into the share link bar on the card.


# Twitter Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/twitter-card/index

Instructions on how to embed Twitter tweets and timelines in your Engagement Hub.

## What is it?

Share Twitter content on your Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## Things to note

* Only **Public** content can be embedded.
* Embedding timelines and lists will automatically pull through the 20 latest tweets.

## How do I build one?

* [**Step 1:** Add a Twitter Embed card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-twitter-embed-card-to-your-hub)
* [**Step 2:** Paste the link to your card](#step-2-paste-the-link-to-your-card)
* [**Step 3:** Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Twitter Embed card to your Hub

<img alt="Twitter Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Twitter Embed card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **Twitter.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Paste the link to the card

<img alt="Twitter Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

* Clicking on **Twitter** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Get the **embed code** and paste it here and a preview will appear below.

  <AccordionGroup>
    <Accordion title="Embedding single tweets">
      <Steps>
        <Step title="On the tweet you want to embed, click the More (...) button.">
          <img alt="Twitter Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
        </Step>

        <Step title=" Click the Embed (</>) button.">
          <img alt="Twitter Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
        </Step>

        <Step title="Click on &#x22;Copy Code&#x22;">
          <img alt="Twitter Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
        </Step>

        <Step title="Paste the embed code in the Twitter embed card.">
          <img alt="Twitter Card: step 3 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>

    <Accordion title="Embedding timelines and lists">
      <Steps>
        <Step title="Visit publish.twitter.com to start the guided journey for getting twitter embed code">
          <img alt="Twitter Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" /> From here you can choose to embed individual tweets, user timelines, and custom lists.
        </Step>

        <Step title="In this example, we will be embedding the @choosekomo Twitter timeline. Enter the Twitter handle in the box and hit enter.">
          <img alt="Twitter Card: step 1 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
        </Step>

        <Step title="&#x22;Embedded Timeline&#x22; as the display option.">
          <img alt="Twitter Card: step 2 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
        </Step>

        <Step title="Copy the code!">
          <Tip>
            You may wish to **set customization options** before copying the embed code.
          </Tip>

          <img alt="Twitter Card: step 4 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />

          <Note>
            Setting a height on the embedded timeline will introduce an additional scrollbar inside the embedded timeline content. We do not recommend setting a width - the content will automatically try to scale to the best width.
          </Note>
        </Step>

        <Step title="Paste the embed code in the Twitter embed card in your Hub.">
          <img alt="Twitter Card: step 3 — Step 2: Paste the link to the card" />
        </Step>
      </Steps>
    </Accordion>
  </AccordionGroup>
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Twitter Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>


# Vimeo Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/vimeo-card/index

Share video content from Vimeo in your Engagement Hub.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Vimeo card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-vimeo-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Set up your card link](#step-2-set-up-your-card-link)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Vimeo card to your Hub

<img alt="Vimeo Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Vimeo card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **Vimeo**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Set up your card link

<img alt="Vimeo Card: step 2 — Step 2: Set up your card link" />

* Clicking on **Vimeo** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** By clicking the placeholder cover image, paste your **video URL**. Learn more on how to get a video URL [here](/interactive-features/polls-surveys/video-url-link).
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Vimeo Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Where can I find the share link/URL?**

For Vimeo videos, you copy the URL that is in the search bar at the top of the page and paste it into the share link bar on the card.


# YouTube Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/content-types/embeds/youtube-card/index

Embed YouTube videos directly into your Engagement Hub.

## What is it?

The YouTube card makes it easy for you to share video content with your community, grow brand awareness, and boost conversion rates.  The Komo Engagement Engine works seamlessly with YouTube to link videos directly in your Engagement Hub, supporting your brand and/or your sponsor family.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a YouTube card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-youtube-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Set up your card link](#step-2-set-up-your-card-link)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a YouTube card to your Hub

<img alt="YouTube Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a YouTube card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Embeds** and then **YouTube**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Set up your card link

<img alt="YouTube Card: step 2 — Step 2: Set up your card link" />

* Clicking on **YouTube** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** By clicking the placeholder cover image, paste your **video URL**. Learn more on how to get a video URL [here](/interactive-features/polls-surveys/video-url-link).
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="YouTube Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Where can I find the share link/URL on YouTube?**

There are two options. First, simply copy the URL on the browser (youtube.com/) and paste it into the share link bar on the Card. Second, you can also select Share a video on YouTube and then copy the link provided. You do not need to Embed the video.

**Why is my video URL not working?**

Some users don't allow their videos to be shared on other web pages.


# Communication Subscriptions
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions/index

Easily create custom subscription consent fields for use across your customer communications.

## What is it?

Communication Subscriptions allow for granular opt-in and consent control at the Contact and Workspace levels, ensuring privacy compliance, enhancing opt-in management for integrations, and streamlining opt-ins before marketing communications. Ultimately you are able to simplify consent while providing better data protection.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I do it?

* [Step 1: Create your subscription](#step-1-create-your-subscription)
* [Step 2: Add subscription consent field to forms](#step-2-add-subscription-consent-field-to-forms)
* [Step 3: Send communications to subscribed groups](#step-3-send-communications-to-subscribed-groups)

### Step 1: Create your subscription

<img alt="Communication Subscriptions: step 2 — Step 1: Create your subscription" />

* Navigate to your **Workspace**.
* **(1)** Click on **CRM**.
* **(2)** Click on **Subscriptions**.
* **(3)** Select **+ Create subscription**.

  <Note>
    You will see a default subscription titled 'Email Consent'. This can be edited or deleted by clicking the 3 dots on the right-hand side of the subscription.
  </Note>

  <Accordion title="Creating a Subscription">
    <img alt="Communication Subscriptions: option a — Step 1: Create your subscription" />

    * **(A)** Give your subscription a meaningful **Name**. This name will help with searching for the consent group when adding to forms.
    * **(B)** Provide a relevant **Description** for your subscription. This is automatically added to the Communications preference page and will be viewable by users when managing subscription preferences.
    * **(C)** Type in a **Unique Subscription ID**. This will be referenced when syncing with integrations. Make sure you are satisfied with the ID as it can't be edited once the subscription is created.
    * **(D)** Review the **Communication preference preview**. This is auto-filled based on the information you inputted above and will be what users see when managing their subscriptions.
    * **(E)** Type in your **Default Consent Field Label**. This is the label that will appear alongside the form checkbox when users provide consent.
    * **(F)** Click **Create** to finalize the creation of the subscription.
  </Accordion>

### Step 2: Add subscription consent field to forms

<img alt="Communication Subscriptions: step 2 — Step 2: Add subscription consent field to forms" />

* Once you have set up your subscriptions, you can now add it to the relevant card forms.
* Navigate to the relevant **Card** and access the **Card Settings**.
* Click on the **Data capture** dropdown, select **Form** from the options, and select **Form** in the middle of the screen.
* Click the **+ sign** at the bottom of the form.
* Scroll down your existing **contact properties column** and select the **Subscription** you created in [**Step 1**](#step-1-create-your-subscription).
* You will then be able to **edit** the **Consent Field settings**, including **marking the checkbox as required** and editing the **field label**.
* You will now see that the **Subscription Consent Checkbox** has been added to the form.

### Step 3: Send communications to subscribed groups

Once your subscription has been created and tested, you are then able to send relevant communications to your subscribed groups. When creating communications, you will only have the ability to send marketing emails to users who have subscribed to those communications and explicitly opted in. For more detailed information on how to do this, please read [this article](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms).

## FAQ

**How many subscriptions can I create?**

You have the flexibility to create as many subscriptions as you require!

**How is this different from existing opt-in fields?**

Opt-in fields in their current form are set at the Card/competition level. With Communication Subscription Consent, you can create the subscriptions at the workspace level and add them directly to your Cards, removing the need to recreate consent fields on every Card or Competition.

**How does this impact marketing communications?**

With this new approach, instead of sending emails and then allowing customers to opt out, customers must now opt in first to receive marketing communications. This ensures an added layer of compliance across your communications.

**Has this been rolled out for all communications?**

Currently, Communication Subscription Consent has only been implemented on marketing email communications. Communication Subscription Communications will be implemented across transactional emails and SMS communications as an optional feature in a future release.


# Reference Tables
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/communications/reference-tables/index

Import a reference table to validate unique entries.

## What is it?

This feature allows you to upload a file that can consist of client account/membership numbers, first and last name, email and more, and connect this to your competitions to validate unique entries. This feature gives you the ability to gate access to exclusive competitions based on user membership details.

## How do I use it?

* [Step 1: Go to the Reference Tables setting](#step-1-go-to-the-reference-tables-setting)
* [Step 2: Create a Reference Table](#step-2-create-a-reference-table)
* [Step 3: Upload your Reference Table file](#step-3-upload-your-reference-table-file)
* [Step 4: Update the Data capture form](#step-4-update-the-data-capture-form)
* [Step 5: Link the Reference Table to your competition](#step-5-link-the-reference-table-to-your-competition)
* [Step 6: Update mapping fields](#step-6-update-mapping-fields)

### Step 1: Go to the Reference Tables setting

<img alt="Reference Tables: step 5 — Step 1: Go to the Reference Tables setting" />

* Head to the **Workspace settings** followed by **Reference Tables.**

### Step 2: Create a Reference Table

<img alt="Reference Tables: step 2 — Step 2: Create a Reference Table" />

* **(1)** Click on **Create table.**

<Accordion title="Creating a Reference Table">
  <img alt="Reference Tables: option a — Step 2: Create a Reference Table" />

  * **(A)** Give your reference table a **name.**
  * **(B)** Add a **column** you have included in your file.
    <Frame>
      <img alt="Reference Tables: option a — Step 2: Create a Reference Table" />
    </Frame>
    * **(a)** Add your column **name** e.g. Membership Number.
    * **(b)** You can mark this column as a **key column**. The key column refers to the column that will be scanned first against the reference table on the data capture.\
      **Note:** We recommend marking the unique field as the key column e.g. membership numbers, account numbers etc.
</Accordion>

### Step 3: Upload your Reference Table file

<img alt="Reference Tables: step 3 — Step 3: Upload your Reference Table file" />

* **(1) Upload** your file here as a .CSV or .XLSX format.
* **(2)** After you have uploaded your file, you will need to **update mapping** for each column created.

<Accordion title="Update Mapping">
  <img alt="Reference Tables: option a — Step 3: Upload your Reference Table file" />

  * **(A)** Enter the **CSV column name** of the data you want to be located in each column of the reference table.\
    E.g. the Membership Number reference table column is to pull all the data under the Account Numbers column and complete all columns created
    <img alt="Reference Tables: option a — Step 3: Upload your Reference Table file" />
    <img alt="Reference Tables: option a — Step 3: Upload your Reference Table file" />
</Accordion>

### Step 4: Update the Data capture form

<img alt="Reference Tables: step 4 — Step 4: Update the Data capture form" />

* Go back to your Hub and select the **Settings** cog on the relevant card.
* Select **Data Capture** on the left menu.
* Click on **Form** and then **Entry form**.
* Then click on the **plus icon** and add a **text field.**

  <Note>
    The text field is relevant if you are requesting a unique field e.g. membership numbers.
  </Note>

  <Accordion title="Adding Text">
    <img alt="Reference Tables: option a — Step 4: Update the Data capture form" />

    * **(A)** You can make this field **required.**
    * **(B)** Give the field a **Label** on the form.
    * **(C)** You can give this a **Unique ID** for analytic purposes.
    * **(D)** Add a **placeholder text** in the field.
  </Accordion>

### Step 5: Link the Reference Table to your competition

<img alt="Reference Tables: option d — Step 5: Link the Reference Table to your competition" />

* **(1)** On the right sidebar, click on the **edit** icon next to Validation lookup.
* **(2)** Using the drop down, select the **reference table** to connect to the data capture.

### Step 6: Update mapping fields

<img alt="Reference Tables: step 6 — Step 6: Update mapping fields" />

* **(1) Map** the relevant form field against the reference table column.

<Accordion>
  <Frame>
    <img alt="Reference Tables: option a — Step 6: Update mapping fields" />
  </Frame>

  * **(A)** Using the drop-down menu, select the **form field** you want to validate against the reference table column.
  * **(B)** Here you can edit the **message** that appears when a value entered is not found in the reference table file.
</Accordion>

* **(2)** Once you have mapped the columns you wish to validate, click on **Update rules** to save the validation settings.

## FAQ

**What files can I import my Reference table from?**

You can only import your Reference table from a **CSV** or **XLSX** file.

**What can I use a Reference Table for?**

You can use a reference table to qualify your users in order to enter a competition. If you want to run a competition for your members only, you can validate entries based on membership numbers, emails, first name and/or last name. This is to ensure only account owners can enter a competition, not another user using the account number to enter.


# Contact Properties
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/contacts/contact-properties/index



## What is it?

A Contact Property is a persistent value that lives on the Contact. An example is their email, their name, their date of birth, or even anything custom—say their favorite flavor of Coke.

## How do I use it?

* [Step 1: Navigate to the Properties](#step-1-navigate-to-the-properties)
* [Step 2: Create a Property](#step-2-create-a-property)
* [Step 3: Add the Property to your Card](#step-3-add-the-property-to-your-card)
* [Step 4: View the Property on Contacts](#step-4-view-the-property-on-contacts)

### Step 1: Navigate to the Properties

<img alt="Contact Properties: step 3 — Step 1: Navigate to the Properties" />

* Click on **CRM** on the left side-bar.
* Head to the **Properties** tab to create your contact properties.

### Step 2: Create a Property

<img alt="Contact Properties: step 2 — Step 2: Create a Property" />

* **(1)** Click on **Create property**.
* **(2)** Give your new Contact Property a **Label**. This will be the label that appears on any forms with this property, as well as the label of this property on your Contacts table.
* **(3)** Give the Contact Property a **unique identifier.**
  <Warning>
    This cannot be edited after this step.
  </Warning>
* **(4)** Give your Contact Property an **internal description**.
* **(5)** Choose if you would like this property to be available to add to your **Data Capture forms.**
* **(6)** You have the option to **not display** this property on a contact profile
* **(7)** Enabling the property as **PII** means all information collected from this property will be removed when a contact is deleted.

  <Accordion title="Contact Property Field Type">
    <img alt="Contact Properties: option a — Step 2: Create a Property" />

    * **(A)** Select your **field type** from the dropdown menu. This can be text input, option, dropdown, country, number, date, birthday, etc., then click **Create**.
      <img alt="Contact Properties: option a — Step 2: Create a Property" />
      * **(A)** You can update the **field type** here.
      * **(B)** Depending on your selection, fill in the relevant **details** if applicable.
      * **(C)** Choose your **default option** - This is either the default placeholder text or a default option based on your field type.
  </Accordion>

### Step 3: Add the Property to your Card

<img alt="Contact Properties: option c — Step 3: Add the Property to your Card" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub.**
* Go to the card you want to apply the property to.
* **(1)** Click on **Data capture.**
* **(2)** Then go to **Form.**
  <Note>
    Follow the steps in [this article](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms) to learn how to set up Data Capture.
  </Note>
* **(3)** Add the property by clicking on the **plus icon** on the form.

  <Accordion title="Adding Form Elements">
    <img alt="Contact Properties: adding form elements in the card editor" />

    * **(A)** Here you will find the Contact Property you created in [Step 2](#step-2-create-a-property). Click on any property to continue.
      <img alt="Contact Properties: step 2 — Step 3: Add the Property to your Card" />
      * **(A)** Choose whether you wish for this field to be **required**.
      * **(B)** Here you can update the **label name** for the property.
      * **(C)** Select what is **presented** on the field - placeholder text or a default option then click **Add**.
  </Accordion>

### Step 4: View the Property on Contacts

<img alt="Contact Properties: option c — Step 4: View the Property on Contacts" />

* **(1)** Navigate to contacts by clicking on **CRM.**
* **(2)** Click on **Contacts** and click on a contact to view their profile.
* **(3)** Under the **About this contact** section, you can see the responses to all the contact properties created.

## FAQ

**When should I create a contact property?**

We recommend creating a property for all the information you will consistently request from your audience as this will save time when creating competitions and allows you to collect the most recent response, updating the contacts profile each time.

**Can I delete properties?**

You can only delete properties if they have not been added to any cards or have any data associated with it.

**I want to include additional options in my already created property, can I update it?**

Yes, you can update existing properties under the Properties section. Click on the property, make your changes and then hit save.

We highly recommend only making changes if you are adding more options. If you remove or make changes to existing options with data collected, this will not be accurate information stored against your users.


# Contact Verification
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/contacts/contact-verification/index



## What is it?

A Contact in Komo is the representation of a customer or your end-user.

Contact Verification is a way of verifying that a person is who they say they are so we can keep all customer data secure (our first priority) and provide a smooth experience for returning contacts.

## How does it work?

When Contact Verification is turned on, when a user enters their email into a form, we check to see if we have seen it before, in other words, whether a Contact exists with that email yet or not.

If a Contact exists, we will make sure that we merge any new information with the existing Contact, help them to prefill form values that they have already provided and slow down any potential spammers by forcing users to verify their email if they change their email.

## When does a user need to verify their email?

A user only needs to verify their email if they change it. This increases the amount of effort required for a user to 'spam' a competition and ensures that contact profiles aren’t “dirtied” with invalid information.

To retrieve an on-going gameplay in the case of:  Live Predictor, Live Trivia, Q\&A & Treasure Hunt. For these games, we will look up the email they entered and if there is an existing and on-going gameplay found we will force the user to verify themselves (if they haven’t already) before giving them access to the existing gameplay. This ensures we never allow people to “hijack” someone's gameplay.

If the *sign-in button* is turned on or the *Verify on first submission* is turned on,  verification will also be required.

## Why do we automatically merge two Contacts?

Automatic merging of Contacts takes place to reflect updates that have been made to Contact details when a user fills out a form multiple times. The key scenario where this takes place is when you have a user fill out a form, only to enter an additional email in a new form within the same session (ie. on the same device and using the same browser). This typically takes place when you have two different people fill out a form on the same device. When this occurs, those two Contacts will be automatically merged and the email that was provided most recently will be reflected in the Contact. It’s important to note that entries will still be reflected as separate entries, however they will share the same Contact email address.

## How do I set it up?

* [Step 1: Set up your verification form](#when-does-a-user-need-to-verify-their-emaila-user-only-needs-to-verify-their-email-if-they-change-it-this-increases-the-amount-of-effort-required-for-a-user-to-spam-a-competition-and-ensures-that-contact-profiles-arent-dirtied-with-invalid-informationto-retrieve-an-on-going-gameplay-in-the-case-of-live-predictor-live-trivia-qa-treasure-hunt-for-these-games-we-will-look-up-the-email-they-entered-and-if-there-is-an-existing-and-on-going-gameplay-found-we-will-force-the-user-to-verify-themselves-if-they-havent-already-before-giving-them-access-to-the-existing-gameplay-this-ensures-we-never-allow-people-to-hijack-someones-gameplayif-the-sign-in-button-is-turned-on-or-the-verify-on-first-submission-is-turned-on-verification-will-also-be-required)
* [Step 2: Adjust Verification display settings](#what-is-it)
* [Step 3: Design Verification Email](#when-does-a-user-need-to-verify-their-emaila-user-only-needs-to-verify-their-email-if-they-change-it-this-increases-the-amount-of-effort-required-for-a-user-to-spam-a-competition-and-ensures-that-contact-profiles-arent-dirtied-with-invalid-informationto-retrieve-an-on-going-gameplay-in-the-case-of-live-predictor-live-trivia-qa-treasure-hunt-for-these-games-we-will-look-up-the-email-they-entered-and-if-there-is-an-existing-and-on-going-gameplay-found-we-will-force-the-user-to-verify-themselves-if-they-havent-already-before-giving-them-access-to-the-existing-gameplay-this-ensures-we-never-allow-people-to-hijack-someones-gameplayif-the-sign-in-button-is-turned-on-or-the-verify-on-first-submission-is-turned-on-verification-will-also-be-required)
* [Step 4: Add a Sign-In button (Optional)](#what-is-it)

### Step 1: Access Form Verification Configuration

<img alt="Contact Verification: step 3 — Step 1: Access Form Verification Configuration" />

* Navigate to your **Hub settings** and head to the User section.
* Click on **Manage forms and emails** under Form verification.

### Step 2: Adjust Verification display settings

<img alt="Contact Verification: step 2 — Step 2: Adjust Verification display settings" />

* **(1) + (2)** Click here to edit the **text and CTA colours**.
* **(3)** This option is whether you want to show the user **all the form fields upfront**.
  <Note>
    If this is disabled, users will enter their email first and then see the rest of the fields once their email has been verified.
    \
    Below is an example of when **no settings are enabled.**

    <img alt="Contact Verification: step 2: Adjust Verification display settings" />

    Below is an example of when **always show all fields is enabled**.

    <img alt="Contact Verification: step 2: Adjust Verification display settings" />
  </Note>
* **(4)** The second setting forces all users to **verify their email** the first time they enter.
  <Info>
    Below is an example of when **verify on first submission is enabled.**

    <img alt="Contact Verification: step 3 — Step 2: Adjust Verification display settings" />
  </Info>

### **Step 3: Design Verification Email**

<img alt="Contact Verification: step 3 — Step 3: Design Verification Email" />

* **(1)** Navigate to the **Email** tab.
* **(2)** You can configure and design the email sent to the user with their verification code. [Learn more about email communications here.](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms#step-3-set-up-your-prize-communications)
  <Tip>
    **We highly recommend setting up a custom sender-domain for your email verification email, e.g. “[no-reply@mybigbusiness.com.au](mailto:no-reply@mybigbusiness.com.au)”.**
    [You can see how to set up a custom sender email here.](/getting-started/hub-setup/custom-email-sender-names)
  </Tip>
  <Info>
    Below is an example of when users **update or change their email from an existing entry.**

    <img alt="Contact Verification: step 4 — Step 3: Design Verification Email" />
  </Info>

### Step 4: Add a Sign-In button (Optional)

<img alt="Contact Verification: step 4 — Step 4: Add a Sign-In button (Optional)" />

* **(1)** Head to the **Sign in** tab.
* **(2) Enable** the feature for the **sign in button** to appear on your Hub.
  <Note>
    The sign-in button will help the contact verify with the hub outside of a form, which means they can see any previously [**earned badges**](/interactive-features/features/badges-and-workflows) or [**configured profiles**](/crm/contacts) on the site.\\

    <img alt="Contact Verification: step 4: Add a Sign-In button (Optional)" />
  </Note>
* **(3) + (4)** Update the message on the sign-in form.
* **(5) + (6)** Click here to edit the **text and CTA colours.**


# Edit Entrant Details and Resend Communications
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/contacts/edit-entrant-details-and-resend-communications/index

Want to know how to edit a user's details if they have incorrectly filled out the data capture form and how to resend communications? Read on...

## What is it?

If a user has incorrectly filled out a Data capture form for a competition, you have the ability to edit and update an entrant's details. Once you have updated an entrant's details, you are able to resend any communications associated with the entry to the updated information.

## How do I do this?

* [Step 1: Select the relevant competition card](#step-1-select-the-relevant-competition-card)
* [Step 2: Edit an entrant's details](#step-2-edit-an-entrants-details)
* [Step 3: Resend communications](#step-3-resend-communications)

### Step 1: Select the relevant competition card

<img alt="Edit Entrant Details and Resend Communications: step 2 — Step 1: Select the relevant competition card" />

* Head to your Engagement Hub and then the card you wish to edit a user's details.
* Click on the **Settings** cog.
* **(1)** Select **Entries** (this is occasionally listed under the **Data Capture** dropdown).

### Step 2: Edit an entrant's details

<img alt="Edit Entrant Details and Resend Communications: step 2 — Step 2: Edit an entrant's details" />

* Find the **entrant** with the incorrect details.
* **(1)** Click the **...** icon next to the entry.
* **(2)** Select **Edit data** to update the user's information.

  <Accordion title="Update User's Information">
    <img alt="Edit Entrant Details and Resend Communications: option a — Step 2: Edit an entrant's details" />

    <Note>
      The information you can edit here will correspond to your Data capture form.
    </Note>

    * **(A)** Here you can edit an entrant's **email**.
    * **(B)** Here you can edit an entrant's **first name**.
    * **(C)** You can edit an entrant's **last name**.
    * **(D)** Here you can edit an entrant's **mobile**.
    * **(E)** You can adjust any **opt-ins**.
    * **(F)** Click **Update.** You will then get a pop-up requesting to view and resend any associated communications to this user.
      <img alt="Edit Entrant Details and Resend Communications: option b — Step 2: Edit an entrant's details" />
      * **(a)** Select **Review communications**
        <img alt="Edit Entrant Details and Resend Communications: option d — Step 2: Edit an entrant's details" />
        * **(I) Select the communication** you wish to resend.
        * **(II)** Click **Resend.**
  </Accordion>

### Step 3: Resend communications

<img alt="Edit Entrant Details and Resend Communications: step 3 — Step 3: Resend communications" />

* If you wish to just **resend communications** to an entrant,
* **(1)** Click on the **...** icon next to the entry.
* **(2)** Select **Resend communications.**

  <Accordion title="Resending Communications">
    <img alt="Edit Entrant Details and Resend Communications: option a — Step 3: Resend communications" />

    * You can select the **communications** that are associated with the entry.
    * **(A)** Select the **communication** you wish to resend then click **(B) Resend.**
  </Accordion>

## FAQ

What details can I edit in this process?

It is possible to edit all user inputs that were presented to them at the time of data capture. Examples of inputs include but are not limited to: First name, last name, mobile number, email address, etc.

**If I update an entrant's details, will this impact my excel export?**

Yes, when you change an entrant's information, it will update in the card and in the CSV file when you export all the data for the competition.

**Can I send more than one type of communication to the user?**

You can only re-send communications that have been previously sent to this user.

**Can I do this for all competitions?**

You can do this with any competition that has a Data capture form attached. However, you are unable to change any entrant details for the Live Trivia Card.


# Contacts
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/contacts/index

Learn how to collect and store rich customer data within the Komo Engagement Engine!

## What is it?

Use our Contacts feature to store the rich zero and first-party data you collect using the Komo Engagement Engine! Contacts will allow you to view and gain knowledge from various contact properties like achievements ([**Badges**](/interactive-features/features/badges-and-workflows)), contact type, the creation date of the contact, as well as your own unique properties collected via data capture. These are the rich insights that will allow you to personalize your content and *truly* connect with your customers.

The Komo Engagement Engine is fully integrated, allowing you to seamlessly share your customer data captured via Komo with your external CRM, or you can choose to manage all of your data directly within the Komo ecosystem.

Contacts also support our Badges and Profiles features, allowing you to assign achievements to users based on their activity within your Engagement Hub and enabling users to identify themselves with an avatar while they engage with the games across your Engagement Hub. Learn more about setting up Badges and Profiles [**here**](/interactive-features/features/badges-and-workflows).

## How do I use it?

### Step 1: Using the Contacts features

<img alt="Contacts: step 1 — Step 1: Using the Contacts features" />

* **(1)** Navigate to the **CRM** tab.
* **(2)** Click **Contacts** to view the full list of user data collected across your Engagement Hubs.
* **(3)** Here you can **search** for users by name, mobile or email.
* **(4)** The **columns** button will allow you to mark certain properties you wish for the contacts table to show to improve the visibility of the information.

<img alt="Contacts: option a — Step 1: Using the Contacts features" />

* **(A)** The list of column items includes all **contact properties** created. Disable and enable any information you wish to display on the contacts table.
* **(5)** The **filter option** allows you to further segment and filter the contacts table. You can filter the table by Engagement Hubs visited, subscription groups, contact properties and more!
* **(6)** If any columns are altered and filters applied, the table will update accordingly. These fields show the **first-party data** collected from your Contacts.
* **(7)** This column shows the **contact type**.

  <Note>
    Contact type definitions are as follows:

    * **Anonymous:** Any user who has visited your Engagement Hub but has no identifying information.
    * **Identified:** Any user who has visited your Engagement Hub and has provided some identifying information via a data capture form.
    * **Authenticated:** Any user who has created an account within your Engagement Hub, and has provided all the necessary data to do so.
  </Note>

### Step 2: Viewing Contact profiles

<img alt="Contacts: step 2 — Step 2: Viewing Contact profiles" />

* **(1)** Under the **About this contact section** is all the first-party data collected from competitions and responses to the contact properties you've created.
  <Note>
    You have the ability to view history of each contact property, edit any existing data collected and update any blank properties with details if known.
  </Note>
* **(2)** Here displays information on when the contact was **created**, the **last updated** information under the about this contact section and the **latest competition entry**.
* **(3)** View all the **competitions** this contact has entered, where (Engagement Hub) and when.

<img alt="Contacts: option a — Step 2: Viewing Contact profiles" />

* Clicking on the **...** next to the entry, you can view additional actions.
* **(A)** Directly **go to the card**.
* **(B)** View the contact **entry submission** for that competition.
* **(4)** The **list memberships** shows which list the contact is apart of.
* **(5)** The **subscriptions** display the communication and subscription group the contact has opted-in to.
* **(6)** Scrolling down, you can see the full list of **communications** the contact has received.

<img alt="Contacts: option b — Step 2: Viewing Contact profiles" />

* Clicking on the **...** you can access additional actions.
* **(A)** Here you can **resend** the specific communication sent to the contact.
* **(B)** This allows you to see **the timeline** of the communication from where it was sent from (card and Engagement Hub), when it was sent, delivered and the communication body content.
* **(7)** Here you can view all the **prizes** this contact has received.
* **(8)** The **coupons earned** section shows all the coupons the contact has received, the status of the coupon (redeemed and redeemable), when the coupon was redeemed and the redemption location (if applicable).

### Step 3: Import a list of Contacts

<img alt="Contacts: step 3 — Step 3: Import a list of Contacts" />

* **(1)** Click on the **+ plus icon** to add contacts.
* **(2)** Here you can manually **create a contact**.

<img alt="Contacts: option a — Step 3: Import a list of Contacts" />

* **(A)** Input the contact's **email address**.
* **(B)** Enter the contact's **first name**.
* **(C)** Enter the contact's **last name**.
* **(D)** Then include the contact's **mobile**.
* **(3)** Click **Import from CSV** to bulk upload contacts.

<img alt="Contacts: option b — Step 3: Import a list of Contacts" />

* **(A)** Upload your **CSV, XLSX, or XLS file** here.
* **(B)** Here you have the option to add your imported contacts to one of your **lists**. Click here to learn more about contact lists.

### Step 4: Export a Contact list

<img alt="Contacts: option a — Step 4: Export a Contact list" />

* **(1)** The **export** button will allow you to export your contacts as a .CSV file. This can be used to upload contacts to your external CRM!
* **(2)** You can export the **full contact list** and columns applied.
* **(3)** This option will export the contact list and **adhere to any filters or columns** set from Step 1 (4) + (5) which will appear in your inbox.

### Step 5: Delete a Contact

<img alt="Contacts: step 1 — Step 5: Delete a Contact" />

* **(1)** Select the **checkbox** next to the contact you wish to delete.
* **(2)** Click the **three dots** next to the selected contact.
* **(3)** Click **Delete**.

<img alt="Contacts: option a — Step 5: Delete a Contact" />

* **(A)** Type the word **Delete** into the text box.
* **(B)** Click the **Delete** button to confirm the contact deletion.
  <Note>
    It is important to read the warning message prior to proceeding with contact deletion. Once a contact is deleted, it **cannot be undone**.
  </Note>

## FAQ

**What is a contact?**

A Contact in the Komo Engagement Engine is the representation of a customer or your end-user.

**What is a unique contact?**

A unique contact is identified by a user's email address. If a user has entered multiple competitions using a singular email, they will be classified as one unique contact.

**A user detail is incorrect, can I update their profile in the Komo Engagement Engine?**

Yes, you can. If you go to the contact and to the section you need to update on the contact profile e.g. mobile, hover over the field and then click on the pencil icon to edit and update.

<img alt="Contacts: fAQ" />

**If I delete a contact by mistake, can it be restored?**

No, once a contact is deleted, it cannot be undone. It is important to proceed with caution when deleting contacts.

**Will my analytics be affected if I delete a contact?**

When a contact is deleted, the Komo Engagement Engine creates a tombstone. This means that while all PII (Personally Identifiable Information) is removed from the database, a record of that contact is retained but replaced with placeholder information ie. 56shdu475ihr. This ensures that your analytics remain unaffected and all PII is redacted.


# Loyalty
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/contacts/loyalty/index

Create and manage engagement-first loyalty programs with automated workflows to reward, tier, and engage your contacts directly within Komo.

## What is it?

Using Komo Loyalty, you can build complete loyalty programs with points, tiers, and campaigns, then automate how users earn, redeem, and progress based on their engagement within the Komo Engagement Engine. Read on to learn how to set yours up.

## How do I do it?

### Step 1: Create your loyalty program

<img alt="Loyalty: step 1 — Step 1: Create your loyalty program" />

* Navigate to your **Workspace** and click **Loyalty** in the left-hand menu.
* Click the **+ Create Loyalty Program** button.
* Give your loyalty program an appropriate **name** and **description** (the name will be visible to end users within their profile, however, the description is internal only).
* If you would like your Loyalty program to have points, ensure you tick the **Has points** checkbox.
  <Note>
    If **Has points** is deselected, you will still be able to award and manage user points, however the points balance will not be visible to end users.
  </Note>
* Click **Create**.
* Your loyalty program has now been created!

### Step 2: Set up your campaigns (optional)

<img alt="Loyalty: step 2 — Step 2: Set up your campaigns (optional)" />

<Note>
  When you create your loyalty program, a master campaign will be set up by default (you will see this campaign as soon as your program is created). You have the ability to set up additional campaigns and run multiple under one program if you desire. This is particularly useful if you would like to run specific loyalty campaigns for different segments or seasonal campaigns. Points are always stored at the program level. However, any points earned through individual campaigns will contribute to the overall program points balance.
</Note>

* **(1)** If you would like to set up an additional campaign, click **+ Create campaign**.
* **(2)** Give your campaign an appropriate **name** (this name is internal only).
* **(3)** Here you can set how points expire after they are rewarded. The three options are:
  * **No expiry** - Points awarded to users will not expire.
  * **Relative Date** - Here you can set the points awarded to expire within a set timeframe relative to the awarded date.
  * **Fixed Date** - Here you can set the points awarded to expire at a fixed date, regardless of when they were awarded.
* **(4)** Once you're happy with your settings, click **Create**.
* You'll now see that your campaign has been created.

### Step 3: Set up your loyalty tiers (optional)

<img alt="Loyalty: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your loyalty tiers (optional)" />

* You have the ability to add as many tiers as required to your loyalty programs.
* **(1)** Click **+ Create tier**.
* **(2)** Give your tier an appropriate **name** (this name will be visible to users in their profile).
* **(3)** Give your tier an appropriate **description** (this is internal only).
* **(4)** Give your tier a **rank** relative to its position in your desired loyalty tiers.
  <Note>
    The highest ranked tier will be that with the lowest number (i.e. 1). If contacts sit in multiple tiers, they will only ever be shown the highest ranked tier that they are a member of.
  </Note>
* **(5)** Input the **points threshold** users will need to meet to be included in the tier.
* **(6)** Here you can **check the box** to ensure that users are automatically **removed from other tiers** when they move into this tier.
* **(7)** Here you can give your tier an appropriate **color**. This will be visible both internally and publicly when viewing the various tiers.
* **(8)** Click **Create**.

> **Note:**
>
> <img alt="Loyalty: option a — Step 3: Set up your loyalty tiers (optional)" />
>
> **(A)** Once you have clicked Create, you also have the ability to add an image to the tier banner by clicking the **add image** button.

* Your tier has now been created! Repeat **(1)-(8**) for each tier you need to create.

### Step 4: Publish your loyalty program

<img alt="Loyalty: step 4 — Step 4: Publish your loyalty program" />

* You'll now need to publish your loyalty program.
* Click the **three dots** next to each of your campaigns and click **Publish**, followed by **Yes, Publish**.
* Click the **three dots** next to each of your tiers and click **Publish**, followed by **Yes, Publish**.
* Click **Loyalty** in the left-hand menu.
* Click the **three dots** next to your loyalty program and select **Publish**, followed by **Yes, Publish**.
* Your loyalty program is now live! You'll now need to enable Loyalty in the contacts' profile to make the program visible to them.

### Step 5: Enable loyalty in contact profiles

<img alt="Loyalty: step 5 — Step 5: Enable loyalty in contact profiles" />

<Note>
  While loyalty programs are set up at the workspace level, users can view their status at the hub level. For this reason, you will need to enable loyalty in contact profiles at the hub level.
</Note>

* Navigate to your desired hub by selecting **Hubs** in the left-hand menu and then choosing the relevant **Hub** you would like to enable loyalty for.
* Once inside the hub, click **Contacts** in the left-hand menu.
* **Toggle on** the **Loyalty** toggle.
* Click **Select a program** and choose the appropriate program from the **Loyalty program** dropdown.
* If you click on the **Profile Drawer** tab in the left-hand menu you will now see that Loyalty has been enabled for contact profiles and are presented with a preview of what users will see.
* **Exit** the modal.

### Step 6: Awarding loyalty points

* To award points within your loyalty program, you will need to set up workflows. Points can be awarded based on a number of triggers, but for simplicity, this example will walk you through how to award loyalty points when a user has completed a data capture form.
  <Note>
    Workflows for awarding loyalty points can be created at the workspace or hub level and it is recommended that you use whichever method makes the most sense for the context of your workflow. Because this example is awarding points for interacting with a single card, the workflow has been set up at the hub level.
  </Note>
* Navigate to **Workflows** which can be found under Automations in the left-hand menu.
* Click **+ Create workflow**.
* Within the **Card** dropdown, set the **card you would like your workflow to award points** off the back of.
* Give your workflow an appropriate **internal name** and click **Create**.
* Click the **pencil icon** to **edit** the trigger module.
* Under **Execute flow on**, select the **trigger** that will initiate the points awarding. In this instance we have chosen data captured on the Secret Code Card.
* Click **Save** and **exit** the modal.
* Drag and drop the **Award Points** module below the trigger module.
* Connect the **Output node** of the Trigger module to the **Input node** of the Award Points module.
* Click the **pencil icon** to edit the **Award Points** module.
* From the dropdown select the appropriate **Loyalty program** the points should be awarded towards.
* Input the **number of points** you would like to be awarded.
  <Note>
    In the example that you are awarding points off the back of a receipt validation you have the ability to set the points awarded to be a multiple of the amount spent using the `{{event.total_amount | times: 100}}` token where `100` can be replaced with your desired multiple.
  </Note>
* Click **Save** and **exit** the modal.
* Click **Save** in the top right-hand corner and **exit** the workflow editor.
* Click the **three dots** next to the workflow you just set up and select **Run**, followed by **Yes, start it**.
* You can now test the workflow by accessing the Engagement Hub and card you set the workflow on, clicking **Visit single card** and proceeding to play through the game.
* Once finished, access your profile by clicking your **initial** or **avatar** in the top right-hand corner and you should see the **loyalty points** have been awarded and the appropriate tier displayed.
  <Note>
    If the points or tier do not show immediately, try refreshing your page. If the tier still does not show, check that enough points have been awarded to trigger the threshold for movement to the appropriate tier.
  </Note>

### Step 7: Redeeming loyalty points through data capture

<img alt="Loyalty: step 7 — Step 7: Redeeming loyalty points through data capture" />

<Note>
  When creating offers for users to redeem points, we recommend using a separate card to the card used for awarding points (i.e. do not connect a point awarding flow and point redemption flow to the same card).
</Note>

* You have the ability to allow users to redeem points in order to access cards and games. This can be set on any card where you have a data capture form set up.
* **(1)** Within the card you would like to add points redemption to, click on the **Form** tab under the Data Capture dropdown.
* **(2)** Toggle on the **Redeem points on submission** toggle.
* **(3)** Here you can change the loyalty program (if desired) by clicking on the **pencil icon**.
* **(4)** Here you can type in how many **points** should be redeemed and deducted from the contact's points balance.
* You have now set up point redemption via data capture! In this instance, the redeem points will act as a gate for card access and the points will automatically be deducted from the contact's loyalty points balance. If they don't have enough points, they will not be able to submit the form.

### Step 8: Redeeming loyalty points through workflows

<Note>
  When creating offers for users to redeem points, we recommend using a separate card to the card used for awarding points (i.e. do not connect a point awarding flow and point redemption flow to the same card).
</Note>

* In the event that you require more flexibility around points redemption and have specific criteria or advanced logic that can't be covered by the form level points redemption, you are able to create a dedicated workflow. This can be set at the workspace or hub level depending on your use case. For the purpose of this example, we will set the workflow at the hub level.
* Start by navigating to **Workflows** under the Automations tab.
* Click **+ Create workflow**.
* Within the **Card** dropdown, set the **card you would like your workflow to redeem points** off the back of.
* Give your workflow an appropriate **internal name** and click **Create**.
* Click the **pencil icon** to **edit** the trigger module.
* Under **Execute flow on**, select the **trigger** that will initiate the points redemption. In this instance we have chosen data captured.
* Click **Save** and **exit** the modal.
* Drag and drop the **Redeem Points** module below the trigger module.
* Connect the **Output node** of the Trigger module to the **Input node** of the Redeem Points module.
* Click the **pencil icon** to edit the **Redeem Points** module.
* From the dropdown select the appropriate **Loyalty program** the points should be redeemed from.
* Input the **number of points** you would like to redeem.
* Click **Save** and **exit** the modal.
* Click **Save** in the top right-hand corner and **exit** the workflow editor.
* Click the **three dots** next to the workflow you just set up and select **Run**, followed by **Yes, start it**.
* Your points redemption workflow is now running!

## FAQ

**Why would I use a campaign within my loyalty program?**

Within your overall loyalty program, setting up a campaign can be an effective way to run shorter loyalty offerings or experiences. You may use campaigns to set up seasonal loyalty programs under the banner of your master loyalty program or even offer 'double points' periods. This is entirely up to you and dependent on your use case!

**The points awarding and redemption examples shared in this article are basic in nature. I have more complex requirements. Can Komo Loyalty support this?**

Komo Loyalty has been built around the Komo Engagement Engine's robust workflow engine to ensure that you have the greatest flexibility when building out your Loyalty programs. If you have advanced logic or complex workflows, these can absolutely be set up via the workflows tool.

**How can contacts make use of their points?**

This is entirely up to you. Whether you want to use points as a mechanism to gate content, offer sweepstakes or redeem prizes, this is entirely possible with Loyalty Builder.


# Braze Contact Sync
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/syncs/braze-contact-sync/index

Sync first- and zero-party data captured through Komo to Braze in real time using workflows.

## What is it?

The Braze integration lets you gather first- and zero-party data through Komo and push it into Braze in real time. Data collected from data capture forms and interactive content (polls, quizzes, personality tests, swipers, and more) is sent to Braze via the `/users/track/` API, so you can progressively build richer user profiles as contacts continue to engage with your Hub.

Use this integration to:

* Ingest first- and zero-party user data captured in Komo into Braze in real time.
* Ingest market research and preference data when users answer surveys, polls, and quiz questions.
* Progressively build user profiles in Braze as contacts continue to engage and share more data about themselves.
* Standardise the look and feel of transactional emails sent through Braze.

## Prerequisites

Before setting up the integration, make sure you have:

| Requirement             | Description                                                                                                                                                                                              |
| ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Komo account**        | An active Komo account with permission to manage Connected Apps and Workflows.                                                                                                                           |
| **Braze REST API key**  | A Braze REST API key with `users.track` permissions. This can be created in the Braze dashboard from **Settings** > **API Keys**.                                                                        |
| **Braze REST endpoint** | [Your REST endpoint URL](https://www.braze.com/docs/api/basics/#endpoints) — for example, `https://rest.iad-03.braze.com`. Your endpoint depends on the Braze instance your workspace is provisioned on. |

## Use cases

When a user submits a data capture form in Komo, the fields mapped in the Braze integration are passed to Braze via the `/users/track/` API call. Data capture forms typically appear at the start or end of a Card.

Komo can also pass through market research data captured when a user answers a quiz question, poll, personality test, swiper, and similar content — allowing you to enhance a user's Braze profile beyond what's collected in form submissions.

## How do I set it up?

### Step 1: Publish a Komo Engagement Hub and Card

Publish a Komo Hub with at least one Card that contains a data capture form. Once published, you'll be able to test the user experience end-to-end and verify that data is flowing through to Braze.

<img alt="Braze integration: step 1 — publish an Engagement Hub and Card with a data capture form" />

For guidance on building your first Hub and adding a data capture form, see:

* [Building Your First Hub](/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-settings)
* [Data Capture](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture)

### Step 2: Add the Braze Connected App

Connect Braze to your Komo workspace via Connected Apps.

* Navigate to **Company Settings** by clicking the **Workspace initials** in the top right corner and clicking **Company Settings**.
* Click **Connected Apps** in the left-hand menu.
* Find the **Braze** integration in the list and click **Connect**.

<img alt="Braze integration: step 2a — locate Braze in the Connected Apps list and click Connect" />

* Enter your **Braze REST API key** and **REST endpoint URL** from the prerequisites.
* Click **Connect** to save.

<img alt="Braze integration: step 2b — enter your Braze REST API key and endpoint URL" />

Your Braze account is now connected to Komo and ready to use inside Workflows.

### Step 3: Configure the integration via a Workflow

To start syncing data, create a Workflow that includes the Braze **Track User** action. Workflows can live at the **Workspace**, **Site (Hub)**, or **Card** level — the right scope depends on how broadly you want the workflow to trigger.

* **Workspace-level** workflows trigger across every Hub and Card in the workspace.
* **Hub-level** workflows trigger across the Cards in a single Hub.
* **Card-level** workflows only trigger for that one Card.

For a full overview of the Workflow builder, see [Workflows](/integrations-automation/workflows).

Once you've created a Workflow:

* Define a **trigger** (for example, **Data captured**).
* Add any **filters** you need (for example, only run when the **Email consent subscription** is Active).
* Search for **Braze** in the step menu and add the **Track User** step.

<img alt="Braze integration: step 3a — add the Braze Track User step to your workflow" />

Configure the events, attributes, and subscriptions you want to sync from Komo to Braze. Map each Komo field to the corresponding Braze user attribute or event property.

<img alt="Braze integration: step 3b — configure the events, attributes, and subscriptions to sync to Braze" />

Save the Workflow and switch it to **Running** to start syncing data.

## Using the integration

With your Workflow live, every matching event in Komo will trigger a call to Braze. You can monitor each execution — including request and response payloads — from the **Workflow Runs** tab. For more detail on interpreting runs, see [Workflow Runs](/integrations-automation/workflows/workflow-runs).

## FAQ

**Which Braze actions can I use in a Workflow?**

The Braze **Track User** action is available today. It sends user attributes, events, and subscription updates to Braze via the `/users/track/` endpoint.

**Is this a two-way sync?**

No. The Braze integration is a one-way sync (push) from Komo to Braze. Updates made directly in Braze aren't pulled back into Komo.

**When does the workflow run?**

Workflows run in real time as soon as their trigger conditions are met — for example, immediately after a user submits a data capture form.

**How many Braze workflows can I create?**

You can create as many workflows as you need across your Workspace, Hubs, and Cards.

**Do I need a separate Braze API key per workspace?**

Each Komo Workspace stores its own Braze credentials in **Connected Apps**. If you manage multiple Braze instances (for example, staging and production), connect the correct API key and REST endpoint for the workspace you're working in.


# Mailchimp Contact Sync
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/syncs/mailchimp-contact-sync/index

Create an automated data sync to push and sync contacts from Komo to your Mailchimp CRM.

## What is it?

Using workflows, you can remove the hassle from ensuring contact lists are synced between the Komo Engagement Engine and Mailchimp by automating the addition and removal of contacts when your pre-determined conditions are met. Read on to discover how to build out a workflow for yourself.

## How do I do it?

### Step 1: Connect the Mailchimp Connected App

<img alt="Mailchimp Contact Sync: step 1 — Step 1: Connect the Mailchimp Connected App" />

<Note>
  Prior to connecting Mailchimp to the Komo Engagement Engine, you will need to have a Mailchimp account created. For more information on setting up a Mailchimp account, read [this article](https://mailchimp.com/help/create-an-account/).
</Note>

* Navigate to **Company Settings** by clicking the **Workspace initials** in the top right corner and clicking **Company Settings**.
* Click **Connected Apps** in the left-hand menu.
* Select **Connect** next to the Mailchimp Connected App.
* Click **Sign in** and continue to **log in** to Mailchimp using your Mailchimp credentials.
* Click **Allow** to authorize the connection.
* Your Mailchimp account has now been connected to the Komo Engagement Engine!

### Step 2: Build your workflow

<img alt="Mailchimp Contact Sync: step 2 — Step 2: Build your workflow" />

* Workflows can be accessed at the workspace, hub and card level. This article will cover creating the Mailchimp workflow from the card level. The process is the same if creating at the workspace or hub level, although you will need to access workflows within the lefthand toolbar within the workspace or hub view. For more information on creating workflows at the workspace level, [read this article.](/integrations-automation/workflows/tips/workflows-for-contact-lists)
  <Note>
    Before setting up a workflow, you will need to ensure there is a data capture set up with your desired contact property fields and necessary consent fields added. For more information on adding data capture forms, [read this article](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture). For more information on adding consent fields, read [this article](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions).
  </Note>

* **Navigate** to your Engagement Hub and **access** the card containing the data capture form you would like to sync your contacts from.

* **(1)** Click **Definitions** under the Workflows dropdown.

* **(2)** Select **+ Create Workflow**.

* **(3)** Give your workflow a meaningful **Name**.
  <Note>
    This is internal only but we recommend that the naming aligns with the workflow for clarity.
  </Note>

* **(4)** Click **Create**.

* You can now start building out your workflow.

* Select the **pencil icon** next to Trigger.

* Select the event that will trigger your workflow from the **Execute flow on** dropdown. In this case, we will select **Data captured**.

* Click **Save** and then select the **X** to exit the modal.

* Drag the **Filter** module and drop it below the **Trigger module**.

* Click on the **Output node** at the bottom of the **Trigger module, drag** and **drop** on the **Input node** of the **Filter module**.

* Select the **pencil icon** at the top of the **Filter module**.

* Set the **Filter conditions** that must be met for the action to take place. In this case we will set the workflow to only run when the **Email consent subscription** is **Active**.

* Click **Save** and then exit the modal by clicking **X**.

* Drag the desired **Mailchimp action module** and drop it below the **Filter module**. In this instance we are using **Add/Update Member**, however this will depend entirely on your use case.

* Click on the **Success Output node** at the bottom of the **Filter module, drag** and **drop** on the **Input node** of the **Action module (Add/Update Member)**.

* Click the **Pencil icon** at the top of the **Action module**.

* Select the **Mailchimp audience** you would like the contact to be added to and proceed to map the **contact properties** you are collecting to the appropriate **Mailchimp audience fields** (you can copy and paste the merge fields from the right-hand column to the relevant fields).
  <Note>
    For more information on creating audiences in Mailchimp, read [this article](https://mailchimp.com/help/create-audience/).
  </Note>

* Click **Save** and then exit the modal by clicking **X**.

* Finish building your workflow by clicking **Save** in the top right-hand corner.

* You will now see that your workflow has been created.

* For your workflow to start running, you will need to **click the 3 dots** next to the workflow and select **Run**, followed by **Yes, start it**.

* Your workflow is now running!

### Step 3: Test your workflow

* To test the workflow, **exit** the **Card settings**, click the **3 dots** at the top righthand corner of the card and select **Visit single card**.
* Proceed to interact with the card and **fill out the data capture form** ensuring that the **consent field** checkboxes are ticked.
* Once you have filled out the data capture form, you can exit the card by clicking the **X**.
* Navigate back to your **Engagement Hub**, access the **Card settings** and select **Usage** under the Workflows dropdown.
* Here you should see a **Success** tag under the status field for the **contact details** you just entered. This indicates that the workflow was successfully executed.
* You can now confirm that the contact has been successfully added to Mailchimp by accessing your **Mailchimp account** and navigating to **All Contacts** under the Audience dropdown.
* You should now see that the contact has automatically been added. If you don't see the contact immediately, **refresh** your browser.
* You can view the contact details that were added by **clicking on the contact** to access more information.

## FAQ

**What actions can I currently perform in Mailchimp using this workflow sync?**

Currently, the workflows offer the ability to add tags to audience members, add/update an audience member's data, archive an audience member, permanently delete a member, remove tags from an audience member and unsubscribe an audience member.

**When setting up the actions, why can't I see the audience I'd like to add the contact to?**

If you can't see the audience you're looking to add the contact to, it's likely that the audience hasn't been created in Mailchimp prior to setting up the workflow. Please ensure you create your required audience prior to building the workflow. You can read more on creating [audiences here](https://mailchimp.com/help/create-audience/).

**Is the workflow sync a two-way sync (ie. push and pull)?**

At this stage, the workflow sync is a one-way sync (push) from the Komo Engagement Engine to Mailchimp. This means that any updates to contacts within Komo will automatically be pushed to the CRM to ensure the CRM remains in sync with the changes made in Komo. In the instance where a contact is updated in Mailchimp initially, the change will not be reflected in Komo. We will be rolling out a true two-way (push and pull) sync in a future release.

**How often will the workflow sync run?**

The sync is completely determined by when the trigger conditions (set in [Step 2](#step-1-connect-the-mailchimp-connected-app)) are met. If a condition is met, the workflow will run immediately.

**How many workflow syncs can I create?**

You can create as many different syncs as you require!


# Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/syncs/salesforce-crm-contact-sync/index

Set up an on-demand data sync to push and sync contacts from Komo to your CRM.

## What is it?

You can now have confidence that the contact data within your Salesforce CRM is up-to-date with CRM Contact Sync. Through direct integration with your Salesforce instance, Komo can now push new contacts and contact updates directly to Salesforce, on-demand, so you can eliminate manual and painful contact management processes.

<Note>
  If you are using Salesforce Marketing Cloud, you'll want to refer to another article [here](/crm/syncs/salesforce-marketing-cloud-crm-contact-sync).
</Note>

## How do I set it up?

* Step 1: Connect the Salesforce Connected App
* Step 2: Create CRM Sync
* Step 3: Complete Sync configuration
* Step 4: Run the CRM Sync
* Step 5: Review the CRM Sync

### Step 1: Connect the Salesforce Connected App

<img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: step 4 — Step 1: Connect the Salesforce Connected App" />

In order to connect to Salesforce, you need to create a connected app in Salesforce. Make sure you use the **OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials Flow**. For info on how to set this up visit [Salesforce help](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.connected_app_client_credentials_setup.htm) or contact your customer success manager.

* Navigate to **Account Settings** by clicking the **Workspace initials** in the top right corner and clicking **Account Settings.**
* **(1)** Click **Connected Apps.**
* **(2)** Select **Connect** next to the Salesforce Connected App.

<Accordion title="Connect Salesforce">
  <img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 1: Connect the Salesforce Connected App" />

  * **(A)** Here you can insert the **CRM Domain Name** from your CRM instance.
  * **(B)** Insert the **Client ID/consumer key** from the connected CRM.
  * **(C)** Here you can paste in the **Client Secret** of the connected CRM.
  * **(D)** Click **Test** under Test Connection. If the connection is successful, you will see a green **Connection Successful** message.
  * **(E)** Click **Connect.**
</Accordion>

### Step 2: Create CRM Sync

<img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: step 2 — Step 2: Create CRM Sync" />

* **(1)** Navigate back to your workspace and click on **CRM.**
* **(2)** Click **Syncs.**
* **(3)** Click the **+ Create Sync** button.
* **(4)** Select the **CRM** you would like to sync with.

### Step 3: Complete Sync configuration

<img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: step 3 — Step 3: Complete Sync configuration" />

* **(1)** Here you can configure the CRM Sync **Setup.**
* **(2)** Select whether the **Data source** to sync should be **Contact** or **Lead.**
* **(3)** Select the field within **Komo** and your **CRM** which will be used to match contacts between the two platforms.
* **(4)** Set the desired **Sync Actions** to be performed when there is a **match** and when there is **no match.**
* **(5)** Click on **Filter (optional)** if you would like to add filters to your sync.

  <Accordion title="Add Filters">
    <img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 3: Complete Sync configuration" />

    * **(A)** Click **+ Add Filter.**
      <img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 3: Complete Sync configuration" />
      * **(a)** Here you can configure your **Filters** as required.
      * **(b)** Click the bin to **delete** any filters you have created.
  </Accordion>
* **(6)** Click on **Field Mapping** to ensure contact fields in Komo are properly mapped to the fields in your CRM.

  <Accordion title="Map Fields">
    <img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 3: Complete Sync configuration" />

    * **(A)** Click **+ Add Field.**
      <img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 3: Complete Sync configuration" />
      * **(a)** Select the desired **Komo field** to be mapped.
      * **(b)** Select the corresponding **CRM field** that the Komo field should be mapped to.
      * **(c)** Click **Add.**
  </Accordion>

### Step 4: Run the CRM Sync

<img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: step 4 — Step 4: Run the CRM Sync" />

* Once your CRM Sync settings are configured, it's time to run the sync.
* Click the **3 dots** at the top right of the screen.
* Click **Rename,** give the sync a more easily identifiable **Internal** **Name** and click the **Rename** button.
* Click the **3 dots** again and select **Start.** The sync will now display as **Running.**
* Click the **3 dots** once again and select **Sync now.** You will now see details of the sync that has just been initiated.

<Note>
  You can repeat the **Sync now** step every time you want the sync to run/be updated.
</Note>

### Step 5: Review the CRM Sync

<img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: step 5 — Step 5: Review the CRM Sync" />

* You can now review the sync to ensure it's performing as expected.
* **(1)** Here you can view all details relating to the sync including **ID,** when it was **Created** and **Last Updated,** the **Run duration** and **Status.**
* **(2)** Click on the **Green tick** to view more detailed information on the **Sync Run.**

<Accordion title="Sync Run Information">
  <img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 5: Review the CRM Sync" />

  * **(A)** Here you will be able to see a **Summary** of the key **Sync Run details.**
  * **(B) Totals** displays the total number of contacts within your Komo and CRM instances.
  * **(C) CRM Inserts** displays how many contacts the sync successfully imported into the CRM and how many errors were encountered.
  * **(D) CRM Updates** displays how many contacts the sync successfully updated in the CRM and how many errors were encountered.
  * **(E)** Click **Logs** to view in depth logs of the executed sync.
    <img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 5: Review the CRM Sync" />
    * **(a)** Here you can view a log of the various actions that took place within the sync.
    * **(b)** Click **Download results** to export a CSV of the syng logs.
</Accordion>

## FAQ

**Is the CRM Contact Sync a two-way sync (ie. push and pull)?**

At this stage, the CRM Contact sync is a one way sync (push) from Komo to the CRM. This means that any any updates to contacts within Komo will automatically be pushed to the CRM to ensure the CRM remains in sync with the changes made in Komo. In the instance where a contact is updated in the CRM initially, the change will not be reflected in Komo. We will be rolling out a true two-way (push and pull) sync in a future release.

**How often will the CRM Contact Sync run?**

The sync is completely on-demand so you can run the sync as often or as little as you require. To do so, you simply need to click **Sync now** as detailed in [Step 4.](#how-do-i-set-it-up-step-1-connect-the-salesforce-connected-app).

**Is this available for all CRMs?**

At this stage, the CRM Contact Sync has only been rolled out for Salesforce and Salesforce Marketing Cloud. We will be rolling out this functionality for additional CRMs in the near future.

**Can this be managed by all users?**

The CRM Contact Sync can only be managed by Super Users at this point in time. We will be making this functionality available to additional users in the near future.

**How many CRM Contact Syncs can I create?**

You can create as many different syncs as you require!


# Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/crm/syncs/salesforce-marketing-cloud-crm-contact-sync/index

Set up an on-demand data sync to push and sync contacts from Komo to Salesforce Marketing Cloud.

## What is it?

You can now have confidence that the contact data within your Salesforce Marketing Cloud CRM is up-to-date with CRM Contact Sync. Through direct integration with your Salesforce Marketing Cloud instance, the Komo Engagement Engine can now push new contacts and contact updates directly to Salesforce Marketing Cloud, on-demand, so you can eliminate manual and painful contact management processes.

<Note>
  If you are using Salesforce (and not Salesforce Marketing Cloud), you'll want to refer to [this article](/crm/syncs/salesforce-crm-contact-sync).
</Note>

## How do I set it up?

### Step 1: Connect to Marketing Cloud and Create a Data Extension

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: step 1 — Step 1: Connect to Marketing Cloud and Create a Data Extension" />

* Navigate to **Account Settings** by clicking the **Workspace initials** in the top right corner and clicking **Account Settings**.
* **(1)** Click **Connected Apps**.
* **(2)** Select **Connect** next to the Salesforce Marketing Cloud Connected App.

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 1: Connect to Marketing Cloud and Create a Data Extension" />

* **(A)** Here you can insert the **CRM Domain Name** from your CRM instance.
* **(B)** Insert the **Client ID/consumer key** from the connected CRM.
* **(C)** Here you can paste in the **Client Secret** of the connected CRM.
* **(D)** Click **Test** under Test Connection. If the connection is successful, you will see a green **Connection Successful** message.
* **(E)** Click **Connect**.

Now, you'll want to create a Data Extension in Marketing Cloud. This is where the Komo Engagement Engine will push Contacts. [Follow these instructions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.mc_cab_create_a_new_data_extension.htm\&language=en_US\&type=5) to create your Data Extension.

<Note>
  In order to connect to Salesforce Marketing, you need to create an Installed Package in Salesforce Marketing Cloud. Then add a Component of type API Integration. Make sure you use the Server-to-Server type. For information on how to set this up visit [Salesforce help](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.connected_app_create_api_integration.htm\&type=5) or contact your Customer Success Manager.
</Note>

### Step 2: Create CRM Sync

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: step 2 — Step 2: Create CRM Sync" />

* Navigate back to your workspace.
* **(1)** Click on **CRM**.
* **(2)** Click **Syncs**.
* **(3)** Click the **+ Create Sync** button.
* **(4)** Select the **CRM** you would like to sync with.

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: step 1 — Step 2: Create CRM Sync" />

* **(A)** Select which Data Extension you are using as the **Data source** to sync into. You can search by typing the name of the Data Extension. This should be the Data Extension you created in [Step 1](#step-1-connect-to-marketing-cloud-and-create-a-data-extension).
* **(B)** Click **Search**.
* **(C)Select** the appropriate data source.

### Step 3: Complete Sync configuration

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: option b — Step 3: Complete Sync configuration" />

* **(1)** Here you can configure the CRM Sync **Setup**.
* **(2)** Here you will see the **Data source** you just linked.
* **(3)** Select the field within **Komo** and your **CRM** which will be used to match contacts between the two platforms.
* **(4)** Set the desired **Sync Actions** to be performed when there is a **match** and when there is **no match**.
* **(5)** Click on **Create Property Filter (optional)** if you would like to add filters to your sync.

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud CRM sync: configuring sync setup and field matching" />

* **(A)** Click **+ Add Filter**.

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 3: Complete Sync configuration" />

* **(a)** Here you can configure your **Filters** as required.
* **(b)** Click the bin to **delete** any filters you have created.
* **(6)** Click on **Create Property Field Mapping** to ensure contact fields in Komo are properly mapped to the fields in your CRM.

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: step 3: Complete Sync configuration" />

* **(A)** Click **+ Add Field**.

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: option a — Step 3: Complete Sync configuration" />

* **(a)** Select the desired **Komo field** to be mapped.
* **(b)** Select the corresponding **CRM field** that the Komo field should be mapped to.
* **(c)** Click **Add**.
* **(7)** Here you can edit and manage any of the **CRM connection settings** you configured in [**Step 1**](/crm/syncs/salesforce-crm-contact-sync#step-1).
* **(8)** Once you're satisfied with the CRM sync settings and have mapped all required fields, click **Save**.

### Step 4: Run the CRM Sync

<img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: step 4 — Step 4: Run the CRM Sync" />

* Once your CRM Sync settings are configured, it's time to run the sync.
* Click the **3 dots** at the top right of the screen.
* Click **Rename**, give the sync a more easily identifiable **InternalName** and click the **Rename** button.
* Click the **3 dots** again and select **Start**. The sync will now display as **Running**.
* Click the **3 dots** once again and select **Sync now**. You will now see details of the sync that has just been initiated.
  <Note>
    You can repeat the **Sync now** step every time you want the sync to run/be updated.
  </Note>

### Step 5: Review the CRM Sync

<img alt="Salesforce — CRM Contact Sync: step 5 — Step 5: Review the CRM Sync" />

* You can now review the sync to ensure it's performing as expected.
* **(1)** Here you can view all details relating to the sync including **ID**, when it was **Created** and **Last Updated**, the **Run duration** and **Status**.
* **(2)** Click on the **Green tick** to view more detailed information on the **Sync Run**.

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: step 5: Review the CRM Sync" />

* **(A)** Here you will be able to see a **Summary** of the key **Sync Run details**.
* **(B)Totals** displays the total number of contacts within your Komo and CRM instances.
* **(C)CRM Inserts** displays how many contacts the sync successfully imported into the CRM and how many errors were encountered.
* **(D)CRM Updates** displays how many contacts the sync successfully updated in the CRM and how many errors were encountered.
* **(E)** Click **Logs** to view in depth logs of the executed sync.

<img alt="Salesforce Marketing Cloud — CRM Contact Sync: option b — Step 5: Review the CRM Sync" />

* **(a)** Here you can view a log of the various actions that took place within the sync.
* **(b)** Click **Download results** to export a CSV of the sync logs.

## FAQ

**Is the CRM Contact Sync a two-way sync (ie. push and pull)?**

At this stage, the CRM Contact sync is a one way sync (push) from the Komo Engagement Engine to the CRM. This means that any updates to contacts within the Komo Engagement Engine will automatically be pushed to the CRM to ensure the CRM remains in sync with the changes made in Komo. In the instance where a contact is updated in the CRM initially, the change will not be reflected in the Komo Engagement Engine. We will be rolling out a true two-way (push and pull) sync in a future release.

**How often will the CRM Contact Sync run?**

The sync is completely on-demand so you can run the sync as often or as little as you require. To do so, you simply need to click **Sync now** as detailed in [**Step 4.**](/crm/syncs/salesforce-crm-contact-sync#step-4)

**Is this available for all CRMs?**

At this stage, the CRM Contact Sync has only been rolled out for Salesforce and Salesforce Marketing Cloud. We will be rolling out this functionality for additional CRMs in the near future.

**Can this be managed by all users?**

The CRM Contact Sync can only be managed by Super Users at this point in time. We will be making this functionality available to additional users in the near future.

**How many CRM Contact Syncs can I create?**

You can create as many different syncs as you require!


# Activation Ideas: FMCG
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/best-practices/activation-ideas-fmcg/index

Get inspired for your FMCG Engagement Hub!

## Test Your Knowledge

Use either the Live Trivia Card or Quiz Card to test your community's knowledge on any topic. This is an excellent opportunity to learn more about your community through market research questions and reward your audience.

<Tip>
  Utilise the Komo Digital Coupons to maximise your return. Provide all entrants with the opportunity to try your products for free or at a discounted price, and encourage them to return to your brick-and-mortar stores.
</Tip>

## Secret Codes

With the Secret Code Card, you can drive people to a destination of your choice. Users will find and submit a secret code in return for a special offer or an exclusive product.

<Tip>
  Utilise the Secret Code Card to promote your social media platforms by posting the secret code on socials then sending Engagement Hub visitors to your social media to receive the exclusive deal.
</Tip>

<Info>
  Example

  Put up promotional material in-store with the secret code printed on it to drive traffic to your Engagement Hub. Users can submit the secret code on the Engagement Hub to receive an exclusive deal on your products!
</Info>

## Personality Quiz

Use a Personality Quiz Card to engage your community and send out personalised rewards based on the outcome of the quiz. These can be based on specific dates and events, or any topic that you can think of! This is also a prime spot to include market research questions that allow you to drill down and get a greater understanding of that individual consumer's persona.

<Tip>
  The "What type of X are you?" questions are very effective prompts for this type of card.
</Tip>

<Info>
  Example

  Push your brand by recommending certain products based on the user's outcome, e.g.: "What Type of Beer Drinker Are You?" The quiz results can lead to different brand products and corresponding Digital Coupons.
</Info>

## Caption Contest

Use the 20 Words or Less Card to run a caption contest competition. This is an easy-to-set-up competition that allows you to gather user-generated content to repurpose for your social media platforms.

<Tip>
  Show off your creative community by publishing the winning entries on your Engagement Hub, social channels, and EDM.
</Tip>

<Info>
  Example

  Use this competition as an opportunity to increase brand awareness and integrate your products into the image prompt. With this competition, you can also offer Digital Coupons to all entrants as an incentive to participate.
</Info>

## Sports Predictor

Encourage your community to predict unknown events for special occasions and reward those who get their predictions correct. This works great for big events such as AFL, BBL, and A-League games, but also provides a great opportunity to tie into local teams and support your community.

<Info>
  Example

  Working with local sports teams, build a live predictor game that allows your community to directly engage and make predictions on the game, e.g.: Which team will win? Over or Under 2.5 goals? Who will score? You can then reward members of your community that made correct selections with larger prizes and provide Digital Coupons to all entrants as an "everybody wins" prize.
</Info>

## Photo Contest

Use the upload file feature in the Receipt Uploader Card to host a photo contest. Here, users can upload photos of themselves enjoying your products and prizes can be awarded accordingly. This idea is a great way to engage your community and promote user-generated content.

<Tip>
  To make this competition go even further, add the top entrants' photos into a Poll Card and have your community vote on a winner.
</Tip>

<Info>
  Example

  Celebrate creativity with a competition such as "Send in a photo of the coolest place you've had one of our products!" Add on a great prize to encourage participation and fun user-generated content.
</Info>


# Activation Ideas: Shopping Centres
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/best-practices/activation-ideas-shopping-centres/index

Get inspired for your shopping centre Engagement Hub!

## Treasure Hunt

Take your community on a treasure hunt around your centre! Start by having users enter a Content Card (either the Secret Code Card or Image Card with data capture) to receive a clue directing them to a physical or digital location to find the 'secret code'. Once this code is submitted, this can then reveal another clue and so on. Turn this into a more extensive campaign by doing 'Treasure Hunt Thursdays' or on special occasions.

<Info>
  **Example**

  Drive families in-centre by offering a free coffee to mums on Mother's Day. When they enter their details on the Engagement Hub, they will be sent a Digital Coupon for a free coffee as well as the first clue for the treasure hunt. This could lead them to various retailers with an accompanying Digital Coupon, ultimately leading them to the end of the treasure hunt at a florist, where they receive a free bunch of flowers!
</Info>

<Tip>
  The Secret Code Card is only the name given to this card type. Get creative and use this card to run competitions such as "Complete the Sentence" or "Enter the Number".
</Tip>

## Sports Predictor

Encourage your community to predict unknown events for special occasions and reward those who get their predictions correct. This works great for big events such as AFL, BBL, and A-League games, but also provides a great opportunity to tie into local teams and support your community.

<Info>
  Example

  Working with local sports teams, build a live predictor game that allows your community to directly engage and make predictions on the game, e.g.: Which team will win? Over or Under 2.5 goals? Who will score? Encourage your community to get involved and watch the game, and then reward correct selections with in-centre vouchers.
</Info>

## Jelly Bean Guess

Use the physical space in-centre and work with retailers to hold a good old-fashioned guessing game! Fill a container with X amount of an object then use the Number Guess Card to allow your community to take a guess.

<Tip>
  Utilising a Secret Code Card hidden by the container, you can interchange this daily and have users come back to guess multiple times throughout the campaign.
</Tip>

<Info>
  Example

  Partner with a sporting goods retailer to fill a large container with footy balls, place it somewhere central in your shopping centre, and include visible posters with QR codes to the Engagement Hub. In-centre customers can then scan the QR codes to easily guess the number. You can build on this by adding a Secret Code Card that is changed daily to drive people in-centre to submit a guess.
</Info>

## Story Time

Create great user-generated content with the 20 Words or Less Card and the Media Uploader Card. Encourage families to write creative content, upload, and share!

<Tip>
  '20 Words or Less' is just the name for this card - with the form settings you can alter this to accept as few or as many words as you like.
</Tip>

<Info>
  Example

  Host a competition to find the most creative kids in your community. With a fun prompt such as "The Big Gloomy Castle...", encourage kids (and their parents) to upload their best action story. You can then publish the best ones and announce a winner. Bonus idea: this could be made into a real book and given as a prize!
</Info>

## Test Your Knowledge

Use either the Live Trivia Card or Quiz Card to test your community's knowledge on any topic. This is an excellent opportunity to learn more about your community through market research questions and reward your audience.

<Info>
  Example

  Create a trivia focused on your community and the retailers within your centre with topics such as: "What is Mr Gelato's Favourite Flavour?" or "How Long Does It Take to Smoke Mr. BBQ's Famous Brisket?" These moments spark conversation, drive people into retailers and add value to the whole centre. As a bonus, you can award the top (or all!) participants with a Digital Coupon for a particular store or centre-wide.
</Info>

## What Type Are You?

Use a Personality Quiz Card to engage your community and send out personalised rewards based on the outcome of the quiz. These can be based on specific dates and events, or any topic that you can think of! This is also a prime spot to include market research questions that allow you to drill down and get a greater understanding of that individual consumer's persona.

<Tip>
  There's no limit to how many stages you can add to this type of quiz; the more questions you add the more you will be able to find out about your community.
</Tip>

<Info>
  Example

  Ask your community, "What Type of Pizza Are You?" By asking several questions such as 'Sweet or Salty?' or 'What's your favourite sport?' will lead them to be crowned the Hawaiian King. They are then ultimately sent a Digital Coupon for a Hawaiian pizza from the local pizzeria.
</Info>

## Colouring-In Competition

Take an old classic and reinvent it through your Engagement Hub. Colouring-In competitions are a great way to engage young families, and on the Engagement Hub, you can both host the competition and showcase the entrants' masterpieces.

<Info>
  Example

  Engage young families by distributing a blank black-and-white image on the Engagement Hub. Users can then download the image, colour it in and then upload the creation through the Engagement Hub. To incentivise future players, upload the winning images onto your Engagement Hub and offer up a fun, child-friendly prize or experience.
</Info>


# Best of the Best: FMCG Activations
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/best-practices/best-of-the-best-fmcg-activations/index

Handpicked FMCG Engagement Hub activations to inspire your next campaign.

We've handpicked some of our favourite fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) activations to help get your creative juices flowing. Each example uses the Komo Engagement Engine to drive foot traffic, reward customers, and collect first-party data.

For card ideas you can adapt to your brand, see [Activation Ideas: FMCG](/getting-started/best-practices/activation-ideas-fmcg). To set up offers like these, start with [Digital Coupons](/competitions-promotions/digital-coupons/digital-coupons).

## Pirate Life Brewing: #GoToTown with South Coast Pale Ale

Pirate Life Brewing joined the South Australian Tourism Commission's **#GoToTown** campaign to drive foot traffic into SA hospitality venues after COVID-19 lockdowns.

The campaign used Komo **Digital Coupons** to offer Adelaidians a free pint of Pirate Life's South Coast Pale Ale each day of the promotion. Coupons were personalised based on the user's geolocation, making redemption easy at nearby venues.

Partnering with SA Tourism Commission gave Pirate Life greater promotional reach, which led to higher coupon redemption rates and more foot traffic to local venues. The sleek, simple **Engagement Hub** design resonated strongly with participants.

<Tip>
  Geolocation-based coupon personalisation works well for FMCG activations where redemption happens at physical venues. Pair in-venue signage and staff prompts with QR codes on your Hub to maximise uptake.
</Tip>

## Carlton & United Breweries: Siren Sessions

Carlton & United Breweries (CUB) used Komo **Digital Coupons** to offer complimentary pints to **Engagement Hub** visitors during Derby Day **Siren Sessions** in the Perth CBD.

The Hub ran alongside the live event and gave patrons a clear reason to participate digitally while onsite. This simple FMCG activation:

* Increased brand awareness among event attendees
* Drove participation through an instant, redeemable offer
* Collected first-party data for future marketing

<Info>
  Event-based FMCG activations work best when the Hub is promoted at the venue—via QR codes, stage screens, or staff—and when the offer is easy to redeem before patrons leave the event.
</Info>


# Best of the Best: Shopping Centre Activations
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/best-practices/best-of-the-best-shopping-centre-activations/index

We've handpicked some of our favourite activations to help get your creative juices flowing!

### Pacific Square Maroubra - Winter Rewards Hub

<img alt="Best of the Best: Shopping Centre Activations: pacific Square Maroubra - Winter Rewards Hub" />Pacific Square Maroubra turned their event space into a 'Winter Wonderland' for their community featuring live bands and giveaways.This was complemented by their Hub, which was promoted via QR codes around the centre and at POS within retailers.This enabled them to reward their community and furthermore support their restaurants during the colder months. **Check out the video below.** Pacific Square - Winter Rewards

### Scan, Play, Win!

* **Secret Harbour Square & Wanneroo Central**

  <img alt="Best of the Best: Shopping Centre Activations: scan, Play, Win!" />

  Scan, Play, Win! took classic games and brought them to life in-centre with a digital spin.Utilising in-centre floor decals and displays, Secret Harbour gave their Hub a physical presence and encouraged their community to get involved with fun and rewards.Check out some of the photos below of how this was brought to life!

  <img alt="Best of the Best: Shopping Centre Activations: scan, Play, Win!" />

* Secret Harbour Square

  <img alt="Best of the Best: Shopping Centre Activations: scan, Play, Win!" />


# Competition Permits
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/best-practices/competition-permits/index

Australian State and Territory requirements for competitions.

## What are they?

Each State and Territory in Australia has different legal requirements surrounding competitions and promotions. Nationwide promotions are subject to individual State and Territory laws.

Typically, some form of submission is required for ACT, SA, NSW, WA, and NT; however, this depends on the prize pool. TAS, QLD, and VIC do not require permits, but they do have specific rules that have to be followed. These rules are similar (but not identical) between the locations, so it is a good idea to familiarise yourself with the rules within your jurisdiction/s.

Read on for further details.

<Warning>
  Please note that the information and advice that Komo provides regarding permits, terms and conditions, privacy policies, or any other matter of this nature is of a general basis only, and we suggest you seek your own legal advice specific to your needs.
</Warning>

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Access up-to-date information" icon="sparkles" href="https://www.tpal.com.au/competition-permits/" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Access the T&Cs templates" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions/index" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

### **Game of Skill vs. Game of Chance**

When planning a competition, there are two types of games you need to consider: Games of skill and games of chance. These competitions have different rules and regulations.

**A game of skill is any competition that does not use a random draw for the winner.** On the Komo Platform, an example of a game of skill would be Live Trivia, Live Trivia, or a Quiz. A game of skill does not require a competition permit.

**A game of chance is any competition where a prize winner is chosen at random.** On the Komo Platform, an example of a game of chance would be Spin to Win, Scratch and Win or Watch to Win. A game of chance will require a competition permit in some states and territories, depending on the value of prizes.

### **Regulations by State & Territory**

#### **Queensland**

* You do not require any permits for competitions (whether games of skill or chance) in Queensland.

#### **New South Wales**

* From 1 July 2020, NSW only requires a permit if the prize pool is greater than \$10,000.
  * The permit is now called an authority. The authority is issued to the promoter for 1, 3, or 5 years. The promoter can then run as many promotions as they like during the duration of the authority.
  * For each promotion that is run under the authority, you must apply for a "notification of trade promotion".
* Read more about NSW permits [**here**](https://tponline.onegov.nsw.gov.au/).

<Note>
  This involves submitting an application (including compliant T\&Cs) at least 3 business days before the promotion commences. There is no government fee for this submission. NSW requires that the prize draw occur using a system that is compliant with NSW regulations. If the prize draw is higher than \$10,000, an independent scrutineer must attend the prize draw.

  \_Note: Prize draw system \_[**www.randomdraws.com.au**](http://www.randomdraws.com.au) *is registered in NSW.*
</Note>

#### **Victoria**

* You do not require any permits for competitions (whether games of skill or chance) in Victoria.

#### **Western Australia**

* Terms & Conditions are required to be submitted for review, regardless of the prize pool.
  * WA does not issue a permit, although they do reply with feedback if they see an issue with the terms and conditions.
  * Submission must occur prior to the competition being promoted. They do not charge a fee, simply email [**rgl@rgl.wa.gov.au**](mailto:rgl@rgl.wa.gov.au) your terms and conditions for a review.
* Western Australia also has prescribed conditions for competitions, that you can read about [**here**](https://www.dlgsc.wa.gov.au/racing-gaming-and-liquor/racing-gaming-and-wagering/gaming-applications/how-to-conduct-a-trade-promotion-lottery).

#### **South Australia**

* A permit is required if the prize pool is higher than \$5,000. These are typically issued within 14 business days.
* Read more about South Australia's prescribed conditions [**here**](https://www.sa.gov.au/topics/business-and-trade/running-a-business/trade-promotions).

<Note>
  If the competition is an "instant win" promotion, a permit is required regardless of the prize pool. SA requires that the prize draw occurs using a system that is registered in SA. If the prize draw is \$20,000 or higher, an independent scrutineer must attend the prize draw.

  What is classified as an “instant win”? The entrant receives a message straight after entering to tell them whether they win or not. Like a scratch card or the equivalent online.

  Prize draw system [www.randomdraws.com.au](http://www.randomdraws.com.au) is registered in SA.
</Note>

#### **ACT**

* A permit is required if the prize pool is greater than \$3,000. The ACT will normally issue the permit within 3 to 7 business days.
* You can read more about ACT permits [**here**](https://www.gamblingandracing.act.gov.au/industry/lotteries/trade-promotions).

<Note>
  *When the determination of the prize winner involves skill only (i.e. no element of chance is involved), approval is not required. In this context, "skill" means any competition that involves a decision or input by the participant, such as guessing a sound or number or weight.*
</Note>

#### **Northern Territory**

* A permit is required if the prize pool is greater than \$5,000 and a permit has not been obtained via another state. For national promotions, a NT permit is never required.
* Read more about permits in the Northern Territory [**here**](https://nt.gov.au/industry/gambling/gambling/lotteries-community-gambling/apply-to-run-a-trade-lottery).

#### **Tasmania**

* You do not require permits for competitions (whether games of skill or chance) in Tasmania when they comply with prescribed conditions.
* You can read out about these conditions [**here**](https://www.treasury.tas.gov.au/liquor-and-gaming/gambling/licences-and-permits/minor-gaming-permit).

## **FAQ**

**How much does a competition permit cost?**

This varies per state, and can be checked at the various links provided above.

**How do I apply for a permit?**

Each state varies as to their permit application process, but all involve completing a form for review.

**How long should I allow for a permit to be issued?**

We recommend allowing 28 days for your permit to be issued, so this should be factored into your campaign prep time.

**How long do permits last?**

Usually 12 months, however, this does differ slightly from state to state. Please read the hyperlinked documentation relevant to your jurisdiction.


# Promotion: Events
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/best-practices/promotion-events/index

Learn how to promote your Engagement Hub for in-venue activations.

When it comes to Engagement Hub performance, promotion is key. Below are our recommendations on how to drive people to your Engagement Hub and participate in your Live Trivia games for live events.

## In-Venue Promotion

Advertising your Engagement Hub in-venue is the most important form of promotion to maximise foot traffic and audience engagement. Below are our recommendations for in-venue promotion:

### Posters

Use posters in areas of heavy foot traffic, points of sale, and toilets to maximise their reach. Design with vibrant colours and bold fonts to attract customer attention, and be sure to add a QR code so consumers can simply scan your poster to access your Engagement Hub.

### Digital Screens

Large, in-venue screens are also a great way to promote your Engagement Hub. These screens provide a digital medium for users to reach the Engagement Hub and can be animated to capture customers' attention.

### A5 Table Talkers

Similar to posters, A5 table talkers allow you to effectively promote your Engagement Hub for seated events. Apply your QR code to the design to ensure people can easily access your Engagement Hub.

## Staff Promotion

Face-to-face communication is an excellent opportunity to personalise the promotional experience for the customer. Train your staff on what the Engagement Hub is and its purpose to make it easier for them to showcase it and encourage customers to scan and visit.

### Greeters

Upon patron arrival, greeters can encourage the attendees to scan into your Engagement Hub. Simply supply the greeter with the necessary promotional material and have them highlight the prizes you have on offer.

### MCs

MCs are often the focus of the audience's attention and thus perfectly situated to promote your Engagement Hub. Encourage the MC to highlight the prizes on offer and discuss the Engagement Hub with enthusiasm!

## Digital Promotion

In addition to in-venue promotion, we highly recommend using digital channels to drive traffic to your Engagement Hub.

### Social Posts & Stories

Prior to the event, use social media channels to inform attendees about the upcoming competition and drum up hype. Be sure to include clear CTAs and links to your Engagement Hub in the copy.

<Tip>
  Run a few pre-event competitions and allow people to pre-register for your Live Trivia.
</Tip>

### EDMs

Include your Engagement Hub, its content, and its unique features in your EDMs. Newsletters are often overlooked, but have seen great success for many of our partners!


# Promotion: Shopping Centres
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/best-practices/promotion-shopping-centres/index

Ways to promote your Hub activation for your Shopping Centre.

Promotion of your Hub is essential for success.  Keep reading to discover our recommendations on how to promote and drive people to your Engagement Hub.

## **In-Venue Promotion**

Advertising your Hub in-venue is the most important form of promotion to maximise foot traffic and audience engagement. Below are our recommendations for in-venue promotion:

### Posters

Use posters in areas of heavy foot traffic, points of sale, and toilets to maximise their reach. Design with vibrant colours and bold fonts to attract customer attention, and be sure to add a QR code so consumers can simply scan your poster to access your Engagement Hub.

### Digital Screens

Large, in-venue screens are also a great way to promote your Engagement Hub. These screens provide a digital medium for users to reach the Engagement Hub and can be animated to capture customers attention.

### Involve your Retailers

Involve your stores to maximise Hub promotion by hanging posters within stores, having notices at the point of sale, or even including a Hub QR code on the store's receipts.

### Train Staff on How to Promote your Hub

Face-to-face selling is an excellent opportunity to personalise the promotional experience for the customer.  Train your staff on what the Hub is and its purpose to make it easier for them to showcase it.  We recommend providing them with a "cheat sheet'" on how to sell the experience to customers!

## **Digital Promotion**

In addition to in-venue promotion, we highly recommend using digital channels to drive traffic to your Engagement Hub. Below are a few methods on how this can be achieved.

### Social Posts & Stories

Post regularly to social media about the Engagement Hub and its competitions. Use CTA's and focus on the available prizes to effectively drive people to your Hub.

### EDMs

Include your Hub, its content, and its unique features in your EDMs.  Newsletters are often overlooked, but have seen great success for many of our partners!

### **Need Inspiration?**

We've handpicked some of our favourite campaigns to get your creative juices flowing.  [Click here to check them out.](/getting-started/best-practices/best-of-the-best-shopping-centre-activations)


# Tips & Tricks: Shopping Centres
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/best-practices/tips-tricks-shopping-centres/index

All the tips and tricks to make your Engagement Hub work best for your Shopping Centre!

The Komo Engagement Engine offers a suite of digital products that revolutionise the traditional shopping experience, elevating the digital connection between shops and consumers and driving customers back into brick-and-mortar stores.

Here are our top tips for growing your customer base and encouraging repeat visitors to your shopping centre using the Komo Engagement Engine.

## Promotion, Promotion, Promotion!

Regular promotion is critical to keeping your centre and retailers front of mind with your audience.

**Physically:** Utilise posters, floor and/or window decals, POS table talkers etc., to ensure your shoppers are aware of your Engagement Hub and that it is your centre's one-stop-shop for exclusive content, games and competitions.

**Digitally:** Share your Engagement Hub and its content across your socials, promote or boost posts highlighting the content you're adding to your Engagement Hub, and use user-generated content from your various Content Cards to drive new users to your Engagement Hub.

## Placement

Utilise the reach of social media to link to your Engagement Hub from as many touchpoints as possible.

<Tip>
  Replace any pre-existing links in your Instagram bio with your Engagement Hub link. You can add any current links to your Engagement Hub via [**Click Banners**](/interactive-features/features/click-banner-card).
</Tip>

### QR Codes

Distribute QR codes around your shopping centre to provide shoppers with an easier way to reach your Engagement Hub. Encourage retailers to place QR codes at your point of sale to increase their exposure.

## Retailers are Key

The way your community responds to your Engagement Hub will be impacted by the uptake from your retailers. Make sure you get all of your retailers across the Engagement Hub, its purpose, how it will affect them, and encourage them to promote your Engagement Hub.

<Tip>
  A good way to get your retailers on-side is to demonstrate how the product works and the value it will bring them. Consider hosting a Live Trivia Card for all of your retailers to get a better understanding of the Komo Engagement Engine and Digital Coupons.
</Tip>

## Offer Prizes

It's important to point out that prizes aren't required for many activations; however, the more value you can offer to your community, the higher engagement you are likely to see.

## Partnerships

Work with your retail partners to elevate your Engagement Hub by offering promotional space as a value add or as a space for them to offer prizes/incentives. Your Engagement Hub is a business asset to drive traffic, engage and understand your audience, and that data is a benefit to your retail partners as well.

## Physical Activation Space

Use physical space within your shopping centre to create IRL activations that connect with the digital strategy in your Engagement Hub.

## SMS Communications

We highly recommend utilising SMS communications to distribute prizes from your Engagement Hub. With SMS, prizes are sent directly to your shoppers and are more readily actioned.

## Coupons & The FOMO Effect

Everyone loves a deal! Tap into the FOMO effect by phrasing your coupon promotion in a way that highlights scarcity, e.g. "We have 100 Hot Chips to give away! Once they're gone, they're gone, so get down early."

It is *highly* rare that a coupon program receives a 100% redemption rate. To increase your redemption rate, send the offer to way more people than you have coupons for. In the above example, send the offer for 100 coupons to your full database to drive people in-centre and raise redemption rates.


# Analytics
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/analytics/index

Learn how to understand and learn from your Card and Hub analytics in Komo Engagement Engine

## What is it?

Our Analytics modal is designed to empower our customers with valuable insights into the performance of their Komo Engagement Engine campaigns. With a focus on user engagement, conversion rates, and detailed performance metrics, you can make data-driven decisions to optimize your campaigns.

## How do I use it?

**Accessing Hub-Level Analytics:**

* [Navigate to Hub-Level analytics](#navigate-to-hub-level-analytics)
* [Hub term definitions & navigation](#hub-term-definitions-&-navigation)

**Accessing Card-Level Analytics:**

* [Navigate to Card analytics](#navigate-to-your-chosen-card)
* [Card term definitions & navigation](#card-term-definitions-&-navigation)

## Accessing Hub-Level Analytics

### Navigate to Hub-Level Analytics

<img alt="Analytics: navigate to Hub-Level Analytics" />

From your company homepage, navigate to your Engagement Hub and click on **analytics** in the top navigation

<Note>
  We've used our Knowledge Base Hub as an example here! This Hub is only used internally.
</Note>

### Hub term definitions & navigation

Let's go over the key navigation of this modal first up!

* **(1)** Here you can set the **date and time range** you wish to apply to your analytics
* **(2)** Here you can download a **.CSV file** of your Hub's users
* **(3)** This **line graph** shows the number of unique impressions, engagements and entries across your Hub along the timeline you set in Step 1
* **(4)** Here, you can choose to **filter your analytics** by all users, signed-up users or non-signed-up users

<Note>
  These options will only appear if you have User Accounts Enabled. This feature is available for Growth subscriptions and above.
</Note>

<Accordion title="Hub Analytics">
  <img alt="Analytics: option a — Hub term definitions & navigation" />

  * As you scroll down, you will begin to see your Hub's key live statistics, in line with the filtering you may have set above. **Note that hovering over a term will provide you with its definition!** (But we'll define them for you here too.)

    * **(A) Impressions:** The total number of times your Hub URL has been loaded
    * **(B) Total Engagements:** The total number of times your users have engaged with your content. This tracks every click on your Hub, including gameplay clicks, like items picks on the Picker Card!
    * **(C) Unique Engagements:** The number of unique users that have engaged with your content
      <Note>
        In the context of analytics, the word 'unique' is used to describe a singular user who takes an action on your Hub in a given period (i.e. the time period you have set in Step 1). This is to say that if that same user completed that same action in the same 24-hour period, this would not be a 'unique' metric.
      </Note>
    * **(D) Engagement Rate:** The number of times that users engaged with your content as a percentage of impressions. *Unique engagements / unique impressions.*
    * **(E) Entries:** The total number of data capture entries
    * **(F) Entry Rate:** The number of unique entries as a percentage of impressions. *Unique entries / unique impressions.*
    * **(G) Engagement Time:** The total amount of time users spent engaged with all content across your Hub
    * **(H) Average Engagement Time:** The average amount of time each user spent engaged with any content on your Hub. *Total engagement time / unique impressions.*
    * **(I) Sign-Ups:** The total number of user accounts created during the reporting period
    * **(J) Top Sources:** Where your Hub impressions come from. This stat uses referrer, UTM source and UTM medium parameters to determine sources
    * **(K) Badges Awarded:** Where you can view the number of Badges awarded across your Hub, separated into individual Badges within Badge Variants. Please note that this will only appear if you are using Badges on your Hub

    <img alt="Analytics: hub term definitions & navigation" />

  * **(a) Coupons Statistics:** If you are using Digital Coupons on your Hub, here you will see a breakdown of the Coupons issued, viewed and redeemed across your Cards\\

    <img alt="Analytics: hub term definitions & navigation" />

  Within Hub-level analytics, you also have a **high-level overview of each Card** side-by-side. This a great way to determine which mechanics are working best for your Hub.

  * **(a)** Here you can **filter** your Cards by their status, i.e. All, draft, published or archived
  * **(b)** Here you can **search** for particular Cards
  * **(c)** Here you can set the **metric** for the bar chart below, which shows the performance of your Cards side-by-side
  * **(d)** Here you can see a high-level overview of the statistics most relevant to each mechanic you have on your Hub. *Clicking on each statistic will open the analytics for that particular Card for the date range you set in Step 1.*
</Accordion>

## Accessing Card-Level Analytics

### Navigate to your chosen Card

<img alt="Analytics: navigate to your chosen Card" />

* From your company homepage, navigate to your Engagement Hub, find your chosen Card and open the editor
* From here, click on the **analytics tab** in the left navigation

<Note>
  We've used our Knowledge Base Hub as an example here! This Hub is only used internally.
</Note>

### Card term definitions & navigation

<img alt="Analytics: card term definitions & navigation" />

Let's go over the key navigation of this modal first up!

* **(1)** Here you can set the **date and time range** you wish to apply to your analytics
* **(2)** Here you can download a **.CSV file** of your Hub's users
* **(3)** This **line graph** shows the number of unique impressions, engagements and entries across your Hub along the timeline you set in Step 1
* **(4)** Here, you can choose to **filter your analytics** by all users, signed-up users or non-signed-up users

<Accordion title="Card Analytics">
  <img alt="Analytics: step 1 — Card term definitions & navigation" />

  As you scroll down, you will begin to see your Hub's key live statistics, in line with the filtering you may have set above. **Note that hovering over a term will provide you with its definition!** (But we'll define them for you here too.)

  * **(A) Impressions:** The total number of times your Hub URL has been loaded
  * **(B) Engagement Rate:** The number of times that users engaged with your content as a percentage of impressions. *Unique engagements / unique impressions.*
  * **(C) Completion Rate:** The number of times that users completed this Card as a percentage of the number of users that started this Card. *Unique finished / unique started.*
  * **(D) Entries:** The total number of data capture entries
  * **(E) Entry Rate:** The number of unique entries as a percentage of impressions. *Unique entries / unique impressions.*
  * **(F) Average Engagement Time:** The average amount of time each user spent engaged with this Card. *Total engagement time / unique impressions.*
  * **(G) + (H) Social Shares and Total Shares:** Here you will see the number of times your Card has been shared, and the total and unique sharing statistics. Please note that these analytics will only appear if you have sharing toggled on for your Card
  * **(I)** Note that often you will find analytics specific to a certain mechanic in card-level analytics. For example, here we can see the **Total Item Picks**, which is the total number of individual items picked on our Picker Card

    <img alt="Analytics: card term definitions & navigation" />

  With Card-level analytics, you also have this **siloed funnel view of some key Card metrics**.

  * **(a)** In the **conversions funnel**, you can see which impressions started the Card, which of those users finished the Card, and of those, who entered the attached competition by filling in a data capture form
  * **(b)** In the **email funnel**, you can see the number of emails delivered, the percentage of delivered emails that were opened, and the percentage of opened emails that were engaged with (clicked, which refers to any links or buttons you may have on your emails)

  <Note>
    The email funnel will only appear if you have attached communications to your Card and actioned these.
  </Note>

  With Card-level analytics, you will also find various Card-specific analytics, which will change depending on the Card you have chosen to use.

  * **(c)** Because this Card is a **Picker**, we can see some statistics on the most selected items, etc.
</Accordion>

## FAQ

**Why do my analytics look different for each different Card I use?**

Our collection of content pieces are all vastly different, to allow you to create interactive, immersive campaigns that are engaging in different ways! For this reason, it's only fitting that different mechanics should have different analytics to assist you as you test and learn different Cards on the Platform. For example, item picks (made for the Picker Card) are not going to be relevant statistics for a Live Trivia Card.


# Before you Hit Publish!
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/before-you-hit-publish/index

Want to know how to best launch your campaign? Read on...

So it's time to bring your first campaign to life, but where to start? Stress less, grab your coffee, and read on.

Before we start building, we need to start with your idea.

## What are your competition ideas?

Get as creative as you can; what are your ideas? What mechanics are you looking to utilize?

[Check out the full (and ever-growing) list of Komo cards.](https://www.komo.tech/game-concepts)

<Note>
  With the Komo platform, there's very little you can't do, but if there's something you think can't
  be done, let's have a chat.
</Note>

## What are you trying to achieve?

Having a clear understanding of what you're trying to achieve is key. You wouldn't build a house without a design. Why launch your Hub without a goal or goals in mind?

<Note>
  Don't forget the 6Ps

  Proper Planning Prevents Piss Poor Performance.
</Note>

You might want to base these around; Data collected, Leads generated, Awareness, and Engagement rate, to name a few. A big part of these goals will be impacted by your marketing budget, the prizes on offer, timelines, and the barriers to entry.

## What prizes are on offer?

What will be the main leavers to drive traffic to your Hub? Whilst large prize budgets can have a significant impact on competition entries, usage of the budget is just as important. Based on our experience, we have seen the most success with our clients when offering multiple minor prizes and one (smaller) major prize compared to one large major prize due to the higher probability of winning.

[Check out how this worked for The Cheesecake Shop here. ](https://blog.komo.tech/case-studies/how-the-cheesecake-shop-increased-brand-awareness)

## What content/mechanics?

It's important to remember that your Hub is an unlimited scroll; there is no limit to the amount of content that can be placed on it. On top of your game/competition mechanics, look at what other engaging content you can incorporate within your hub, such as video/image content, countdown clocks, UGC, etc. Ensuring your Hub is positioned as your community's one-stop-shop for exclusive content, competitions, and games, driving engagement and increasing your ROI.

<Tip>
  We recommend having a maximum of 2/3 competitions running at once on your Hub (depending on the
  specifics of your campaign).
</Tip>

## The legal stuff

Once you have your prizing and competition mechanic locked in, it's time to look at the legal side of your competition. Each competition will require a set of terms and conditions. [You can access our T\&Cs templates here](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions). Here you will need to enter all the relevant information to your competition inc. Prizing, start/finish times, privacy policy, etc. Certain competitions may require additional permits. [You can review the requirements here.](/getting-started/best-practices/competition-permits)

<Warning>
  *Komo is not liable for any incorrectly provided information in the terms and conditions
  templates. Always seek independent legal advice.*
</Warning>

## Building your Hub

Now that all the boring stuff is sorted, it's time to look at all the little bits that come together to give you the best campaign and your users the best possible experience.

### SEM/SEO

Edit your SEO settings; add a title, favicon, and meta description (that will be visible when a card is shared). Enable SEO indexing so Google can crawl your site and allow it to start showing within search engines.

[You can check out how to edit your SEM/SEO settings here.](/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-settings)

### Custom Domain

As much as we love to see the **.[komo.site](http://komo.site)** domain everywhere, we highly recommend you set up a white-labeled URL for your Hub (this can be a custom domain or a sub-domain to an existing site).

[You can check out how to white-label your hub here.](/getting-started/hub-setup/white-labeling-your-domain)

### The Data

Make the most of the traffic you are driving by adding tag managers to your hub.

[You can check out how to add Google Tag Manager here.](/integrations-automation/tag-management/connect-google-tag-manager-to-your-hub)

[You can check out how to add Adobe Launch Tag Manager here.](/integrations-automation/tag-management/connect-adobe-launch-tag-manager-to-your-hub)

<Tip>
  You can also set up Webhooks to pull any data collected via your Hub directly into your
  CRM/Marketing platform. Reach out to your Customer Success Specialist for assistance with this.
</Tip>

### User Accounts

The user accounts feature enables users to create an account on your Hub, removing the need to repeatedly enter the same information to enter competitions.

[You can check out how to set up user accounts here.](/account-settings/account-management/add-new-members-to-your-company)

### Market Research Questions

No matter what competition you are running, make the most of asking market research questions to learn more about your community and increase your ROI.

Incorporate survey-style questions within quizzes, trivia games, and more, or have them embedded in your data capture form.

### Automated Communications

Drive users back to continue engaging with your content with post-game personalized communications via email or SMS (Additional costs involved).

[You can check out how to set up reminders and follow-up communications here.](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms)

<Note>
  Whilst there are additional costs involved in sending out SMS communications, there is a
  substantially better open rate. The average open rate for SMS campaigns is 98% compared to 20% for
  email campaigns. ([*99firms*](https://99firms.com/blog/sms-marketing-stats/#gref))
</Note>

### Schedule Content

Set and forget! Build all (or as much as you can) of your content in advance, then schedule this to be published and unpublished when you choose.

[You can check out how to schedule all of your content here.](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-scheduling)

## It's time to start driving traffic!

Your Hub's performance has a direct relationship with your promotion of it. There's almost no wrong answer or way to go about promoting your Hub.

[Check out our top promotion tips (and even some great examples of influencer promotion) here.](/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub)

## Award your prizes!

The best part is here... you are just about to make someone's day! Once your competition has ended, it's time to go in and award your prizes!

[You can check out how to award prizes here.](/getting-started/hub-setup/read-me-when-your-competition-ends)

## Pull data!

Now, we can export all the data you were able to collect! Make use of these leads you were able to generate by keeping in touch through ongoing marketing or announcing new competitions!

[Check out how to download your data here.](/getting-started/hub-setup/read-me-when-your-competition-ends)

<Check>Once you have completed all the above, it's time to launch your campaign!</Check>


# Card Scheduling
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/card-scheduling/index

Schedule the time and date to publish and unpublish your content cards, and choose whether unpublished cards return to draft or archived status.

## How do I do this?

### Step 1: Schedule the card

<img alt="Card Scheduling: step 1 — Step 1: Schedule the card" />

* **(1)** Click **Schedule** once you've completely built out your card and are ready to schedule it.

### Step 2: Set the dates and times

<img alt="Card Scheduling: step 2 — Step 2: Set the dates and times" />

From here you can **schedule** the time the card goes live on your **Engagement Hub**.

* **(1)** Here you can set the **timezone** to reflect when you wish to schedule your Card.
* **(2)** Click **Schedule Publish** to set a date and time you want the card to publish on the Hub.

  <Accordion title="Schedule Publish">
    <img alt="Card Scheduling: option a — Step 2: Set the dates and times" />

    * **(A)** Click here to select the **date** the card will publish on.
    * **(B)** Here you can set the **time** the card will publish at.
  </Accordion>
* **(3)** Click **Schedule Expiry** to set a date and time you want the card to unpublish on the Hub.

  <Accordion title="Schedule Expiry">
    <img alt="Card Scheduling: option a — Step 2: Set the dates and times" />

    * **(A)** Click here to select the **date** the card will unpublish.
    * **(B)** Here you can set the **time** the card will unpublish.
    * **(C)** Select a **Status after un-publish**:
      * **Draft** (default) — the card returns to draft status so you can edit and republish it later.
      * **Archived** — the card is archived, removed from any pages, and associated game state (for example trivia questions) is reset. Use this when the campaign is fully complete.
  </Accordion>
* **(4)** Click Save once you're happy with the selected date and time.

<Note>
  The **Status after un-publish** option only appears when you set an un-publish date.
</Note>

### Step 3: Overview of the scheduled times

<img alt="Card Scheduling: step 3 — Step 3: Overview of the scheduled times" />

* **(1)** If you change your mind and want to immediately publish the card, you can click **Publish** now.
* **(2)** You can **edit** the dates and time of the schedule here.
* **(3)** Here is an overview of the **scheduled times.**

### What happens when a scheduled unpublish runs

When the scheduled unpublish time arrives:

* The card is automatically taken off the Hub.
* If the target status is **Draft**, the card returns to draft and can be edited or republished.
* If the target status is **Archived**, the card is archived. Archiving also removes the card from all pages it appears on and resets any associated game data (such as trivia or predictive game questions). Restoring those elements later requires manual re-setup.


# Card Testing
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing/index

Want to know how to test your cards before publishing? Read on...

Once you have built out your cards, it is always best to do a test run to ensure you have set up everything correctly. Below is a guide on how to test your cards.

## How do I do this?

### Step 1: Clone the Card

<img alt="Card Testing: step 1 — Step 1: Clone the Card" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Scroll to the card you want to test.
* Click on ... and then select **Clone**.
* Add the copy **Testing** to the **internal name** to differentiate between the original and the cloned.

<Note>
  We recommend cloning cards for testing as once you interact with the content, this will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

### Step 2: Test the Content

There are two ways to test your content prior to launching.

* **Preview**: This allows you to view the journey and experience of just the card/content. The preview will appear as a pop-up over the editor.
* **Single Card View** : You can preview the card on the Hub to see how this would potentially look with your Hub styling.

<Warning>
  As this is a testing process, do **<u>not</u>** publish the card. If the card is published on the Hub, users will be able to view the content.
</Warning>

## Preview the Card

<img alt="Card Testing: preview the Card" />

* (1) Clicking on **...** opens additional settings for the card. (2) Click on **Preview** to test the card.

<Note>
  <img alt="Card Testing: option a — Preview the Card" />

  * **(A)** Here you can play through the experience as a potential end user.
  * **(B) + (C)** You have the option to test the card in a mobile view or desktop.
</Note>

* **(3)** After you have finished testing your game, **archive the testing card** to avoid confusion with the original.

## Single Card View

<img alt="Card Testing: single Card View" />

* **(1)** Clicking on ... opens additional settings for the card.
* **(2)** Click on **View single card** to test the card.

<Note>
  <img alt="Card Testing: option a — Single Card View" />

  * **(A)** When previewing a draft card, you will see the **draft banner** to make you aware the card is still in draft mode.
  * **(B)** Click on the card and **preview the experience**.
</Note>


# Custom Email Sender Names
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/custom-email-sender-names/index

Set up a custom sender name for your emails.

## What is it?

Create a new sender email with your personalised domain to fully brand your emails. Here you can connect your marketing emails to your Komo communications and include a reply-to email to allow users to reach out to.

## How do I set it up?

### Step 1: Navigate to your Account Settings

<img alt="Custom Email Sender Names: step 1 — Step 1: Navigate to your Account Settings" />

* Head to your **Hub** then select your **icon** on the top right of the Komo portal.
* Click on **Account Settings** followed by **Custom sender domains**.

### **Step 2: Set up a new Domain**

<img alt="Custom Email Sender Names: step 2 — Step 2: Set up a new Domain" />

* Click on **Set up a new Domain.**
* **(1)** Add the **domain** you would like to send emails from.

<Note>
  You must have access to this domain’s DNS records in order to verify it.
</Note>

### Step 3: Verify your Domain

* Head over to your DNS provider and add DKIM and Return-Path DNS records to verify your domain and ensure effective delivery.
* Click on the **...** and then select **Verify**.

<Note>
  Once verified, the DKIM Verified and Return-Path Verified columns will change to a tick.
</Note>

### Step 4: Add your sender name

<img alt="Custom Email Sender Names: step 4 — Step 4: Add your sender name" />

* Click on **Add** to set up your sender email.
* **(1)** Here is where you'll enter an **internal name.**
* **(2)** Using the drop-down, select the **domain** you wish to use.
* **(3)** Enter the **email** you wish to use before the domain.
* **(4)** Include a **from name** that will appear with the email.
* **(5)** Add a **reply to** email here for users to email when they receive your communications and have any follow-up questions.

### Step 5: Mark the sender email as Default

<img alt="Custom Email Sender Names: step 5 — Step 5: Mark the sender email as Default" />

* **(1)** Click on the **...** next to the sender email.
* **(2)** Select **Mark as default**.

<Note>
  Marking the sender email as default to automatically use this email for all communications created.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Can I have multiple sender emails?**\
Yes, you can have different sender emails set up. To select a different sender email when creating a communication, use the **Sender info** drop-down and select the email you wish to use.

**Do I need to mark an email as default?**

We do highly recommend marking one as default so this sender email will always be used when you set up a communication. This is to avoid using the incorrect email if you have multiple setups.

**Can I edit already created sender emails?**\
Yes, if you click on the **...** next to the email, you have the option to edit, mark/remove as default or delete.

**What if we require an SPF record to enable a 3rd party to send emails on behalf of our domain?**

SPF records are not required, provided you have DKIM and Return Path set up, which Komo requires to set up a custom email domain. If you still wish to add the SPF record, [you can see how to do this here.](https://postmarkapp.com/support/article/1092-how-do-i-set-up-spf-for-postmark)


# Data Capture
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index

Want to know how to set up a data capture as well as prizing and communications for one of your cards? Read on...

## What is it?

If you're wanting to run a competition on your card you'll need to add a data capture form. This form allows you to gather entrant information whilst also granting the ability to send communications and prizing.

<Tip>
  Create a Default Form and save yourself time by not having to set this up each time you create a new competition. Learn how to do this here: [Default Data Capture Form](/getting-started/hub-setup/default-data-capture-form/index).
</Tip>

## How do I set it up?

### Step 1: Add a Data capture to your card

<img alt="Data Capture: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Data capture to your card" />

* Once you have created your card's content and are ready to edit the data capture form, navigate to the **Data capture** tab of your Card's editing modal.
* Click on Form

<Note>
  If you're using a card where a data capture form is optional, you will need to click **+ Add Data Capture** which will appear when selecting the **Data capture dropdown**.
</Note>

* This will reveal **additional settings** on the right-hand side that you will use to set up your competition.

### Step 2: Configure your data capture settings

<Frame>
  <img alt="Data Capture: step 2 — Step 2: Configure your data capture settings" />
</Frame>

* **(1)** By clicking on the pencil icon here, you can configure **how many times you'd like users to be able to enter your competition**. The options are as follows:
  * ***Single*** — Users can only enter once.
  * ***Throttled using a rolling window*** — Entries are throttled based on a specified frequency from the current time (e.g. once per hour, once per day).
  * ***Throttled using a start time*** — Entries are throttled based on a specified frequency from a specified start time (e.g. if the start time was less than one hour ago but entries are throttled for every hour, users cannot enter again until the next hour).
  * ***Unlimited*** — Users can enter as many times as they like.
* **(2)** Adding a **close time** will prevent people from entering the competition after a certain point.

<Note>
  This is only relevant for content cards with an optional data capture element. Users will still be able to play through the card; the data capture will just not appear after completion. If you don't want users to play through after the close time has passed, you can **schedule** this card to expire at a set time.
</Note>

* **(3)** Here you can configure the **unique entry validation rule** that will detect if a user has already entered your competition.

<Note>
  Email and mobile number will be applied by default depending on the fields included in the data capture.
</Note>

* **(4)** Here you can also attach a reference table that validates each data capture entry against a reference table entry. This is optional and can be set up following [this Knowledge Base Article](/crm/communications/reference-tables).
* **(5)** Here you can choose the form fields to be updated when a reference table match is found.
* **(6)** Here you can remove the data capture.

<Note>
  This is only possible for content cards with an optional data capture element. This will delete the entire competition element attached to this card.
</Note>

* **(7)** Clicking here will allow you to **edit the call to action text**.

### Step 3: Set up your form

<img alt="Data Capture: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your form" />

* **(1)** By clicking **Form** you are able to alter the journey your users will take when entering your competition.
* **(2)** This section allows you to customize your **form**.
* **(3)** Click here to **upload a header image**.
* **(4)** Here you can **customize the copy** within the header of your form, e.g. "Enter to win".
* **(5)** Here you can also add a **description** to go below the header of your form, e.g. "Fill in the form below to go in the draw to win x!"
* **(6)** These are your **data fields** and comprise the information the user will need to supply in order to enter your competition. You can edit these fields by clicking on them.
* **(7)** Scrolling down, there is a terms and conditions opt-in. By clicking on this field, you'll be able to [attach your competition's terms and conditions](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions).
* **(8)** You can add to these fields by clicking the + icon.

<Note>
  <img alt="Data Capture: step 2 — Step 2: Configure your data capture settings" />

  There's nothing that can't be asked in this form in some way or format.

  * **(A)** Firstly, you have the ability to select **existing properties** or **consent fields (marketing opt-ins)** to include in your form. Displayed here will be all the contact properties created for your company.
  * (B) Click here to create a new **contact property.** [**Learn how to create contact properties here.**](/crm/contacts/contact-properties/index)
</Note>

* **(9)** Here you can edit the **color and copy of the call-to-action.**
* **(10)** Here you can **edit** the **confirmation message banner content.**

<Note>
  <img alt="Data Capture: option a — Step 3: Set up your form" />

  * **(A)** Click here to **edit the confirmation banner image**.
  * **(B)** Click here to **edit the copy** that appears when a user has completed the form.
  * **(C)** Here you can **toggle on and off** whether you want the **confirmation message banner** to be displayed.
</Note>

* **(11)** Here you can **edit** the **closed message banner content**.

<Note>
  <img alt="Data Capture: option a — Step 3: Set up your form" />

  * **(A)** Click here to **edit the closed banner image**.
  * **(B)** Click here to **edit the copy** that appears when the completion is closed (if you have a close time set to your card).
  * **(C)** Here you can **toggle on and off** whether you want the **closed message banner** to be displayed.
</Note>

### Step 4: Create your communications

<img alt="Data Capture: option c — Step 4: Create your communications" />

Clicking on the **Communications** tab will provide an overview of all the communications participants could receive by engaging with your card.

* **(1)** Navigate to the **Communications** tab of the Data Capture dropdown menu.
* **(2)** Click on **+ Add communication** to begin creating a new communication.
* **(3)** Add an **internal name**. This is internal and the name won't be seen by the recipients.
* **(4)** Here you can set whether your recipients will receive the particular communication via a **transactional email, marketing email, or SMS**.
* **(5)** Set the **conditions** that need to be met in order for an entrant to receive this communication. The three options here are:
  * **Manually sent** — Requires you to select an entrant/entrants to receive the communication.
  * **On form complete** — Once a user submits the form they will trigger this communication.
  * **At a scheduled time** — All entrants will receive the communication at the set time.

<Note>
  After clicking **Create,** this screen will pop up and you can then customize your communication.

  #### **<u>Email Communications</u>**

  To send email communications, you'll need to have the email field on your form.

  <img alt="Data Capture: option a — Step 4: Create your communications" />

  **(A)** Update your communication internal name.

  **(B)** Select the sender's name. By default, this is set to your Company name in the portal. If you can't find a sender name, click on Add or edit senders to add to your current list.

  **(C)** Here is where you'll add a subject line.

  **(D)** Here you can enter the Preheader which is the first line of text that appears in the inbox after the subject line.

  **(E)** Mark this checkbox if you want to paste an HTML code to create your email. Design and create your email on your CRM, copy the HTML code and paste it in the text box.

  **(F)** Use this area to construct your email. Utilize the toolbar to format and style your email.

  **(G)** Here you can insert images and buttons and edit the email layout. You can also insert email variables. Copy and paste these codes into your email to personalize your communications by pulling data collected when your user fills out the form.

  **(H)** Here you can edit the body and container colors.

  **(I)** **(Optional)** Attach a coupon to be sent out within your communication by copying the coupon code.\
  Tip: You can add this code within a button to hide the URL.

  **(J)** This option allows you to test the communication.

  <Info>
    If sending a marketing email, you will also need to select which **Communication Subscription Group** your email should be sent to and include an **unsubscribe URL code** in the email body to give users an option to opt-out. This will ensure the email is only sent to users who have opted in to the selected subscription communications.

    For more information on setting up Communication Subscriptions, [read this article](/crm/communications/communication-subscriptions/index).
  </Info>

  #### **<u>SMS Communications:</u>**

  To send SMS communications you'll need to add an SMS field to your form.

  <img alt="Data Capture: step 4: Create your communications" />

  <Warning>
    To send SMS communications (per current regulations), you will need to have a Twilio account. [Learn how to set this up](/getting-started/hub-setup/sms-sender-ids/index).
  </Warning>

  * **(A)** Update your communication internal name.
  * **(B)** Select the SMS sender name.
  * **(C)** Construct your SMS message here.
  * **(D)** Copy and paste these codes into your email to personalize your communications by pulling data collected when your user fills out the form.
  * **(E)** **(Optional)** Attach a coupon to be sent out within your communication by copying the coupon code.
  * **(F)** Here you can test the SMS.
</Note>

### Step 5: Set up your prizes

<img alt="Data Capture: step 5 — Step 5: Set up your prizes" />

By clicking on the **Prizes** tab within the **data capture** dropdown, you will see an overview of your competition's prizes.

* Create your first prize by clicking on **+ Add Prize**.
* **(1)** Give your prize an **internal name** that makes it easy to keep track of.
* **(2)** Click on the **Edit prize rules** button to set your rules.

<Info>
  - Decide how you want to **award your prize**. You can choose one of the following:
    * **(A) Manual** - Allows you to pick a winner later and manually select an entrant/entrants to receive the prize.
    * **(B) Manual (rule based)** - Allows you to manually award a prize to everyone or randomly drawn entrants who meet pre-determined filter criteria.
    <Frame>
      <img alt="Data Capture: option a — Step 5: Set up your prizes" />
    </Frame>
    * **(a)** Here you can select whether you would like to manually award the prize to **everyone** who meets the filter criteria set in **Step (c)** below.
    * **(b)** Here you can opt to award the prize to a user who meets the filter criteria set in **Step (c)** drawn at random.
      <img alt="Data Capture: option c — Step 5: Set up your prizes" />
      * **(I)** In the **Limit** section you can set the total number of random users who can be awarded the prize. You also have the ability to toggle on or off the **Group by email toggle** to ensure each user with a unique email is only counted once when randomly awarding prizes.
    * **(c)** Here you can set the **filter criteria** users must meet to be eligible for the prize.
  - **(C)** **Continuous (instantly award when criteria met)** - Allows you to automatically award prizes to all users as soon as they meet pre-determined filter criteria.
    <Note>
      If using continuous prizing, you will need to ensure this is enabled prior to go-live.
    </Note>
    * **(a)** Here you can **limit** the total number of random users who can be awarded the prize when they meet the criteria set in **Step b.**
    * **(b)** Here you can set the **filter criteria** users must meet to be eligible for the prize.
  - Once your satisfied with your settings, click **Save.**
</Info>

(3) + (4) Refer back to [Step 4](#step-4-create-your-communications) to configure communications.

### Step 6: Manage your entries

Once your competition is live and entries start coming in, you'll need to manage them effectively. Click on the Entries tab within your Data capture dropdown to access comprehensive entry management tools.

* **(1) Search & Filter:** Use the search bar and column filters to find specific entries or apply status-based filtering.
* **(2) Entry Status:** Monitor which entries are Qualified vs Disqualified based on your entry rules.
* **(3) Bulk Operations:** Select multiple entries using checkboxes to perform bulk actions like tagging or status changes.
* **(4) Export Entries:** Download filtered entry data for analysis, prize fulfillment, or reporting.
* **(5) Entry Details:** Click on individual entries to view detailed information and make manual adjustments.

> Advanced Features: For comprehensive entry management capabilities including advanced filtering, bulk operations, and automated workflows, see our detailed [Entry Management](/interactive-features/features/entry-management) guide.

> Fraud Prevention: Entry management works seamlessly with [Entry Rules](/interactive-features/features/entry-rules) to automatically filter spam and unwanted entries while maintaining data integrity.

## FAQ

**What is the difference between a marketing and transactional email?**

A marketing email is any email that is intended to promote your brand and push recipients to perform an action you want them to take. A transactional email differs in that it provides necessary information that the recipient requires in order for you to adequately complete a transaction or deliver your service. Transactional emails tend to be initiated off the back of an action taken by the recipient.

**What happens when a user unsubscribes?**

If a user clicks through and unsubscribes from communications, they will automatically be removed from the communication subscription they opted out of and will no longer receive the emails sent to that list.


# Default Data Capture Form
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/default-data-capture-form/index

Create a quick and easy default form to use for all competitions.

If you plan to Add Data Capture to your Content Cards, we recommend taking a few minutes to set up your Default Form in the Hub settings before getting started. This default form automatically attaches to competitions, so setting it up in advance will save you time - especially if you plan to run multiple competitions.

<Note>
  This feature will only add the data capture form when it is first created; you are still able to alter the Data Capture on a case-by-case basis to suit whatever competition you are running.
</Note>

## How to build one:

### Step 1: Go to the Hub settings

<img alt="Default Data Capture Form: step 1 — Step 1: Go to the Hub settings" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub.**
* Click on the **Settings** tab and then head to the **Data Capture** tab.

### Step 2: Edit your Default Form

<img alt="Default Data Capture Form: step 2 — Step 2: Edit your Default Form" />

* **(1)** Here we can add the form **cover image**. You may choose to alter this depending on the competition you are planning to run. However, setting a simple image here (e.g. a logo) will add it to your form.
* **(2)** Here you can alter the **title** and **description** that will sit above your data capture fields.
* **(3)** Here we are looking at the specific **data capture fields**.
* **(4)** Hovering over each field, you can edit the **additional settings** such as making it a required field.
* **(5)** Scrolling down, clicking on the plus icon, you can add as many **additional fields** as you would like, such as a marketing opt-in.

<Info>
  <img alt="Default Data Capture Form: option a — Step 2: Edit your Default Form" />

  * **(A)** Add existing contact properties to the default form. If you don't have any created, [follow these steps](/crm/contacts/contact-properties) to create properties that you will consistently use overtime.
  * **(B)** Create new fields to add to the default form.
    <Note>
      You can create a contact property here.
    </Note>
</Info>

* **(6)** Here you can alter the **copy and colors** of the submit button.

### Step 3: Add Content

<img alt="Default Data Capture Form: step 3 — Step 3: Add Content" />

* Navigate back to the **Editor page** and add a content card to your Hub.

### Step 4: Add a Data Capture

<img alt="Default Data Capture Form: step 4 — Step 4: Add a Data Capture" />

* Clicking on the **card** will open the editing module.
* Head to the **Data Capture** tab and then click **Add Data Capture**.
* Clicking on **Form**, you will see the Default Form has been added.


# Design Asset Guidelines
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/design-asset-guidelines/index

View and download the guidelines and templates for your Engagement Hub, Live Trivia, and Digital Coupons.

Use the resources below to ensure your creative assets meet the requirements for the Komo platform.

### **Design Guidelines**

To help you understand the visual requirements for each product, we have provided comprehensive guidelines for our hubs and cards. Using these specifications ensures your content is optimized for the Komo platform, providing a seamless and high-quality experience for your users.

<a href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1pWj8mh1TdBxVx7ZhLxS8vt3QVwUJxi8sDyITsIhk3MM/edit?usp=sharing">
  View hub and card design guidelines presentation

  <img alt="Design Asset Guidelines: design Guidelines" title="Kba Hub Card Dsgn Guidelines 2" />
</a>

<a href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1pWj8mh1TdBxVx7ZhLxS8vt3QVwUJxi8sDyITsIhk3MM/edit?usp=sharing">
  View advanced hub and card design guidelines presentation

  <img alt="Design Asset Guidelines: design Guidelines" title="Kba Hub Card Dsgn Guidelines" />
</a>

**Design Templates**

To help you translate your ideas into the card templates you see on the platform, we've made our hub & card Figma file available for download. Using these pre-built files ensures your designs are perfectly scaled for the Komo portal, saving you the time of setting up dimensions from scratch.

<a href="https://www.figma.com/design/x4iC8tkKDrUVDcFmFFrKRD/Card-Templates--EXTERNAL-?node-id=929-36">
  Open hub and card Figma templates

  <img alt="Design Asset Guidelines: design Guidelines" title="Kba Hub Card Figma 1" />
</a>


# Hub Editor
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-editor/index

Get up to speed on all aspects of the Hub Editor so you can build killer promotions in no time.

### Contents

* [What is it?](#what-is-it)
* [Watch it come to life](#what-is-it)
* [How do I use it?](#what-is-it)

### What is it?

The Hub Editor gives you the ability to create Cards on pages, customise the overall look and feel and edit page-specific settings.

### How do I use it?

* [Styling](#how-do-i-use-it)
* [Cards](#step-2-add-a-background)
* [Page Settings](#how-do-i-use-it)

### Styling

* [Step1: Open Styling](#how-do-i-use-it)
* [Step 2: Add a Background](#what-is-it)
* [Step 3: Edit the Header](#watch-it-come-to-life)
* [Step 4: Upload a Cover image](#what-is-it)
* [Step 5: Set up your Footer settings](#how-do-i-use-it)
* [Step 6: Set your Button colours](#watch-it-come-to-life)

### Step 1: Open Styling

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 5 — Step 1: Open Styling" />

* **(1)** Within Editor, click on the **Styling** tab.

### Step 2: Add a Background

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Background" />

* **(1)** You can have a **solid colour** as your background.
* **(2)** Upload a background **image** here.
* **(3)** Here you can add a colour **overlay** to your background image.

  > **Note:** The background will update as below.<img alt="Hub Editor: step 3 — Step 2: Add a Background" />

### Step 3: Edit the Header

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 3 — Step 3: Edit the Header" />

* **(1)** You can upload your **logo** to sit on the header bar or toggle this option off.
* **(2)** Alter the header bar **colours** here.
* **(3)** If you prefer not to have the header bar visible, you can **toggle off** this feature here.

  > **Note:** The header will update as below.<img alt="Hub Editor: step 4 — Step 3: Edit the Header" />

### Step 4: Upload a Cover image

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 4 — Step 4: Upload a Cover image" />

* **(1)** Here you can **upload** an image that will sit at the top of the Hub.
* **(2)** You have the option to **toggle off** this feature here.

  > **Tip:** You can upload a transparent PNG image to create a 'floating' effect.

  **Note:** The cover image will update as below.

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 5 — Step 4: Upload a Cover image" />

### Step 5: Set up your Footer settings

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 5 — Step 5: Set up your Footer settings" />

* **(1)** Upload your **logo** here or **(2)** you can **disable** the logo here.
* **(3)** Change the footer **background** colour and **text** colour.
* **(4)** Here is where you'll input a brief **description** of the hub or your company.
* **(5)** Clicking on the edit icon, you can paste all your **social links**; or
* **(6)** turn this option **off** here.

  > **Note:** The footer will update as below.<img alt="Hub Editor: step 6 — Step 5: Set up your Footer settings" />

### Step 6: Set your Button colours

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 6 — Step 6: Set your Button colours" />

* **(1)** Here is where you can alter the colour of the **call-to-action bar.**

  > **Tip:** We recommend setting this up prior to creating your cards as once this is changed, all content added to the Hub will have these settings. You will also be able to change the call-to-action bar colours at the card level.

  > **Note:** The button colours will update as below.
  >
  > <img alt="Hub Editor: step 1 — Step 6: Set your Button colours" />

##### Cards

* [Step 1: Open Cards](#styling-step-1-open-styling)
* [Step 2: Add Cards](#styling-step-1-open-styling)
* [Step 3: Reorder Cards](#styling-step-1-open-styling)

### Step 1: Open Cards

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 2 — Step 1: Open Cards" />

* **(1)** Within Editor, click on the **Cards** tab.

### Step 2: Add Cards

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 2 — Step 2: Add Cards" />

* Add cards by selecting **(1)** + Add card, **(2)** +, or **(3)** + (only displays after the first card is created).

  <img alt="Hub Editor: option a — Step 2: Add Cards" />

* **(A)** Here, you can access a range of cards that can be created **From Scratch.** As the name suggests, this involves manually working through various steps to set up your card.

* **(B) From Existing** allows you to import previously created cards from the Content Card repository into this page. This saves set up time and allows you to create a card once and reuse across multiple pages.

* **(C) From Templates** allows you to import Card templates that can then be tweaked to your various needs.

* **(D)** Here you can search the name of the Card you're looking to import.

* **(E)** Here, you can scroll through all available Cards, including **Games, Media, and Embeds** and select the option you wish to create.

**Notes:** For comprehensive instructions on the creation of all available Cards, please access the detailed articles in the Content section of this knowledge base.

### Step 3: Reorder Cards

<img alt="Hub Editor: option d — Step 3: Reorder Cards" />

* Reorder cards as you wish by hovering your mouse over the left-hand side of the Card tab, clicking the 6 dots and then dragging to the desired position.
* You will now notice that the Card order on the page has been updated.

### Page Settings

* [Step1: Open Page settings](#how-do-i-use-it)
* [Step 2: Set Page details](#how-do-i-use-it)
* [Step 3: Edit SEO settings](#watch-it-come-to-life)
* [Step 4: Update Search and Sharing settings](#how-do-i-use-it)

### Step 1: Open Page settings

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 3 — Step 1: Open Page settings" />

* **(1)** Within Editor, select the **Page settings** tab.

### Step 2: Set Page details

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 2 — Step 2: Set Page details" />

* **(1)** Here you can edit your Page Name if desired.

### Step 3: Edit SEO settings

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 3 — Step 3: Edit SEO settings" />

* **(1)** Here you can view and edit all SEO details for your page.

* **(2)** If you wish to change any details, click **Edit.**

  <img alt="Hub Editor: option a — Step 3: Edit SEO settings" />

* **(A)** Here you can edit your **Title** so that it is an optimal length for SEO purposes.

* **(B)** Edit the page **Description** to provide a brief outline of the page for viewing in search engines.

* **(C)** Upload a **Favicon** that will be displayed alongside the page listing in search engines. This is usually your brand logo or icon.

* **(D)** Be sure to **Preview** your SEO settings to ensure you're satisfied with how they will appear publically.

* **(E)** Click **Update** to confirm the settings.

* **(3)** Select whether you would like **Indexing** enabled or not. Indexing determines whether the page is visible within search engines.

### Step 4: Update Search and Sharing settings

<img alt="Hub Editor: step 4 — Step 4: Update Search and Sharing settings" />

* **(1)** Here you verify page ownership in Google Search Console by pasting in the Verification HTML tag content.
* **(2)** You can upload a Sharing Image which is the image that will be displayed when sharing the page on social media platforms.


# Hub Fonts
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-fonts/index

Want to know how to change the font for all the elements to your Hub? Read on...

## What is it?

Editing Hub Fonts is a feature that gives you the ability to upload and display custom fonts on your Hub. This results in converting all the text elements of your Hub, please reach out to your customer success specialist to help devise aid you with implementation.

<Note>
  This feature is currently in Beta testing. Please reach out to your Customer Success Specialist to see if you're eligible to take part in this.
</Note>

## How do I do this?

### Step 1: Go to the Hub Settings

<img alt="Hub Fonts: step 1 — Step 1: Go to the Hub Settings" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Click on the **Settings** tab and then head to the **Styling** tab.

### Step 2: Upload Custom Font

<img alt="Hub Fonts: step 2 — Step 2: Upload Custom Font" />

* (1) Click on **Upload font**.
* (2) Give your custom font a **name**.
* (3) **Upload** a new custom font.

<Note>
  **Note:** The font file needs to be TFF, WOFF or WOFF2.

  <img alt="Hub Fonts: option a — Step 2: Upload Custom Font" />

  * **(A)** You will see a list of all custom fonts uploaded. Click ... to **edit** the name of the custom font.
  * **(B)** Upload **additional custom fonts** by following the previous steps.
  * **(C)** Using the drop-down, **select the custom font** you wish to use for your Hub.
</Note>

### Step 3: Preview feature

<img alt="Hub Fonts: option c — Step 3: Preview feature" />

* Navigate to the **font end of the Hub** to preview the application of your custom font.

<Note>
  The custom font only applies to text/HTML areas on the Hub and content cards. Any text within images will not be affected.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Can I change my Hub Fonts at any time?**

Yes, you can update your font by using the drop-down and select from the provided list of fonts or from your custom list.

**How many fonts can I choose from?**

The Komo platform provides 12 fonts to choose from, however, you can add as many custom fonts as you would like.

**Can I have more than 1 font applied on the Hub?**

Unfortunately, the Hub can only support one font across the whole Hub. You cannot have multiple fonts applied to different areas of the Hub.


# Hub Settings
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-settings/index

Set up your default settings and save time later on!

As you begin your Hub-building journey, your Hub settings are a great place to start. These default settings will save you time and energy in the long run and set you up for success from the start!

## Hub Settings

<img alt="Hub Settings: hub Settings" />

* **(1)** Head to the **Settings** tab and **(2)** click on **Hub** to access the settings.
* **(3)** Edit the **Internal Name** of the Hub you have just created.
* **(4)** Add a custom **Hub entry condition screen.** As an example, some of our customers use this to ensure users are over 18 before they're granted entry to their Hub. This will appear as soon as a user tries to access your Hub and content. [**Click here to learn more.**](/interactive-features/features/entry-condition-screen/index)
* **(5)** Enable **real-time content updates** , which will update content on your Hub and alert your users of this new content in real-time with a **'new content available'** notification.
* **(6)**  Set your **draft preview password**, allowing your internal team or clients to view your completed Hub as a draft without using an open URL that could be accessed by your consumers before you're ready. We provide a pre-generated one for you, but you can always change it!

## Styling Settings

<img alt="Hub Settings: styling Settings" />

* **(1)** Click on **Styling** to navigate to these settings.
* **(2)** Here you can add your **brand colors**  making styling your Hub easier.

<Info>
  When you alter colors on the Hub, your brand colors will appear as options to select from.

  <img alt="Hub Settings: styling Settings" />
</Info>

* **(3)** Select the **font** for the text on your Hub to display in. You can read more about setting this up [**here.**](/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-fonts/index)
* **(4)** Upload **custom fonts**. This will allow you to use your own brand's font instead of one of the fonts we have provided for you. You can read more about setting this up [**here**](/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-fonts/index).

## User Settings

<img alt="Hub Settings: user Settings" />

* **(1)** Click **Users** to enter the settings.
* **(2)** Here you can **enable Profiles** allowing users to identify themselves with an avatar while they engage with the games across your hub. You can read more about setting up this feature [here](/interactive-features/features/badges-and-workflows#step-8-enable--configure-profiles-optional).
* **(3)** Enable **Badges** allowing you to assign achievements to certain users based on their activity within your hub. You can read more about setting up this feature [here](/interactive-features/features/badges-and-workflows/index).
* **(4)** Edit the **contact verification process.** It's a way to verify that a person is who they say they are so we can keep all customer data secure (our first priority) and provide a smooth experience for returning contacts. You can learn more about setting up this feature [here](/crm/contacts/contact-verification/index).

## Site Domain

<img alt="Hub Settings: site Domain" />

* **(1)** Head to the **Domain tab** of your Hub Settings.
* **(2)** **White label** if you wish to purchase a new URL for your Hub (e.g. [ACME.com](http://ACME.com)). This is where you can configure this. [Click here to learn more about this.](/getting-started/hub-setup/white-labeling-your-domain)
* **(3)** Set or edit the **.[komo.site](http://komo.site)** domain name.

## Data Capture Settings

<img alt="Hub Settings: data Capture Settings" />

* **(1)** Head to the **Data Capture** tab of your Hub Settings.
* **(2)** Create the **Default Form** that will be added to any Data Capture you create after this point. [Click here to learn more about this](/getting-started/hub-setup/default-data-capture-form/index).

<Note>
  We highly recommend setting up your Default Form prior to building content cards - it will save you a lot of time in the long run!
</Note>

* **(3)** Scrolling down, you can configure your reference table validation \[optional]. You can learn more about this [**here.**](/crm/communications/reference-tables/index)

## Terms and Conditions

<img alt="Hub Settings: terms and Conditions" />

* **(1)** Head to the **Terms** tab of your Hub Settings.
* **(2)** Upload your terms and conditions to the Hub and hyperlink these terms to your competitions. [Click here to learn more about this](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions/index).

## GDPR Settings

<img alt="Hub Settings: gDPR Settings" />

* **(1)** Head to the **GDPR** tab of your Hub Settings.
* **(2)** Enable and configure your **Cookie Consent banners**.

  <Note>
    Once enabled, click the **Edit Cookie Consent Banner** button and follow the steps below:\\

    <img alt="Hub Settings: option b — GDPR Settings" />

    * **(A**) To edit the copy of the banner, click on the text input modal.
    * **(B)** Here you can edit the background and text colors of your banner.
    * **(C)** Here you can edit the text and background colors of the CTAs.
  </Note>

## Integrations

<img alt="Hub Settings: option b — GDPR Settings" />

* **(1)** Head to the **Integrations** tab of your Hub Settings.
* **(2)** Connect your Google Tag Manager, Webhooks, Slack, Zaps, external CRM, and other external software to the Komo ecosystem. Click [**here**](/integrations-automation/tag-management) to learn more about integrations and webhooks.

**Once you've got all your Settings ready it's time to start building your Engagement Hub!**

Head back to the **Editor** tab, look for the **Add Content** button, and start playing around with the ever-growing list of Komo content cards and begin engaging your community!


# Komo AI (Kai)
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/komo-ai-kai/index

Use AI to generate reverse briefs, creative ideas, and test-ready cards from a single prompt, directly within Komo.

## What is it?

Using Kai, you can generate campaign ideas, reverse briefs, and fully structured, test-ready cards from a single prompt, all within your Komo hub. Kai is designed to accelerate your workflow and reduce manual setup across supported card types. Read on to learn how to get started and make the most of Kai.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I do it?

### Step 1: Enable Kai across your organization

<img alt="Komo AI (Kai): step 1 — Step 1: Enable Kai across your organization" />

* Navigate to your **hub** and click the **Chat with Kai/Stars button** in the header bar.
* Check the **Opt in box**.
* Kai will now be enabled for your organization.
* You can now exit this modal.

<Note>
  Only users with Owner permissions will be able to enable Kai. If you do not have these permissions, please reach out to the stakeholder within your organization who has these permissions.

  Kai can also be enabled by accessing the 'Create with AI' modal which can be found when adding a card to your hub.
</Note>

### Step 2: Add an AI-enabled card to your hub

<img alt="Komo AI (Kai): step 2 — Step 2: Add an AI-enabled card to your hub" />

* Navigate to your **hub** and click **Add card**.
* Select the **AI tag** in the list of tags.
* Select the **AI-enabled** card you wish to create.
* Click **'Create with AI**'.

### Step 3: Enter your card prompt

<img alt="Komo AI (Kai): step 3 — Step 3: Enter your card prompt" />

* The Kai prompt modal allows you to enter a text-based prompt outlining the card you wish to create, or goals you have, from which Kai can generate a fully-functional card.
* **(1)** Within the **prompt box** describe the card you would like to create or the goals you have. The more detailed you are with your prompt, the better the output is likely to be.
* **(2)** Clicking the **Enhance prompt** button will take the text you have written and polish the prompt prior to submission.
* **(3)** Clicking the **Change tone** button will take the text you have written and change its overall tone based on the tone selection you make.
* **(4)** If you're **stuck for ideas** you can select one of the suggested prompts.
* **(5)** Clicking the **New suggestions** button will generate 3 new suggested prompts.
* **(6)** Once you're satisfied with your prompt click the **Send message** button to submit the prompt. At this point, Kai will generate a reverse brief for your review prior to building out the card in full.

<Note>
  <img alt="Komo AI (Kai): option a — Step 3: Enter your card prompt" />

  * **(A)** If Kai requires more detail prior to generating the brief, it will prompt you with clarifying questions to gather the necessary information.
  * When responding to these follow up questions you can **(B)** select one of the **suggested responses** or **(C) type a response** in the response box and **(D)** click **Send message.**
</Note>

### Step 4: Review Kai's reverse brief and generate the card

<img alt="Komo AI (Kai): option b — Step 4: Review Kai's reverse brief and generate the card" />

* Once Kai has all required information, you will be presented with a reverse brief for review prior to card creation.

<Note>
  The brief can be edited by prompting Kai within the prompt box on the left hand side. You will also have the ability to make changes and edits to your card after it has been generated by Kai.
</Note>

* **(1)** Here you can review an Overview of the card to be created with the audience, objectives and included features like data capture forms.
  <Note>
    Data capture forms will be added by default for all cards that require data capture forms for gameplay. The default data capture form for your site will be used.
  </Note>
* **(2)** Here you can see the **Colors** that will be used throughout the card.
* **(3)** You will also be able to see the **card-specific** details ie. quiz questions, spin results etc.
* **(4)** Clicking the **pencil** or **+** icon next to the relevant sections allows you to make direct edits to those sections prior to card creation. When clicked, you will then need to add details/instructions in the prompt box on the left.
* **(5)** Occasionally, Kai will present you with an **Insight** which is a recommendation to improve the performance of your card based on your goals. You have the ability to accept or decline that recommendation.
* **(6)** Within the prompt box, you can ask Kai to **make changes** to the brief prior to card creation.
* **(7)** Scrolling down, you can view additional card details including **prizing**, **communications** and **form details** where relevant.
* **(8)** Once you are happy with the reverse brief, click **Create card**, followed by **Yes, create**.

#### Step 5: Review and edit the card

<img alt="Komo AI (Kai): step 5 — Step 5: Review and edit the card" />

* You will now see that Kai has created your card for you. While this card is in a publishable state, we highly recommend reviewing, editing and testing prior to publishing.

<Note>
  You will see that the card has been populated with basic text-based placeholder images (intended to be replaced with your brand imagery). While Kai cannot generate designed images at this point, this capability may exist in future.- (1) Click the **Card cover** to enter the card editor.
</Note>

* **(1)** Click the **Card cover** to enter the card editor.

<Note>
  <img alt="Komo AI (Kai): option a — Step 5: Review and edit the card" />

  **(A)** Within the **Setup guide** you can see each of the elements Kai has built for the card.

  **(B)** We recommend clicking through each of the **card tabs** on the left hand side to review and make any required changes to your card prior to testing and publishing. For guidance on testing, please read this article.

  **(C)** Once you are ready to publish your card, select **Publish**.
</Note>

### Step 6: Generate creative ideas and campaigns with Kai (optional)

<img alt="Komo AI (Kai): option c — Step 6: Generate creative ideas and campaigns with Kai (optional)" />

* Outside of generating reverse briefs and creating cards, Kai can also help you come up with creative ideas for your brief or campaign.
  Click the **'Chat with Kai'/Stars button** in the top header of the portal to access the prompt modal.

### Step 7: Ask Kai for creative inspiration

<img alt="Komo AI (Kai): step 7 — Step 7: Ask Kai for creative inspiration" />

* **(1)** Within the **prompt box** describe the idea or problem you would like Kai to generate ideas for.
* **(2)** Clicking the **Enhance prompt** button will take the text you have written and polish the prompt prior to submission.
* **(3)** Clicking the **Change tone** button will take the text you have written and change its overall tone based on the tone selection you make.
* **(4)** If you're **stuck for ideas** you can select one of the suggested prompts.
* **(5)** Clicking the **New suggestions** button will generate 3 new suggested prompts.
* **(6)** Once you're satisfied with your prompt click the **Send message** button to submit the prompt. At this point, Kai will generate creative ideas for your review.

<Note>
  <img alt="Komo AI (Kai): option a — Step 7: Ask Kai for creative inspiration" />

  * **(A)** Here you can review the **creative ideas** ideas Kai has generated.
  * **(B)** If you need to prompt Kai further or ask any questions you can do so within the **prompt box** and click **(C)** Send message.
</Note>

## FAQ

### What can Kai help me create?

Right now, Kai is designed to help you generate campaign ideas and create Cards with a single prompt. You can use Kai to:

* Generate and explore campaign ideas or creative approaches
* Generate a reverse brief from a simple card goal or idea
* Create a test-ready card from the brief with the click of a button

### Is Kai perfect?

No. Kai is fast, but not flawless. Because it is powered by generative AI, Kai may occasionally produce inaccurate suggestions, inconsistent logic, or placeholder content. It is important to ensure all content is reviewed prior to going live.

### Will Kai get better?

Yes, and fast. As the beta continues, you can expect regular updates that make Kai faster, smarter, and even more useful over time.

### What are Kai's current limitations?

Kai is still in beta, so there are a few things it doesn’t support yet (however, many of these capabilities will be introduced in future):

* **No image generation**\
  Kai will insert placeholder visuals but cannot generate custom images.
* **No file uploads**\
  You can’t upload assets or documents for Kai to reference.
* **Single card generation only**\
  Kai currently builds one card at a time.
* **Card behavior may vary**\
  Each card format is unique so Kai's performance will vary between cards.

<Note>
  For an extensive list of FAQs relating to Kai, please access this page.
</Note>


# Hub Publishing vs Card Publishing, Visibility & Pages
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/publishing-visibility-pages/index

Master the complete publishing workflow: hub vs card publishing, page visibility, single card pages, scheduling, and multi-page hub architecture

# Hub Publishing vs Card Publishing, Visibility & Pages

Understanding the complete publishing architecture is crucial for managing your Engagement Hub effectively. This guide covers hub-level publishing, card-level publishing, page visibility, single card pages, and the advanced scheduling system.

## Overview: The Three-Layer Publishing System

Komo uses a **three-layer publishing architecture**:

```
Layer 1: Hub (Site) Publishing
    ↓ Controls entire hub visibility
    
Layer 2: Card Publishing  
    ↓ Controls individual card existence
    
Layer 3: Page Visibility
    ↓ Controls where cards appear within hub
```

### Layer 1: Hub Publishing

**What it controls:** Whether the entire Engagement Hub is accessible to the public.

**States:**

* **Draft** - Hub not visible, only accessible to admins
* **Published** - Hub live and accessible via domain

### Layer 2: Card Publishing

**What it controls:** Whether an individual card exists and can be displayed.

**States:**

* **Draft** - Card exists but isn't visible anywhere
* **Published** - Card is live and can be shown on pages
* **Archived** - Card has been archived and removed from all pages
* **Scheduled** - Will auto-publish/unpublish at set times

### Layer 3: Page Visibility

**What it controls:** Which specific pages within a hub display the card.

**States:**

* **Visible on Page** - Card appears on that page
* **Hidden on Page** - Card exists but doesn't appear there
* **Scheduled** - Will auto-show/hide at set times

## Hub Publishing (Layer 1)

### What Hub Publishing Does

Publishing a hub makes the entire site accessible at your configured domain:

**Before Publishing:**

* Hub only accessible to logged-in admins
* Preview mode available
* Test and refine content
* Configure domain settings

**After Publishing:**

* Hub accessible to public via domain/URL
* All published cards become visible (based on page visibility)
* Analytics tracking begins
* SEO indexing starts

### How to Publish a Hub

1. Navigate to **Hub Settings**
2. Click **"Publish Hub"** button
3. Confirm domain configuration
4. Review publishing checklist
5. Click **"Publish"**

**Publishing Checklist:**

* ✅ Domain configured and pointing correctly
* ✅ At least one page has visible cards
* ✅ Essential cards are published
* ✅ Terms and conditions added (if running competitions)
* ✅ Tested preview mode
* ✅ Branding applied

### Unpublishing a Hub

Unpublishing makes the entire hub inaccessible:

**Use Cases:**

* Ending a campaign
* Major maintenance
* Rebranding
* Seasonal hubs (e.g., Christmas campaign ended)

**What Happens:**

* Public URL shows "Not Found" or custom message
* All cards become inaccessible
* Data and settings preserved
* Can republish anytime

## Card Publishing (Layer 2)

### What Card Publishing Does

Card publishing controls whether a card **exists** in the system:

**Draft Cards:**

* Exist in admin panel
* Editable by team
* Not visible to public
* Can be previewed by admins
* Don't count toward page limits

**Published Cards:**

* Exist and are live
* Can be visible on pages (if page visibility enabled)
* Accessible via single card page
* Count toward page limits (50 cards max per page)

### Publishing a Card

**Method 1: From Card Editor**

1. Edit the card
2. Click **"Publish"** button (top right)
3. Confirm publishing
4. Card status changes to "Published"

**Method 2: From Cards List**

1. Go to **Cards** list view
2. Find the card you want to publish
3. Click the **"Publish"** action in the card's action menu
4. Confirm publishing

**Note:** Cards must be published individually. There is no bulk publish feature.

**What Happens When Published:**

* Card becomes available for page visibility
* Can be added to hub pages
* Accessible via single card URL
* Analytics tracking begins
* Can be shared individually

### Unpublishing a Card

**Use Cases:**

* Remove outdated content
* End a competition
* Fix errors
* Seasonal content (e.g., remove Christmas card after holidays)

**What Happens:**

* Card disappears from all pages immediately
* Single card URL becomes inaccessible
* Data and entries preserved
* Can republish anytime
* Card returns to draft status

**Important:** Unpublishing is **immediate** and affects all pages where the card appears.

### Scheduled Publishing

Set automatic publish/unpublish times:

1. Edit card
2. Click **"Schedule"** button
3. Set **"Publish at"** date/time
4. Set **"Unpublish at"** date/time (optional)
5. Select timezone
6. Save schedule

**Use Cases:**

* Launch campaigns at specific times
* End competitions automatically
* Seasonal content (auto-show Christmas card Dec 1, hide Jan 1)
* Time-limited offers

## Page Visibility (Layer 3)

### Understanding Pages

A hub can have **multiple pages**, each with different cards:

**Home Page:**

* Default landing page
* Usually contains main content
* URL: `your-hub.com` or `your-hub.com/home`

**Additional Pages:**

* Create unlimited pages
* Different content per page
* URL: `your-hub.com/page-name`
* Examples: `/games`, `/competitions`, `/vip`

### Card-Page Relationship

**Key Concept:** Cards exist independently of pages, then are "placed" on pages.

**One Card, Multiple Pages:**

* Same card can appear on multiple pages
* Example: Newsletter signup card on Home, Games, and Contact pages
* Each page shows the same card (shared data/entries)

**Page-Specific Visibility:**

* Card visible on Page A
* Same card hidden on Page B
* Controlled independently per page

### Managing Page Visibility

**Show Card on Page:**

1. Navigate to page editor
2. Click **"Add Card"**
3. Select existing card or create new
4. Card appears on page

**Hide Card from Page:**

1. Find card on page
2. Click **"Hide"** or **"Remove from Page"**
3. Card disappears from that page only
4. Card still exists and can appear on other pages

**Important:** Hiding a card from a page ≠ unpublishing the card. The card remains published and visible elsewhere.

### Visibility Indicators

**In Admin Panel:**

* 🟢 **Green dot** - Visible on page
* 🔴 **Red dot** - Hidden on page
* 🟡 **Yellow dot** - Scheduled visibility
* ⚪ **Gray dot** - Draft (not published)

### Visibility Schedule (Per Page)

Schedule when a card appears/disappears on a specific page:

1. Find card on page
2. Click **"Schedule Visibility"**
3. Set **"Show at"** - When card appears
4. Set **"Hide at"** - When card disappears (optional)
5. Select timezone
6. Save

**Use Cases:**

* Flash sales (show banner 9 AM, hide 5 PM)
* Event countdowns (appear 7 days before, hide after event)
* Daily specials (different card each day)
* Rotating content

## Single Card Pages

### What is a Single Card Page?

A **standalone page** that displays only one card, without the hub navigation, header, or footer.

**URL Structure:**

* Hub page: `hub.com/games` (shows multiple cards + navigation)
* Single card: `hub.com/?card=abc123&singleCard=true` (shows only that card)

### When to Use Single Card Pages

**Use Cases:**

* **Email campaigns** - Link directly to specific competition
* **Social media** - Share direct link to quiz
* **QR codes** - Scan to enter specific promotion
* **Embedded experiences** - Link from external website
* **Focused experiences** - Remove distractions for high-value conversions

### Creating Single Card Links

**Method 1: Share Modal**

1. Edit card
2. Click **"Share"** button
3. Check **"Link to single card page"** checkbox
4. Copy generated URL
5. Optionally add UTM parameters

**Method 2: Manual Construction**

```
https://your-hub.com/?card={card-id}&singleCard=true
```

**With UTM Parameters:**

```
https://your-hub.com/?card={card-id}&singleCard=true&utm_source=email&utm_campaign=summer_sale
```

### Single Card vs Hub Page: User Experience

**Hub Page Experience:**

* User sees hub header/navigation
* Multiple cards visible
* Can browse other content
* Full brand experience
* Context of other offerings

**Single Card Experience:**

* Only the card visible
* No hub navigation
* No distractions
* Focused on one action
* Higher conversion rates for specific goals

### Analytics Differences

**Hub Page Traffic:**

* Tracked as hub page view
* User can navigate to other cards
* Session includes multiple interactions

**Single Card Traffic:**

* Tracked as direct card engagement
* Isolated analytics for that card
* Useful for measuring campaign effectiveness
* Clear attribution

## Multi-Page Hub Architecture

### Creating Multiple Pages

1. Go to **Hub Settings > Pages**
2. Click **"Add Page"**
3. Name the page (e.g., "Games", "VIP Area")
4. Set page slug (URL-friendly name)
5. Configure page settings
6. Add cards to new page

### Page Types

**Standard Pages:**

* Regular content pages
* Show in navigation (optional)
* Can have up to 50 cards

**Hidden Pages:**

* Don't show in navigation
* Accessible via direct URL
* Good for landing pages, special campaigns

**Password-Protected Pages:**

* Require password to access
* Good for exclusive content
* VIP areas, employee-only content

### Navigation Management

**Automatic Navigation:**

* Hub auto-generates navigation menu
* Shows all non-hidden pages
* Order based on page arrangement

**Custom Navigation:**

* Reorder pages in settings
* Hide specific pages from nav
* Add external links
* Customize menu appearance

### Cross-Page Card Strategy

**Shared Cards (Same Card on Multiple Pages):**

* Newsletter signup on every page
* Same competition across multiple entry points
* Consistent branding elements
* Shared data (entries, analytics)

**Page-Specific Cards:**

* Games only on Games page
* VIP content only on VIP page
* Targeted experiences
* Isolated analytics

## Complete Publishing Workflow Examples

### Example 1: New Campaign Launch

**Week 1: Preparation**

* Create hub (draft)
* Add pages: Home, Competition, Terms
* Create competition card (draft)
* Create terms card (draft)
* Test everything in preview

**Week 2: Pre-Launch**

* Publish hub
* Publish terms card
* Set competition card to scheduled (publish Monday 9 AM)
* Hide competition card from navigation until launch

**Week 3: Launch Day**

* Competition card auto-publishes at 9 AM
* Show on Home and Competition pages
* Send email with single card link
* Share on social media

**Week 4: Campaign End**

* Competition card auto-unpublishes (scheduled)
* Add "Campaign Ended" card to page
* Keep terms visible for legal requirements

### Example 2: Multi-Page VIP Experience

**Setup:**

* Main hub: Standard content
* VIP page: Exclusive competitions (password protected)
* Games page: General games
* Rewards page: Loyalty program

**Card Strategy:**

* General signup card: Visible on all pages
* VIP competition: Only on VIP page, requires password
* General games: Only on Games page
* Loyalty dashboard: Home and Rewards pages

**Publishing:**

* Publish hub
* Publish all cards
* Set VIP page to password protected
* Configure page visibility per card

### Example 3: Seasonal Content Rotation

**January:**

* New Year promotion card (scheduled: Jan 1-31)
* Visible on Home page only

**February:**

* Valentine's campaign (scheduled: Feb 1-14)
* Replaces New Year card on Home page
* Also visible on /special-offers page

**March:**

* Easter preview (scheduled: Mar 1-31)
* Different card on Home page
* Valentine's card hidden

**Year-Round:**

* Newsletter signup: Always visible on all pages
* Contact form: Always visible on Contact page

## Best Practices

### Publishing Strategy

**Do:**

* Test thoroughly in draft mode before publishing
* Use scheduled publishing for time-sensitive content
* Keep legal pages (Terms, Privacy) always published
* Create hidden pages for specific campaigns
* Use single card pages for focused conversions

**Don't:**

* Publish unfinished cards
* Forget to unpublish outdated competitions
* Overload pages with too many cards (max 50)
* Publish without testing mobile responsiveness

### Visibility Management

**Do:**

* Use page-specific visibility strategically
* Schedule visibility for time-limited offers
* Hide cards rather than unpublishing (if might reuse)
* Monitor which cards appear on which pages

**Don't:**

* Leave test cards visible on public pages
* Forget to hide seasonal content after holidays
* Make navigation cluttered with too many pages
* Hide essential cards (Terms, Contact)

### Multi-Page Architecture

**Do:**

* Organize content logically by page
* Use clear, descriptive page names
* Limit navigation to 5-7 main pages
* Create focused experiences per page

**Don't:**

* Create too many pages (confusing navigation)
* Put all cards on one page (overwhelming)
* Duplicate same card on every page (redundant)
* Forget mobile navigation experience

## Troubleshooting

### Issue: Card Not Showing on Page

**Check:**

1. Is the card **published**? (not draft)
2. Is the card **visible** on that specific page?
3. Is there a visibility schedule preventing display?
4. Is the hub itself published?
5. Has the card reached its max entries (if competition)?

### Issue: Published Card Not Accessible

**Check:**

1. Hub is published?
2. Card is published (not draft)?
3. Not hidden on that page?
4. No entry limits reached?
5. Eligibility rules met (if configured)?

### Issue: Single Card Link Not Working

**Check:**

1. Card is published?
2. Card ID in URL is correct?
3. `singleCard=true` parameter included?
4. Hub domain is correct?
5. No extra characters in URL?

### Issue: Schedule Not Working

**Check:**

1. Timezone configured correctly?
2. Both publish and unpublish times set (if needed)?
3. Schedule saved successfully?
4. Card status allows scheduling?
5. Check if schedule conflicts with manual publish/unpublish

## FAQ

**Q: What's the difference between unpublishing a card and hiding it from a page?**
A: **Unpublishing** removes the card entirely (invisible everywhere). **Hiding** from a page keeps it published but removes it from that specific page (still visible elsewhere).

**Q: Can I have the same card on multiple pages?**
A: Yes! One card can appear on unlimited pages. All pages show the same card with shared data and entries.

**Q: What happens if I unpublish a hub?**
A: The entire site becomes inaccessible. All cards, pages, and content are hidden from public view. Admin access remains.

**Q: Can I schedule a card to show on different pages at different times?**
A: Yes! Each page has independent visibility scheduling for the same card. Show on Page A Monday, Page B Tuesday.

**Q: What's the maximum number of cards per page?**
A: 50 cards maximum per page. This includes both published and draft cards on that page.

**Q: Can I password-protect individual cards?**
A: No, password protection is at the page level. But you can use entry rules/gating on individual cards.

**Q: Do single card pages count as page views in analytics?**
A: Yes, they're tracked as card-specific engagement. You can see both hub page views and single card views in analytics.

**Q: Can I embed a single card on an external website?**
A: Yes! Use the embed code option to iframe the single card page into external sites.

**Q: What happens to entries when I unpublish a card?**
A: All entry data is preserved. When you republish, entries are still there. Only visibility changes, not data.

**Q: Can I have different versions of the same card on different pages?**
A: No, it's the same card. If you need different versions, create separate cards or use branching logic within the card.

## Related Documentation

* [Card Scheduling](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-scheduling) - Detailed scheduling guide
* [Multi-Page Hubs](/interactive-features/features/multi-page-hubs) - Advanced page architecture
* [Before You Hit Publish](/getting-started/hub-setup/before-you-hit-publish) - Pre-launch checklist
* [Entry Rules](/interactive-features/features/entry-rules) - Gating and access control
* [Analytics](/getting-started/hub-setup/analytics) - Tracking and measurement

***

**Need Help?** Contact [support@komo.tech](mailto:support@komo.tech) for publishing and visibility assistance.


# Read me when your competition ends!
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/read-me-when-your-competition-ends/index

Want to know what to do once your competition ends? Read on...

This article will pick up from the point when your competition has ended and provide all the information you need to know when closing off your card's competitions. Read on for a step-by-step guide on what your options are once this occurs.

## Unpublishing

<img alt="Read me when your competition ends!: unpublishing" />

You have a couple of different options when taking your content down from the Engagement Hub.

* **(1)** If you have manually published your card, you can simply click on the **unpublish** option here. This will manually take down the content from your hub.
* **(2)** Alternatively, you can **schedule** a time for your content to be automatically unpublished from your hub here.

<img alt="Read me when your competition ends!: option a — Unpublishing" />

* **(A)** You would use this option to make your content go live at a **set date**.
* **(B)** Set the **date/time** your card will be automatically unpublished from the Engagement Hub.

## Awarding Prizes

<img alt="Read me when your competition ends!: option a — Awarding Prizes" />

<Note>
  We recommend setting up prizes prior to running your competition, however, if you haven't set them up you can do this by clicking on the Prizes tab.
</Note>

* **(1)** This area will provide you with an **overview** of all the prizes you've created for this card.
* **(2)** By clicking here you can begin the process of **creating a new prize**.

<Accordion title="Creating a New Prize">
  <img alt="Read me when your competition ends!: option a — Awarding Prizes" />

  After selecting **Add Prizes** you will be redirected to this window.

  * **(A)** Add an **internal name** to your prize.
    * **(B)** Click **edit prize rules.**
    * **(C)** Start building out your prize award rules. The awarding rules are detailed below.
      * **Award prize manually -** Requires you to select an entrant/entrants to receive the prize.
  * **Randomly pick X persons -** After clicking **Award prizes** the prize will be randomly allocated to X number of entrants.
  * **Everyone who entered -** Every entrant will receive a prize.
  * **Everyone who didn't win -** Every entrant who hasn't won any other prize will receive this prize.
  * **(D)** Depending on how you configured the above, these options will **further refine** when entrants will receive this prize.
  * **(E)** Customize the **communication** associated with that prize, within the communication you can attach coupons.
</Accordion>

* **(3)** Once your card's competition has closed, click this button to **award the prizes**.

<Note>
  If you have chosen to award your prizes manually, the process for awarding will look slightly different.

  <img alt="Read me when your competition ends!: option a — Awarding Prizes" />

  * **(A)** Instead of clicking on award prizes, click the 3 dots next to any prize you have configured to award manually.

  * **(B)** Click **select recipients to award.**

    <img alt="Read me when your competition ends!: option a — Awarding Prizes" />

  * **(a)** Here you can **search your entrants** for those you wish to award prizes.

  * **(b)** Here is where you will **tick** the recipients you wish to award a prize.

  * **(c)** Once you've selected all of your prize recipients, click **award prize.**
</Note>

## Downloading Entries

<img alt="Read me when your competition ends!: downloading Entries" />

To view all competition entrants, click on **Entries.**

* **(1)** Clicking here will allow you to **download a .CSV file** with an overview of the information entrants provided in the data form, along with their responses to your content.
* **(2)** This area will **populate with data** once people enter your competition.

## Announce Your Winners

After your competition has ended we highly recommend announcing your winners either on the Engagement Hub, Social Media or EDM. This is a great way to drive people back to your Hub, to participate in future competitions and content. Below is an example of how our customer, San Churro, use the description of their Cards to announce their competition winners!

<img alt="Read me when your competition ends!: announce Your Winners" title="Clean Shot2023 08 09at17 15 30@2x Png" />


# SMS Communications
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/sms-communications/index

Understanding how SMS communications work, including pricing, character limits, and best practices.

SMS communications incur a minimum additional cost of 12c per SMS. Different symbols and languages can result in increased text length. SMS messages are charged at a flat rate of 12c per segment, with one segment equivalent to 160 characters.

<Note>
  Coupon and other links will add to your character count. Use of `{{coupon_link}}` within SMS communications can add up to 112 characters to your SMS.
</Note>

<Tip>
  To calculate the length of your SMS, use the [Twilio message segment calculator](https://twiliodeved.github.io/message-segment-calculator/).
</Tip>


# SMS Sender IDs
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/sms-sender-ids/index

Understanding the regulations around SMS sender IDs under Australian laws & how to set up your own unique SMS Sender ID.

<Warning>
  Please note that the information and advice that Komo provides regarding Sender IDs or any other matter of this nature is of a general basis only, and we suggest you seek your own legal advice specific to your needs.
</Warning>

## What is it?

SMS Sender IDs, also known as Alphanumeric Sender Names are the **"from name"** you see on your device when you receive an SMS. This could be a business name like "Komo", rather than a numeric phone number. This makes your messages feel far more professional and trustworthy. There are many regulations around these Sender IDs for businesses and these laws have changed for Australian businesses in 2023. Alphanumeric Sender Names must now be pre-registered to send messages to customers. The problem is, up until this year, anyone has been able to send SMS messages from any "From name" they like, whether that's a bank, the ATO or any other organization. This is clearly a problem, so we welcome this regulation. SMS scams are sadly not uncommon, and these reduce consumer trust in the medium, which otherwise is such a powerful way of connecting with customers. We have worked with our nominated SMS web service API provider, Twilio, to ensure this process is as easy as possible and aligns with these new regulations.

## Why should I have my own Twilio account?

Having your own Twilio account to set up individual sender IDs on the Komo platform provides complete control over meeting new laws and regulations. It ensures that you are well informed about the necessary steps for setting it up. By having your own account, you become the sole owner of the sender ID, allowing you to establish a distinct and recognizable identity for your SMS messages. This level of ownership empowers you to maintain compliance with evolving legal requirements, such as data protection and anti-spam regulations, as you have direct control over the messaging practices associated with your sender ID. Additionally, by being aware of the entire setup process, you gain a deeper understanding of the technical aspects involved, enabling you to troubleshoot any issues that may arise and optimize the performance of your SMS communications. Overall, having your own Twilio account for setting up individual sender IDs gives you the autonomy and knowledge necessary to navigate and adapt to the changing landscape of laws and regulations governing SMS messaging.

## How do I set it up?

Creating your own Twilio account is simple, but there are a few steps that involve uploading documentation and proof that you are entitled to use your designated Sender ID. We will walk you through these steps next.

<Steps>
  <Step title="Set up your Twilio account">
    * **(1)** Go to [Twilio.com](http://Twilio.com) and click 'start for free'.
      * Once you have created an account using your personal contact information, your window will automatically take you to your organization's Console.
    * **(2)** From here follow the following menu items on screen: **Account > Trust Hub > Customer Profile** and click **Create Primary Business Profile** to start the process.
    * **(3)** Once here, configure your Primary Business Profile by following the prompts on screen
      <Note>
        You can set up Secondary Business Profiles for any other regions your organization may operate in.
      </Note>
    * **(4)** Your next step is to register a Sender ID for your Primary Business Profile [here](https://twlo.my.salesforce-sites.com/SenderId).
      * **(A)** Fill out all form fields on screen.
      * **(B)** Supply all necessary documentation to prove your organization has the right to use your Sender ID. This will include a registration form and the LOA for Sender ID specific to your region.

    <Warning>
      Your Primary Business Profile bundle and registration form and documents need to be reviewed manually by Twilio, one at a time. Consequently, you will need to complete Step 3, leaving time for review before starting Step 4. Please allow upwards of 7 business days for Twilio to manually approve these assets. Do not proceed with Step 5 until you have received approval on Steps 3 and 4.
    </Warning>

    ***Once the above Steps have been completed and approved by Twilio, you're ready to configure your messaging service.***
  </Step>

  <Step title="Set up your Messaging Service">
    <Note>
      Note from Twilio:

      Sending a high volume of messages in the United States and globally quickly becomes complex. As the complexity of your messaging application grows, it’s helpful to organize your account and message logs into separate Messaging Services using Twilio Programmable Messaging. You can think of a Messaging Service as a higher-level “bundling” of messaging functionality around a common set of senders, features, and configuration. The same settings and feature configuration apply to all of the senders (long code numbers, short codes, toll-free numbers, etc.) in the Messaging Service’s pool. A Messaging Service’s features can be managed and configured directly through the Console as well as using the REST API.
    </Note>

    * Once your Sender ID has been approved, it is connected to a [Messaging Service](https://www.twilio.com/docs/messaging/services). *This is a recommended step of the Sender ID process.*
    * **(1)** Head to your Console within Twilio, where you will be able to add Messaging Services.
    * **(2)** For every Messaging Service you add to your account, you will need to configure its [incoming message handling](https://www.twilio.com/docs/messaging/services#incoming-messages-handling) and [status callback URL](https://www.twilio.com/docs/messaging/services#status-callback-url). These can be configured in the **Integration** section of your Messaging Service's settings.
    * **(3)** You’ll also need to associate one or more phone numbers or [short codes](https://www.twilio.com/docs/glossary/what-is-a-short-code) to the Service to send messages.

    <Note>
      As an example, you may have numerous Australian phone numbers or short codes associated with your Messaging Service. This is so that when you're sending a lot of SMS messages at the same time, Twilio can spread them across all the phone numbers in the pool. You may also have numerous phone numbers or short codes in other regions to target SMS recipients in those regions. This Service has intelligent rules about which numbers it will choose to send your SMS messages from (note: this happens automatically).
    </Note>

    **Once you have completed the above steps in Twilio, you're ready to connect your account within the Komo ecosystem!**
  </Step>

  <Step title="Connect your Twilio account to Komo using Connected Apps">
    <img alt="SMS Sender IDs: how do I set it up?" />

    * Navigate to the **Komo Dashboard** and click on your **admin icon** on the top right.
    * Click on **Account Settings**, navigate to **Connected Apps** and then click on **Connect** below Twilio SMS.

    <Accordion title="Connect Twilio">
      <img alt="SMS Sender IDs: option a — How do I set it up?" />

      * **(A)** Enter your [**Twilio Account SID**](https://console.twilio.com/us1/account/keys-credentials/api-keys). This step is **required**.
      * **(B)** Enter your [**Twilio API Key SID.**](https://console.twilio.com/us1/account/keys-credentials/api-keys) This step is **recommended**.
      * **(C)** Enter your [**Twilio API Key Secret**](https://console.twilio.com/us1/account/keys-credentials/api-keys)**.** This step is **recommended.**
      * **(D)** Adding your [**Auth Token Secret**](https://console.twilio.com/us1/account/keys-credentials/api-keys) is **optional** and is only required if you want to use the Auth Token method to connect then click **Add.**
    </Accordion>

    * Once you've completed the above steps, you're ready to send your SMS communications to customers via the Komo Platform, supported by Twilio and in accordance with Australia's new Sender ID laws and regulations!
  </Step>

  <Step title="Choose your Sender ID when setting up communications">
    * **(1)** To start sending SMS messages using your new and approved Sender ID, navigate to any of your Cards in the portal. **Click** on the Card to open its **editing modal.**

      <img alt="SMS Sender IDs: how do I set it up?" />

    * **(2)** Click on the **Data Capture** tab of the editing modal.

    * **(3)** Then choose the **Communications** tab that appears from the dropdown menu.

    * **(4)** Click on the **+ Add Communication** button.

      <img alt="SMS Sender IDs: how do I set it up?" />

    * **(5)** Give your communication an **internal name.**

    * **(6)** Choose the type of communication you wish to create. In this case, you would choose **SMS.**

    * **(7)** Choose the **trigger** that will send your communication.

      <img alt="SMS Sender IDs: how do I set it up?" />

    * **(8)** Here is where you will choose your Sender ID from the **'From' Dropdown menu.**

    * **(9)** Click **Update SMS.**
  </Step>
</Steps>

**Congratulations - You've prepared your SMS to send from your newly registered Alphanumeric Sender ID! 🎉**


# Welcome to Komo
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/welcome-to-komo-read-me-first/index

Whether you've used the Komo platform before or starting from scratch, it never hurts to go back to basics.

## The Engagement Hub

Think of your Hub as your consumer's one-stop shop for branded experiences, content, competition, games, and more. All of your content can live on your Hub, including games and digital rewards (more details on those features in the left navigation).

Your Engagement Hub can be embedded within an app, exist as a sub-domain to your marketing website, or as a standalone URL. The Komo platform has an ever-growing number of what we call content cards and other tools that will help you engage your community. The platform is supported by a friendly and diligent Customer Success team that exists to help you get the most out of Komo's customer engagement tools.

## What Do I Need to Get Started?

Before you jump into making your first Hub, please ensure you have completed all of the below initial onboarding tasks:

1. You have filled out your onboarding questionnaire.
2. You have had or scheduled your kick-off call with your designated Customer Success Manager (or CSM for short!).
3. You have been given access to the Komo portal and have set up permissions within your company settings, along with adding all necessary team members to your company in the Komo ecosystem.
4. You have had your onboarding call with your CSM to go over any questions and concerns you may have. This is also when we will show some other details and features like analytics, etc.
5. You’ve connected your Google Account in Account Settings. This will allow you to log in to the Komo ecosystem using your Google account. This step is optional but is a great way to maintain the security of your Komo account.

<Note>
  The email address associated with your Google Account must be the same as the email associated with your Komo account.
</Note>

We also recommend watching the 2 videos below to get you up and running on the Komo platform!

## Navigating the Portal

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## Building your First Card

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## Promoting your Hub

Just like your social media channels and website, promoting your Hub and driving traffic to this digital destination is vital to successfully reaching your goals. For further suggestions regarding Hub promotion, check out our Knowledge Base Article [here](/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub).

### Our Best Tips to Drive Traffic to Your Hub

* Connect your Instagram 'Link in Bio' to your Hub. You can then convert all other links previously included in your bio into [clickable banners](/interactive-features/features/click-banner-card) that sit on your Hub, making the Hub your one-stop shop for community building.
* Use the incredible engagement tools available to you on the platform, like Badges, leaderboards, points, and customer profiles. These features will not only drive traffic to your Hub but ensure that your customers keep coming back for more.
* Place the link to your Hub on your website. This can be done through a banner, QR code, imagery, or landing page. Incentivize traffic by explaining to your community that it is the primary location for your most up-to-date content.
* Add your Hub URL to all purchase receipts (physical and digital).
* Make use of digital media; utilize paid and organic social media promotion to increase your reach.
* Leverage your database to increase traffic to your Hub by including it in EDMs.
* Use your Hub as an engagement tool at your live events or in your brick-and-mortar locations (more on this below).

### In-Venue Promotion Tips

* Use posters with QR codes in locations your community frequents to increase awareness of the Hub and drive traffic. Popular locations are at the point of sale, in the bathroom(s), on tables, and on store windows.
* Make use of [big screens](/support-resources/general/running-your-live-trivia-in-venue) and [Live Data Feeds](/interactive-features/features/live-data-feeds) to capture crowd attention during live events.
* Print a Hub QR code on the back of your customer's receipts.
* Provide staff with training and a 'cheat sheet' of the best ways to promote the Engagement Hub to their customers.

## Hub Content

### Consider your Buyer:

Keeping your buyer persona front-of-mind when creating content will allow you to create higher-quality content and produce a higher engagement rate. Ask yourself questions like these when creating content for your Hub:

* What does my persona enjoy?
* How do they consume information?
* What are their passion points?
* How do they perceive value?
* What is important to them when it comes to customer experience and journey?

### Best Practices for Creating Hub Content

* Use our **Card Templates** to your advantage! Our platform houses over 50 templates for different cards, campaigns, and industries to give your creativity a kick-start and guide you in the right direction. You can view our library of Templates by using the **+ Add Content** button in your Hub Editor.
* As well as Templates, we provide [Design Guidelines](https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1pWj8mh1TdBxVx7ZhLxS8vt3QVwUJxi8sDyITsIhk3MM/edit#slide=id.p) for each Card, assisting you in designing your assets with the right specs, some examples of what your content could look like, and some tips to help you on your way!
* Ensure you're adding **Terms and Conditions** to each of your competitions. You can find templates for these [here](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions).
* **Don't overcomplicate** your Hub; a simple quiz can be just as effective as a complex one if promoted correctly.
* **Hub design is just as (if not more!) important as the design of your individual content Cards.** Take the time to set your logos, link up your other touchpoints in the footer of your Hub, and bring your brand identity to your Hub as a whole.
* **Use your brand assets** to your advantage; include your color palette, logo, and other assets as much as possible as this will help drive brand recognition.
  * In addition to this, use graphics like your card cover images to display key information like competition prizes, sponsorships, etc.
* You can **use CTAs**  on cards to encourage further engagement with your brand.
* **Test your content** to make sure you have set it up the way you intended and to ensure customers have a good user experience.
* Keep your content fresh. Whenever a customer visits your Engagement Hub there should always be something new for them to engage with. This will improve the user experience and keep them coming back for more content. You can do this easily by utilizing the [card scheduling](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-scheduling) feature!

### Hosting Competitions

Nearly every card on the Engagement Hub allows you to host a competition by adding a Data Capture form to the card. This allows you to seamlessly reward consumers for their engagement, with digital coupons, Pays-Enabled Digital Mastercards®, or your own branded rewards and experiences.

Click here to see the full article on setting up [Data Capture.](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture)

### Key Considerations

Below are a few key items you might want to consider, and the corresponding Knowledge Base Articles to help you on your way:

* **Would you like to send SMS messages from the Komo Platform?** To do this, you must register your organization's Alphanumeric Sender ID via Twilio and connect this with Komo to ensure you meet Australian laws and regulations. Follow the steps in the article [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/sms-sender-ids/index) to get started.
* **Do you have other tools in your marketing stack that you'd like to connect with Komo's ecosystem?** Komo supports integration with various CRM platforms, social networks, Google Analytics, and many more which you can read about [here](/integrations-automation/tag-management).
* **It's important to decide how you want to utilize all of your brand touchpoints to promote your Hub using an omnichannel approach.** Check out our article on Promotion [here](/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index) to get the ideas flowing!
* **How would you like to manage the data you collect via the Komo Platform?** Some of our customers prefer to use the Portal as a mini CRM, while others connect their external CRM via our [integration settings](/integrations-automation/tag-management). The choice is yours, but this is a good decision to make upfront.
* **Have you considered how you might reward your consumers for their engagement with your Hub?** Komo provides many avenues for prizing, including [Digital Coupons](/competitions-promotions/digital-coupons/digital-coupons/index) and open and closed-loop Digital Pays-Enabled Mastercards® (via [Vault Payment Solutions](https://www.vaultps.com.au/)). Or, you can provide your own branded prizes and experiences to your users!

### Hub Ideas

The Engagement Hub features a large and ever-growing selection of content cards to help you reach your goals. Here are a few ideas to get you started:

* **Videos:** The Komo platform integrates with Youtube, Vimeo, and Twitch, allowing you to embed videos directly into your Hub and centralize your content for your customers.
* **Articles & Blogs**: Link to press releases, news articles, and your blog(s) with [Click banners](/interactive-features/features/click-banner-card/index)!
* **Behind The Scenes**: Use your Hub as an opportunity to truly engage with your audience by giving them a behind-the-scenes look at how you create your product or service!
* **Secret Codes:** Have your users enter a secret code to unlock a special deal or coupon using the [Secret Code](/interactive-features/features/secret-code/index) Card. This is a great way to drive customers in-store or to your other digital touchpoints.
* **Interesting Quotes**: Use the [Image Card](/interactive-features/features/image-card/index) to share interesting information and quotes about your brand. This can tie in with the other content on your Hub by providing a hint to Quiz and Number Guess Cards.
* **Teasers**: Use the Hub to tease new products and draw consumers in to see what's new!
* **Customer Feedback**: Use the [20 Words or Less Card](/interactive-features/features/20-words-or-less/index) to collect customer feedback about your products and services.
* **Tips and Tricks:** Educate consumers on best practices to use your products and services by sharing a How-To video or blog post.
* **Promote Events:** Got a big event coming up? Use the Hub to promote your in-person or virtual event by building hype with various related content such as the [Countdown Card](/interactive-features/features/countdown-card/index).
* **Polls:** Let customers have their say on your brand with Poll Cards. These cards provide an opportunity for you to better understand your audience and improve your product.
* **Run a Rewards Campaign:** Use the [Receipt Uploader Card](/interactive-features/features/receipt-uploader-card/index) as a means to validate receipts and reward customers for their purchases. Alternatively, the card allows you to collect .JPEG and .PNG files to develop shareable, user-generated content.


# White Labeling your Domain
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/hub-setup/white-labeling-your-domain/index

Set up a personalized URL for your Hub.

## What is it?

By default, your new Hub's URL will be (your Hub name)**.[komo.site](http://komo.site)**. For example, [**komohub.komo.site**](http://komohub.komo.site)

You have the ability to fully customize and white label your Hub domain and remove the domain **.[komo.site](http://komo.site)**.

## Option 1: komo.site

<img alt="White Labeling your Domain: option 1: komo.site" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* **(1)** Click on **Settings** and then **(2)** **Domain** on the left sidebar.
* **(3)** You can customize your default (Hub) domain without purchasing another domain by simply changing the text within the box. You will then get a pop-up to confirm this change.

## Option 2: Custom domain

<img alt="White Labeling your Domain: option 2: Custom domain" />

* **(1)** Tick the **White label domain** box. This will open a drop-down menu with all the steps to fully white label your Hub.
  <Note>
    For more help white labeling using Cloudflare click [here](#add-a-new-site-to-cloudflare).
  </Note>
* **(2)** Enter your **pre-purchased domain** in the box.
  * Once you have completed these steps, we will provide you with a CNAME record.
  * You will have to enter your DNS configuration within the next 48 hours.

<Warning>
  You cannot white label a Hub at the Apex (root) of a domain unless the DNS provider (e.g. Cloudflare) supports CNAME flattening.

  For example, you cannot white label '[mydomain.com](http://mydomain.com)' with GoDaddy (which doesn't support CNAME flattening), it would need to be '[www.mydomain.com](http://www.mydomain.com)' (a subdomain). However, '[mydomain.com](http://mydomain.com)' could be used with Cloudflare which does support CNAME flattening. If you require further assistance with CNAME flattening, reach out to your Customer Success Specialist.
</Warning>

* **(3)** Next, create your custom **CNAME record**.
  * Go to your DNS provider’s website (e.g. [**Cloudflare**](https://www.cloudflare.com/dns/) ). If you’re choosing one for the first time, go with one that supports SSL.
  * Create a new CNAME (‘canonical name’) record for your custom domain.
  * Point it at Komo's host domain - [**cname.komo.site**](http://cname.komo.site)

<Accordion title="Add a new site to Cloudflare">
  ### Add a new site to Cloudflare

  On Cloudflare, begin by adding a new site to your account.

  If you are using an external registrar, follow the steps Cloudflare provides for updating your Registrar's **nameserver** settings to point at the Cloudflare servers.

  If you buy a domain through Cloudflare, you won't need to change any nameserver settings.

  #### **Update the DNS Settings**

  Once your new site is added to Cloudflare, go to **DNS** on the side menu and add the following DNS management records:

  <img alt="White Labeling your Domain: option 2: Custom domain" />

  Make sure to replace "[*mydomain.com*](http://mydomain.com)" with your own domain (**without** the "[*www.*](http://www)").

  #### **Add Page Rules**

  On the Cloudflare menu, select **Rules > Page Rules**. Here we will be adding a rule so that any requests for "[*www.domain.com*](http://www.domain.com)" get redirected to "[*domain.com*](http://domain.com)".

  Click on **Create Page Rule** then follow the procedure below:

  <img alt="White Labeling your Domain: option 2: Custom domain" />

  #### **How do I set this up?**

  <Steps>
    <Step title="Enter your www domain with an asterisk after it e.g. www.mydomain.com/*" />

    <Step title="Select the &#x22;Forwarding URL&#x22; setting" />

    <Step title="Then select &#x22;301 - Permanent Redirect&#x22;" />

    <Step title="Enter the redirect address as follows, using your domain name (without www): https://mydomain.com/$1" />

    <Step title="Click Save and Deploy">
      This should result in a rule that looks like the following:

      <img alt="White Labeling your Domain: option 2: Custom domain" />
    </Step>
  </Steps>
</Accordion>

* **(4)** Finally, verify the status of your white label. Once the CNAME has been pointed toward the Komo portal, click the **Verify Status** button to confirm the white label domain status and link to your domain.

<Note>
  This may take a few hours to update.
</Note>


# Card Sharing
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/promotion/card-sharing/index

Share cards from your Hub with links, QR codes, email or socials.

### What is it?

You can now share specific cards from your Hub directly to your social accounts, through email, with a link or QR code.

### How do I use it?

### Step 1: Navigate to the card

<img alt="Card Sharing: step 1 — Step 1: Navigate to the card" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, scroll to the card you want to share.

### Step 2: Set up your card sharing settings

<img alt="Card Sharing: step 2 — Step 2: Set up your card sharing settings" />

* Click on the card to open the editing modal.
* **(1)** Head to the Sharing tab.
* **(2)** This is the image that is shown when sharing the card.
  <Note>
    This by default is your cover image. You can change this image if you wish.
  </Note>
* **(3)** Add a title that will be used when sharing the card.
* **(4)** Add a description that will be shown when sharing the card.

### Step 3: Select your sharing option

<img alt="Card Sharing: step 3 — Step 3: Select your sharing option" />

<Note>
  To be able to access the card sharing option, your Hub needs to be published.
</Note>

* **(1)** Click on the ... on the top right of the card then **(2)** select **Share**.
* **(3)** Enable the **single card page** to direct users to view just the card on the Hub.

<Info>
  Below is a preview of a single card page.

  <img alt="Card Sharing: step 3: Select your sharing option" />
</Info>

* **(4)** If you have **multi-pages**, you can select the page you wish to share.
* **(5)** Add **UTM parameters** to your Hub URL.
  <Note>
    We highly recommend using UTM parameters/tracking for all promotional links including QR codes. Click here to learn more.
  </Note>
* **(6)** Selecting the **Clipboard** button to copy the sharable link
* **(7)** Create a **QR code**.

<Accordion title="Managing your QR Code">
  <Frame>
    <img alt="Card Sharing: option a — Step 3: Select your sharing option" />
  </Frame>

  * **(A)** The **Hub URL** cannot be changed in this setting.
    <Note>
      Ensure you're happy with your domain prior to generating a QR code as once you alter the domain, you will need to generate a new QR code.
    </Note>
  * **(B)** Select your preferred **file type**.
  * **(C)** Alter the **size** of the QR code.
    <Note>
      The dimensions are a locked aspect ratio of 1:1.
    </Note>
  * (D) Edit the **styling** of the QR code.
    <img alt="Card Sharing: option c — Step 3: Select your sharing option" />
    * **(a)** Edit the **background colour** of the QR code.
    * **(b)** Edit the **foreground colour** of the QR code.
    * **(c)** Upload an **image or logo** here that will sit in the centre.
  * **(E)** Add **UTM parameters** to the QR code/s to track where traffic is coming from.
    <img alt="Card Sharing: step 3: Select your sharing option" />
    * (a) Add a **source** to identify where the traffic originated from.
    * (b) Include a **medium** to track what type of traffic users originated from.
    * (c) Input the **campaign name**.
    * (d) Add a **term** to track which keyword term a user came from.
      <Note>
        This is only used for paid search ads.
      </Note>
    * (e) The **content** will allow you to differentiate between ads or links if you have multiple links directing to the same URL.
</Accordion>

* **(8)** Connect and create a QR code via **Flowcode**.
* **(9)** Share via **email**.
* **(10)** Share via **Facebook**.
* **(11)** Share via **X**.
* **(12)** Share via **LinkedIn**.

## FAQ

#### Can I share directly on my socials?

Yes, when you click on the social icons, it will automatically connect to your signed in account for that platform and create a draft post where you can add a caption.

#### Do I need to create an image for it to be shared?

When you share a card, it will pull through the card's cover image. To change the sharing image, you can see how to do so [here](#how-do-i-use-it-step-1-navigate-to-the-card).

#### Do I need to set up any SEM/SEO settings for the card when sharing?

Yes, you can see how to edit these settings [here](#how-do-i-use-it-step-1-navigate-to-the-card).


# Hub Sharing
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/promotion/hub-sharing/index

Share your Hub with links, QR codes, email or straight to your socials.

## What is it?

You can now share your Hub directly to your social accounts, through email, with a link or QR code.

## How do I use it?

### Step 1: Set up your SEO/SEM settings

<img alt="Hub Sharing: step 1 — Step 1: Set up your SEO/SEM settings" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* **(1)** Once there, click on **Page settings** and then **(2)** Edit.

<Info>
  Here you can set whether you would like your Hub to be visible in **search engine results**.

  <img alt="Hub Sharing: option a — Step 1: Set up your SEO/SEM settings" />

  * **(A)** This refers to the **title** of your site and will be shown in the browser tab.
  * **(B)** Here you can set up your **SEO description**.
  * **(C)** This is the **icon** that will be shown next to your Hub name in your browsers tab.
  * **(D)** This is a **preview** of search engine results.
</Info>

### Step 2: Sharing a published Hub

<img alt="Hub Sharing: option d — Step 2: Sharing a published Hub" />

* **(1)** Click on **Share** to open the sharing options.
* **(2)** If you have **multi-pages**, you can select the page you wish to share.
* **(3)** Add **UTM parameters** to your Hub URL.
  <Note>
    We highly recommend using UTM parameters/tracking for all promotional links including QR codes. Click here to learn more.
  </Note>
* **(4)** Selecting the **Clipboard** button to copy the sharable link
* **(5)** Create a **QR code**.

  <Accordion title="Managing the QR Code">
    <img alt="Hub Sharing: option a — Step 2: Sharing a published Hub" />

    * (A) The Hub URL cannot be changed in this setting.
      <Note>
        Ensure you're happy with your domain prior to generating a QR code as once you alter the domain, you will need to generate a new QR code.
      </Note>
    * (B) Select your preferred file type.
    * (C) Alter the size of the QR code.
      <Note>
        The dimensions are a locked aspect ratio of 1:1.
      </Note>
    * (D) Edit the styling of the QR code. <img alt="Hub Sharing: option b — Step 2: Sharing a published Hub" />
      * **(a)** Edit the **background colour** of the QR code.
      * **(b)** Edit the **foreground colour** of the QR code.
      * **(c)** Upload an **image or logo** here that will sit in the centre.
    * **(E)** Add UTM parameters to the QR code/s to track where traffic is coming from. <img alt="Hub Sharing: option d — Step 2: Sharing a published Hub" />
      * **(a)** Add a **source** to identify where the traffic originated from.
      * **(b)** Include a **medium** to track what type of traffic users originated from.
      * **(c)** Input the **campaign name**.
      * **(d)** Add a **term** to track which keyword term a user came from.
        <Note>
          This is only use for paid search ads.
        </Note>
      * **(e)** The **content** will allow you to differentiate between ads or links if you have multiple links directing to the same URL.
  </Accordion>
* **(6)** Connect and create a QR code via **Flowcode.**
* **(7)** Share via **email**.
* **(8)** Share via **Facebook**.
* **(9)** Share via **X**.
* **(10)** Share via **LinkedIn**.

### Step 3: Sharing an unpublished Hub

<img alt="Hub Sharing: step 3 — Step 3: Sharing an unpublished Hub" />

* **(1)** Click on **Preview** to open the options.
* **(2)** Selecting the **Clipboard** button to copy the sharable link.
* **(3)** Create a **QR code.**

<Note>
  Follow Step 2(5) to generate a QR code.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Can I share directly on my socials?**

Yes, when you click on the social icons, it will automatically connect to your signed in account for that platform and create a draft post where you can add a caption.

**Do I need to set up any SEM/SEO settings for the Hub when sharing?**

Yes, you can see how to edit these settings [here](#contents).

**Can I generate a QR code before building any content or going live?**

You sure can! We understand promotional collateral can take some time so follow [Step 3](#how-do-i-use-it-step-1-set-up-your-seosem-settings) to see how to create a QR code when your Hub is still in draft mode.


# Promoting your Engagement Hub
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index

Find tips for sharing your Engagement Hub with your audience!

**Proper promotion of your Engagement Hub is critical to its success.** The Komo Platform supports [omnichannel distribution](https://www.komo.tech/features-omni-channel-distribution), enabling you to share your Hub using a mix of traditional, digital, and experiential marketing strategies.

Omnichannel promotion is what will allow you to **capture critical customer engagement statistics** and **rich zero and first-party data**. We recommend utilizing all the channels available to your brand and always keeping your target audience in mind.

<Note>
  It's also important to remember that we've designed the Komo Platform to house the most unique and engaging concepts on the market - So make sure you give it the limelight by using it as stand-alone content when promoting.
</Note>

<Tip>
  Before you share your Hub or competitions, we recommend setting up your Hub SEO/SEM and card-sharing settings.
</Tip>

## Digital Promotion

Using your digital channels is one of the simplest but most effective ways to promote your Hub! Below are some of the ways you could consider sharing your content digitally:

**Social Media**

Promotion using social media works in a two-way loop on the Komo Platform. You can embed your social content directly on your Hub AND share your Hub by promoting it via your social channels.

<Info>
  Here's an example of how San Churro share their social content directly via their Hub.

  <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: digital Promotion" />

  And another example of how [San Churro](https://www.sanchurro.com/) share their Hub, La Churro Casa, by housing the URL in the bio of their Instagram!

  <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: digital Promotion" title="IMG 7EFE1D4CDADF 1 1" />
</Info>

Post regularly to social media about the Engagement Hub and its competitions. Use CTA's and focus on the available prizes to effectively drive people to your Hub.

In the case of bigger campaigns, you can also use influencer marketing to drive people to your Engagement Hub. For a great example of this in action, check out the promo video from The Budget Rental Roosters Hub:

<Info>
  **Budget Rental - Search for The Roosters Biggest Fan**

  <iframe />
</Info>

Web Embeds

Embedding your Hub content across your other digital touchpoints, such as your website, is an excellent way to encourage engagement with your Hub - Remember, be where your customer is!

Configuring an embed is super simple. Just follow the steps in [this Knowledge Base article](/content-types/embeds)!

**Card URLs vs. Hub URLs**

Sharing your Hub URL across your digital channels is another excellent tactic. Write about your latest game or competition, create a graphic to represent it (don't forget to show off any prizes involved!), and share the URL directly to your Hub.

But did you know you can also share a URL that will take users to your Hub and scroll directly to a specific card or piece of content? Finding this URL is super simple. Just find the card you wish to share on the portal, click the 3 dots in the top right of the card, and select share. From there, just copy your URL and you're good to go!

<img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: digital Promotion" />

**Stories**

Utilize Instagram and Facebook Stories to remind your community about your Engagement Hub. For maximum effectiveness, add a link to the story that drives traffic to your Hub.

<Info>
  **Central Coast Mariners**

  Check out how the [Central Coast Mariners](https://ccmariners.com.au/) used their Instagram stories to promote their McDonald's Man of the Match Voting Card.

  <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: digital Promotion" title="Group447 1" />
</Info>

**EDMs**

Include your Hub, its content, and its unique features in your EDMs. Newsletters are often overlooked, but have seen great success for many of our partners!

You can break down your database even further into people who have already engaged with your Hub's content, by clicking on **Data Capture** in the Editor and then **Export**. This will download a .csv file of the user's emails which you can then use to retarget with EDMs.

**Paid Ads**

Most social media channels reward paid advertising, so don't be afraid to boost posts and set up Hub-specific ad campaigns to drive traffic.

For best practice, ensure your graphics highlight the prizes you have on offer and have clear CTAs.

<Info>
  **Cheesecake Shop**

  Check out how [the Cheesecake Shop](https://www.cheesecake.com.au/) used paid advertising to promote their Christmas Scratch & Win!

  <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: digital Promotion" title="Cheesecakead" />
</Info>

**Shareable Outcomes & UGC**

Many of our Content Cards encourage user-generated content, which can be great content to repurpose for your socials. Popular UGC cards include the Picker mechanic, Poll results, Meme Generator, and 20 Words or Less entries.

<Info>
  Check out how Football Australia used the Picker Card to invite users to create their ultimate Socceroos Team of the Century, which led to 2,300+ social shares and debate across social channels! You can read a case study on this campaign [here](https://blog.komo.tech/case-studies/case-study-football-australia-team-of-the-century-picker).

  <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: digital Promotion" title="Frame433" />
</Info>

## In-Venue Promotion

Whether in a shopping center, retail store, or at a sports game or conference, taking advantage of in-person interaction is another great way to promote your Hub. Take advantage of foot traffic by advertising your Hub in-venue in as many places as possible. Always remember - be where your customer is!

**Posters**

Use posters in areas of heavy foot traffic, points of sale, and toilets to maximize their effectiveness. Designing with vibrant colors and strong fonts can help draw the customer's attention. Be sure to also include a QR code so patrons can quickly scan and access your Hub.

<Info>
  Check out a few examples below of how Komo customers have used posters to promote their hub in-store or in-venue!

  <Columns>
    <Column>
      **BodyScience Poster Promo**

      <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: in-Venue Promotion" />

      **The Good Foundation Poster Promo**

      <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: in-Venue Promotion" />
    </Column>

    <Column>
      **Pacific Square Poster Promo**

      <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: in-Venue Promotion" />
    </Column>
  </Columns>
</Info>

**Big Screen Integration**

Large, in-venue screens are also a great digital medium to promote your Engagement Hub.

<Tip>
  Include animations to capture customers attention!
</Tip>

<Info>
  See how a selection of Komo customers use the big screen to promote their hubs in-venue at events and sports games!

  <Columns>
    <Column>
      Central Coast Mariners

      <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: in-Venue Promotion" />
    </Column>

    <Column>
      **Hoyts Cinema Oscar Party**

      <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: in-Venue Promotion" />
    </Column>
  </Columns>
</Info>

**Live Data Feeds**

Our [Live Data screens](/interactive-features/features/live-data-feeds) are another great way to promote and share your Hub content in-venue. Beyond just promoting your Hub (as above), Live Data Feeds allow you to pull data from your content and display this on the big screen. For example, perhaps you are running a Live Predictor at a sports game, asking fans to predict game outcomes. Using Live Data Feeds, you can design a fully-branded screen that displays fan predictions on the big screen for all to see.

This is a great way to promote your Hub *and* make your consumers feel a part of the action!

<Info>
  **Check out how [B\&T](https://www.bandt.com.au/) used Live Data Feeds at their 2022 Awards Night to share the leaderboard from their Live Trivia on a fully customized and branded screen.**

  <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: in-Venue Promotion" title="Clean Shot2023 05 18at12 58 06" />
</Info>

## Broadcast/ Virtual Event Promotion

If available to you, a live broadcast is another excellent way to promote your hub and collect live consumer insights and first-party data! And we're not just talking about a television broadcast - Perhaps you're hosting a virtual event, webinar, LinkedIn live... Your Hub can be shared digitally and engaged with live via a broadcast of any kind!

**QR Codes**

The simplest way to share your Hub via a broadcast is to invite viewers to scan a QR code to access your Hub. As mentioned in the section on [Digital Promotion](#digital-promotion), you can share QR codes (or URLs) for either your entire Hub OR specific content. This is great if you want to direct viewers of your broadcast to a specific game or competition!

<Info>
  Check out how [Fox Sports](https://www.foxsports.com.au/) used a QR code during their live broadcast and at a live cricket match to promote their hub!

  <video alt="Fox Sports live cricket broadcast showing an on-screen QR code that links viewers to their Engagement Hub" />
</Info>

<Info>
  **Check out how [Foxtel Rewards](https://www.foxtel.com.au/foxtel-first.html) used a QR code to drive traffic to their hub via a TVC!**

  <video alt="Foxtel Rewards television commercial with an on-screen QR code directing viewers to the Foxtel First Engagement Hub" />
</Info>

**Live Data Feeds**

Our [Live Data screens](/interactive-features/features/live-data-feeds) are another great way to promote and share your Hub content via a broadcast or during a virtual event. You can even set up a sequence of screens to share a QR code (for access), followed by a data feed that shares outcomes from the content you're sharing!

For example, perhaps you're running a poll at the end of your broadcast or virtual event to collect insights on the quality of your engagement. Your first data screen could display the QR code for viewers to access the Poll card, and the following screens could pull the data from your Poll to display the answers to the audience!

<Info>
  **Luemo Workplace Wellbeing**

  See how [Luemo Workplace Wellbeing](https://luemo.com.au/) used Live Data Feeds at the Retail Drinks Conference in 2022 to display the results of their poll to attendees.

  <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: broadcast/ Virtual Event Promotion" />
</Info>

## Experiential Promotion

Whether you promote your activation on product packaging or on a beverage vendor cup in-venue, there's a way to add a unique edge to your campaigns.

<Info>
  **Here are a few examples of how Komo customers have promoted their Hubs using experiential tactics!**

  <Columns>
    <Column>
      Efex QR Codes on Chuppa Chups

      <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: experiential Promotion" />
    </Column>

    <Column>
      Gage Roads Brewing Co. QR Codes on beverage vendor cups at the AFL

      <img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: experiential Promotion" />
    </Column>
  </Columns>
</Info>

## Tips & Tricks

Below are a few additional tips and tricks you can use to improve the promotion of your Engagement Hub:

**Click Banners**

If there are specific cards or competitions you would like to promote, you can use the **Scroll to card** feature within Click Banner Content Cards. When added, users who click on the Banner card will be quickly redirected to the linked card/competition. This is a great navigation tool if you have a lot of content on your Engagement Hub.

<img alt="Promoting your Engagement Hub: tips & Tricks" />

<Tip>
  To make your Click Banner stand out even more turn it into a GIF.
</Tip>

**Use result screens**

Add result screens to your Checklist, Poll, Quiz and Personality Quiz cards for additional promotion. By getting creative and making highly shareable outcomes, not only do you improve the overall user experience, but you also increase the likelihood of the user sharing your content with their friends and family.

### Train staff on how to promote the Hub

Face-to-face selling is an excellent opportunity to personalize the promotional experience for the customer. Train your staff on what the Hub is and its purpose to make it easier for them to showcase it. We recommend providing them with a "cheat sheet" on how to sell the experience to customers!

<Tip>
  What to include in your staff cheat sheet:

  * The overall goals of the Hub and its benefits for the business.
  * Prizing details
  * What content is on your Engagement Hub.
  * A brief overview of the user experience.
  * Specific copy and phrasing staff should use to promote the Hub to patrons. Check out how Clubs NSW created a video to assist in training staff!
</Tip>

<Info>
  Check out how Clubs NSW created a video to assist in training staff!

  <video alt="Clubs NSW staff training video demonstrating how to promote the Your Local Club Freedom Day Engagement Hub to patrons" />
</Info>


# UTM Parameters
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/promotion/utm-parameters/index

Track campaign performance with UTM parameters and the UTM Builder tool

## What is it?

UTM parameters are short text codes added to a URL so you can measure where traffic comes from. They work with Google Analytics and other analytics tools, and are not affected by third-party cookie changes.

## Why would I use it?

UTM parameters help you see which channels and campaigns drive engagement or conversions. Use them to compare email vs social vs paid search, or to A/B test different links that point to the same page.

## When should I use it?

Use UTM parameters when you run campaigns across more than one channel — ads, email, social posts, QR codes, partner links, and more.

## UTM parameters

| Parameter         | Example         | What it means                                                 |
| ----------------- | --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **utm\_source**   | `google`        | Where traffic comes from — search, social, newsletter, etc.   |
| **utm\_medium**   | `cpc`           | Channel type — e.g. cpc, email, or social                     |
| **utm\_campaign** | `spring_sale`   | Campaign, promo, or slogan name                               |
| **utm\_term**     | `running+shoes` | Paid search keywords (optional)                               |
| **utm\_content**  | `logolink`      | Differentiate ads or links that share the same URL (optional) |
| **utm\_id**       | `abc.123`       | Optional ID for a specific ads campaign                       |

**Tips**

* Prefer lowercase letters, numbers, and underscores for consistent reporting.
* Complete **Source** and **Medium** so traffic shows clearly in Komo analytics.
* You can add parameters to card share links and Hub share links from those share modals.

## How to build a campaign URL in Komo

1. Open your workspace and go to **Tools**.
2. Open **UTM Builder**.
3. Enter the **Website URL** you want people to visit.
4. Fill in **Source**, **Medium**, and any other fields you need. Placeholders show common examples.
5. Copy the **URL Preview** into your ads, emails, social posts, or designs.

The preview updates as you type. You can also edit UTM parameters when sharing a Hub or Card.

## Example

```
https://www.example.com/spring?utm_source=newsletter&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=spring_sale
```

This link tells analytics the visit came from a newsletter email promoting the spring sale.


# Advanced Hub and Card Designs
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/resources/advanced-hub-and-card-designs

Break the grid and create a seamless look using transparency and custom card dimensions to make your content "float" on your Hub.

## What is it?

Your **Engagement Hub** is more than just a collection of Cards—it’s a digital canvas! While our standard templates are designed for ease of use, you can move beyond the traditional "grid" look to create seamless, high-end designs that feel like a bespoke website.

By leveraging **Manual Transparency** and **Custom Dimensions**, your content can "float" and integrate directly into your Hub’s background.

## Achieving a Seamless Look with Transparency

To make your Cards feel like a natural part of the Hub background rather than a separate box, you can manually adjust the card background color to be transparent.

<Info>
  Card background transparency is currently supported on the following cards:

  |                  |                  |                |
  | :--------------- | :--------------- | :------------- |
  | 20 Words or Less | Issuu Card       | Spin to Win    |
  | Apple Music Card | Leaderboard      | Spotify Card   |
  | Carousel (Vote)  | Live Predictor   | Swiper         |
  | Countdown Card   | Live Trivia      | TikTok Card    |
  | Facebook Card    | Matterport Card  | Treasure Hunt  |
  | Fact Card        | Meme Generator   | Twitch TV Card |
  | Google Maps Card | Memory Challenge | UGC Upload     |
  | HTML Card        | Number Guess     | Video Card     |
  | iFrame Card      | Photo Frame      | Vimeo Card     |
  | Image Card       | Picker           | Vote Card      |
  | Image + Button   | Receipt Uploader | Watch to Win   |
  | Instagram Card   | Scratch and Win  | X/Twitter Card |
  | Interactive Q\&A | Secret Code      | YouTube Card   |

  We are actively rolling out transparency support to even more card types soon!
</Info>

## How to execute this:

1. **Prepare your Assets:** Design your Card Cover in a tool like Canva or Photoshop and export it as a **transparent PNG**.
2. **Upload to Komo:** Navigate to your **Card** > **Cover** tab and upload your image.

<img alt="Advanced Hub and Card Designs: how to execute this:" />

3. **Adjust Cover Colors:** In the **Cover** tab, click on the **(1)** **Cover colors** selector. Use the **(2) transparency slider** (or enter a hex code with 0% opacity) to remove the solid background color. This allows your PNG and the Hub background to blend seamlessly.

<img alt="Advanced Hub and Card Designs: how to execute this:" />

## Breaking the Grid: Custom Card Dimensions

Your Card Covers don't have to be limited to standard rectangular dimensions! The Komo platform supports assets that break the mold:

* **Vertical Overhang:** You can upload Card Covers that are significantly taller than the suggested dimensions. This allows you to create "pillar" cards or long visual elements that draw the user’s eye down the page.
* **Irregular Shapes:** By using a transparent PNG on a taller canvas, you can make cards appear as circles, waves, or diagonal "burst" elements that overlap the Hub background.

## The "Clean Canvas" Checklist

<img alt="Advanced Hub and Card Designs: the &#x22;Clean Canvas&#x22; Checklist" />

To achieve a truly "floating" design, you’ll want to remove any UI elements that might clutter your custom artwork. Head to your **Settings** menu within the Card editor to toggle the following:

* **Cover Shadow:** Toggle this **OFF** to remove the border shadow, ensuring the card doesn't look like a "box" sitting on the page.
* **Title & Description:** Turn these **OFF** to let your custom typography on the image do the talking.
* **CTA Buttons:** Turn the **Button** toggle **OFF** if you want the entire image to act as the link without a visible bar at the bottom.
* **Author & Progress Indicator:** Toggle these **OFF** for a cleaner, more editorial look.

## Design Inspiration 💡

See how these techniques are being used to create world-class digital experiences:

* [Snap Diet Cola](https://snapdietcola2026campaign.komo.site/)**:** Perfect use of transparent PNGs and vertical dimensions to create a fluid, refreshing flow.
* [Soulful Solarium](https://soulfulsolarium-demo.komo.site/): High-end festival aesthetic using transparency to let vibrant background colors shine through.
* [Future Built Forum](https://future-builtforum.komo.site/): A modern, professional look that uses custom dimensions to create a structured yet seamless layout.

<img alt="Advanced Hub and Card Designs: design Inspiration 💡" />

<Tip>
  ## **Pro-Tip: Mastering Your PNG Assets**

  To get that ultra-slick, "floating" look seen in the **Snap Diet Cola** and **Soulful Solarium** hubs, your image preparation is just as important as your Hub settings. Here’s how to prep your assets like a pro:

  #### **1. Export as "Transparent PNG"**

  Whether you are using Canva, Photoshop, or Figma, ensuring your background is transparent is step one.

  * **Figma Users:** Select your Frame or Group. In the right-hand **Export** panel, ensure the format is set to **PNG**. Click the plus (+) icon to see options and ensure "Ignore over-lapping layers" is unchecked if you want a clean transparent crop.
  * **Canva Users:** When clicking **Download**, ensure **PNG** is selected and check the box for **Transparent Background** (available in Canva Pro).
  * **Photoshop Users:** Use **Export As** > **PNG** and ensure the **Transparency** checkbox is ticked.

  #### **2. Mind the "Canvas" vs. the "Content"**

  Komo allows your card covers to be longer than the suggested dimensions. This is your secret weapon for breaking the grid!

  * **Create a Tall Canvas:** Instead of a standard square, try a ratio like **1080 x 1920** (vertical).
  * **Figma Strategy:** Use a Frame with no fill color. Place your actual design elements (logo, product bottle, character) within that Frame, leaving "negative space" at the top or bottom.
  * **The Result:** When uploaded, your card will appear to "float" with plenty of breathing room, allowing elements to "bleed" into the Hub background seamlessly.

  #### **3. "Bake In" Your Effects**

  Since you are turning off the **Cover shadow** in the Komo Settings to achieve a seamless look, your image might look a bit "flat."

  * **Pro Move:** Add a soft **Drop Shadow** or **Layer Blur** directly to your design in Figma or Photoshop *before* you export it.
  * This gives your "floating" asset depth and dimension against the Hub background without needing a boxy card container.

  #### **4. Optimize for Load Speed**

  Transparent PNGs with large dimensions can sometimes have large file sizes. To keep your Hub snappy:

  * **Figma Tip:** Use the "TinyPNG" or "Downsize" plugin directly within Figma to compress images before you even hit export.
  * Alternatively, run your final files through a web compressor. This ensures your high-end designs load instantly, even on slower mobile connections.
</Tip>


# Terms & Conditions
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions/index

Learn how to add terms and conditions to your Engagement Hub competition cards.

<Warning>
  Please note that the information and advice that Komo provides regarding permits, terms and conditions, privacy policies or any other matter of this nature is of a general basis only, and we suggest you seek your own legal advice specific to your needs.
</Warning>

## What is it?

Including terms and conditions alongside your competitions allows you to outline the rules and guidelines that one must comply with to participate in the given competition, while also covering the rights, responsibilities, and expectations of both you as the provider and the end user. Ready to add terms and conditionsto your Engagement Hub? Follow these simple steps.

## How do I do it?

### Step 1: Download T\&Cs template

Download the relevant terms and conditions template by clicking on the banners below

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="General T&Cs" icon="star" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1rns-LW81_GSF3ZgMCjMnKcT74IF1sFM2/copy" />

    <Card title="20 Words or Less T&Cs" icon="pen-field" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/18253TbJbCwIKoKRumsKoSmLSZ-Br_Z6d/copy" />

    <Card title="Checklist T&Cs" icon="square-check" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eAHhanmEtmS9VUbcxVJp3kU3II8VfjzV/copy" />

    <Card title="Interactive Q&A T&Cs" icon="messages" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YfF3havjGRqi2U-zc2bU-lpb_kVe-E92/copy" />

    <Card title="Live Predictor T&Cs" icon="crystal-ball" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1dW5jCekGeqlE84PLPpvfckP8XYmv-tL7/copy" />

    <Card title="Live Trivia T&Cs" icon="bolt-lightning" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1h5XW8XSqzLUtvQuBkjsS3Vfu0dBjEhaT/copy" />

    <Card title="Memory Challenge T&Cs" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1nFWFUPVCWMhPPORbvWFC8QW4BPQTnzta/copy" />

    <Card title="Meme Generator T&Cs" icon="face-grin-tongue-wink" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1nFWFUPVCWMhPPORbvWFC8QW4BPQTnzta/copy" />

    <Card title="Number Guess T&Cs" icon="slider" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1FTS5QMOGVrWCTPlqVWnzy5OhpZ0CfDwb/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Personality Quiz T&Cs" icon="messages-question" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1f3C6q3atorIFcBHeIxDmwmQN-NjlxEy9/copy" />

    <Card title="Poll T&Cs" icon="square-poll-vertical" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Hsww6lB6TlN8kR-8aWHcqIcQqTXci3tN/copy" />

    <Card title="Quiz T&Cs" icon="circle-question" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1SC6VMBeEiCxXSYvrj1SpuS4cIj3zRaae/copy" />

    <Card title="Scratch & Win T&Cs" icon="gift-card" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1IwQP6EnZDSjh0I2Kt0Ef19gPFy3xm9d-/copy" />

    <Card title="Secret Code T&Cs" icon="unlock" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1IwQP6EnZDSjh0I2Kt0Ef19gPFy3xm9d-/copy" />

    <Card title="Spin to Win T&Cs" icon="dharmachakra" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1jlw9yak8WTnwMz5ZJTopu1kfG6U-NF0B/copy" />

    <Card title="Swiper T&Cs" icon="hand-back-point-up" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1zP61r5Mgf8XapfXTkhMPtnGJz1uCsG9c/copy" />

    <Card title="Watch to Win T&Cs" icon="tv" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1E4wWX_mZIthWcfmhR9WOdEJSyZY8YgL9/copy" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

### Step 2: Update T\&Cs document

After downloading your terms and conditions template, **please read through the document**, **update** any of the **highlighted areas**, and **save** the document in a **.PDF format**.

### Step 3: Upload your T\&Cs

<img alt="Terms & Conditions: step 3 — Step 3: Upload your T&Cs" />

* (1) Navigate to your **Hub's settings** and find the **Terms** tab.
* (2) Click **Add terms and conditions**.

<Note>
  <img alt="Terms & Conditions: step 3: Upload your T&Cs" />

  * Provide an **internal name** for your T\&Cs.
  * Click **Upload terms .pdf**. Here you will select your .PDF file from your computer's file drive.
  * Click **Add.**

    <img alt="Terms & Conditions: option a — Step 3: Upload your T&Cs" />

  The 3 dots next to your T\&Cs also give you some alternative options:

  * **(A)** Update the name or file attached.
  * **(B)** Preview your T\&Cs.
  * **(C)** Copy link to your T\&Cs to your clipboard.
  * **(D)** Delete your T\&Cs.
</Note>

### Step 4: Attach T\&Cs to your card

<img alt="Terms & Conditions: option d — Step 4: Attach T&Cs to your card" />

* After uploading the terms and conditions to your hub you'll need to add them to your card.
* To do this go to your card and click on **Data Capture**, **Form**, **Terms and Conditions field** followed by **Edit**.
* In the opt-in editor, click **Get terms link.**
* **Select your T\&Cs** from the dropdown.
* Click **Copy link** and exit the modal.
* Highlight the terms and conditions text, click on the **link button.**
* Click the **pencil icon,** paste in your **terms link,** and click the **tick button.**
* Click **Update.**

### FAQ

**Do I need to host my T\&Cs on Komo?**

No. If you would prefer to host your Terms & Conditions elsewhere you can simply link directly to that file/path when adding the hyperlink in the opt-in editor ([Step 4](#step-4-attach-t\&cs-to-your-card)).

**I've made changes to my T\&Cs, how do I update it?**

If you have updated your terms and conditions, you can simply click the **3 dots** next to your T\&Cs as shown in [Step 3](#step-3-upload-your-t\&cs), and click **Update**.


# Connect Adobe Launch Tag Manager to your Hub
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/integrations-automation/tag-management/connect-adobe-launch-tag-manager-to-your-hub/index

Adobe Launch Tag Manager allows you to track various custom events and more accurately measure ROI.

## What is it?

Gain deeper insights into your digital engagement and confidently measure performance with Adobe Launch Tag Manager integration. By connecting Adobe Launch with your Komo activation, you can track a wide range of custom events across every user interaction—unlocking more granular analytics and helping you quantify ROI with greater precision. Whether you're measuring campaign effectiveness or optimizing user journeys, this integration empowers your team to make informed decisions based on real-time behavioral data.>

<Note>
  The Adobe Launch Tag Manager integration is only available on certain Komo plans.
</Note>

## How do I set it up?

### Connect the Adobe Launch Tag Manager Connected App

<img alt="Connect Adobe Launch Tag Manager to your Hub: connect the Adobe Launch Tag Manager Connected App" />

* **(1)** To add your Adobe Launch Tag Manager, navigate to Settings within your Hub and select **Integrations.**
* **(2)** Find the Adobe Launch Tag Manager integration and click **Connect.**

<Accordion title="Connecting the Adobe Launch Tag Manager">
  <img alt="Connect Adobe Launch Tag Manager to your Hub: option a — Connect the Adobe Launch Tag Manager Connected App" />

  * **(A)** Here you can enter the **Adobe Launch Tag Manager script URL** you are supplied from the Adobe platform (it should look like the placeholder text).
  * **(B)** Click **Add.**
</Accordion>

## FAQ

**What events does Komo send to Adobe Launch?**

To learn more about the event that Komo pushed to the Adobe Launch Data Layer, see here.


# Connect Google Tag Manager to your Hub
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/integrations-automation/tag-management/connect-google-tag-manager-to-your-hub/index

Google Tag Manager allows you to track various custom events and more accurately measure ROI.

## What is it?

Easily track custom engagement events and prove marketing impact with Google Tag Manager integration. By connecting GTM to your Komo activation, you can fire custom tags based on user actions—capturing rich, real-time behavioral data that feeds directly into your analytics platform of choice. This lets you measure campaign ROI more accurately, optimize user experiences, and eliminate the need for hard-coded tracking setups or manual data handling.

<Note>
  The Google Tag Manager integration is only available on certain Komo plans.
</Note>

## How do I set it up?

### Connect the Google Tag Manager Connected App

<img alt="Connect Google Tag Manager to your Hub: connect the Google Tag Manager Connected App" />

* **(1)** To add your Google Tag Manager, navigate to Settings within your Hub and select **Integrations.**
* **(2)** Find the Google Tag Manager integration and click **Connect.**

<Accordion title="Integrate Google Tag Manager">
  <img alt="Connect Google Tag Manager to your Hub: option a — Connect the Google Tag Manager Connected App" />

  * **(A)** Here you can enter the **Google Tag Manager Container ID** you are supplied from GTM (it should look like the placeholder text).
  * **(B)** Click **Add.**
</Accordion>

## FAQ

**What events does Komo send to GTM?**

To learn more about the event that Komo pushed to the GTM Data Layer, see here.


# Integrations & Tag Management
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/integrations-automation/tag-management/index

Comprehensive guides for managing integrations and tags for analytics and tracking in your Engagement Hub

# Tag Management

**Integrations** are what we define as another piece of software that you can connect to the Komo Platform in order to perform a specific action - these are built into our Platform. For example, here is a selection of the available built-in integrations on the Portal and their functions:

* **Adobe Launch Tag Manager** - Connect Adobe Analytics and other technologies to your hub using the Adobe Launch tag manager.
* **Google Tag Manager** - Connect Google Analytics and other technologies to your hub using Google Tag Manager (GTM).
* **OneTrust Cookie Consent** - Connect OneTrust Cookie Consent to your hub to configure branded banners using unique consent approaches.
* **OAuth Single Sign On (SSO)** - Enable SSO integration with an OAuth2-compatible provider like Google or Auth0.

## How do I set up an in-built integration?

<img alt="Integrations & Tag Management: how do I set up an in-built integration?" />

* **(1)** Navigate to your Engagement Hub.
* **(2)** Find the **Settings** tab on the left hand side of your screen.
* **(3)** Click on the **Integrations** tab within Settings.
* **(4)** Find the Integration you wish to set up and click the **Connect** button.

<Accordion title="Connect an Integration">
  <img alt="Integrations & Tag Management: option a — How do I set up an in-built integration?" />

  * **(A)** Follow the instructions on-screen to configure your integration. For this step, you will often need some kind of **Client ID, Domain or URL** from the software you are integrating with.
  * **(B)** Click **Add** to implement your integration.
</Accordion>

## Available Articles

* [Connect Google Tag Manager to your Hub](/integrations-automation/tag-management/connect-google-tag-manager-to-your-hub)
* [Connect Adobe Launch Tag Manager to your Hub](/integrations-automation/tag-management/connect-adobe-launch-tag-manager-to-your-hub)


# Webhooks
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/integrations-automation/webhooks

Ingest data and events into Komo from external sources using webhook-triggered workflows

Webhooks are a simple way to have Komo ingest data and events from external sources. You can use this to update Contact properties, drive segmentation, power rewards or badges or simply execute Marketing Automation journeys.

### How to create a Webhook

First, create a new Workflow, and set the Trigger to "Webhook Received".

You can optionally add **Authentication Keys** and a defined **Payload Schema** ([JSONSchema](https://json.ophir.dev/)) if you like.

<img alt="Webhook Received Trigger" />

Next, add any further Workflow Steps to your Workflow. You will most likely want to use a Search for Contact step, to lookup the Komo Contact associated with the incoming webhook payload.

<img alt="Webhook Workflow Example" />

### Publish and test your workflow

Next, you can publish and test your Workflow. Set the Workflow to Published, and then you can start sending requests to your Webhook URL. Use the HTTP POST method.

Ensure you are using the Authentication Key and adhering to the Payload Schema if these have been defined. Once you have sent a request, you will see the request in the Workflow Runs tab, or via the Workflow Summary modal.

<img alt="Webhook Run Summary" />

Click on a specific Run to see a log of its execution.

<img alt="Workflow Run Detail View" />


# Workflows for Contact Lists
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/integrations-automation/workflows/tips/workflows-for-contact-lists

Easily update contact lists using automated workflows.

## What is it?

Using workflows, you can remove the hassle from managing contact lists by automating the addition and removal of contacts from lists when your pre-determined conditions are met. Read on to discover how to build out a workflow for yourself.

## How do I do it?

### Step 1: Build your workflow

<img alt="Workflows for Contact Lists: step 1 — Step 1: Build your workflow" />

* Workflows can be accessed both at the workspace and card level. This article will cover creating workflows from the workspace level. The process is the same if creating at the card level although you will need to access workflows within the lefthand toolbar within the card editor.

<Note>
  When creating workflows to manage contact lists, you need to ensure the appropriate lists and contact properties are created prior to setting up the workflow.
</Note>

* **(1)** Within your workspace, navigate to **Workflows** which is located under the **Automations** dropdown.
* **(2)** Click **+ Create workflow.**

  <Accordion title="Creating Workflows">
    <img alt="Workflows for Contact Lists: option a — Step 1: Build your workflow" />

    * **(A)** Here you can select if you would like your workflow to be connected to a specific **Hub** and **Card**. You can also leave this blank if you would like to create a **global workflow** that operates across all Hubs.
    * **(B)** Give your workflow a meaningful **Name**.
      <Note>
        This is internal only but we recommend that the naming aligns with the workflow for clarity.
      </Note>
    * **(C)** Click **Create.**
      <iframe title="Loom video player" />
      * You can now start building out your workflow.
      * Select the **pencil icon** next to Trigger.
      * Select the event that will trigger your workflow from the **Execute flow on** dropdown. In this case, we will select **Data captured.**
      * Click **+ Add filter,** to attach conditional logic to the trigger (if required).
      * Click **Save** and exit the modal by clicking **X.**
      * Drag the **Contact Filter** module and drop it below the **Trigger module.**
      * Click on the **Output node** at the bottom of the **Trigger module, drag** and **drop** on the **Input node** of the **Contact Filter module**.
      * Select the **pencil icon** at the top of the **Contact Filter module**.
      * Set the **Contact** **Filter** conditions that must be met for the action to take place.
      * Click **Save** and then exit the modal by clicking **X.**
      * Drag the desired **Contact action module** and drop it below the **Contact Filter module.** In this instance we are using **Add to List,** however this will depend entirely on your use case.
      * Click on the **Success Output node** at the bottom of the **Contact filter module, drag** and **drop** on the **Input node** of the **Action module (Add to List)**.
      * Click the **Pencil icon** at the top of the **Action module.**
      * **Choose the list** you would like the contact to be **added to (or removed from)** from the dropdown.
      * Click **Save** and then exit the modal by clicking **X.**
      * Create a fallback action by dragging another **Action module** and dropping it below the **Contact Filter module.**
      * Click on the **Fallback Output node** at the bottom of the **Contact filter module, drag** and **drop** on the **Input node** of the new **Action module (Add to List)**.
      * Click the **Pencil icon** at the top of the **Action module.**
      * **Choose the list** you would like the contact to be **added to (or removed from)** from the dropdown.
      * Click **Save** and then exit the modal by clicking **X.**
      * Finish building your workflow by clicking **Save** in the top right-hand corner.
  </Accordion>

### Step 2: Activate your workflow

<img alt="Workflows for Contact Lists: step 2 — Step 2: Activate your workflow" />

* You will now have to **Run** your workflow for it to begin working.
* **(1)** Click the **three dots** to access the additional actions.
* **(2)** **Run -** Click this to **run** your workflow.
* **(3) Edit -** Here you can make **edits** to the workflow you set up.
* **(4) Rename -** Select this if you would like to **rename** your workflow.
* **(5) Delete -** Click this if you would like to **delete** your workflow.
* Once you have selected **Run,** your workflow will be live and you can move onto testing!

### Step 3: Test your workflow

<img alt="Workflows for Contact Lists: step 3 — Step 3: Test your workflow" />

* To test your workflow you will first need to preview and interact with a card that contains the relevant contact property. For information on how to preview a card, [read this article](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).
* **(1)** Once you have interacted with a card, navigate back to your workspace and click **Workflow Runs** under the **Automations** dropdown.
* **(2)** Here you can see the name of the **workflow that was triggered.**
* **(3)** Here you will see a tag that indicates whether your workflow was executed **successfully.**
* **(4)** By hovering over the **icons** you can see the various **workflow steps** that were executed.
* **(5)** Here you can see the name of the **contact** who was added or removed from the list.
* **(6)** Here you can see the **timestamp** for the workflow run.
* **(7)** By clicking the **three dots** you can see a log breakdown of the workflow steps performed.

## FAQ

**When setting up the actions, why can't I can't see the list I'd like to add the contact to?**

If you can't see the list you're looking to add the contact to, it's likely that the list hasn't been created prior to setting up the workflow. Please ensure you create your required lists prior to building the workflow.

**When setting up the contact filter, why can't I can't see the property I'd like to trigger the action?**

If you can't see the contact property you're using to trigger the workflow, it's likely that it hasn't been created prior to setting up the workflow. Please ensure you create your required contact properties prior to building the workflow.


# 20 Words or Less
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/20-words-or-less/index

Reward creativity and gather insights directly from your users with this engaging text input card.

## What is it?

The 20 Words or Less card allows users to answer a prompt with their own written response. This interactive card is primarily used to engage and better understand your consumers. You can also use it to collect feedback on your products and services or gather creative responses from users.

This card type is perfect for competitions requiring creativity, insight gathering, or when you want users to express themselves in their own words.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a 20 Words or Less to your Hub

<img alt="20 Words or Less: step 1 — Step 1: Add a 20 Words or Less to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**
* Once there click the **Plus icon**, from here select **Games** and then **20 Words or Less**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="20 Words or Less: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **20 Words or Less** will open the editing module
* **(1)** Here is where you'll add your **Cover** image
* **(2)** Set the **Outer card shell colours** (description and share bar)
* **(3)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content
* **(4)** Add a **description** to the card
* **(5)** Here you can add a **call-to-action** button below the card

### Step 3: Set up your Data capture

Unlike other cards, a data capture is required for this type of card. For a guide on how to set up a data capture check out our article below.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: Edit your 20 Words or Less

<img alt="20 Words or Less: step 4 — Step 4: Edit your 20 Words or Less" />

* Head into the **Data capture** tab and then click on **Form**
* Hover on the **20 words or less field** and then **edit**
* **(1)** Here you can edit the **label** that appears on the form
* **(2)** This is the **unique ID** used to help track in the analytics
* **(3)** Input **placeholder text** for the field
* **(4)** You can edit the **word limit**

### Step 5: Publish your Card

<img alt="20 Words or Less: step 4 — Step 4: Edit your 20 Words or Less" />

Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!

* **(1) Publish** your card manually for the world to see
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times
* **(3)** Click on the **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing)

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go Live" Checklist

Ready to go live with your 20 Words or Less? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated
* If you wanted to change the **number of words**, make sure you change the number and **Label** in the data capture form
* Hyperlinked your [**T\&Cs**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab
* You have uploaded an image to the **card cover** and the **form cover**
* All your **communications** (Major Prize Winner, Minor Prize Winner, Everybody Else, Registration) are fully set up and ready to send
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications
* Ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/18253TbJbCwIKoKRumsKoSmLSZ-Br_Z6d/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/18dz5xkTjq30idtiYgmVyeeF6lPBtDaD1Ti6l8NO_GSE/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

Can this card be set up to accept more than 20 words?

Yes. In the data capture form settings, you can adjust the word limit to any number that suits your campaign needs.

## Top Tips

* Include information on your cover image or add a description to the top of the card to explain the competition and prizes
* Make it fun for your audience - ask users to share their favorite actor and why, share a funny joke or submit their best short story
* Adjust the number of words to be submitted according to your competition
* Gather insights and get users to provide feedback on your brand or products. Learn what your audience enjoys most


# Add Entry Throttling to a Competition
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/add-entry-throttling-to-a-competition/index

Control how many times or how frequently a user can enter a competition with throttling settings.

## What is it?

Entry Throttling is a method for users to enter a competition every X amount of hours or days. This feature can be set up to be relative to the user's last entry or from the time the card is published. It is available on any card you can add a data capture form.

You may want to use this feature to allow users to register for a competition on a particular card multiple times throughout your campaign. It is also helpful if you wanted to provide the opportunity for users to receive a coupon every X period of time, continually driving traffic to your business.

We recommend using entry throttling when you want to limit and prevent coupon exhaustion.

## How do I set it up?

* [Step 1: Add a data capture](#step-1-add-a-data-capture)
* [Step 2: Configure your settings](#step-2-configure-your-settings)

### Step 1: Add a data capture

<img alt="Add Entry Throttling to a Competition: step 1 — Step 1: Add a data capture" />

* Clicking on the card will open the editing module
* **(1)** Click here to add a Data capture

### Step 2: Configure your settings

<img alt="Add Entry Throttling to a Competition: step 2 — Step 2: Configure your settings" />

**(1)** Navigate to the "Number of entries per user" section.

* "Throttled using a rolling window" sets the next time a user can enter the competition relative to their last submission
* "Throttled from publish time" set the next time a user can enter relative to the time the card was published
* Once you have adjusted these settings click "Publish"


# Auto Receipt Validation
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/auto-receipt-validation/index

Learn how to use the Auto Receipt Validation feature to run spend-to-win campaigns with AI-powered receipt scanning.

## What is it?

Our Auto Receipt Validation feature is a powerful tool that can be enabled on the Receipt Uploader. By incorporating this feature, users have the ability to upload their proof of purchase in order to participate in your competition. The proof of purchase is then automatically evaluated against customised validation rules, including criteria such as the merchant name, address, location, date and time range, and amount.

Entries that cannot be automatically validated are redirected to a manual review section, where you can personally inspect the receipts and make a decision based on your validation rules. This ensures that all entries are thoroughly examined and either approved or rejected.

## How do I use it?

### Step 1: Add the Receipt Uploader to your Hub

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: step 1 — Step 1: Add the Receipt Uploader to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon,** from here select **Games** and then **Scratch and Win**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.
  <Tip>
    To learn how to set up a Data Capture form, read [**this Knowledge Base Article.**](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture)
  </Tip>

### Step 2: Manage your Validation Rules

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: step 2 — Step 2: Manage your Validation Rules" />

* Clicking on the **Receipt Uploader** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Click on **Data capture**.
* **(2)** Navigate to the **Form** section.
* **(3)** On the right sidebar, click on the **edit icon** to set up your rules.
* **(4)** Select **edit rules** to manage your parameters.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: option a — Step 2: Manage your Validation Rules" />

* **(A)** When creating a rule, you first need to configure the **'where' filter**. The options for these are as follows:
  * **Date and time:** Validate receipts before, after, between or on/at certain dates and times.
  * **Line item count:** Validate receipts with a certain number of line items, or more or less than a certain number of line items.
  * **Merchant location:** Validate receipts with a particular merchant location listed.
  * **Merchant name:** Validate receipts with a particular merchant name listed.
  * **Merchant store name:** Validate receipts with a particular store name listed (for example, a specific branch within a chain).
  * **Merchant store number:** Validate receipts with a particular store number listed.
  * **Total amount:** Validate receipts of a particular amount, or more or less than a particular amount.

<Note>
  **Merchant store name** and **Merchant store number** are only available on workspaces using the newer receipt validation AI model. If you don't see these options, contact your Komo representative to enable the upgraded model. Existing rules and receipts continue to work without changes.
</Note>

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: option a — Step 2: Manage your Validation Rules" />

* **(B)** Once you've configured your 'where' filter, you need to configure your **'where' operator**. The operator governs what part of the filter the validator will use to validate the receipt.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: option a — Step 2: Manage your Validation Rules" />

* **(C)** As you create **new rules**, you have the option to change whether the rules combine (and) or whether they are a separate criteria (or). For example, a **combined rule** might be 'where the merchant name is x **and** the total spend amount is also y'. A **separate criteria rule** might be 'where the merchant name is x **or** the total spend amount is y'.

### Step 3: Enable Auto Receipt Validation

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: option a — Step 2: Manage your Validation Rules" />

* **(1)** Here you will **review your customised rules**.
* **(2)** Here you can **enable automatic validation** of your receipts.

<Note>
  If you leave this off, you will need to manually approve and reject every receipt uploaded.
</Note>

### Step 4: Test the AI Reader

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: step 4 — Step 4: Test the AI Reader" />

* **(1)** Click on **test AI reader** to see how the technology scans your receipts.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: step 3 — Step 4: Test the AI Reader" />

To test the reader, you need to have enabled the feature in [**Step 3.**](#step-1-add-the-receipt-uploader-to-your-hub)

* **(A)** Here you can **upload** a receipt file to preview the AI reader.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: step 3 — Step 4: Test the AI Reader" />

* **(a)** View all the information the AI was able to **extract** here.
* **(b)** Hovering over the receipt, you can zoom in to view the details.

### Step 5: Manage your Incoming Receipts

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: step 5 — Step 5: Manage your Incoming Receipts" />

* To manage your receipt uploaders, navigate to the **Data Capture tab** of your Card editing modal.
* **(1)** Click on **Receipts** on the page.
* **(2)** The **Manual Review tab** will show the receipt uploads that require your manual review to approve or reject.
* **(3)** The **Verified tab** will show both the receipts that have been automatically approved, as well as those you have manually approved.
* **(4)** The **Rejected tab** will show both the receipts that have been automatically rejected, as well as those you have manually rejected.
* **(5)** Here you can make changes to your **validation rules**.
* **(6)** By clicking here, you can **review** an uploaded receipt.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: step 5 — Step 5: Manage your Incoming Receipts" />

* **(A)** When manually reviewing a receipt, you can **examine the validation rules** you configured here to match against the upload. A **tick icon** is visible if the receipt matches the rule. A **warning icon** is visible if the receipt doesn't match the rule.
* **(B)** Here you can enter the **Merchant name**.
* **(C)** Here you can enter the **Merchant address**.
* **(D)** Here you can enter the **Receipt date**.
* **(E)** Here you can enter the **Total amount** of the receipt.
* **(F)** Here you can enter the **line item count** and **line items** of the receipt.
* **(G)** Here you can **reject** the uploaded receipt.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: option d — Step 5: Manage your Incoming Receipts" />

* **(a)** When rejecting a receipt, you are required to input a **reason**. This is so other admin users can see why a specific receipt was rejected.
* **(H)** Here is where you'll **approve** the receipt.

<Note>
  To be able to approve a receipt, you need to have all tick icons next to the rules. If not, this means the receipt doesn't meet the parameters and should not be approved.
</Note>

### Step 6: Export the Entry and Receipt data

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: step 6 — Step 6: Export the Entry and Receipt data" />

* **(1)** Click on the **export entries** tab to download a CSV file of all data collected from the activation, **(2)** including everything displayed on the table (contact details, status of entry, date/time of entry and receipt information - merchant name, address, date/time, total spend amount etc.)

<Tip>
  Workspaces using the upgraded receipt validation AI model also get **Merchant store name** and **Merchant store number** columns in the CSV export. Cells are left blank for receipts where the AI couldn't extract those values.
</Tip>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## Top Tips

* Understand the **layout of receipts and the merchant/trading name** displayed by having on hand multiple receipts from various retailers as this will assist with creating your validation rules.
* Upload **different variations** of the same merchant name and avoid being too specific as this will cause receipts to fall under manual review.

For example, for The Coffee Club, you can upload both The Coffee Club and Coffee Club in case the 'The' gets missed. Upload Coles Supermarkets Australia Pty Ltd **and** Coles.

* Ensure the validation date and time rule are set to your **timezone**.
* Create **rejected receipt communications** to give users another opportunity to make a purchase and enter the competition to be eligible for prizing.

## FAQ

**Can I have a different group of rules on one card?**\
Yes, you can have multiple groups of rules on one competition card. You have the option to have a set of rules for specialty retailers and major retailers.

To do this, create a group on the validation rules instead of adding a single rule.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: fAQ" />

* **(1)** Click on **Add rule group first**.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: step 5 — Step 5: Manage your Incoming Receipts" />

* **(A)** Within that group, click on **Add rule** to add more rules to this group.
* **(B)** Here you can **add another group** to the validation rules.

Below is an example of two groups of rules for specialty and major retailers. Ensure you have set the second group as **or** so it is a separate criteria.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: option a — FAQ" />

**There is a duplicate warning message when reviewing a receipt, what do I do?**

This means that a user has already uploaded a similar receipt. The AI is able to identify duplicates if the information is the same i.e. merchant name, receipt date/time and total amount.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: fAQ" />

* **(1)** Here you can view the **duplicated receipt/entry** to compare the potential duplicate and whether to approve or reject the receipt.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: fAQ" />

* The two files will be displayed side by side for easy comparison. You will be able to see the details of the previous entry at the top of the receipt.

### How can I communicate to rejected entries that their receipt isn't valid?

To send communications to all rejected receipts, you can set this up using our workflows. Select the trigger as **receipt rejected** meaning the communications will only be sent to those who had an invalid receipt.

We highly recommend creating generic communications as this will be sent automatically to all rejected receipts. Here you should inform the user of the parameters i.e. spend \$100 at the following retailers or \$20 at the following retailers to be eligible for prizing.

<img alt="Auto Receipt Validation: how can I communicate to rejected entries that their receipt isn't valid?" />

**I accidentally rejected/approved a receipt, can I change it?**

Yes, you can revisit the entry/receipt and click approve/reject to revert the action. We recommend being careful with the validation processes, especially if there are any instant win prizes awarded to avoid accidental awards.

**How long does the AI take to scan receipts?**

The AI is generally very quick with the validation process. It can take from a few seconds to a couple of minutes. This will be dependent on how the photo of the receipt is taken and if the information is easy to extract by the AI.

**Why are so many receipts going to manual review?**

If you notice a lot of your receipts going to manual review, double-check your rules and ensure you have set these up correctly.

Always check the merchant name/retailer list uploaded as if you are too specific with the names, the AI can only approve receipts that match exactly what is entered on the rules. For example, we recommend entering Coles instead of Coles Supermarkets Australia Pty Ltd. You could also have both listed on your rules to cover all your bases! [Learn more about validation rules under the top tips section.](#top-tips)

Receipts fall under manual review if they do not meet the criteria. The AI will not automatically reject receipts if they do not meet the parameters, only if there is a duplicate identified (same file uploaded).


# Badges and Workflows
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/badges-and-workflows/index

Features that work in tandem to drive repeat engagement, help you capture and analyse customer data with ease and in real time.

## What is it?

Badges allow users to earn badges for taking action across your Hub. Whether it's engaging with content, playing games, or completing forms, Badges provide incentives for customers to return to your Hub repeatedly.

To support the Badges feature, contacts allow you to assign achievements to certain users based on their activity within your hub! Contacts also support Profiles, allowing users to identify themselves with an avatar while they engage with the games across your hub.

With Workflows, you can set up customised user flows that are triggered when a user fills out a form or completes a game. These triggers lead to actions that can be used to assign achievements (a.k.a. Badges) to certain users.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Turn on Accounts in Hub Settings](#step-1-turn-on-accounts-in-hub-settings)
* [Step 2: Turn on Badges in Hub Settings](#step-2-turn-on-badges-in-hub-settings)
* [Step 3: Set up your Badges](#step-3-set-up-your-badges)
* [Step 4: Configure your Badge Variants \[Optional\]](#step-4-configure-your-badge-variants-optional)
* [Step 5: Customise the Style of your Badges](#step-5-customise-the-style-of-your-badges)
* [Step 6: Edit the Badge Album \[Optional\]](#step-6-edit-the-badge-album-optional)
* [Step 7: Create Workflows to Award Badges](#step-7-create-workflows-to-award-badges)
* [Step 8: Enable & Configure Profiles \[Optional\]](#step-8-enable--configure-profiles-optional)

### Step 1: Turn on Accounts in Hub Settings

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 7 — Step 1: Turn on Accounts in Hub Settings" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub** and then head to the **Settings** tab
* Click on **Users** on the left sidebar
* Toggle on the **Accounts** Feature. [Learn more about the Accounts feature here](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture)

<Note>
  User Accounts are not technically required, however, if you do not enable User Accounts, a Contact's badges will be tied to one device/browser session only. If it's important that the Badges persist over time, across devices, then enable User Accounts.
</Note>

### Step 2: Turn on Badges in Hub settings

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 2 — Step 2: Turn on Badges in Hub settings" />

* **(1)** While you're still in **Settings**, enable the **Badges** Feature

### Step 3: Set up your Badges

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your Badges" />

* Click on **Manage badges** and then **Create badge**
* **(1)** Here you will input an **Internal name** for the badge
* **(2)** Upload an **image** of your badge

<Note>
  We highly recommend uploading an image with a transparent background.
</Note>

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option a — Step 3: Set up your Badges" />

* **(A)** Update the **Title of the badge** that will be displayed to users on the Hub
* **(B)** Add a **Description** for the badge. Here is where you'll provide more detail on how to earn this badge. For example, Cast your vote in the controversial poll to unlock this badge!
* **(C)** This is the image of the **badge** you uploaded in Step 3. We automatically greyscale these badges to show they're locked
* **(D)** Clicking on the **...** you can **edit** the earned badge settings

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option a — Step 3: Set up your Badges" />

* **(a)** This is the **Internal name** for the badge set in Step 3(1)
* **(b)** Here is the **Title of the badge** set up in Step 3A
* **(c)** Enter a **Description** for when the badge is unlocked. For example, Congrats! You've unlocked this badge!
* After clicking on **Update**, you will see your badge is in **draft mode**. To make this live, click on **...** next to the badge and select **Publish**. This will make the badge visible on the Hub and to users

### Step 4: Configure your Badge Variants \[Optional]

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 4 — Step 4: Configure your Badge Variants (Optional)" />

**Badge Variants** are an easy way to group relevant badges and create a tiered structure where a user can earn different levels of badges within a group.

Should you wish to group certain Badges, under the **Definitions** tab, click on a Badge you've created and navigate to the **Variants** section of the modal.

**(1)** Click on the **Add variant** button

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option a — Step 4: Configure your Badge Variants (Optional)" />

* **(A)** Enter an **Internal name** for your Variant
* **(B)** Enter a **Title** for your Variant
* **(C)** Add a **Description** for each Badge Variant Group that you create

<Tip>
  While descriptions are optional, they are a great way to encourage your users to play again by inviting them to improve their score to unlock the next Badge level. This, in turn, drives repeat engagement!
</Tip>

* **(D)** Upload an **image** to represent this Variant
* **(2)** Once you have created your desired Badge Variants, use the **Drag** functionality (the three horizontal lines to the left of each Badge) to order the Badges in your desired tiering system. Then click **save**

<Note>
  The Badge order is ranked from 1 being the most important or highest, and less important or lower as the numbers increase.
</Note>

### Step 5: Customise the Style of your Badges

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 5 — Step 5: Customise the Style of your Badges" />

* **(1)** Use a Hex code, the eye dropper tool or the sliders to select a **border** and **text** colour for your **Unlocked Badges**
* **(2)** Use a Hex code, the eye dropper tool or the sliders to select a **border** and **text** colour for your **Locked Badges**
* **(3)** Under the **Settings** tab, you can choose to overwrite the locked Badge filter, i.e. the way the modal will automatically apply a grayscale to your locked Badges. This way, you can **upload your own locked state badge imagery**

### Step 6: Edit the Badge Album \[Optional]

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 6 — Step 6: Edit the Badge Album (Optional)" />

**The Badge Album** allows users to share the Badges they've earned on your Hub by downloading them as a customised image.

* **(1)** Navigate to the **Album** tab on the left sidebar
* **(2)** To edit the Badge Album, click on the **Create Album** button

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option a — Step 6: Edit the Badge Album (Optional)" />

* **(A)** Click the **Awarded badges** row to edit the settings

<Note>
  Use the **+** icon next to the stage to add different elements to your Badge Album like Contact Properties, Awarded Badges, etc.
</Note>

* **(B)** Alter the **padding** around the badges
* **(C)** Control how you want to present the badges by editing the number of **rows and columns**
* **(D)** Edit the **amount of space** between the rows and columns of each badge
* **(E)** Upload a **background** image and set a solid colour

Use the **toolbar** on the righthand side of this modal to edit spacing, layout, background, fonts and colours. Here, you can add elements of a users Profile (first name, avatar, etc.) to help them differentiate their Badge Album from those of other users. If you get stuck here, our [Live Data Feeds article](/interactive-features/features/live-data-feeds) will help!

* **(3)** Here you can also edit the **share button** that allows users to share their Badge Album
* **(4)** Once ready, you can **enable** the badge album

### Step 7: Create Workflows to Award Badges

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 7 — Step 7: Create Workflows to Award Badges" />

* **(1)** Navigate to the **Workflow** tab
* **(2)** Click on the **Create workflow** button
* **(3)** Enter a name for the **workflow**

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option a — Step 7: Create Workflows to Award Badges" />

* **(A)** Click on **edit icon** to set up the trigger

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option a — Step 7: Create Workflows to Award Badges" />

**(a)** Using the drop-down, select **when** you want to **award a badge.Trigger Definitions:**

* *Contact identified:* When a user on your Hub becomes identifiable by their first-party data
* *Contact property updated:* When details of a user are updated to a specific contact property
* *Gameplay data captured:* When a user fills out a data capture form on your Hub. Add filters to only award Badges on certain Cards
* *Gameplay action occured:* When a user completes a specific action within a game mechanic
* *Gameplay ended:* When a user completes a game on your Hub. Add filters to only award Badges for certain games, scores, etc
* *Receipt validated successfully:* When a receipt using our **auto-receipt validation tool** has been approved

**(b)** Once you've selected your trigger, you'll need to **Add a filter** to connect this to a specific card

<Note>
  You can link this workflow to multiple cards by adding more filters.
</Note>

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option b — Step 7: Create Workflows to Award Badges" />

**(c)** Click on **Save** to continue

**(B)** Click on the **edit icon** to connect the badge to the workflow

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option b — Step 7: Create Workflows to Award Badges" />

* **(a)** Using the drop-down, select the **badge** you want to connect
* **(b)** Then click on **Save** to continue

After clicking on **Save** on the workflow screen, you will see your workflow is in **draft mode**. To make this live, click on **...** next to the workflow and select **Activate**. This will make the workflow live and will award all badges based on the rules setup.

<Note>
  * Repeat step 7 for each Badge or Badge Variant.
  * You can view each execution of an individual Workflow by navigating to the 3 dots next to a flow and selecting Edit.
</Note>

<Tip>
  To pause a particular workflow, navigate to the 3 dots next to a flow and select Pause.
</Tip>

**(4)** Here you can see all the **workflows** executed. You can see if the workflows were successful or if any have failed

### Step 8: Enable & Configure Profiles \[Optional]

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 8 — Step 8: Enable & Configure Profiles (Optional)" />

**Profiles** allow users to identify themselves with an Avatar while they play.

**(1)** To edit your Profiles, click on the **Manage Profiles** button

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option a — Step 8: Enable & Configure Profiles (Optional)" />

* **(A)** Here you can edit the **messaging** shown on the profile. Include instructions on what to do. For example, collect all badges to go in the running to win X!
* **(B)** You can change the **background and text colours** of the **Profile Drawer**
* **(C)** Here you can also edit the **Active tab colours**
* **(D)** Click here to edit the **profile avatars**

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: option a — Step 8: Enable & Configure Profiles (Optional)" />

**(a)** Here you can upload images for users to select from to use as their **profile avatars**

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 8: Enable & Configure Profiles (Optional)" />

* **(I)** Have your avatars only available on **this Hub**
* **(II)** Allow uploaded avatars to be used **across all Hubs**
* **(III)** Click on **Add** to upload your avatar images

**(b)** Here you can also toggle on and off the ability for users to **edit** their Profiles

<img alt="Badges and Workflows: step 8: Enable & Configure Profiles (Optional)" />

* **(a)** Enter a **name** for your avatar
* **(b)** Upload an **image** to reflect the avatar then hit Add

**(2)** Toggle the **Profiles Feature** on

## "Go Live" Checklist

Ready to go live with your Badges, Contacts & Workflows? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* Ensured that all images uploaded for Badges, Badge Groups, Profile and Badge Album are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated. Review the design guidelines for Badges [here](#how-do-i-build-one) if needed
* Activated each workflow to award individual Badges to users. You can do this by checking that each workflow has the green **Active** badge
* Set up all communications with your contacts using the **Accounts** settings
* Edited all the styling of your Badges and various screens that appear for the end-user as a part of this feature
* You've run a test of your Badges and Workflows to ensure Badges are awarded correctly

Then you're ready to go live! Congratulations, you've built out your very own Badges feature!

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

<Card title="Badge Design Guidelines" icon="badge-sheriff" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1gDJ_jMvg6WK3ANN5zu1zHxvAI-4qSbng3LLzHjFROl0/edit?usp=sharing">
  Design badges for customers to collect
</Card>

## FAQ

Is there a limit to the amount of Badges I can have on my Hub?

No, there's no limit to the amount of Badges you can create! Just remember, you have to set up a Workflow to award each individual Badge and/or Badge Variant.

Can I launch a Badges campaign to run across a certain timeline to encourage repeat engagement?

Absolutely! Through our client M\&C Saatchi, Woolworths have created a Hub in sponsorship of Netball Australia where there are different games running for each week of the Netball season, so users can return to the Hub repeatedly in order to collect all the Badges. Remember, repeat engagement is driven by how you promote your campaign! Check out some promotion ideas [here](/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub).

## Top Tips

* The Badges feature provides an excellent opportunity to **drive user-generated content** (here your users promote your Hub for you!). Make sure you encourage sharing in the copy across your games, the Badge Album, etc
* While **Badge Variants** are an optional part of this feature, they do create a tiered and layered experience that encourages users to return to your Hub and play again and again in order to collect all the Badges in a given group, so definitely consider configuring these!
* **Get creative** with how you reflect your brand in the design of your Badges. This will help to **drive brand recall and recognition**, making users even more familiar with your brand
* As with any game or feature of the Komo Engagement Engine, the Badges feature is incredibly easy to configure yourself. But as there are a few steps involved, this is an important one to **test before you go live**


# Branching Logic
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/branching-logic/index

Segment your audience and provide them with a personalized experience using branching logic.

## What is it?

Branching logic personalizes the user's experience by rerouting the user to different questions within the card based on their response to a previous question. Branching logic can be added to Quiz, Personality Quiz and Multi-Poll cards.

For example, based on whether the user answers green, yellow, red or purple they will be redirected to a different question, providing a more personalized card experience.

<img alt="Branching Logic: step 1 — What is it?" />

## How do I use it?

* [Step 1: Click add logic jump](#step-1-click-add-logic-jump)
* [Step 2: Add your logic](#step-2-add-your-logic)

### Step 1: Click add logic jump

<img alt="Branching Logic: step 1 — Step 1: Click add logic jump" />

* Navigate to your question and select **Add logic jump**

### Step 2: Add your logic

<img alt="Branching Logic: step 2 — Step 2: Add your logic" />

* For each of the different responses designate which question users will be redirected to
* If you wish to end the logic sequence select **Configure all options** and then **End quiz**
* Click **Update** to save your changes


# Card Tags
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/card-tags/index

Create and assign custom card tags to organize and filter your cards for easy campaign management.

## What is it?

You can create and assign custom card tags to your cards. Assigning tags to your cards allows you to group all the content for specific campaigns together for easy and in-depth filtration.

This feature helps you organize your cards by campaign, theme, or any other categorization system that works for your organization.

## How do I use it?

* [Step 1: Navigate to your Hub](#step-1-navigate-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Create a Tag](#step-2-create-a-tag)
* [Step 3: Assign the tags](#step-3-assign-the-tags)
* [Step 4: Filter the card view by Tags](#step-4-filter-the-card-view-by-tags)

### Step 1: Navigate to your Hub

<img alt="Card Tags: step 3 — Step 1: Navigate to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**
* Scroll to the card you want to add a custom tag to

### Step 2: Create a Tag

<img alt="Card Tags: step 2 — Step 2: Create a Tag" />

* Click on **...** located on the top right of the card
* Select **Custom tags** and then click on **Create and assign tag**
* **(1)** Here you can select a **colour** for your tag
* **(2)** Enter a **name** for your tag. E.g. Christmas 2022, and then click on **create**

### Step 3: Assign the tags

<img alt="Card Tags: step 3 — Step 3: Assign the tags" />

* Click on **...** located on the top right of the card
* Select **Custom tags** and then **mark** the box of the tag you wish to attach to the card

### Step 4: Filter the card view by Tags

<img alt="Card Tags: step 4 — Step 4: Filter the card view by Tags" />

* Click on **Filters** at the top of the Hub
* Select the **Custom tag** you want to filter by and then click on **Apply**

## FAQ

**Can I assign more than one tag to a card?**

Yes, you can add as many tags as you like to a card.

**Is it possible to filter the cards using multiple tags?**

Yes, you can select more than one tag when filtering through all your cards.

**Why do you need custom tags?**

This feature is optional. It allows you to search and filter for content based on each campaign/tag. See what cards and games you used for previous campaigns to replicate or change for your upcoming activations.


# Carousel Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/carousel-card/index

Display images and videos in a Carousel card within your Engagement Hub

## What is it?

The Carousel card gives you the ability to display multiple images, videos and PDFs within one card. Once content is uploaded it will be then visible to Engagement Hub users.

### Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Carousel card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-carousel-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Add your Carousel content](#step-2-add-your-carousel-content)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Carousel card to your Hub

<img alt="Carousel Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Carousel card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**
* Once there click **Add Content**, from here select **Media** and then **Carousel**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Engagement Hub

### Step 2: Add your Carousel content

<img alt="Carousel Card: step 2 — Step 2: Add your Carousel content" />

* Clicking on the **Carousel** will open the editing module
* **(1)** Clicking on the **plus icon**, you can add to your card by choosing content from your Hub's asset library. Content collected through the [Upload card](/interactive-features/features/ugc-upload-card) once approved will be added to your Hub's asset library
* **(2)** Clicking here will allow you to **upload** content from your computer
* **(3)** Here you can upload a **video** from your device or using a video **URL**. Learn more on how to get a video URL [here](/interactive-features/polls-surveys/video-url-link)

  <Accordion title="Carousel Items">
    <img alt="Carousel Card: option a — Step 2: Add your Carousel content" />

    * **(A)** Here you can add a **header** text that will appear above the piece of content in the Carousel which will update in the preview above
    * **(B)** Add in the **subheader** text that appears above that piece of content which will update in the preview above
    * **(C)** Use this option to **rearrange** content in the Carousel
    * **(D)** Clicking here you can **delete** content
    * **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content
    * **(5)** Add a **description** to the card
    * **(6)** Toggling this option will **shuffle** the order of content within the Carousel
  </Accordion>

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Carousel Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

<Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1AtJM7h3LNsqPdZjvnAju-53jcBclTZMp_fk1_nPiGpQ/edit?usp=sharing" />

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**What's the difference between a Carousel Card and a Vote Card?**

The primary difference is that with a Vote Card, a data capture can be added and Engagement Hub users can vote on their favourite piece of content. However, with a Carousel Card, hub users can simply scroll through and view the uploaded content.

**What files can I upload?**

You can upload the following file formats into the carousel card:

* Images: png, gif, jpeg, jpg, webp, pdf
* Videos: mp4, 3gpp, mpeg, ogg, quicktime, webm, m4v


# Checklist
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/checklist/index

Delve deep and learn about your community.

## What is it?

The Checklist works by users checking off various prompts that they think apply to them. The number of prompts selected then provides the user with a shareable, predetermined outcome that you can configure. This card breaks your community down into smaller segments, allowing you to target various groups with specific marketing materials.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Checklist to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-checklist-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Add your Prompts](#step-2-add-your-prompts)
* [Step 3: Set up your Results](#step-3-set-up-your-results)
* [Step 4: Add a Data capture](#step-4-add-a-data-capture-Optional)
* [Step 5: Publish your Card](#step-5-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Checklist to your Hub

<img alt="Checklist: step 4 — Step 1: Add a Checklist to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon**, from here select **Games** and then **Checklist.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add your Prompts

<img alt="Checklist: step 2 — Step 2: Add your Prompts" />

* Clicking on the **Checklist** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Add your **title** here.
* **(2)** This is where you add each of your different **prompts.** An example of a prompt might be, "I own more than three pieces of merchandise". Additionally, you can also upload an **image** by clicking on the icon.
* **(3)** This is where you add **additional** prompts.
* **(4)** Toggling this will turn on/off the **images** associated with each prompt.
* **(5)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(6)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(7)** You have the option to add a **Cover** image.
* **(8)** You can alter the **layout** of the prompts by selecting from the options here.
* **(9)** Allow users to play **multiple** times.

### Step 3: Set up your Results

<img alt="Checklist: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your Results" />

* **(1)** By clicking on the **...** you will see the options **Customize range** and **Delete.**

  <Accordion title="Customizing Result Range">
    <img alt="Checklist: option a — Step 3: Set up your Results" />

    * By clicking **Customize range** you can set the number of items users need to select in order to receive this result.
      * **(A)** Ticking the **Custom range** you can then set the range.
      * **(B)** Here is where you enter the **range**.
  </Accordion>

* **(2)** Click here to add another **result.**

* **(3) + (4)** Here you customize your result by setting a **title** and **description**.

* **(5)** This is where you can upload an **image** associated with that result.

### Step 4: Add a Data capture (Optional)

Whilst adding a competition to your Checklist isn't mandatory if you're looking to collect user data, it is not always required and can be used purely as an engagement piece.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 5: Publish your Card

<img alt="Checklist: step 5 — Step 5: Publish your Card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on the **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

### "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Checklist? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* Added all your **options** (including imagery where possible).
* All your [result screens](#step-3-set-up-your-results) are set up with imagery, copy and the result range.

If you have a competition and a data capture attached:

* All your **communications** (Registration, Winner's, Everybody Else) are fully set up and ready to send.
* You have hyperlinked your [T\&Cs](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* Ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly.
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1eAHhanmEtmS9VUbcxVJp3kU3II8VfjzV/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1PDB_FSpOvC11fgT6tCjeJlEFefxUv_o_6SJa0vXp0gQ/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

How can the Checklist card be used to learn more about my community? Whilst you need to create content that is interesting for users to engage with, you can still include market research responses within your checklist. e.g. for sports teams; "You are a season ticket holder" This allows you to segment your users and find gaps in your product offering.

What is the recommended number of options and outcomes? For your Checklist card to display best on phone whilst providing a significant number of options we've found the sweet spot to be around 6-8 options, with an outcome generally associated with 2 options. e.g. for every 2 options, you should have 1 outcome.

## Top tips

* Add a good amount of options for users to choose from (we recommend 10 options).
* Include a cover image. A cover image brings the card to life, everyone loves images and visuals!
* Ask a question where you can learn more about your community e.g. "What type of shopper are you?"
* Create at least 2 result screens for this card. If you have 10 options, you should have at least 4 result screens as this makes each result unique to every user.
* Include market research questions to better understand your audience. E.g as an option include "I have a Komo account" here you will know who is or isn't associated with your brand directly.


# Click Banner Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/click-banner-card/index

Direct users to an external site or another card on your Hub

## What is it?

The Click Banner works by uploading a smaller image (1920 x 480) to the card that can then link users to external sites or to other cards within your Engagement Hub.

### Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* **Step 1:** Add a Click Banner to your Hub.
* **Step 2:** Edit your card settings
* **Step 3:** Publish your card

### Step 1: Add a Click Banner card to your Hub

<img alt="Click Banner Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Click Banner card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **Add Content**, from here select **Media** and then **Click Banner**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Edit your card settings

<img alt="Click Banner Card: step 2 — Step 2: Edit your card settings" />

* Clicking on the **Click Banner** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Here is where you'll upload your **image**.
* **(2)** You have the option to enable a **call-to-action** bar.
  <Note>
    This will only be visible if an external link has been attached.
  </Note>
* Here you can have the image link to an **external site** or **scroll** to another card.
  <Tip>
    You can upload a transparent image to use as a spacer or divider to sort the content on your Hub.
  </Tip>

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Click Banner Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

<Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/16-DI5vUsddIj7XipHAr84YwK3wGH366dwJScyRKZ_HI/edit?usp=sharing" />

## FAQ

**Can I add an author tag and description to my Click Banner?**

Yes, you can do this by clicking on the **Options** button at the bottom of the card. However, we recommend not turning these options on and instead incorporating all the relevant information in the Click Banner design.

**Can I use them to link to an external site?**

Yes, click [here](#step-2-edit-your-card-settings) to find out how.

**What file formats can I upload?**

You can upload PNG, JPEG, GIFs for the Click Banner.


# Countdown Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/countdown-card/index

Create a countdown to an event or offer.

## What is it?

The countdown card is a virtual clock that counts down from a specific date or number, showing the beginning or end of an event or offer.The countdown card generates curiosity and a sense of urgency to encourage customers to undertake the desired action.

## How do I build it?

* [Step 1: Add a Countdown card to your Hub](#what-is-it)
* [Step 2: Edit your card settings](#see-it-in-action)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#what-is-it)

### Step 1: Add a Countdown card to your Hub

<img alt="Countdown Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Countdown card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **Add Content,** from here select **Media** and then **Countdown**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Edit your card settings

<img alt="Countdown Card: step 2 — Step 2: Edit your card settings" />

* Clicking on the **Countdown** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Hover over the countdown and here you are able to upload an **image** to the card.
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(4)** Enter the **date and time** that you want the clock to countdown to.
* **(5)** This option allows you to **hide** the card once the countdown has ended on your Hub, or you can leave it visible after the countdown has been completed.
* **(6)** Here you can change the background colour and colour of the **countdown text**.
* **(7) Alter the colour of the date text.**
* **(8)** Scrolling down, you can add a **call-to-action bar** to redirect the audience to another page.

<Note>
  You can add competitions to the countdown using the **Link Button** option. You will need to add **Data Capture** in order to host a competition.
</Note>

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Countdown Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

<Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1AtJM7h3LNsqPdZjvnAju-53jcBclTZMp_fk1_nPiGpQ/edit?usp=sharing" />

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Why would I add a data capture to my Countdown?**

Adding a data capture can be used to send reminders to your audience about the event coming up. You can send reminders 5 minutes before the countdown is up to ensure they attend.


# Entry Condition Screen
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/entry-condition-screen/index

Create a barrier to entry for your Hub.

## What is it?

The Entry condition screen allows you to add an additional screen to your hub where users will be required to input data before viewing your Hub's content.

This feature is best for industries and Hub's that require users to be 18 years or older.

## How do I set it up?

* [Step 1: Navigate to your Hub Settings](#)
* [Step 2: Configure your Entry Condition Screen settings](#)
* [Step 3: Test the feature](#)

### Step 1: Navigate to your Hub Settings

<img alt="Entry Condition Screen: step 2 — Step 1: Navigate to your Hub Settings" />

* Go to your **Engagement Hub,** click on **Settings** and then **Hub.**

### Step 2: Configure your Entry Condition Screen settings

<img alt="Entry Condition Screen: step 2 — Step 2: Configure your Entry Condition Screen settings" />

* **(1)** Click on **Add** below the Entry condition screen section to enable this feature.

<img alt="Entry Condition Screen: option a — Step 2: Configure your Entry Condition Screen settings" />

* **(A)** Upload your **logo** here.\
  **Note:** We recommend uploading this with a transparent background.
* **(B)** Include a **title** on your screen. E.g. Are you 18+?
* **(C)** Add a **description** using the rich text editor. E.g. Please enter your birth date below to enter. You can apply basic formatting and embed links (such as terms and conditions or a privacy policy). If you choose the **checkbox** entry type, the same rich text editor is used for the checkbox label, so links can sit directly inside the label your users tick.
* **(D)** Alter the **call-to-action** bar.
* **(E)** Select the **screen** you want to appear.
* **(F)** Add the **minimum age** required to enter the hub.
* **(G)** Here you can include some **feedback text** when a user is below the minimum age. E.g. You must be 18 years or older to view this content.
* **(H)** Here you can edit more **styling settings.**
  <img alt="Entry Condition Screen: option d — Step 2: Configure your Entry Condition Screen settings" />
  * **(a)** Change the **text color**, **link color**, **background color** and **background overlay color.** The link color controls how any links inside your description or checkbox label appear, and links are underlined by default for accessibility.
  * **(b)** You can upload an **image** for the background here.

<Note>
  Entry condition screens created before the rich text update keep their original plain-text description and header. To start using the rich text editor and link styling on an existing screen, open the entry condition settings and choose the upgrade option — your previous text is preserved while the new editors become available.
</Note>

### Step 3: Test the feature

<img alt="Entry Condition Screen: step 3 — Step 3: Test the feature" />

* Head to the live site and test the screen as if you were an end user to ensure you're happy with how it all works!


# Entry Rules
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/entry-rules/index

Learn how to configure competition entry rules to disqualify spam or unwanted entries from your competitions!

## What is it?

Competition Entry Rules are custom disqualification rules that run for every data capture entry on a particular card. Entry Rules are run in order, and the first rule that matches will be applied. If no rules match, the entry will be accepted.This feature works to disqualify spam or unwanted entries, as well as ensuring all other entries remain qualified to enter your competitions.

## How do I use it?

* [Step 1: Navigate to Entry Rules in Workspace Settings](#step-1-navigate-to-entry-rules-in-workspace-settings)
* [Step 2: Select your Rule Type](#step-2-select-your-rule-type)
* [Step 3: Select your Rule Operator](#step-3-select-your-rule-operator)
* [Step 4: Enter your Value/s](#step-4-enter-your-value/s)
* [Step 5: Select your Rule Action](#step-5-select-your-rule-action)
* [Step 6: Select your Hubs ](#step-6-select-your-hubs)
* [Step 7: Order your Entry Rules](#step-7-order-your-entry-rules)
* [Step 8: Monitor your Entry Rule ](#step-8-monitor-your-entry-rule)

### Step 1: Navigate to Entry Rules in Workspace Settings

<img alt="Entry Rules: step 7 — Step 1: Navigate to Entry Rules in Workspace Settings" />

* **(1)** Navigate to your **Workspace** in the Komo Portal from the main dashboard.
* **(2)** Click on the **Settings** icon (gear icon) in the left navigation panel.
* **(3)** Select **Entry rules** from the settings menu.
* **(4)** Click on **Create entry rule** to begin setting up your new rule.
  <Warning>
    Entry Rules are now configured at the **workspace level**, which means they apply across all hubs within your workspace by default. You can restrict rules to specific hubs in the configuration dialog.
  </Warning>

### Step 2: Select your Rule Type

<img alt="Entry Rules: step 2 — Step 2: Select your Rule Type" />

* **(1)** Select your **rule type** from the dropdown menu.

<Note>
  Your Rule Type is the data property you wish for the rule to apply to. Here, you can choose from:

  * **Email** - Scans all incoming email addresses
  * **Phone** - Scans all incoming phone numbers
  * **IP Address** - Scans all incoming IP addresses to prevent entries from specific locations or known spam sources
</Note>

### Step 3: Select your Rule Operator

<img alt="Entry Rules: step 3 — Step 3: Select your Rule Operator" />

* **(1)** Select your **Rule Operator** from the dropdown menu.

  <Note>
    Your Rule Operator is the criteria of the Rule Type you wish to scan for. Below is a description of each rule:

    * **Equals:** anything that matches this rule exactly.
    * **Does not equal:** anything that doesn't match the rule.
    * **Contains:** where part of the rule is contained in the email/phone.
    * **Does not contain:** where the email/phone doesn't include part of this rule.
    * **Starts with:** where the email/phone begins with this rule.
    * **Ends with:** where the email/phone ends with this rule.
    * **Regex match:** a short for regular expression, and is a sequence of characters that specifies a match pattern in text. This pattern-based matching is used to configure more complex entry rules. You can learn more about Regex Matches [here](https://regex101.com/).
  </Note>

### Step 4: Enter your Value/s

<img alt="Entry Rules: step 4 — Step 4: Enter your Value/s" />

* **(1)** Input the value/s you wish for your rule to search for when running the rule.
  <Note>
    Here, you can input whole email addresses or single text patterns you wish to search for with your rule. Add as many as you like here, but make sure you create different rules for different Rule Operators. <img alt="Komo AI (Kai): option b — Step 4: Review Kai's reverse brief and generate the card" />
  </Note>

### Step 5: Select your Rule Action

<img alt="Entry Rules: step 5 — Step 5: Select your Rule Action" />

* **(1)** Select your **Rule Action** from the dropdown menu.
  <Note>
    Here, you can choose to either Allow (A) or Disqualify (B) the value/s you have used in this particular rule.
  </Note>

### Step 6: Select your Hubs

* **(1)** Select the Hub/s you wish for this rule to apply to from the dropdown menu then click on Add.
  <Warning>
    If you don't select any Hubs, the Entry Rule will apply to ALLHubs within your company.
  </Warning>

### Step 7: Order your Entry Rules

<img alt="Entry Rules: step 7 — Step 7: Order your Entry Rules" />

* If you have created more than one Entry Rule, it's important to order them. Your rules will run in the order you select, number 1 being the first rule to run.
  * The first rule that matches will be applied. If no rules match, the entry will be accepted.
* **(1) reorder** your Entry Rules, use the burger icon to drag and drop them accordingly.

### Step 8: Monitor your Entry Rules

<img alt="Entry Rules: step 8 — Step 8: Monitor your Entry Rules" />

* To monitor your new Entry Rule, navigate to an **Engagement Hub** and click on the card to open the editing modal.
* **(1)** Navigate to the **Data capture** tab.
* **(2)** Navigate to the **Entries** tab of the data capture dropdown menu.
* **(3)** Use the search bar to find specific entries or click on the **table columns filter** button to customize what information is displayed.
* **(4)** Filter entries by **Status** (Qualified/Disqualified) using the column sorting options.
* **(5)** Use the **Export entries** button to download filtered results for analysis.
  <Note>
    You will now see your competition entries filtered by either their 'Qualified' or 'Disqualified' status, depending on your filtering choice. <img alt="Entry Rules: step 1 — Step 8: Monitor your Entry Rules" /> This is how you will **monitor how effective your Entry Rule is at your desired action**, allowing you to make changes to the rule as and when needed. To make changes to your Entry Rules, simply navigate back to Workspace Settings as in [**Step 1**](#step-1-navigate-to-entry-rules-in-workspace-settings), click the 3 dots next to any rule and select **edit.**
  </Note>

## FAQ

**How do I use a Rejex Pattern to configure an Entry Rule?**

A regular expression (Regex) is a sequence of characters that define a search pattern. As a part of the Entry Rules feature, we have included Regex as a Rule Operator to help you configure more complex Entry Rules.

Here are some examples of how you might write a Regex for the purpose of pattern-based matching in your Entry Rules:

* If you want to find a specific sequence of characters, you can simply **write those characters** in the pattern.
* If you're looking for any single character from a set of options, you can enclose those options in **square brackets**. For example, \[0123456789] will match any digit.
* To find zero or more occurrences of the character or group of characters that come before it, you can use the **star (\*) symbol**.
* If you need to find one or more occurrences of the character or group of characters that come before it, you can use the **plus (+) symbol**.

<Note>
  Keep in mind that regular expressions can become quite intricate and hard to understand. So, it's a good idea to use tools like regex testers to help you debug and optimize your patterns. Try [https://regex101.com/.](https://regex101.com/)
</Note>


# Fact Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/fact-card/index

Used to quickly educate your audience about your brand's products and services.

## What is it?

The Fact card allows you to upload an image (1920px by 1080px) and overlay it with text.

The Fact card is used to share information about your brand, products, or whatever topic you wanted to discuss. It is great for promoting your brand, new products or just delighting your audience with a fun fact.

### Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Fact card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-fact-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Edit your card settings](#step-2-edit-your-card-settings)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Fact card to your Hub

<img alt="Fact Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Fact card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **Add Content,** from here select **Media** and then **Fact.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Edit your card settings

<img alt="Fact Card: step 2 — Step 2: Edit your card settings" />

* Clicking on the **Fact** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Here you add a **Title** for your card.
* **(2)** Write a **description or fact** you wish to share.
* **(3)** Upload an **image** here.
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Fact Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

<Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1Os299H5BbialJvEIcXF5la0Z6rElFu7_cbHA8MtefeY/edit?usp=sharing" />

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Can I add an author tag and description to my Fact card?**

Yes, you can do this by clicking on the **Options** button at the bottom of the card.

**What file formats can I upload?**

You can upload PNG, JPEG, GIFs for the Fact card.


# Image Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/image-card/index

Display a branded image, gif, or advertisement.

## What is it?

An Image card allows you to share an image or GIF on your Hub. This image can be linked to an external site or another card in your Hub, or simply exist as an image. The Image card is a great option for sponsored posts or advertisement!

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add an Image card to your Hub](#step-1-add-an-image-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Add your Cover image](#step-2-add-your-cover-image)
* [Step 3: Add a Data capture (Optional)](#step-3-add-a-data-capture-optional)
* [Step 4: Publish your card](#step-4-publish-your-card)

<Card title="Want the design asset guideline?" icon="sparkles" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1Os299H5BbialJvEIcXF5la0Z6rElFu7_cbHA8MtefeY/edit" />

### Step 1: Add an Image card to your Hub

<img alt="Image Card: step 1 — Step 1: Add an Image card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **Add Content,** from here select **Media** and then **Image.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add your Cover image

<img alt="Image Card: step 2 — Step 2: Add your Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Image** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Here is where you'll add your **Cover** image.
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(4)** Here you can add a **call-to-action** button below the card.

  <Note>
    This is only visible if you have a data capture attached. If you have this disabled, make sure you add a CTA in the cover image. <img alt="Image Card: option a — Step 2: Add your Cover image" />

    * **(A)** Once you have enabled the button, click on the bar to alter the **colour and copy** of the call-to-action.
  </Note>
* **(5)** Here you have the option to direct users to an **external site or card** when they click on the image.

### Step 3: Add a Data capture *(Optional)*

Add a Data Capture to your Vote card if you want to collect user data.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: Publish your card

<img alt="Image Card: step 4 — Step 4: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**What type file formats can I upload in the Image card?**

You can upload PNG, JPEG and GIF formatted images.


# Interactive Q&A
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/interactive-qa/index

Interactive Q&A helps panel moderators run seamless and engaging events!

## What is it?

The Treasure Hunt allows you to create a digital scavenger hunt for your audience by providing clues or riddles to direct users to different touchpoints either in a physical space (e.g. a shopping center) or digitally (e.g. Facebook and Instagram pages).

Users will need to go to these touchpoints and to confirm they were there, they will need to enter a secret code or scan a QR code to mark the checkpoint as completed.

### See it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

[Pre-event](#pre-event)

* [Step 1: Add the Interactive Q\&A to your Hub](#step-1-add-the-interactive-q\&a-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Add a Cover image](#step-2-add-a-cover-image)
* [Step 3: Add a Data capture form](#step-3-add-a-data-capture-form)
* [Step 4: Configure your Gameplay screens](#step-4-configure-your-gameplay-screens)
* [Step 5: Add Communications to your Card](#step-5-add-communications-to-your-card)
* [Step 6: Create Live Data Feeds for your Q\&A](#step-6-create-live-data-feeds-for-your-q\&a)
* [Step 7: Publish your Card](#step-7-publish-your-card)

[On the Day:](#on-the-day)

* [Step 1: Configure your Moderator settings](#step-1-configure-your-moderator-settings)
* [Step 2: Moderate your Q\&A](#step-2-moderate-your-q\&a)
* [Step 3: Display your Live Data Feed](#step-3-display-your-live-data-feed)
* [Step 4: Make your Q\&A closed for questions](#step-4-make-your-q\&a-closed-for-questions)

### Pre-Event

#### Step 1: Add the Interactive Q\&A to your Hub

<img alt="Interactive Q&A: step 1 — Step 1: Add the Interactive Q&A to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon**, from here select **Games** and then **Interactive Q\&A.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

#### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Interactive Q&A: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Interactive Q\&A** card will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Navigate to the **Cover** tab of the editing module.
* **(2)** Input text above the cover image to add an option **title**, or **(8)** turn this off here.
* **(3)** This is where you can upload a **cover image** by clicking on the **add image** icon.
* **(4)** Clicking on the **call-to-action button** will allow you to edit the copy and colors of this section or **(9)** you can toggle this off in the righthand toolbar.
* **(5)** Set the **Outer card shell colours** (description and share bar).
* **(6)** You can add an **Author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(7)** Add a **Description** to the card.

#### Step 3: Add a Data capture form

Data capture is **required** for this card. This will be on by default but will require you to configure additional settings.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

#### Step 4: Configure your Gameplay screens

<img alt="Interactive Q&A: step 4 — Step 4: Configure your Gameplay screens" />

* Here is where you will set up all the screens which your users will see.
* **(1)** Add your **logo** to the header of the gameplay screen by uploading an image.
* **(2)** Add a **Cover Image** to your gameplay screen by uploading an image.
  <Tip>
    This cover image is a great place to lay out some ground rules, or include some photos of your talent, etc.
  </Tip>
* **(3)** Add a **title** to your gameplay screen by inputting text below the cover image.
* **(4)** Add a **description** to your gameplay screen by inputting text below the title.
* **(5)** Navigate to the **settings** toolbar on the righthand side of the editing modal. Here you can toggle on or off the submitting of questions from your audience (more on this later!).
* **(6)** Configure the **maximum number of questions** users can have pending approval at one time.
* **(7)** Here you can also configure the **question length limit** in characters.
* **(8)** By clicking on the **header drop-down menu** in the **settings toolbar**, you can configure the header settings.

  <Accordion title="Setting the Header">
    <img alt="Interactive Q&A: option a — Step 4: Configure your Gameplay screens" />

    * **(A)** Here you can **toggle off** the logo for your gameplay screen.
    * **(B)** Edit the **background color** of your gameplay screen.
    * **(C)** Alter the **text colors** within your header.
    * **(D)** Set the active and inactive tab colors.
    * **(E)** Here you can change the **question count color**.
  </Accordion>
* **(9)** You can configure the body settings by clicking on the **body drop-down menu** in the settings toolbar.

  <Accordion title="Setting the Body">
    <img alt="Interactive Q&A: option d — Step 4: Configure your Gameplay screens" />

    * **(A)** Edit the **background color** or image of the body section.
    * **(B)** Change the question **background color**.
    * **(C)** Alter the question **text colors**.
    * **(D)** Here you can edit the color of the **like button**.
  </Accordion>
* **(10)** By clicking on the **footer drop-down menu** in the **settings toolbar**, you can configure the footer settings.

  <Accordion title="Setting the Footer">
    <img alt="Interactive Q&A: option c — Step 4: Configure your Gameplay screens" />

    * **(A)** Edit the question **placeholder text.**
    * **(B)** Change the colors of your **question box.**
  </Accordion>

#### Step 5: Add Communications to your Card

* To add email or SMS communications to your Q\&A Card, follow the steps in [this Knowledge Base article](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms).
  <Tip>
    A great way we've seen the Communications used for this card is to send an SMS with some Q\&A ground rules once a user fills out the data capture form!
  </Tip>

#### Step 6: Create Live Data Feeds for your Q\&A (optional)

* Live Data Feeds are an incredible way to present your submitted questions on the big screen at your event! ( Learn how to set them up [using this article](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture)

#### Step 7: Publish your Card

<img alt="Interactive Q&A: step 7 — Step 7: Publish your Card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, have tested your card and are happy with all the aspects, it's time to make your Interactive Q\&A live**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

### On the Day

#### Step 1: Configure your Moderator settings

<img alt="Interactive Q&A: step 1 — Step 1: Configure your Moderator settings" />

* **(1)** Navigate to the **moderator** tab of the editing modal.
* **(2)** In the **Settings panel** on the right-hand side of the editing modal, toggle on the **open for questions** setting to allow users to submit questions to your Q\&A.
* **(3)** Here you can also select the **maximum number of questions** a user can have pending approval.
* **(4)** Here you can configure the **length of user questions in characters.**

#### Step 2: Moderate your Q\&A

<img alt="Interactive Q&A: step 2 — Step 2: Moderate your Q&A" />

* **(1)** Here you can add your own questions by clicking the **+ Add Question** button.
* **(2)** Filter the **question order** here.
* **(3)** Here you can also **refresh** the list of incoming questions in the **review tab** as you go to ensure all questions come through to moderation.
* **(4) Reject** or **Approve** questions here.

  <Accordion title="Moderating Questions">
    <img alt="Interactive Q&A: option a — Step 2: Moderate your Q&A" />

    * **(A)** As questions are answered, navigate to the **Live** tab of the moderating panel.
    * **(B)** The questions you select as **answered** will move automatically into the **archived** tab of the moderating panel.
    * **(C)** Here you can also **pin questions** to the top of your audience's live question feed.
    * **(D)** When a question has been answered, simply click the **answer** button to remove it from the live tab.
  </Accordion>

#### Step 3: Display your Live Data Feed

<img alt="Interactive Q&A: option d — Step 3: Display your Live Data Feed" />

* **(1)** Navigate to the **Live Feeds** tab of your Engagement Hub.
* **(2)** To open a Live Data Feed, click on the **Link** hyperlink and it will automatically populate in a new window. The screens within this feed will automatically switch using the duration in seconds that you set in Part 1.
  <Tip>
    Depending on your browser and/or device, follow the necessary tips to hide your browser toolbar. This will ensure your Data Feed is displayed in full-screen.
  </Tip>

#### Step 4: Make your Q\&A closed for questions

<img alt="Interactive Q&A: step 4 — Step 4: Make your Q&A closed for questions" />

* Once your Q\&A has concluded, or you've reached your limit of questions, it's time to close your Q\&A for questions.
* **(1)** On the right-hand **settings panel**, toggle off the open for questions setting.

## "Go Live" Checklist

Ready to go live with your Interactive Q\&A? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking that you have:

* If you're using your Interactive Q\&A as a competition, ensure you've updated the T\&Cs template accessible [here](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions), and hyperlinked them to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* All images uploaded to each screen are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* All your **communications** are fully set up and ready to send.
* Ensured you have set your Q\&A **open for questions** so that users can submit questions.
* Set up your **data capture form** to gather the user data you're looking to collect.
* Ensured that you have nominated a **moderator** to approve/ reject questions and keep track of the back end of the mechanic.
* Ensured that you have set the **question and question character limits** to your liking.
* Edited the **Gameplay** screen of the Interactive Q\&A to reflect your branding.
* Checked the **overview tab** to make sure that all required settings of the Interactive Q\&A card have been configured.

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YfF3havjGRqi2U-zc2bU-lpb_kVe-E92/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1CEjsCnLUZWKMIkrvgX_3yZL-jpFW2s9WyhH0mvUPlcc/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Is there a limit to the number of questions audience members can submit?**

You can set your own limit to the number of questions an individual user can submit (between 3 and 5). However, there is no limit to the number of questions that can be submitted from users in general! As with any Card on the Komo Platform, the Interactive Q\&A is built to scale with you, no matter the size of your event.

**Can I reject a question once it's in the live tab?**

We have provided this feature, just in case your moderator accidentally approves a question that should have been rejected. Simply navigate to the live hub and reject any question you wish to archive immediately.

**What's the difference between the different tabs in gameplay?**

The Popular tab of the gameplay screen will show those questions that have the most 'likes' or 'votes'. This tab makes it easy for users and moderators alike to identify the audience's most burning questions. The Recent tab will simply show the questions that have most recently been approved and made live. The 'You' tab will display questions the user has submitted, either with a 'waiting for approval' status or simply displaying as live.

## Top Tips

* Plan a seamless Q\&A session in advance by embedding your Interactive Q\&A card in an email to your audience pre-event and having them submit their questions before your event starts! (- This way, you can also moderate questions in advance and go straight into answering.)
* Try pre-populating your Q\&A with a few questions before you invite your users to submit their own questions. This will give them some inspiration and make asking their own question feel less intimidating!
* Use your cover image and gameplay screen to give your audience some context. Use these graphics to make the theme of your Q\&A clear.
* Send your users an SMS after filling in the data capture form to set some ground rules for your Q\&A. A tactic as simple as this can make a huge difference in reducing the number of inappropriate questions you'll have to weed through!


# Live Data Feeds
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/live-data-feeds/index

Discover how to use our Live Data Feeds to customise big-screen displays to reflect your brand and share your Hub at scale!

## What is it?

Our Live Data Feeds are a solution we've engineered to allow you to display card data and promotional content from your Hub on the big screen during live events! These can be used in a variety of environments, from sports games, conferences, panels and even virtual events \[read more about use cases [here](#common-use-cases).

With Live Data Feeds, you can completely customise big-screen displays to reflect your brand and share your Hub at scale. Add text, QR codes, the results from your cards, and more to create an immersive experience that helps your audience feel a part of the action!

## Common Use Cases

We thought we'd share a few examples of how our Live Data Feeds are used by our customers - Just to get the ideas flowing!

### B\&T Awards Live Trivia Leaderboard Data Feed

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: b&T Awards Live Trivia Leaderboard Data Feed" />

### Sydney FC Man of the Match Predictor Data Feed

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: sydney FC Man of the Match Predictor Data Feed" />

### Komo Joyalty event promotional Data Feed

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: komo Joyalty event promotional Data Feed" />

## How do I build one?

### Preparing your Live Data Feed/s

#### Step 1: Add a Live Data Feed to your Hub

**Note:** If you are creating a Data Feed where you want to pull data from a particular card, you will need to ensure you have set up the card prior to creating your Data Feed.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Live Data Feed to your Hub" />

**- Enter your Engagement Hub on the portal.**

* **(1)** Navigate to the **Data Feeds** tab at the top of your screen.
* **(2)** Click the **Get Started** button to create a Data Feed.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 1: Add a Live Data Feed to your Hub" />

* **(A)** Name your Data Feed.
* **(B)** Choose your **sizing** from the pre-set sizes or set your own screen length and width.
* **(C)** Click **Create.**

#### Step 2: Configure your Data Feed layout

<Note>
  When you enter the editing modal, you will see the screens and layers panel on the left-hand side of your screen. **Screens** are where you can add more screens to one Data Feed and edit their metadata. **Layers** are where you will see the content you have added to your screen. A **Stage** is what we call a particular screen in a Data Feed. This is where you will add content to your Data Feed.
</Note>

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 2: Configure your Data Feed layout" />

* **(1)** Navigate to the **layers drop-down** menu in the left-hand panel.

**(2)** To add content to your Stage, hover over the stage and click the **+ icon.**

<Tip>
  A great place to start when configuring your Data Feed is to **choose a layout**. This will allow you to organise content in different sections of the screen, i.e. a different section for card data, a title, etc.
</Tip>

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 2: Configure your Data Feed layout" />

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 2: Configure your Data Feed layout" />

* **(3)** Click **Layout** to select a layout (A) to add to your Screen. Choose from a range of horizontal and vertical layouts.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 2: Configure your Data Feed layout" />

* **(A)** To edit the dimensions of each layout section you have just added, click on the section you want to edit to select it and navigate to the **settings panel** on the right-hand side of the editing modal.
* **(B)** To make changes to the **width and/or height**, click on the drop-down menu under these dimensions and select **fixed.** From there, enter the dimensions you wish for the section to display.
* Once you have adjusted the dimensions of your sections, you can begin to **add content** to your layout.
  <Note>
    Steps 3-8 are all optional, depending on the content you wish to add to the Data Feed!
  </Note>

#### Step 3: Add an image to your Data Feed

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 3 — Step 3: Add an image to your Data Feed" />

* **(1)** To add an image to your Data Feed, select the section you wish to add the button to and click the **+ icon** that appears.
* **(2)** Select the **image** from the **add content** menu.
* **(A)** Upload an **image** from your device, or choose an image from our Canva, Unsplash and Giphy integrations.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 3: Add an image to your Data Feed" />

* **(B)** Once added, you can edit your image by selecting it and navigating to the right-hand settings panel.
* **(C)** Use the settings panel to adjust the dimensions and styling of your image.

#### Step 4: Add a QR code to your Data Feed

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option b — Step 4: Add a QR code to your Data Feed" />

* **(1)** To add a QR code to your Data Feed, select the section you wish to add the button to and click the **+ icon** that appears.
* **(2)** Select the **QR code** from the **add content** menu.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 4: Add a QR code to your Data Feed" />

* **(A)** Input the **destination URL** for your QR code. This will automatically fill with the URL for your Engagement Hub but you can change it if you wish.
* **(B)** Click **add.**

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 4: Add a QR code to your Data Feed" />

* **(a)** Once added, you can edit your QR code by selecting it and navigating to the right-hand settings panel.
* **(b)** Use the **settings panel** to adjust the dimensions and styling of your QR code.

#### Step 5: Add text to your Data Feed

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 5 — Step 5: Add text to your Data Feed" />

* **(1)** To add text to your Data Feed, select the section you wish to add the button to and click the **+ icon** that appears.
* **(2)** Select **text** from the **add content** menu.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 5: Add text to your Data Feed" />

* **(A)** Input the **text** you want to display on your Data Feed.
* **(B)** Click **add.**

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 5: Add text to your Data Feed" />

* **(a)** Once added, you can edit your text by selecting it and navigating to the right-hand settings panel.
* **(b)** Use the **settings panel** to adjust the dimensions and styling of your text.

#### Step 6: Add card data to your Data Feed

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 6 — Step 6: Add card data to your Data Feed" />

* **(1)** To add card data to your Data Feed, select the section you wish to add the button to and click the **+ icon** that appears.
* **(2)** Select **card data** from the **add content** menu.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 6: Add card data to your Data Feed" />

* **(A)** From the **drop-down** menu, select the card you would like to source data from.
* **(B)** Depending on the card you've chosen, you will have some **data elements to choose from**. In this example, we've chosen the Trivia card, so we can choose to display a leaderboard, question text or question responses. In this example, let's choose the leaderboard.
  <Note>
    Can't find your card? Please note that only Data Feed-supported cards are shown.
  </Note>

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option b — Step 6: Add card data to your Data Feed" />

* **(a)** Once added, you can edit your card data by selecting it and navigating to the right-hand settings panel.
* **(b)** Use the **settings panel** to adjust the dimensions and styling of your card data.
* **(c)** Set the **Data polling time (seconds)** to control how often the data source is polled for updated content. The minimum polling interval is 5 seconds. For data feeds with multiple screens, data is refreshed on each screen transition instead of using this interval.

#### Step 7: Style your Data Feed

* Once you've added the content you want to display on your Data Feeds, you're ready to style it.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 7 — Step 7: Style your Data Feed" />

* **(1)** To begin styling your Data Feed, select your **stage**.
* **(2)** Navigate to the **settings panel** on the right-hand side of the editing modal.
* **(3)** Here you can **adjust your existing layout** and the placement of your individual elements.
* **(4)** This is where you can **add a background image**, **colour** or **overlay** to your Data Feed!

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 7: Style your Data Feed" />

* **(5)** Once you've finished styling, click **save**.

<Tip>
  Uploading a **background** is a great way to ensure your logo and other brand assets are included in your Data Feed without uploading separate elements like images, etc. This is what we did in the example above. **Note:** If you want to create **multiple screens within one data feed**, go to **screens** in the right-hand panel of your Data Feed and click **+ add screen.** Then repeat steps 2-9. If you want to create multiple screens that you can **manually switch between** (i.e. so that there's no set time between screens), repeat steps 1-9.
</Tip>

#### Step 8: Edit the metadata of your screens

<Note>
  Metadata allows you to edit the **name** of your screen and the duration \[in seconds] of your screen before it automatically cycles through the remainder of your screens.

  Please note that the duration is only relevant if you have more than one screen in one particular data feed.
</Note>

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 8: Edit the metadata of your screens" />

* **(1)** To edit the metadata of a particular screen, navigate to the screens drop-down menu on the left-hand side of the editing modal.
* **(2)** Click the **edit metadata** button.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: option a — Step 8: Edit the metadata of your screens" />

* **(A)** Here you can change the **name** of your data feed.
* **(B)** You can also input the **duration** of the screen in seconds \[see note above for more information].
* **(C)** Click **update.**

Now you're ready to share your Live Data Feed on the big screen! 🎉

### Sharing your Live Data Feed/s

#### Step 1: Check your connection to the big screen

* This step will depend on the technology you're using to share your Live Data Feed but ensure that you have double-checked your connection and tested your Live Data feed prior to your event!

<Note>
  If you're sharing one \[1] Data Feed, go to step 2 & skip step 3. If you're sharing more than one \[2+] Data Feed, skip step 2 & go to step 3.
</Note>

#### Step 2: Open your Data Feed

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 2 — Step 2: Open your Data Feed" />

* **(1)** Navigate to the **Data Feeds** tab of the portal.
* **(2)** To open your Data Feed, click on the **link** button next to the title of your Data Feed, or **use the clipboard icon** to copy the link to share with your AV teams at your event.

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 3 — Step 2: Open your Data Feed" />

* **(3)** Your Data Feed will populate in a new tab of your browser. Depending on your browser and/or device, follow the steps to **hide your toolbar** so that only your Data Feed is visible.

#### Step 3: Open your Data Feeds & organise your windows

<img alt="Live Data Feeds: step 3 — Step 3: Open your Data Feeds & organise your windows" />

* **(1)** Navigate to the **Data Feeds** tab of the portal.
* **(2)** To open your Data Feeds, click on the **link** button next to the title of each Data Feed.
* **(3)** Your Data Feeds will populate in multiple new tabs of your browser. Because you're using separate data feeds, we recommend moving these tabs into **separate windows** so you can easily switch between them.
* **(4)** Depending on your browser and/or device, follow the steps to **hide your toolbar** so that only your Data Feeds are visible.
* **(5)** Ensure that you organise your Data Feed windows so that they are in the order you desire to display them and that you don't have any external windows open when you're ready to display them - this will ensure a seamless live experience.

## "Go Live" Checklist

Ready to go live with your Data Feeds? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking that you have:

* Tested your Live Data Feed by [opening it up.](#contents-what-is-it)
* Ensured all dimensions within your screens are correct.
* Ensured all styling of your screens reflects your brand.
* Made any connected cards live to ensure they will pull data in real time.
* Organised your windows if you are displaying more than one Data Feed.
* Set up your window so that your browser toolbar isn't visible.

## FAQ

Will card data and leaderboards update automatically when they're displayed?

Yes! If your audience is playing a game live, the Data Feeds will pull response data in real time. This is also true of leaderboards, which will populate with first-party data and scores as the action happens. For single-screen data feeds, you can configure the **Data polling time** to control how frequently data refreshes (minimum 5 seconds). For multi-screen data feeds, data is refreshed automatically on each screen transition.

Can I upload my own QR code to a Data Feed instead of using the in-built feature?

You absolutely can! Create your QR code using your external source and upload it as an image (follow [step 4](#contents-what-is-it) in [preparing your Data Feed](#bt-awards-live-trivia-leaderboard-data-feed)).

## Top tips

* A great place to start when creating a Data Feed is to choose a layout, like in [step 2](#step-1-add-a-live-data-feed-to-your-hub) of the '[preparing your data feed](#bt-awards-live-trivia-leaderboard-data-feed)' section of this article. This will allow you to add different content to separate sections of the screen, such as a section for your logo, your title and your card data.
* Include some context on your screens so that audience members know what they're looking at! For example, if you are displaying a leaderboard, include a title like 'Live Trivia Leaderboard'.
* Include promotion screens as a part of your Feed to direct audience members back to your Hub using a QR code.
* We mentioned this earlier, but in case you missed it, uploading a background image to your Data Feed is a great way to ensure that your logo and other brand assets are reflected without having to upload them as separate elements like images!


# Meme Generator
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/meme-generator/index

Allow users to create, download, and share branded memes in your Engagement Hub.

## What is it?

The **Meme Generator** card lets users create and share unique memes within your **Engagement Hub**. You define the template, control which elements users can edit, and optionally require **Data Capture** before users download or share their creation.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Meme Generator to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-meme-generator-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Create your template](#step-2-create-your-template)
* [Step 3: Set up your user options](#step-3-set-up-your-user-options)
* [Step 4: Set up your result screen](#step-4-set-up-your-result-screen)
* [Step 5: Set up your Data Capture *(Optional)*](#step-5-set-up-your-data-capture-optional)
* [Step 6: Publish your card](#step-6-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Meme Generator to your Hub

<img alt="Meme Generator: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Meme Generator to your Hub" />

1. Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
2. Click **+ Add card**, select **Games**, then **Meme Generator**.
3. Provide an **internal name** for the card and click **Add**.

Your new card appears in the Hub editor.

### Step 2: Create your template

<img alt="Meme Generator: step 2 — Step 2: Create your template" />

Click the **Meme Generator** card to open the editor. In this step you create the default meme template, which also acts as the cover image for the card.

* **(1)** Set the card **title**.

* **(2)** Configure your **Meme Canvas**.

  <Accordion title="Setting up your Meme Canvas">
    <img alt="Meme Generator: option a — Step 2: Create your template" />

    * **(A)+(B)** Click here to edit **text** on the canvas.
      * **(a)** Select a text box and choose whether users can edit it (**Input**) or not (**Read-Only**).
      * **(b)** Set the **label** for the text box.
      * **(c)** Change the **font size**.
      * **(d)** Change the **font type**.
      * **(e)** Change the **text alignment**.
      * **(f)** Scroll down to change the **text colour**.
      * **(g)** Add a **text outline**.
      * **(h)** **Clone** the text item.
      * **(i)** **Delete** the text item.
    * **(C)+(D)** Add **text** and **images** to your canvas.
    * **(E)** Select the **aspect ratio** users will create memes in.
    * **(F)** Set the **default background image** (also used as the card cover image).
    * **(G)** **Rearrange** canvas items as you add content.

    <Note>
      Text elements remain in place regardless of which background image is selected.
    </Note>
  </Accordion>

* **(3)** Edit the colour and copy of the **call-to-action bar**.

* **(4)** Set the **outer card shell colours** (description and share bar).

* **(5)** Add an **author** tag to show who created the card content.

* **(6)** Add a **description** for the card.

### Step 3: Set up your user options

<img alt="Meme Generator: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your user options" />

Open the **Gameplay** tab to configure what users can change when creating a meme.

* **(1)** Set the **title** shown during meme creation.

* **(2)** Enter a **description** for the meme experience.

* **(3)+(4)** Scroll down to **customise labels** for interactive elements.

* **(5)** Edit the colour and copy of the **submit button**.

* **(6)** Toggle on **additional background imagery** to let users choose from extra backgrounds.

  <Accordion title="Setting up additional background imagery">
    <img alt="Meme Generator: option a — Step 3: Set up your user options" />

    When enabled, a new section appears where you can manage background options:

    * **(A)** Add image or colour **backgrounds** for users to choose from. Keep backgrounds similar in composition so text placement stays readable.
    * **(B)** Select an image to **edit** it.
    * **(C)** Mark an upload as the **default background**.
    * **(D)** **Delete** a background option.
  </Accordion>

* **(7)** Optionally add **banned words** to block inappropriate user input.

  <Tip>
    Blacklisted words are replaced with `***` when users submit text.
  </Tip>

* **(8)** View all **memes created** on this card, along with associated user details, under **Meme Creations**.

### Step 4: Set up your result screen

Configure the screen shown after a user creates a meme.

* **(1)** Edit the colour and copy of the **share button**, or use **(4)** to turn it off.
* **(2)** Edit the colour and copy of the **download button**, or use **(5)** to turn it off.
* **(3)** Edit the colour and copy of the **make another button**, or use **(6)** to turn it off.

### Step 5: Set up your Data Capture *(Optional)*

Adding **Data Capture** requires users to enter their details before they can download their creation.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 6: Publish your card

Once you are happy with your card, publish it to make it available on your **Engagement Hub**.

1. **Publish** the card manually, or **Schedule** publish and unpublish dates and times.
2. Click **...** and select **Preview** to test the user journey before going live. See [card testing](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing) for more detail.
3. Add the card to a page and confirm it is **Visible** if you want it shown on your Hub.

<Note>
  If **Data Capture** is attached, competition entries are recorded and count toward card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your **Meme Generator**? Review the following before launch:

* All uploaded images use the **correct dimensions**. Export image files at 2x resolution to avoid pixelation.
* You have added an example **setup and punchline** on the card, with those text fields set to **Input** so users can edit the copy.
* You have uploaded a list of **banned words** if users can enter custom text.

If you are running a competition with **Data Capture** attached:

* All **communications** (Registration, Winner/s, Everybody Else) are set up and ready to send.
* You have linked your [**T\&Cs**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in field in **Data Capture**.
* **Prizes** and awarding rules are configured correctly.
* If you are using **Digital Coupons**, confirm coupon limits, screen copy, and communication links are correct.

Then you are ready to go live.

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1nFWFUPVCWMhPPORbvWFC8QW4BPQTnzta/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1d92R4bHhHJeTgn7rUNHXMyuCwMsW0yTxvaNJhYQwigU/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**How many background options can I upload?** You can add as many background options as you need.

**When a meme is created, where is it stored?** Open the **Meme Creations** tab on the card to review, download, and view user details for each submission.

**Is there a way to see the number of creations made?** Open the card **Settings** tab and select **Analytics** for card stats. You can also check the total at the bottom of the **Meme Creations** tab.

**Can users take photos or selfies in the Meme Generator?** No. If you want users to take photos within a card, use the [Photo Frame](/interactive-features/features/photo-frame) card instead.

## Top tips

* Let users edit text where possible. Personalised memes drive stronger engagement than read-only templates.
* Test longer text inputs before launch and resize text boxes so copy remains readable.
* Run competitions with the **Meme Generator** card—feature winning memes on social channels, or display finalists in a [Carousel](/interactive-features/features/carousel-card) or [Vote](/interactive-features/features/vote-card) card to extend engagement.
* Place text boxes near the edges of the canvas so user-uploaded backgrounds stay visible.
* Choose an **aspect ratio** that matches where users are most likely to share their memes (for example, square for Instagram or landscape for Facebook).


# Multi-page Hubs
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/multi-page-hubs/index

Effortlessly build and deploy multiple content pages within a single Hub using Multi-page Hubs.

## What is it?

Whether you need navigable pages for FAQs and T\&Cs, or independent campaign and sub-brand sites, Multi-page Hubs empowers you to scale Hubs to suit your specific requirements, with the ability to fully customize each page as needed.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Create your Hub

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: step 1 — Step 1: Create your Hub" />

* Navigate to **Hubs**.
* Once there, click **+ Create hub**.
* Input an **Internal name** for the hub and click **Create**.
* You will then see that your new hub has been created.

### Step 2: Add additional pages

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: step 2 — Step 2: Add additional pages" />

* **(1)** Click **+ (Create page)**.

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: option a — Step 2: Add additional pages" />

* **(A)** Give your page an appropriate **Page name**.
* **(B)** Give your page an appropriate **Page slug**.
* **(C)** Click **Create**.
* You will then see that your additional page has been created.
  **Notes:** Please remember that your **Page name** and **Page slug** will be publicly visible, so be sure to use a suitable name.

### Step 3: Edit page settings

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: step 3 — Step 3: Edit page settings" />

* Navigate to the **Page settings** tab.
* **(1)** This is where you can edit your **Page Name** if desired.
* **(2)** This is where you can edit your **Page slug** if desired.
* **(3)** This allows you to set the page you are currently editing as the **Homepage** if desired.

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: option a — Step 3: Edit page settings" />

* **(A)** This is where you can set a new **Page slug** for the new homepage.
* **(B)** Select this box if you would like to use this page's SEO settings as the default SEO settings across all pages.
* **(C)** Click **Confirm** to implement the homepage change.
  **Notes:** You should only undertake these steps if you are looking to change which page displays as the homepage.
* **(4)** Here you can select whether your page is **Visible** (accessible by URL) or **Hidden** (only with password).
* **(5)** Here you can preview the SEO settings for that specific page. Click **Edit** to change these.

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: option c — Step 3: Edit page settings" />

* **(A)** Here you can edit your **Title** so that it is an optimal length for SEO purposes.
* **(B)** Edit the page **Description** to provide a brief outline of the page for viewing in search engines.
* **(C)** Upload a **Favicon** that will be displayed alongside the page listing in search engines. This is usually your brand logo or icon.
* **(D)** Be sure to **Preview** your SEO settings to ensure you're satisfied with how they will appear publically.
* **(E)** Click **Update** to confirm the settings.
* **(6)** Scrolling down you can select whether you would like **Indexing** enabled or not. Indexing determines whether the page is visible within search engines.
* **(7)** Scrolling down you can upload a **Sharing Image** which is the image that will be displayed when sharing the page on social media platforms.

### Step 4: Add a Menu

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: step 4 — Step 4: Add a Menu" />

* **(1)** Click on the **Menu** tab.
* **(2)** Click the **+ Add menu** button.
* **(3)** Give your menu an appropriate **Name**.
* **(4)** Click **Create**.
* You will now be shown a modal that gives you the ability to add clickable links to your menu.

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: option a — Step 4: Add a Menu" />

* **(A)** Click **Add menu link**.
* **(B)** Give your link an appropriate **Name** (this will be visible to the public within the menu).
* **(C)** Here you can select whether you want to link to an internal **Page** or external **URL**.
* **(D)** Select your internal **page** to link to or paste in an external **URL**.
* **(E)** Check this box if you would like the link to **Open in a new tab**.
* **(F)** Once you have completed all steps, click **Create**.

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: option c — Step 4: Add a Menu" />

* **(a)** Here you can preview how your menu will appear on **Mobile** and **Desktop** screens.
* **(b)** Click and drag the **6 dots** on the left to **reorder** the links in your menu.
* **(c)** Click the **3 dots** on the right to **Edit, Clone,** or **Delete** your link.
* **(d)** Click **Add menu link** to add additional links.
* **(e)** Select **Save** to finalize your changes.

### Step 5: Apply Menu to page

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: step 5 — Step 5: Apply Menu to page" />

Once you have created your menu(s) you will need to select which menu to apply to the page being edited.

* **(1)** Select which **menu** you would like to be applied to the page.

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: option a — Step 5: Apply Menu to page" />

* **(A)** Select **Yes, update**.
* **(2)** Click the **3 dots** to **Edit, Rename, Clone, or Delete** the menu (if required).
  > **Note:** If you would like a page to have no menu, you can select **No menu**.

### Step 6: Set active and inactive text colors

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: step 6 — Step 6: Set active and inactive text colors" />

* Once your menu has been applied to the page, you will need to set the **active** and **inactive** text colors.
* **(1)** Click on the **header bar** located at the top of the page.
* **(2)** Within the modal, set the **text color** you would like to apply to **inactive menu text**.
* **(3)** Here you can set the **text color** you would like to apply to **active menu text**.
* **(4)** Click **Update** to save your settings.

### Step 7: Edit page design

* Once you're ready to edit page design, [access this article](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture) for detailed instructions on editing page design.

### Step 8: Navigate between pages

<img alt="Multi-page Hubs: step 8 — Step 8: Navigate between pages" />

* **(1)** Click the dropdown next to your page **name**.
* **(2)** Select the name of the page you would like to navigate to.
* You will now be redirected to the selected page.

## FAQ

**Why would I use multiple pages?**

Multi-page Hubs are a valuable tool for those who don't want to confine their promotional activities to a single page. Whether you want to create pages for additional context, such as T\&Cs or FAQs, or would like to create dedicated sub-brand pages that sit under the one parent brand, Multi-page Hubs allows you to do so.

**How many pages am I able to create?**

With Multi-page Hubs, you can create as many additional pages as you like — there is no limit.

**What is the difference between pages that are 'Visible' and 'Hidden'?**

A page that is 'Visible' can be accessed by anyone via a URL. A 'Hidden' page is only viewable for those with a password (think of these like 'draft' pages).

**Do I have to create a menu for a page?**

Menus are an optional addition to pages. If you would prefer pages to only be navigable through URLs rather than a menu, you can opt not to create a menu.

**What is the purpose of having the option to create multiple menus?**

Menus are applied at the page level (not the Hub level), so you will need to designate an appropriate menu for each page you create. Having the option to create multiple menus gives you the flexibility to add variations to menus on each of the pages you create. This is particularly useful for parent brands who are looking to create sub-brand pages with unique menus on each page.


# Number Guess
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/number-guess/index

Challenge your community to predict the future or guess an unknown number.

## What is it?

The Number Guess allows users to numerically respond to a prompt by moving the slider. It can be used for questions like "How many cookies in the cookie jar?" or for a predictive game scenario such as "How many kicks will X player have?"

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Number Guess to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-number-guess-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Configure your Settings](#step-2-configure-your-settings)
* [Step 3: Set up your Data Capture](#step-3-set-up-your-data-capture)
* [Step 4: Publish your Card](#step-4-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Number Guess to your Hub

<img alt="Number Guess: step 3 — Step 1: Add a Number Guess to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon**, from here select **Games** and then **Number Guess**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Configure your Settings

<img alt="Number Guess: step 2 — Step 2: Configure your Settings" />

* Clicking on the **Number Guess** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** This is where you can add your **question**.
* **(2)** Upload a **cover image**.
  <Note>
    The image you upload will have automatically have a black overlay applied.
  </Note>
* **(3)** Upload a **slider icon**. For best practice, we recommend uploading a .PNG format image with the background removed.
* **(4)** By clicking here you can customize the **copy and color** of the call-to-action button.
* **(5)** Set the **Outer card shell colours** (description and share bar).
* **(6)** You can add an **author tag** by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(7)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(8)** Here you can edit more of the **guess settings**.

  <Accordion title="Editing Number Options">
    <img alt="Number Guess: option a — Step 2: Configure your Settings" />

    * **(A) + (B)** Here you can set the **range** that entrants can guess within.
    * **(C)** Here you can include a decimal value.
    * **(D)** Input the **correct answer** which will be shown to users after the competition is closed.
    * **(E)** Alter the **increment** for the guesses here.
  </Accordion>
* **(9)** You can the option to add a **suffix** to the answers.

### Step 3: Set up your Data Capture

Whilst adding competition to your Number Guess card is recommended to collect data, it is not always required and can be used purely as an engagement piece.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: Publish your Card

<img alt="Number Guess: step 4 — Step 4: Publish your Card" />

Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!

* **(1)** Publish your card manually for the world to see.
* **(2)** Schedule your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on the **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go Live" Checklist

Ready to go live with your Number Guess? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* The **slider image** with a transparent background.
* Hyperlinked your [T\&Cs](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* Entered the minimum and maximum numbers for the **guessing range**.
* All your **communications** (Registration, Winner/s, Everybody Else) are fully set up and ready to send.
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.
* If you have added the correct answer, make sure to close the competition under **Data Capture** and then **General.** This is so when the competition ends, users will be able to view the correct answer on the card.Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1FTS5QMOGVrWCTPlqVWnzy5OhpZ0CfDwb/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1HF2zlW4x90tJSBa461otE0jQqIjMr1iglBzHLKqdZqw/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

How do I change the guessing range?

Click on the Number Guess card's **Settings** followed by **General settings**. Next select the **Number options** and from here you can set the minimum number and maximum number an entrant can submit. [Follow Step 2(4) to learn more.](#step-2-configure-your-settings)

The competition has closed; how do I access the data?

Click into the card modal, then on **Data Capture** followed by **Entries.** Here you can download the complete export of data collected or click on the **Analytics** tab to get a high-level overview of the card's performance.

## Top tips

* Make sure the slider image does not have a background e.g. using a soccer ball, the image is of the ball on its own without a background. This makes the card more appealing.
* Adjust the minimum and maximum guessing range accordingly. Try not to have the maximum guess in the thousands as the slider will be sensitive if the maximum guess is too high.
* Drive your audience to certain touchpoints or locations to further promote your brand. E.g. guess the number of marshmallows in the jar at our Komo office.


# Personalised Prizing
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/personalised-prizing/index

Send targeted prize communications based on user selections or quiz outcomes in your Engagement Hub.

## What is it?

Personalised prizing lets you send separate SMS or email communications—and attach different **Digital Coupons** or offers—based on a user's selections or outcomes during an interactive card.

For example, if a **Poll** asks which product flavour a customer prefers, you can automatically send a coupon for the flavour they chose. If a **Personality Quiz** returns a specific result, you can send a prize tailored to that outcome.

<img alt="Personalised Prizing overview" />

<Note>
  Personalised prizing does not apply to every card type. It is available on cards where users make selections or answer questions, such as **Quiz**, **Poll**, **Personality Quiz**, **Live Trivia**, and **Live Predictor**.
</Note>

## Why would I use it?

Personalised communications increase the relevance of your offers and improve redemption rates. Instead of sending the same prize to every entrant, you can match the reward to what each person told you they want or how they engaged with your content.

This is especially useful for:

* Product sampling and flavour or variant selection
* Market research questions tied to targeted follow-up offers
* "Everyone wins" campaigns where the prize still varies by response

## When should I use it?

Personalised prizing works best when you have several different "everyone wins" prizes available for a single card—for example, multiple **Digital Coupons** linked to different poll options or quiz results.

You can also use it to send targeted marketing communications within prize emails based on user responses, without running a traditional winner-takes-all competition.

<Tip>
  Create your **Digital Coupons** before building the card. You will attach the correct coupon to each prize communication based on the user's answer or result. See [Prizes and Communications](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms) for how awarding rules work.
</Tip>

## How do I set it up?

* [Step 1: Create digital coupons](#step-1-create-digital-coupons)
* [Step 2: Add a new content card](#step-2-add-a-new-content-card)
* [Step 3: Build out your content card](#step-3-build-out-your-content-card)
* [Step 4: Add data capture](#step-4-add-data-capture)
* [Step 5: Create a prize](#step-5-create-a-prize)
* [Step 6: Award prize rule](#step-6-award-prize-rule)
* [Step 7: Add communications](#step-7-add-communications)
* [Step 8: Additional prizes](#step-8-additional-prizes)

### Step 1: Create digital coupons

<img alt="Personalised Prizing: step 7 — Step 1: Create digital coupons" />

* Create the individual digital coupons you plan to offer [Click here](/competitions-promotions/digital-coupons/digital-coupons) to learn how to create digital coupons

### Step 2: Add a new content card

<img alt="Personalised Prizing: step 2 — Step 2: Add a new content card" />

* Return to your Engagement Hub and add a new content card with a competition attached.

### Step 3: Build out your content card

<img alt="Personalised Prizing: step 3 — Step 3: Build out your content card" />

Build out your content card, making sure to include a question where users can choose from the different digital coupon offerings.

### Step 4: Add a data capture

<img alt="Personalised Prizing: step 4 — Step 4: Add a data capture" />

* Clicking on the card will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Click here to add a Data capture

### Step 5: Create a prize

<img alt="Personalised Prizing: step 5 — Step 5: Create a prize" />

* **(1)** By clicking on the **prizes** tab will provide you with an overview of your created by prizes. Note that the prizes tab relates to all communications relating to prizing and will be primarily, but not necessarily, be distributed post-competition closure.
* **(2)** By clicking here you can begin the process of creating a new prize.

### Step 6: Award prize rule

<img alt="Personalised Prizing: step 6 — Step 6: Award prize rule" />

* **(1)** Click "Names and rules" to set the prize to award those who select the corresponding coupon offering.

<Accordion title="An example below this prize will be awarded to people who selected Lime in the earlier question">
  <img alt="Personalised Prizing: step 7 — Step 6: Award prize rule" />
</Accordion>

### Step 7: Add communications

<img alt="Personalised Prizing: step 7 — Step 7: Add communications" />

* Click on **(1)** Add email communication and/or **(2)** Add SMS communication to draft the message that will be sent to the user and attach the corresponding coupon.

  <Accordion title="Attaching Coupons">
    <img alt="Personalised Prizing: option a — Step 7: Add communications" />

    * Make sure to attach a coupon in your communication.
    * Select the desired coupon offer.

      <img alt="Personalised Prizing: option a — Step 7: Add communications" />

      * **(A)** Click on the square tab to copy the coupon link to paste into your message.
      * **(B)** Here is a preview of the coupon you have selected.
      * **(C)** Once you have completed the message that will be sent to users, click on Update on the bottom.
  </Accordion>

### Step 8: Additional prizes

<img alt="Personalised Prizing: option c — Step 8: Additional prizes" />

* Repeat steps 5-7 for the other coupon offerings.


# Photo Frame
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/photo-frame/index

Allows users to photograph themselves and apply a branded frame to their image.

## What is it?

The Photo Frame card allows users to photograph themselves within a branded frame and share across their socials.

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Photo Frame card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-photo-frame-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Build out your card](#step-2-build-out-your-card)
* [Step 3: Set up your Gameplay Options](#step-3-set-up-your-gameplay-options)
* [Step 4: Set up your Data capture](#step-4-set-up-your-data-capture)
* [Step 5: Publish your card](#step-5-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Photo Frame card to your Hub

<img alt="Photo Frame: step 4 — Step 1: Add a Photo Frame card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **+** **Add card,** from there select **Media** and then **Photo Frame.**
* Provide an **internal name** for the card and click **Add.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Build out your card

<img alt="Photo Frame: step 2 — Step 2: Build out your card" />

* Clicking on the **Photo Frame** card within your Hub will allow you to edit the card and start building.
* **(1)** Click on **Cover** to begin editing the initial 'Frame' which will also act as the Cover image for your card.
* **(2)** Clicking here will allow you to set a **title**.
* **(3)** Clicking here will give you access to the **Photo** **Frame Editor** where you can add and set up your selection of photo frames.

  <Accordion title="Navigating the Photo Frame Editor">
    <img alt="Photo Frame: option a — Step 2: Build out your card" />

    * **(A)** Here you can see all the uploaded **Frames** (there will always be 3 default frames). Clicking on a frame will set that frame as the default frame that is shown when a user interacts with the card.
    * **(B)** By clicking on the **Pencil** icon next to the frame, you can **Edit** and replace with a new image.
    * **(C)** Clicking here will allow you to **Clone** a frame.
    * **(D)** Clicking here will allow you to **Delete** a frame.
    * **(E)** Click the **+** icon to **Add** a new frame <img alt="Photo Frame: option a — Step 2: Build out your card" />
      * **(a)** Here you can **Upload** a frame/image from your local drive.
      * **(b)** Here you can search **Unsplash's** free image database for a suitable frame.
      * **(c)** Here you can search **Pexels'** free image database for a suitable frame.
    * **(F)** Click the **+** icon here to **Add items** that are overlaid on your frame. When adding an image item you will have the ability to resize and reposition the image as required. A full breakdown of customization when adding a text item can be seen below.
      <Note>
        These items can be text or images and will remain regardless of what Frame is selected.
      </Note>
      <img alt="Photo Frame: step 2: Build out your card" />
      * **(a)** Here you can either **Clone** or **Delete** the text item.
      * **(b)** Here we can set whether the text can be editable by your end-users **(Input)** or not **(Read Only)**. When **Input** is selected, you will need to set an interactive label which acts as a prompt for users to edit the text when uploading a photo. This interactive label will not be displayed on the user's final image (only in the creation phase).
      * **(c)** Here you can change the **Text size.**
      * **(d)** Here you can select your desired **Font type.**
      * **(e)** You can **align** the text according to your requirements.
      * **(f)** Here you can change the **Text Color.**
      * **(g)** You also have the ability to add a colored **Text Outline.**
    * **(G)** Select the **Aspect ratio** you would like users to upload their photos in.
      <Note>
        We recommend sticking to the default **1080 x 1080** Aspect Ratio for compatibility across devices.
      </Note>
    * **(H)** Clicking here will allow you to upload and replace the default **Background Image**. This image is a placeholder only and will be replaced by the user's uploaded photo when creating their submission.
      <Note>
        We recommend placing the text "Upload your photo" on the background image to encourage users to take their own photos.
      </Note>
    * **(I)** Once you are satisfied with all settings, click **Save** to confirm your changes.
  </Accordion>

### Step 3: Set up your Gameplay options

<img alt="Photo Frame: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay options" />

* **(1)** Click **Gameplay** to access the Gameplay editor.
* **(2)** Here you are setting the **Title** for your photo frame.
* **(3)** Enter a **Description**.
* **(4)** By clicking on the **Upload photo button** you can edit the **Text Color** and **Background Color** of the button.
* **(5)** By clicking on the **Take photo button** you can edit the **Text Color** and **Background Color** of the button.
* **(6)** By clicking on the **Frame Thumbnails,** you can **Update the Frame, Update the Thumbnail, Set a Frame as default, or Delete a Frame.**
  <Note>
    Frame thumbnails are auto-generated when you upload a Frame but you have the ability to customize these by updating the Thumbnail. The recommended size for frame thumbnails is **400 x 400.**
  </Note>
* **(7)** Click here to **Add a new Frame.**
* **(8)** By clicking on **Simulated Status** you can preview what the screen will look like for the end user depending on whether they have **Started (With Camera), Started (No Camera)** or **Finished (Photo Taken).** You will also have the ability to edit the **Text Color** and **Background Color** for each button that is displayed with each status.
  <Note>
    The buttons shown across each of the Simulated Status screens will carry the same colors initially set when editing the Gameplay settings. Editing colors on these screens will edit all button colors across gameplay.
  </Note>
* **(9)** Clicking **Test Gameplay** will enable you to simulate how users will interact with the card.

### Step 4: Add a Data capture *(Optional)*

Adding a Data capture to your card will require users to enter their details in order to download their creation.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 5: Publish your card

<img alt="Photo Frame: step 5 — Step 5: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Photo Frame? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* Added all your desired **frames** and **thumbnails.**
* Added a **placeholder background image**

Then you're ready to go live!

<Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/14HXOymkNLe3KNaV809UzxW-1mMEjPm3GksJycq2nclM/edit?usp=sharing" />

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## **FAQ**

**When a photograph is taken where is it stored?**

If you go under the **Gameplay Images** tab you will be able to review and download all images that have been created on your card, within this card you will also be able to review the details of the user that has uploaded their photo.

**Is there a way to see the number of creations made?**

If you click on the **Analytics** tab, you can see a breakdown of stats relating to the card. Alternatively, you can check the number of creations made by clicking on the **Gameplay Images** tab and scrolling down to the bottom.

**What's the purpose of uploading multiple frames?**

Uploading multiple frames gives your end user more flexibility to choose the frame that best aligns with their taste. When uploading a photo or taking a selfie, the end user will be able to apply any of the frames that you have uploaded to the card.

**Can users take photos/selfies in the Photo Frame?**

Yes, they can! Users can take photos from their mobile, laptop, or computer.

## Top Tips

* Use a team guernsey and get users to upload a photo of themselves in support of their favorite team!
* Make a 'frame' for your meme canvas. A frame will be a border you put around an image and here you can include your logo/imagery. This frame will be permanent, so when users upload a photo, the frame will be visible each time. A frame is great to include as when users share their creations, it will include your logo/imagery and help promote your brand.

  <Note>
    <Columns>
      <Column>
        The frame will look like below:

        <img alt="Photo Frame: top Tips" />
      </Column>

      <Column>
        The cover of the card will update as below:

        <img alt="Photo Frame: top Tips" />
      </Column>
    </Columns>
  </Note>


# Receipt Uploader Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/receipt-uploader-card/index

Reward users when they upload proof of purchase.

## What is it?

The Receipt Uploader card is an easy tool for customers to upload proof of purchase. This is commonly used in conjunction with campaigns where digital coupons or prizes are awarded for shopping, e.g., spend \$10 in-store and receive a free coffee.

## Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Receipt Uploader card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-receipt-uploader-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Add a Cover image](#step-2-add-a-cover-image)
* [Step 3: Set up your Data capture](#step-3-set-up-your-data-capture)
* [Step 4: Publish your card](#step-4-publish-your-card)

<Card title="Want the design asset guideline?" icon="sparkles" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1Os299H5BbialJvEIcXF5la0Z6rElFu7_cbHA8MtefeY/edit" />

### Step 1: Add a Receipt Uploader card to your Hub

<img alt="Receipt Uploader Card: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Receipt Uploader card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **Add Content**, from here select **Media** and then **Receipt Uploader.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Receipt Uploader Card: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* **(1)** Here is where you'll add your **Cover** image.
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(4)** Here you can add a **call-to-action** button below the card.

  <Note>
    If you have this disabled, make sure you add a CTA in the cover image.
  </Note>

  <Info>
    <img alt="Receipt Uploader Card: option a — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

    * **(A)** Once you have enabled the button, click on the bar to alter the **colour and copy** of the call-to-action.
  </Info>

### Step 3: Add a Data capture *(Optional)*

<Note>
  The data capture is a requirement for this card type.
</Note>

By default, the Secret Code card has a data capture already added. For details on how to set this up click on the banner below.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### **Step 4: Publish your card**

<img alt="Receipt Uploader Card: step 4 — Step 4: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## How do I validate receipts?

### Automatic and Live Validation

You set the parameters around the campaign including but not limited to: spend, products, date of purchase, retailer of purchase etc. and our system will auto validate the receipt that has been uploaded by the customer.

If the receipt is within the parameters, we auto issue the communications with the prize/digital coupon.

If the uploaded receipt is not within the parameters, we issue communications back to the customer letting them know what the issue may have been.

There are set up costs and weekly management costs for this type of campaign. These are priced on a case by case basis depending on scale, the number of retailers and a few other factors.

<Note>
  For more information, email us at [**support@komo.tech**](mailto:support@komo.tech)
</Note>

### **Manual Validation**

Customers can easily upload their receipts when filling in the entry form. When the campaign is complete, we draw the winners and then manually check the receipt which is stored with their entry. If the receipt is valid then the customer wins. If the receipt is not valid then you simply draw again. There are no additional costs associated with this mechanic.

<Tip>
  You can set up a [Scratch and Win](/interactive-features/features/scratch-and-win/index) competition and every winner will need to upload a receipt in the Extra data form in order to receive the prize. This option reduces the time needed to validate receipts.
</Tip>

## FAQ

**How do I view the uploaded images/receipts?**

Once people have started uploading receipts to the card you can access the uploaded images through the entries tab.

<img alt="Receipt Uploader Card: fAQ" />


# Scratch and Win
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/scratch-and-win/index

Instantly reward users with prizes.

## What is it?

The Scratch and Win allows you to set probabilities and instantly reward users through a fun and engaging experience.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Scratch and Win to your Hub

<img alt="Scratch and Win: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Scratch and Win to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon,** from here select **Games** and then **Scratch and Win.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Scratch and Win: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Scratch and Win** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** This is where you can upload a **cover image**.
* **(2)** Here you can edit the color and copy of the **call-to-action bar** or **(7)** toggle this off here.
* **(3)** Set the **outer card shell colours** (description and share bar).
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(6) Here you can enable a title**.

### Step 3: Add a Data capture

**Data capture** is required for this card, this will be on by default but will require you to set up additional settings.

<Note>
  Within this card, you can alter the **communications** within the data capture and when setting up the prize screens.
</Note>

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: Set up your Scratch screen

<img alt="Scratch and Win: step 4 — Step 4: Set up your Scratch screen" />

* **(1)** Here you will be able to upload the **image** that your users will need to scratch to reveal a result.
* **(2)** Here you can give more context to your users with a **description**.
* **(3)** Set the **percentage** of how much the screen needs to be scratched off to reveal the user's result.
* **(4)** Style the gameplay experience here.

  <Accordion title="Styling Gameplay Experience">
    <img alt="Scratch and Win: option a — Step 4: Set up your Scratch screen" />

    * **(A)** Edit the **header bar** by uploading your logo and brand colors.
    * **(B)** Here you can enable a **title** for the scratch screen.
    * **(C)** Alter the **gameplay background and text** colors.
    * **(D)** You can upload a **background image** here.
  </Accordion>

### Step 5: Set up your Result screens

<img alt="Scratch and Win: option d — Step 5: Set up your Result screens" />

* Click on the **Results** tab.
* **(1)** Here is where you will add a **prize result**.

<Accordion title="Adding Prize Results">
  <img alt="Scratch and Win: option a — Step 5: Set up your Result screens" />

  * **(A)** Here you will upload an **image** for the winning screen.
  * **(B)** Give context to your users with a **title** and **(C)** a **description.**
  * **(D)** You can add a **button** to direct users to external sites.
  * **(E)** Here you can give this prize an **internal name** for analytics purposes.
  * **(F)** You have the option to **disable confetti effects.**
  * **(G)** Here you can ask for **additional information** from users when they are awarded this prize e.g. if you want to send prizes/items directly to the winner(s), you can ask for their address. The Extra data form is optional as this will depend on your prizes and how you plan on awarding them. <img alt="Scratch and Win: option a — Step 5: Set up your Result screens" />
    * **(a)** Click here to upload a header **image**.
    * **(b) + (c)** Here you can customize the **copy** within the form.
    * **(d)** You can add fields by clicking the **plus icon.** These are your **data fields** and comprise the information the user will need to supply in order to claim their prize.
    * **(e)** Ability to alter the **color and copy** of the bar.
    * **(f)** Apply additional settings to **control** when the extra data form appears based on a user's form entry.
    * **(H) + (I)** Here we can set up the correlating **communications**.
    <Note>
      If you wish to send SMS communications, you need to have a Twilio account. [Learn more about sending SMS through Komo here.](/getting-started/hub-setup/sms-sender-ids)
    </Note>
</Accordion>

* Once you have set up your prize and communications you can close its model to edit more settings regarding this prize.

<Accordion title="Results Screen Settings">
  <img alt="Scratch and Win: option a — Step 5: Set up your Result screens" /> **(A)** You can return to **edit** the prize screen.

  * **(B)** You can set the **maximum number** of times this prize can be won here. **Note:** Once the allocation for this prize has been used up all probability associated with this will be reverted to the **failure screen**.
  * **(C)** Here you will set the **percentage probability** that a user will see this.
    <Note>
      This probability is shared across all the prizes you set up. e.g. you cannot have two prizes with a probability of over 50.
    </Note>
  * **(D)** Here you will see the **total number** of users that have won this prize so far.
  * **(E)** Here will indicate what sort of **communications** you have set up for this particular prize e.g. SMS or Email.
  * **(F)** You can **delete** this specific prize here.
  * **(G)** Clicking the **Plus** icon will allow you to add additional prizes.
</Accordion>

* **(2)** Here you will set up the **failure/fallback screen**

  <Accordion title="Setup the Fallback Screen">
    <img alt="Scratch and Win: option a — Step 5: Set up your Result screens" />

    * **(A)** Here you will upload an **image** for the failure screen.
    * **(B)** Give context to your users with a **title** and **(C)** a **description.**
    * **(D)** You can add a **button** to direct users to external sites.
    * **(E)** Here you can give this prize an **internal name** for analytics purposes.
    * **(G) + (H)** Here we can set up the correlating **communications**.
      <Note>
        If you wish to send SMS communications, you need to have a Twilio account. [Learn more about sending SMS through Komo here.](/getting-started/hub-setup/sms-sender-ids)
      </Note>
  </Accordion>

### Step 6: Set up your Styling

<img alt="Scratch and Win: step 6 — Step 6: Set up your Styling" />

* The styling refers to everything your user will see whilst engaging in the game.
  <Note>
    If you set up the styling settings under the Scratch screen, it will follow through for the full gameplay experience. Any updates made here will apply to the other screens.
  </Note>
* **(1)** Here you will see a **preview** of your pre-game content set up in the previous steps.>
  <Note>
    You will not be able to edit anything for this section.
  </Note>
* **(2)** Here you can change the **color of the copy** and call to action or **(3)** disable the button here.
* **(4)** Enable the **play again button** or disable the **back to Hub** call to action.
  <Note>
    To enable the play again button, you need to update the entry limit under the data capture section to more than a single entry.
  </Note>

### Step 7: Publish your Card

<img alt="Scratch and Win: step 7 — Step 7: Publish your Card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

### "Go Live" Checklist

Ready to go live with your Scratch and Win? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded to each screen are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* Hyperlinked your [**T\&Cs**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* All your **communications** (Prize/s screen and Failure screen) are fully set up and ready to send.
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.
* Ensure you have set the **probability** for each result screen.
* Edit the **Styling** of the game to your branding.
* If you have multiple prize screens, ensure to give each an **internal name** to help you distinguish between the prizes in the analytics.

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1V8Yiw9auFFQ9SmoMi4rzC3d0YUqVruwx/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1KcMYm7nKGSHPSEqrDgfA4LV5FVt1BDId3ejUp47zfM8/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**How many prizes can I have?**

You can have as many prizes as you like. The only exception is that the probability of winning all prizes combined must not be greater than 100.

## Top tips

* Set the scratch percentage between 20%-40%. If it is set too high this means your audience will need to scratch most of the image in order for the game to end, they will see the result but may need to continue scratching for the game to end...
* Set the probability of seeing a result screen accordingly. If you have a couple of prizes to give away, set the probability lower so you don't reach your prize limit too soon and drive more traffic to your Hub. If your game is active for a certain period of time, set the probability a bit higher to reach your prize limit.
* Include a bit of information in your cover image. Mention what prize/s can be won. This will get users to engage more as they know the prize/s. You can add this information on the top of the card instead by using the **Options** button located at the bottom of the card and selecting **Description**.
* Set up communications for prize winners in the Result screen section. After designing the Prize Result screen, on the left, you can set up SMS or Email communications. These communications will be sent out instantly when a user has won.
* The communications tab in the Data capture section is an overview of all communications set up for the game.
* Direct users back to the Hub in the Failure screen to compete in more competitions and games. Drive more traffic and engagement to your Hub.
* Creating a 'three-in-a-row' type of scratch game. You can create a screen where users need to find 3 of X items in a row to win to make it more interesting!


# Secret Code
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/secret-code/index

Direct users to your brand touchpoints to find the secret code with this gated content feature.

## What is it?

The Secret Code Card requires users to enter a specific "secret code" to access a competition or exclusive content. With this card, you can drive traffic to any physical or digital location where users must find the code to access exclusive content, enter a competition, or instantly receive a digital coupon. The Secret Code Card is commonly used for increasing sales by driving foot traffic into your stores. This can be achieved by offering discounts to consumers who successfully find and enter the code.

## How do I build one?

### **Step 1: Add a Secret Code to your Hub**

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**
* Once there, click the **Plus icon**, then select **Games** and then **Secret Code**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Secret Code: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Secret Code** will open the editing module
* **(1)** Here is where you'll add your **Cover** image
* **(2)** Set the **Outer card shell colors** (description and share bar)
* **(3)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content
* **(4)** Add a **description** to the card
* **(5)** Here you can add a **call-to-action** button below the card

### Step 3: Set up your Data Capture

By default, the Secret Code Card has a data capture already added. For details on how to set this up, click on the banner below.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: Set your Code

<img alt="Secret Code: step 4 — Step 4: Set your Code" />

* Head into the **Data capture** tab and then click on **Form**
* At the top of the data capture, select **Form**
* Hover over the **Secret Code field** and then click **edit**
* **(1)** Here you can edit the **label** that appears on the form
* **(2)** This is the **unique ID** used to help track the analytics
* **(3)** Input **placeholder text** for the field
* **(4)** Use the **code list** if you have less than 10,000 codes
* **(5)** Use the **reference table** if you have more than 10,000 codes. [Click here to learn how to upload your codes as a reference table](/crm/communications/reference-tables)
* **(6)** Clicking on **+ Add** allows you to individually add codes to the list. Use the arrow to bulk upload codes
  <Tip>
    The Secret Code you set is not case-sensitive.
  </Tip>
  <Note>
    When bulk uploading your codes, ensure each code is on a separate line.
  </Note>
* **(7)** Use this option to **remove** all the codes uploaded
* **(8)** Select the **restrictions** for the secret code field:
  <Info>
    * Unrestricted: No restrictions on how many times a code can be used. Entry is determined by the competition entry rule
    * One per user: Each code can be used only once per user. This means that different users can use the same code, but each user can use it only once
    * One per code: Each code can only be used once. Once a code is entered by a user, it becomes inactive and cannot be used again
  </Info>

### Step 5: Publish your Card

<img alt="Secret Code: step 5 — Step 5: Publish your Card" />

Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!

* **(1) Publish** your card manually for the world to see
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times
* **(3)** Click on the **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing)

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go Live" Checklist

Ready to go live with your Secret Code? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated
* You have added your [secret code](#step-4-set-your-code) in the form under the Secret Code field
* Hyperlinked your [T\&Cs](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab
* You have uploaded an image to the **card cover** and the **form cover**
* All your **communications** (Major Prize Winner, Minor Prize Winner, Everybody Else, Registration) are fully set up and ready to send
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications
* Ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YupZN6xPOupxGGme2h_roD8VZ61N2VIk/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1coXMYNeJOSsJm9HaRSZ4F9dZVnL1VoXPZzM_R5I0Fjo/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Can I change the secret code to be a number?**

Yes. The secret code can be anything entered into a keyboard.

**Can the card accept more than one code?**

Yes, you can have different codes on one card. Follow [Step 4](#step-4-set-your-code) to learn more about how to upload multiple codes.

**Is the code case-sensitive?**

No. Codes are matched case-insensitively.

### What about special characters from iOS devices?

Komo automatically handles special characters that iOS devices substitute when typing. For example, iOS may replace straight quotes (`'` `"`) with curly quotes or hyphens (`-`) with en-dashes or em-dashes. These substitutions are normalized automatically, so codes entered on iOS devices match correctly even if the original code uses standard characters.

## Top Tips

* Put the secret code on your socials. This means your audience will need to follow your accounts/visit your page frequently in order to find the secret code
* Make it fun by doing a 'treasure hunt' where your audience will need to find the secret code in a specific part of your website or socials
* Create riddles or hints to drive your audience to certain touchpoints or in-store to find the secret code
* Design a word search and have the secret code hidden within. This is a different and fun way of getting users involved!
* Add a list of unique secret codes that your audience can enter in addition to the secret code in the Data Capture form. Have unique codes at particular stores or certain social media accounts as this shows your audience has been there


# Spin to Win
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/spin-to-win/index

The Spin to Win turns an age-old favorite into completely customizable gamified content - the ultimate way to engage & reward your audience.

## What is it?

The Spin to Win is a way to instantly reward users through a virtual spin-the-wheel experience.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Spin to Win to your Hub

<img alt="Spin to Win: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Spin to Win to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click the **Plus icon,** select **Games** and then **Spin to Win.** - Input an **internal name** for the card and click **Add.** - You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Spin to Win: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* **(1)** This is where you can upload a **cover image.**
* **(2)** Clicking on the **call-to-action button** will allow you to edit the copy and colours of this section, **(7)** or you can **disable** this here.
* **(3)** Set the **outer card shell colours** (description and share bar).
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add an optional **description** to the card by toggling this on in the righthand toolbar.
* **(6) Here you can enable a title.**

### Step 3: Add a Data capture form

* **(1)** Data capture is **required** for this card. This will be on by default but will require you to configure additional settings.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

<Tip>
  Within this card, you can alter the communications within the data capture and when setting up the prize screens.
</Tip>

### Step 4: Set up your Gameplay screens

<img alt="Spin to Win: step 4 — Step 4: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

* Here is where you will set up all the screens which will be seen by your users.
* **(1)** To create a new spin wheel wedge, click on **Add Result**. This will open the wedge and result screen editing modal.

  <Accordion title="Adding Wedges and Result Screen">
    <img alt="Spin to Win: option a — Step 4: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

    * **(A)** Using the result screen editor, **title** your result (in most cases, this result would be how you reveal a prize or reward to your user).
    * **(B)** Upload an **image** to reflect your result.
    * **(C)** Add an optional **description** that explains the prize or next steps.
    * **(D)** Here you can add a **call-to-action button** to your result screen with an external URL.
    * **(E)** Navigate to the righthand toolbar and give the result an **internal name**.
    * **(F)** Here you can also enable a pop of **confetti** on the reveal.
    * **(G)** Enable users to **play again.** - **(H)** Add a **Back to Hub** button.
    * **(I)** To style your wedge, input the **text** that will display on the spin wheel, edit the **wedge and text colour** and enter the number of times you'd like to wedge to be **repeated** on the spin wheel.
    * **(J)** In the next step, we'll show you how to configure your wedge colour palette so that your wedges will automatically shift through a pre-selected list of brand colours. However, you can also choose to **override the wedge colour** for a particular result by **toggling this on in your Wedge Styling settings** and configuring the wedge and text colour as you wish.
    * **(K)** Input the number of times you want this particular wedge to **repeat** on the spin wheel. You can leave this as 1.
    * Repeat this step for every Wedge you create.
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** Repeat the steps above to set up the **Failure screen.**

### Step 5: Configure prizes, limits & probabilities

<img alt="Spin to Win: step 5 — Step 5: Configure prizes, limits & probabilities" />

* **(1)** You can return to **edit** the prize screen and communications here.
* **(2)** You can set the **maximum number** of times this prize can be won here. \
  **Note:** Once the allocation for this prize has been used up all probability associated with this will be reverted to the **failure screen**.
* **(3)** Here you will set the **percentage probability** that a user will see this. **Note:** This probability is shared across all the prizes you set up. e.g. you cannot have two prizes with a probability of over 50.
* **(4)** To add a prize and communications to a particular wedge, click **Add Prize**.

  <Accordion title="Adding Prizes">
    <img alt="Spin to Win: option a — Step 5: Configure prizes, limits & probabilities" />

    * **(A)** Here, you can **add an extra data form** to a particular prize wedge. \
      **Note:** This extra data capture form is perfect for getting that extra piece of information that you don't necessarily need unless a user lands on a prize wedge, i.e. their postal address to send them their prize. If you need guidance on setting up a Data Capture form, check out [**this article**](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture).
    * **(B) + (C)** Add **email communications** and/or **SMS communications** to each prize. Here you can attach coupons, link them to an external reward or provide the next steps. If you need guidance on setting up prizes and communications, head to [**this article**](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms).
  </Accordion>

### Step 6: Style your Spin to Win

<img alt="Spin to Win: option b — Step 6: Style your Spin to Win" />

* **(1)** To edit the **Header Bar** of your game, click on the header. Here you can change the header background color, close button color and add your logo to the top of your Spin to Win.
* **(2)** Add a **title** to your game by inputting text above the spin wheel.
* **(3)** Add an optional **description** to your game by inputting text here.
* **(4)** Navigate to the righthand toolbar to the **Background** dropdown menu.

  <Accordion title="Styling Backgrounds">
    <img alt="Spin to Win: option a — Step 6: Style your Spin to Win" />

    * **(A)** Here you can edit the **background and text color** of your title and description.
    * **(B)** Alternatively, upload a **background image**.
  </Accordion>
* **(5)** Navigate to the **Border** dropdown menu.

  <Accordion title="Styling Borders">
    <img alt="Spin to Win: option a — Step 6: Style your Spin to Win" />

    * **(A)** Here you can choose a solid-colored **border** or our classic spin wheel style.
    * **(B)** Alter the **border width** here.
    * **(C) Here you can configure the color** of your border.
  </Accordion>
* **(6)** Here you can change the **border color** of the wheel.
* **(7)** Alter the **width** of the wedge borders inside the spin wheel.
* **(8)** Edit the colors of the **ticker** located at the top of the wheel.
* **(9)** add an **image** to replace the spin button or **(10)** change the colors of the **spin button**.
* **(11)** Here is where you can set the **default colors for your wedges.** This will mean that your wedges will be pre-filled with your branding colors and the wedges will switch between these automatically as opposed to manually selecting a color for each wedge.

  <Accordion title="Customising Default Wedge Colours">
    <Note>
      This is not required if you have overridden the colors of your wedges in Step 4.
    </Note>

    <img alt="Spin to Win: step 4 — Step 6: Style your Spin to Win" />

    * **(A)** **By clicking on the edit icon**, you can change the **background and text color** of your wedges.
    * **(B)** Clicking here will **delete** your selected wedge color.
    * **(C)** Clicking here will **add a new wedge color**.
  </Accordion>

### Step 7: Publish your Card

<img alt="Spin to Win: option c — Step 7: Publish your Card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go Live" Checklist

Ready to go live with your Spin to Win? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking that you have:- All images uploaded to each screen are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.

* Hyperlinked your [T\&C's](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* All your **communications** (Prize screen/s and Fallback screen/s) fully set up and ready to send.
* Made sure the coupons you've used (if any) are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.
* Ensured you have set the **probability** for each result screen.
* Ensured you have set the **limits** for each result. - Edited the **Styling** of the Spin to Win to your branding. - Checked that your spin wheel is configured to your desired order of wedges by viewing it in the Styling tab.
* Ensured that if you have multiple result screens, each have an **internal name** to help you distinguish between the prizes in the analytics.Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1jlw9yak8WTnwMz5ZJTopu1kfG6U-NF0B/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1WItZyUKPJznQLhwg4WrehIj3i6d91GXPDu-xinJ3ohU/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Is there a limit to the number of wedges I can have on the spin wheel?**

You can have as many wedges as you'd like. Just keep in mind that the more you add, depending on your text input, the more the spacing and sizing will be limited.

**How many prizes can I have?**

You can have as many prizes as you like. The only exception is that the probability of winning all prizes combined must not be greater than 100.

## Top tips

* Include a bit of information in your cover image. Mention what prize/s can be won. This will get users to engage more as they know the prize/s. You can add this information on the top of the card instead by using the **Options** button located at the bottom of the card and selecting **Description**.
* Set up communications for prize winners in the Result screen section. After designing the Prize Result screen, on the left, you can set up SMS or Email communications. These communications will be sent out instantly when a user has won.- The communications tab in the Data capture section is an overview of all communications set up for the game.- Direct users back to the Hub in the Failure screen to compete in more competitions and games. Drive more traffic and engagement to your Hub.
* Set the probability of seeing a result screen accordingly. If you have a couple of prizes to give away, set the probability lower so you don't reach your prize limit too soon and can drive more traffic to your Hub. If your game is active for a certain period of time, set the probability a bit higher to reach your prize limit.


# Treasure Hunt
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/treasure-hunt/index

Direct your audience to different touchpoints in a physical or digital space.

## What is it?

The Treasure Hunt allows you to create a digital scavenger hunt for your audience by providing clues or riddles to direct users to different touchpoints either in a physical space (e.g. a shopping center) or digitally (e.g. Facebook and Instagram pages).

Users will need to go to these touchpoints and to confirm they were there, they will need to enter a secret code or scan a QR code to mark the checkpoint as completed.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: **Add a Treasure Hunt to your Hub**

<img alt="Treasure Hunt: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Treasure Hunt to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon,** from here select **Games** and then **Treasure Hunt.**
* Give the card an **Internal Name** and then click **Add.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: **Add a Cover image**

<img alt="Treasure Hunt: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Treasure Hunt** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Click **cover** to open the Cover editor.
* **(2)** This is where you can upload a **cover image**.
* **(3)** Here you can edit the color and copy of the **call-to-action bar** or **(7)** you can disable the bar here.
* **(4)** Set the **outer cover colors** (description and share bar).
* **(5)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand sponsoring the competition.
* **(6)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(7)** By clicking here you can add a **title** to your Treasure Hunt card.
* **(8)** Here you can choose to toggle on or off the **CTA button.**

### Step 3: Set up your Data capture

**Data capture** is required for this card, this will be on by default but will require you to set up additional settings.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: **Set up your Rules screen**

<img alt="Treasure Hunt: step 4 — Step 4: Set up your Rules screen" />

* **(1)** Click on the **Rules screen** tab.
* **(2)** Input the **rules** for the game here.
  <Tip>
    Share details on how to play and win prizes (if applicable) e.g. Find all the checkpoints for your chance to win X
  </Tip>
* **(3)** Edit the **rules header colors** here.
* **(4)** Edit the **rules body colors** here.

### Step 5: **Create your QR code Checkpoints**

<img alt="Treasure Hunt: step 5 — Step 5: Create your QR code Checkpoints" />

* **(1)** Click on the **Checkpoints** tab.
* **(2)** Click on the **Checkpoints list** tab and then the **+ icon** to add a checkpoint.
* **(3)** Select the **QR code** type.
* **(4)** Give the checkpoint an **internal name.**
* **(5)** Add a **title** for the checkpoint.
* **(6)** Include instructions/directions to find the checkpoint in the **description.**
* **(7)** If you have points enabled, alter the number of **points** the checkpoint is worth or **(8)** you can disable the points in the **settings.**

  <Accordion title="Managing QR Checkpoints">
    <img alt="Treasure Hunt: option a — Step 5: Create your QR code Checkpoints" />

    * After clicking save, you will see additional checkpoint settings.
    * **(A)** Using the hamburger menu, drag the checkpoint to **reorder.**
    * **(b)** Click on the QR code icon to **download the QR code.**
    * **(C)** Copy the **checkpoint URL.**
    * **(D)** Edit the colors for the specific checkpoint or alternatively,
    * **(G)** set **default colors** here to apply to all checkpoints created.
    * **(E)** Here you can **edit** the checkpoint. <img alt="Treasure Hunt: option a — Step 5: Create your QR code Checkpoints" />
      * **(a)** Upload an **image** for the checkpoint.
      * **(b)** Update the **title** of the checkpoint.
      * **(c)** Update the **description** of the checkpoint.
      * **(d)** Here you can include **additional information** about the checkpoint.
      * **(e)** Here you can **download the QR code.**
      * **(f)** Scrolling down, you can include **additional information** on the footer.
      * **(g)** Edit the **internal name** of the checkpoint.
      * **(h)** Here you can **copy the link** to the checkpoint.
      * **(i)** Edit the number of **points** for the checkpoint.
      * **(j)** Preview the different **statuses** for the checkpoint.
      * **(k)** Here you can update the the **drawer header and body colors.**
      * **(l)** Customise and add UTM parameters **to the QR code.**
    * **(F)** You can **delete and clone** the checkpoint here.
  </Accordion>
* **(8)** Click **Save.**

### Step 6: **Create your Secret Code Checkpoints**

<img alt="Treasure Hunt: step 6 — Step 6: Create your Secret Code Checkpoints" />

* **(1)** Click on the **checkpoints list** tab and then the **+ icon** to add a checkpoint.
* **(2)** Select the **Secret text code** type.
* **(3)** Give the checkpoint an **internal name.**
* **(4)** Add a **title** for the checkpoint.
* **(5)** Include instructions/directions to find the checkpoint in the **description.**
* **(6)** If you have points enabled, alter the number of **points** the checkpoint is worth or **(8)** you can disable the points in the **settings.**
* **(7)** Click on **+ Add** to add any **individual codes** or use the **drown-down arrow** to **add multiple codes.**

  <Accordion title="Managing Secret Code Checkpoints">
    <img alt="Treasure Hunt: option a — Step 6: Create your Secret Code Checkpoints" />

    * After clicking save, you will see additional checkpoint settings.
    * **(A)** Using the hamburger menu, drag the checkpoint to **reorder.**
    * **(b)** Copy the **checkpoint URL.**
    * **(C)** Edit the colors for the specific checkpoint or **(F)** you can set **default colors** here to apply to all checkpoints created.
    * **(D)** Here you can **edit** the checkpoint. <img alt="Treasure Hunt: option a — Step 6: Create your Secret Code Checkpoints" />
      * **(a)** Upload an **image** for the checkpoint.
      * **(b)** Update the **title** of the checkpoint.
      * **(c)** Update the **description** of the checkpoint.
      * **(d)** Here you can include **additional information** about the checkpoint.
      * **(e)** Click here to edit and update the **secret codes.**
      * **(f)** Edit the color and copy of the **call-to-action.**
      * **(g)** You can include **additional information** on the footer.
      * **(h)** Edit the **internal name** of the checkpoint.
      * **(i)** Here you can **copy the link** to the checkpoint.
      * **(j)** Edit the number of **points** for the checkpoint.
      * **(k)** Here you can edit the **secret code** for the checkpoint.
      * **(l)** Preview the different **statuses** for the checkpoint.
      * **(m)** Here you can update the the **drawer header and body colors.**
    * **(E)** You can **delete and clone** the checkpoint here.
  </Accordion>

### Step 7: **Style the Gameplay**

<img alt="Treasure Hunt: step 7 — Step 7: Style the Gameplay" />

* **(1)** Upload a **logo** to the header.
* **(2)** Upload a **cover image** for the checkpoints.
* **(3)** You have the option to add a **title.**
* **(4)** Here you can include a **description.**
* **(5)** The **game status** allows you to open or close the game.
  <Note>
    You can build the checkpoints and have the game closed but publish the card to get the audience to register to play earlier.
  </Note>
* **(6)** The **game mode** allows you to alter whether the checkpoints need to be completed in any order or in a sequence (ordered).
* **(7)** Here you can disable the **points** functionality.
* **(8)** If you have points enabled, edit the **default number of points** awarded per checkpoint.
  * **(9)** Here you can preview the experience for when a user **completes all checkpoints** and add a **completion banner** or **message**.

    <Accordion title="Setting up Completion of Checkpoints">
      <img alt="Treasure Hunt: option a — Step 7: Style the Gameplay" />

      * **(A)** Click here to enter a completion banner or message. <img alt="Treasure Hunt: option a — Step 7: Style the Gameplay" />
        * **(a)** Here you can edit **text** and **alignment** settings for the **completion content.**
        * **(b)** Click here to insert a **completion banner image** or **horizontal divider**.
          <Note>
            We recommend uploading a completion banner that congratulates participants on finishing all checkpoints as well as detailing next steps (such as prizing process), rather than a plain text-based message. Images are much more captivating and offer greater engagement than text alone.
          </Note>
        * **(c)** Here you can **add text** and **preview your banner image** once uploaded.
    </Accordion>
* **(10)** Edit the **rules screen** here.
* **(11)** Here you can upload a **map.**

  <Accordion title="Adding a Map">
    <img alt="Treasure Hunt: option a — Step 7: Style the Gameplay" />

    <Note>
      If you are directing users around a physical location, mark the areas to outline where the checkpoints are to help users navigate through the game. If you are running a digital scavenger hunt, you can move on to the next step.
    </Note>

    * **(A)** Here you can **upload** an image of the map.
    * **(B)** You can disable **scaling the map** to the screen.
    * **(C)** Edit the drawer **header and body colors** here.
  </Accordion>
* **(12)** Edit the **header** settings here.

  <Accordion title="Setting the Header">
    <img alt="Treasure Hunt: option b — Step 7: Style the Gameplay" />

    * **(A)** You can disable the **header logo** here.
    * **(B)** Disable the **cover image** above the checkpoints.
    * **(C)** Toggle off the **title** and **(D)** **description.**
    * **(E)** Edit the **header colors** here.
    * **(F)** Alter the **progress bar colors.**
      <Note>
        The default green color is visible when checkpoints are completed.
      </Note>
    * **(G)** Here you can edit the **action button colors** for the rules and maps icon.
  </Accordion>
* **(13)** Update the **checkpoint styling** settings here.

  <Accordion title="Styling Checkpoints">
    <img alt="Treasure Hunt: option a — Step 7: Style the Gameplay" />

    * **(A)** Update the **background color** of the checkpoint list.
    * **(B)** Set the **filter colors** for when users switch between the remaining and completed tabs.
    * **(C)** Edit the **background and text color** of the checkpoints.
    * **(D)** Edit the **default image colors** here.
    * **(E)** If you have points enabled, edit the **score background and text color** here.
    * **(F)** Edit the **drawer header** and **(G) body colors** here.
  </Accordion>

### Step 8: **Create your Prizes and Communications**

Set up the prizes and communications you wish to send for the Treasure Hunt card. Learn how to create your prizes and communications [here](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms).

### Step 9: **Publish your card**

<img alt="Treasure Hunt: step 9 — Step 9: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Treasure Hunt? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Refer to our Design Guidelines which outline all recommended sizes.
* If you are using **QR codes**, ensure you have these **downloaded** to print and display at your location/s.
* If you are using **Secret codes**, ensure all the code words are **correct and connected** to each checkpoint.
* Your **instructions** to find each checkpoint are clear and specifies where to go to complete the checkpoint.
* Hyperlinked your [**T\&Cs**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab if you have a competition attached.
* All your **communications** (Registration, Winner/s, Everybody Else) are fully set up and ready to send.
* Your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly.
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YupZN6xPOupxGGme2h_roD8VZ61N2VIk/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1FtoHgy9fkW78-jDcuzxsFQPkFatmjq2x1I6IXcS22qQ/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Can I have both a QR code and a Secret code on the Treasure Hunt?**

Yes, you can have a mixture of both types as your checkpoints.

**Do I need UTM parameters on the QR codes?**

UTM parameters allow you to track where the majority of your audience is coming from. However, as the QR code is connected to the Treasure Hunt as a checkpoint, the number of checkpoints completed will give you a good indication of which areas were visited the most.

**Is it required to have points enabled for the Treasure Hunt?**

No, the points functionality is optional. You can award standard points for each checkpoint and have either limited time or harder-to-find checkpoints worth more and award prizes to users based on the number of points received. To disable this feature, see [Step 7](#step-7-style-the-gameplay).

**Can I connect a prize to each checkpoint?**

Yes, you can! Under the Prizes tab, you can set a rule to award to all users who completed X checkpoint and create a communication to send with a coupon or steps on how to claim their prize.


# UGC Upload Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/ugc-upload-card/index

Allow users to upload user-generated content.

## What is it?

The UGC Upload card allows users to upload images, videos and PDFs in an easy and intuitive manner. Once uploaded and approved, this content sits in your asset library.

One popular use for this content is sharing it in a [Vote ](/interactive-features/features/vote-card/index)or [Carousel ](/interactive-features/features/carousel-card/index)card.

### Watch it come to life

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a UGC Upload card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-ugc-upload-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Set up your card settings](#step-2-set-up-your-card-settings)
* [Step 3: Add a Data capture](#step-3-add-a-data-capture)
* [Step 4: Publish your card](#step-4-publish-your-card)

<Card title="Want the design asset guideline?" icon="sparkles" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/13G6ilH47tsyxd1WE0bloT6W2pBzjD1LUQXUJVq7vRf0/edit" />

### Step 1: Add a UGC Upload card to your hub

<img alt="UGC Upload Card: step 1 — Step 1: Add a UGC Upload card to your hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **Add Content**, from here select **Media** and then **UGC Upload**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### **Step 2: Set up your card settings**

<img alt="UGC Upload Card: step 2 — Step 2: Set up your card settings" />

* Clicking on the **UGC Upload** will open the editing module. (1) Click here to add your **cover image**. (2) You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content. (3) Add a **description** to the card. (4) Here you can configure what **file types** users can upload. For a more detailed overview of compatible file, formats click [here](#faq).

  <Accordion title="Viewing User Upload">
    <img alt="UGC Upload Card: option b — Step 2: Set up your card settings" /> Once you have published your card. You can view uploaded by clicking **User uploads.**

    * **(A**) Once a user has uploaded a piece of content you can view the submission in this tab.
    * **(B)** Clicking on the three dots will provide options for you to organise the submissions. Clicking **Download** will download that piece of content, **Approve** will move that piece of content to the approved tab **(C)**, Reject will move that submission to the rejected tab **(D)**
    * Content that has been approved will be added to your asset library which will enable you to instantly add it to the [**vote**](/interactive-features/features/vote-card/index) **and [carousel](/interactive-features/features/carousel-card/index)** cards.
  </Accordion>

### Step 3: Add a Data capture *(Optional)*

Add a Data Capture to your Vote card if you want to collect user data.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: Publish your card

<img alt="UGC Upload Card: step 4 — Step 4: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**What file formats can users upload?**

Users can upload a diverse array of file types such as; PNG, JPEG, JPG, WEBP, MP4, MPEG and PDF. Ensure you have granted permission for people to upload specific file types in the card's settings.

**How can I view the content submissions?**

Once users have begun submitting images and videos you can view the content by clicking on the card's **Settings** and then **User uploads**.


# Video Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/video-card/index

Embed video files in your Hub.

<Tip>
  If your video is already hosted check out the site-specific embed cards.

  * [Youtube ](/content-types/embeds/youtube-card)
  * [Vimeo ](/content-types/embeds/vimeo-card)
  * [Twitch TV](/content-types/embeds/twitch-tv-card)
</Tip>

## How do I build one?

* [Step 1: Add a Video card to your Hub](#step-1-add-a-video-card-to-your-hub)
* [Step 2: Upload your video](#step-2-upload-your-video)
* [Step 3: Publish your card](#step-3-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Video card to your Hub

<img alt="Video Card: step 2 — Step 1: Add a Video card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**. Once there, click **Add content**, from here select **Media** and then **Video**. You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Upload your video

<img alt="Video Card: step 2 — Step 2: Upload your video" />

* Clicking on **Video** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** By clicking the placeholder cover image, you can upload a **video** from your device or using a video URL. Learn more on how to get a video URL here.
* **(2)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(3)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Publish your card

<img alt="Video Card: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card here.

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Why isn't my video working?**

Make sure your video is in one of the video formats our platform supports which are mp4, webm, HLS (m3u8), and DASH (mpd).


# Vote Card
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/vote-card/index

Allow users to vote for their favourite image or video in a Carousel Card.

## What is it?

The Vote card allows you to display multiple images, videos and PDFs within one card. Users can then view and vote on their favourite piece of content.

## How do I build one?

* [**Step 1: Add a Vote card to your Hub**](#step-1-add-a-vote-card-to-your-hub)
* [**Step 2: Add your Content**](#step-2-add-your-content)
* [**Step 3: Add a Data capture**](#step-3-add-a-data-capture)
* [**Step 4: Publish your card**](#step-4-publish-your-card)

### Step 1: Add a Vote card to your Hub

<img alt="Vote Card: step 3 — Step 1: Add a Vote card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once their click **Add content**, from here select **Media** and then **Vote**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

<img alt="Vote Card: step 1: Add a Vote card to your Hub" />

* Clicking on the **Vote** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Clicking on the **plus icon**, you can add to your card by choosing content from your Hub's asset library. Content collected through the [**Upload card**](/interactive-features/features/ugc-upload-card/index) *once approved* will be added to your Hub's asset library.
* **(2)** Clicking here will allow you to **upload** content from your computer.
* **(3)** Here you can upload a **video** from your device or using a video **URL**. Learn more on how to get a video URL [here](/interactive-features/polls-surveys/video-url-link/index).

  <Accordion title="Carousel Items">
    <img alt="Vote Card: option a — Step 1: Add a Vote card to your Hub" />

    * **(A)** Here you can add a **header** text that will appear above the piece of content in the Carousel which will update in the preview above
    * **(B)** Add in the **subheader** text that appears above that piece of content which will update in the preview above
    * **(C)** Use this option to **rearrange** content in the Carousel
    * **(D)** Clicking here you can **delete** content
    * **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content
    * **(5)** Add a **description** to the card
    * **(6)** Toggling this option will **shuffle** the order of content within the Carousel
  </Accordion>
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(6)** Here you can configure the vote button colours
* **(7)** Set when/if you want to show the current percentage of votes.
* **(6)** Toggling this option will **shuffle** the order of content within the vote carousel.

### Step 3: Add a Data capture *(Optional)*

Add a Data Capture to your Vote card if you want to collect user data.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: Publish your card

<img alt="Vote Card: step 4 — Step 4: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

<Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1PsXZKbSHCg7Pb47pWNv34rRqT9TeBzxzmOL4d0mY-Ek/edit?usp=sharing" />

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Can people vote multiple times?**

Yes, firstly add a data capture to your card then select **General** under the data capture settings. From here select the number of entries to **Unlimited**

**What files can I upload?**

You can upload the following file formats into the Vote card;

* Images: png, gif, jpeg, jpg, webp, pdf
* Videos: mp4, 3gpp, mpeg, ogg, quicktime, webm, m4v


# Watch to Win
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/features/watch-to-win/index

Set probabilities and instantly reward users.

## What is it?

The Watch to Win is an interactive way to reveal instant prizes using videos.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Watch to Win to your Hub

<img alt="Watch to Win: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Watch to Win to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon**, from here select **Games** and then **Watch to Win.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Watch to Win: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Watch to Win** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Here you are able to set the **title** of your game.
* **(2)** Click here to add your **cover** image.
* **(3)** Set the **Outer card shell colours** (description and share bar).
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(6)** Enable a **call-to-action** bar to the card.

### Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens

<img alt="Watch to Win: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

* Here is where you will set up all the screens which will be seen by your users.
* **(1)** Here you will set up the **screen and copy** which will be seen by all your users after completing the data capture.

  <Accordion title="Setting up the Lobby Screen">
    <img alt="Watch to Win: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

    * **(A)** By clicking the placeholder image, you can upload a **video** from your device or use a video URL, or upload an **image**.
    * **(B)** Here you can give more context to your users with a **title** and a **(C)** **description**.
    * **(D)** Here you can change the color and copy of the **call-to-action**.
  </Accordion>
* **(2)** Here you can edit the **Processing screen.**

  <Accordion title="Setting up the Processing Screen">
    <img alt="Watch to Win: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

    * **(A)** Here you can replace the **loading icon** with a different image or gif.
    * **(B)** Here you can alter the **copy** below the loading icon.
    * **(C)** You can **restore** the Processing screen to the default version if you made changes to the original screen.
  </Accordion>

<img alt="Watch to Win: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

* **(3)** Scrolling down, here is where you will set up your **Prize screen(s)**.

  <Accordion title="Setting up Prizes">
    <img alt="Watch to Win: step 3 — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

    * **(A)** Here you can upload a **video** from your device or using a video URL.
    * **(B)** This **result screen** will appear after the video has been completed. Upload an image or video of the winning prize here.
    * **(C)** Here you can give more context to your users with a **title** and a **(D)** **description**.
    * **(E)** You can add a **button** to direct users to an external site.
    * **(F)** Here you can give this prize an **internal name.** This will allow you to filter your entries by prize name.
    * **(G)** Here you can **toggle off** **confetti** for your result.
    * **(H) + (I)** Here we can set up the correlating **communications**.
    * **(J)** Here you can ask for **additional information** from users when they are awarded this prize e.g. if you want to send prizes/items directly to the winner(s), you can ask for their address. The Extra data form is optional as this will depend on your prizes and how you plan on awarding them. <img alt="Watch to Win: option c — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />
      * **(a)** Click here to upload a header **image**.
      * **(b) + (c)** Here you can customize the **copy** within the form.
      * **(d)** You can add fields by clicking the **plus icon.** These are your **data fields** and comprise the information the user will need to supply in order to claim their prize.
      * **(e)** Ability to alter the **color and copy** of the bar.
      * **(f)** Apply additional settings to **control** when the extra data form appears based on a user's form entry.
  </Accordion>
* **(3) Continued** Once you have set up your prize and communications, you can close its modal to edit more settings regarding this prize.

  <Accordion title="Additional Prize Settings">
    <img alt="Watch to Win: option a — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

    * **(A)** You can return to **edit** the prize screen and communications here.
    * **(B)** You can set the **maximum** number of times this prize can be won here. **Note:** Once the allocation for this prize has been used up all probability associated with this will be reverted to the **failure screen**.
    * **(C)** Here you will see the total **number of users** that have won this prize so far.
    * **(D)** Here you will set the **probability** that a user will see this result.
      <Note>
        This probability is shared across all the prizes you set up. e.g. you cannot have two prizes with a probability of over 50.
      </Note>
    * **(E)** Here will indicate what sort of **communications** you have set up for this particular prize e.g. SMS or Email.
    * **(F)** You can **delete** this specific prize here.
    * **(G)** Clicking the **plus icon** will allow you to add additional prizes.
  </Accordion>
* **(4)** Here you will set up the **failure screen**.

  <Accordion title="Setting up the Failure Screen">
    <img alt="Watch to Win: option a — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

    * **(A)** Here you can upload a **video** from your device or using a video URL.
    * **(B)** This **result screen** will appear after the video has been completed. Upload an image or video of the winning prize here.
    * **(C)** Here you can give more context to your users with a **title** and a **(D)** **description**.
    * **(E)** You can add a **button** to direct users to an external site.
    * **(F)** Here you can give this prize an **internal name.** This will allow you to filter your entries by prize name.
    * **(G) + (H)** Here we can set up the correlating communications.
  </Accordion>

### Step 4: Set up Styling

<img alt="Watch to Win: option a — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

* The styling refers to everything your user will see whilst engaging in the game.
* **(1)** Edit the **header bar** setting here.
* **(2)** Give your game a **title** or **(5)** toggle this off here.
* **(3)** Here you will see a **preview** of your pre-game content set up in the previous steps
  <Note>
    You will not be able to edit anything here from this section.
  </Note>
* **(4)** Here you can change the **color of the copy** and call to action.
* **(6)** Update the **color of the text and background**.
* **(7)** Upload a **background image** here.
* **(8)** Here you can edit the **Result screen** styling.

  <Accordion title="Setting up the Result Screen">
    <img alt="Watch to Win: option a — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

    <Note>
      The styling for this screen will be the same as the Lobby screen styling. If you adjust any settings here, it will also change the styling of the Lobby screen.
    </Note>

    * **(A)** Here you can change the **color and copy** of the call-to-action. This button will direct users back to the Hub. You can remove this button using the **(C)** toggle.
    * **(B)** Here you can change the **color and copy** of the play again button. You can remove this button using the **(D)** toggle.
  </Accordion>

### Step 5: Set up your Data capture

**Data capture** is required for this card, this will be on by default but will require you to set up additional settings.

<Tip>
  Within this card, you can alter the **communications** within the data capture and when setting up the prize screens.
</Tip>

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 6: Publish your Card

<img alt="Watch to Win: option a — Step 3: Set up your Gameplay screens" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Watch to Win? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* You have uploaded or copied and pasted the correct **video/URL** to your result screens. You can play the video in the preview section to check if it is the correct video.
* Images are uploaded on the **result screen** to bring the game to life!
* Hyperlinked your [**T\&Cs**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* All your **communications** (Prize/s screen and Failure screen) are fully set up and ready to send.
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.
* Ensure you have set the **probability** for each result screen.
* Edit the **Styling** of the game to your branding.
* If you have multiple prize screens, ensure to give each an **internal name** to help you distinguish between the prizes in the analytics.

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1E4wWX_mZIthWcfmhR9WOdEJSyZY8YgL9/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1yDikV59Oztr9_s-RvQPu5eCo7Y42lRpH7vlGvmnruqE/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**How many prizes can I have?**

You can have as many prizes as you like. The only exception is that the probability of winning all prizes combined must not be greater than 100.

**Can I use videos?**

Yes, you can. We do recommend using videos as this will create a better experience than using stilled images.

## Top tips

* We recommend creating videos for this particular card with paid actors for the best experience. E.g. have an AFL athlete kicking a ball and when users click on the CTA they can either see a goal as the winning screen and a behind as the failure screen.
* Include a bit of information in your cover image. Mention what prize/s can be won. This will get users to engage more as they know the prize/s. You can add this information on the top of the card instead by using the **Options** button located at the bottom of the card and selecting **Description**.
* Set up your Data Capture form before diving into the Gameplay screens. This is so you know what sort of communications you will need to set up for your prize screen.
* Set up communications for prize winners in the Result screen section. After designing the Prize Result screen, on the left, you can set up SMS or Email communications. These communications will be sent out instantly when a user has won.
* The communications tab in the Data capture section is an overview of all communications set up for the game.
* Set the probability of seeing a result screen accordingly. If you have thousands of prizes to give away, set the probability lower so you don't reach your prize limit too soon and drive more traffic to your Hub. If your game is active for a certain period of time, set the probability a bit higher to reach your prize limit.
* In the failure result screen description, direct your users back to your Hub where they can compete in other competitions and games!


# How to run your Live Predictor
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/games/how-to-run-your-live-predictor/index

Need help running your Live Predictor? Read on…

This article will provide you with all the information you’ll need to know in order to run your predictor game during a live event. Read on for the step-by-step guide.

If you need help building out your Live Predictor, click [here](/interactive-features/games/live-predictor-card-advanced).

## Starting my Game

Now It’s time to run your Live Predictor! Before your event begins, make sure you have a segment live and running for your audience to make their predictions. If you're looking to promote the event, having the predictor live for a few days to a week prior is best so you get the best engagement rate.

If you know when your event begins and/or ends, you can schedule a segment to open and close at certain times. In a sporting event, for example, you can schedule a segment to close before the game begins, and then you are able to manage and make adjustments to it manually.

<Note>
  If you have a season-long event, you can plan and create segments ahead of time. You can have segments hidden from users by having the **eye icon** with a strike through it below the segment name. Once you're ready, you can click on the **eye icon** to remove the strike and make the segment visible to users.
</Note>

However, if you don’t know when the event starts, you can push the segment live manually by clicking on the **Play** icon next to the segment name.

<Note>
  We highly recommend scheduling segments as this will show a countdown to when the next segment opens creating excitement.
</Note>

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## Revealing the Correct Answers

For the best experience, you will want to reveal the correct answer during the event. This will allow users to see how they've faired in real-time, with points and leaderboard positioning instantly being updated.

<Note>
  Whilst this is the recommended method of running your Live Predictor game we appreciate this can require additional resources to manage, and as such question outcomes can simply be added on the next working day, along with a communication pushing users back to the Hub to check how they went.
</Note>

To reveal the correct answer, click on the **tick** next to the answer then select **Reveal correct answer**.

<Note>
  If you accidentally selected the incorrect answer and have revealed the answer to award the points, below is a guide on how to fix this. **Step 1:** Use the toggle to turn off the **Reveal correct answer**

  **Step 2:** Go into the question, deselect the wrong answer, select the correct answer and then click **Save.**

  **Step 3:** Then select **Reveal correct answer** again to award the points.
</Note>

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

### **Experiencing a Draw**

<AccordionGroup>
  <Accordion title="A draw as an option">
    To prevent an issue where you may encounter a draw, include a draw as an option for users to predict in your multi-choice question. As a draw is very rare, make this option worth more points!
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Everyone wins (equal points)">
    <Note>
      We recommend selecting this option as everyone will score an even number of points.
    </Note>

    Here you will be able to adjust the number of points to give each answer so everyone is awarded the same number of points. Mark the draw answers as correct and then adjust the points for each.

    <Note>
      In this case, you will need to have the Dynamic points fluctuation toggle **off** to adjust the points for each answer.
    </Note>

    <iframe title="Loom video player" />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Everyone wins">
    Mark all of the answers associated with the draw as correct so everyone who selected those answers will get the question correct and score points. Here everyone will be awarded points - as if their prediction was correct. (e.g. if I voted for the Lions when they were the underdog and my prediction was worth 7,000 points. I would receive 7,000 points)

    <iframe title="Loom video player" />
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="No one wins points">
    You can decide to not select any of the answers associated with the draw. However, when no correct answer is marked, the question will be incorrect for everyone, and no one will score any points. If you don’t select a correct answer, you have the option to select the **No correct answer** option. When you select this option, you are able to provide an explanation as to why there was no correct answer e.g. The question is no longer valid. No one will be awarded any points using this option.

    <iframe title="Loom video player" />
  </Accordion>
</AccordionGroup>

## Viewing All Entrant Details

At any time during your event, you are able to view all entrant information under the **Entries** tab. The information in this section will be everything you requested in the Data capture form, the number of predictions each entrant has made, the total number of questions each entrant has got correct and their total points scored.

You are also able to delete a user in this section by clicking the **...** icon. When you remove a user, it will delete all their details including current predictions and points. If they wish to enter the competition again, they can do so by re-entering their details, however, there will be no points associated with their new entry.

<img alt="How to run your Live Predictor: viewing All Entrant Details" />

## Archiving Segments

You can archive closed segments. This will help declutter your Live Predictor if you have multiple segments such as running a season-long event. To archive, a segment, click on the **...** located next to the dropdown arrow. When you archive segments, they will be stored in the box icon next to the Close game tab.

<Note>
  This option is only visible when a segment is closed.
</Note>

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## **Closing the Game**

Before your event begins, remember to close your game. There are different ways to close a segment, your type of event will determine this.

<Note>
  We recommend scheduling segments to close if you know when your event starts/finishes. If you have scheduled your segments to close, you can move on to awarding your prizes.
</Note>

* If you have a season-long event or have multiple segments and wish to close one, you can do so manually by clicking on the **Stop** button next to the segment title. This allows you to close a segment at any given time while the other segments stay live.
  <iframe title="Loom video player" />
* If your event has completely ended and you want to close your Live Predictor game, you will need to click on the **Close game** tab located on the top right of the Gameplay screen. Clicking on this will close off the whole Live Predictor and **you will not be able to edit or add segments or questions.**
  <iframe title="Loom video player" />

## Awarding Prizes

Once you have closed your game or segment, you can now award your prizes. There are different ways to award your prizes.

* If you have the Live prize-awarding rule selected for a prize, ensure this is enabled before your segment is live. You can do this by clicking on the **…** next to the prize and clicking **Enable prizing.** This is so users are awarded the particular prize instantly throughout the event when they reach a certain threshold of points or correct predictions.

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

* You can award the prizes by clicking on the **Award Prizes** tab located at the top of the Prize tab screen. Clicking on this will award all the prizes you have listed to the winners.

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

<Note>
  If you have Manually selected as a rule for a prize, this will not appear in the Award Prizes list. To award this prize, click on the **...** next to the prize, click on Select recipients to award and then select the recipient/s you want to award the prize to.
</Note>

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

Now you should know how to run your Live Predictor!


# Live Predictor (Advanced)
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/games/live-predictor-card-advanced/index

Ask predictor questions and reveal the correct answers in real-time. Reward players for returning and engaging.

## What is it?

The Live Predictor is a game that requires users to correctly predict a series of outcomes based on a real-life event such as a sports game, reality TV show, or awards night.

There are two different kinds of the Predictor Card:

[**Basic**](/live-predictor-basic)**:** Users get predictions either right or wrong and the winner is typically drawn from those who got the most predictions correct.

**Advanced:** Each question has a different allocation of points based on previous responses to that prompt. The person who finishes with the most points when the competition closes is the winner.

<Note>
  This article will focus on building the **advanced** version of the Live Predictor card. To create a **basic** version of the Live Predictor card click [here](/interactive-features/games/live-predictor-card-basic).
</Note>

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Live Predictor to your Hub

<img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 1 — Step 1: Add a Live Predictor to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click the **Plus icon,** select **Games** and then **Live** **Predictor.**
* Add an internal name and select **Advanced** as your style. Following this click **Add**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Live Predictor** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** By clicking here you can add a **title** to your Predictor card.
* **(2)** This is where you can upload a **cover image**.
* **(3)** Here you can edit the color and copy of the **call-to-action bar.**
* **(4)** Set the **outer card shell colours** (description and share bar).
* **(5)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(6)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(7)** Here you can choose to **toggle off the segments preview**.

### Step 3: Set up your Data capture

Unlike other cards the Live Predictor card comes with a data capture already added, you will just be required to finish setting it up. For a guide on how to do this check out our article below.

<Card title="Ready to Set Up your Competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: [Create ](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index)a Segment

A segment simply refers to a portion of your event/events. e.g. for a sports game, a segment may be an individual quarter or if you're running a season-long competition an individual game. For a reality TV show, one segment may be one episode. How you choose to break down your Live Predictor card is entirely up to you!

* **(1)** Here you will need to **name** the segment. For instance, if you're separating the segments by quarters you would name the segment "1st Quarter".
* **(2)** This **eye** marks whether or not this segment is visible to front-end users. Currently, it has a strike through it meaning this segment is currently hidden from users. Unmark this when you're ready to push a segment live.
* **(3)** By clicking on this icon you will be able to **schedule** the opening and closing times of this segment.\
  **Note:** You will first need to add a question to the segment in order to use this feature.
* **(4)** This option allows you to add a **communication** associated with this segment. You can use this feature to notify users that a new segment has now opened.
* **(5)** By clicking on the **three dots** you will have the option to **archive** and **delete segments**.
* **(6)** By clicking the **plus** **icon** you can then choose what question type you'd like to add to the segment.
* **(7)** This option adds a **multiple-choice-based** **question** to your segment.

  <Accordion title="Setting Up Multiple-Choice-Based Questions">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): option a — Step 4: Create a Segment" />

    * **(A)** Write in your **question** here, ie: Which player will have the most disposals in the first quarter?
    * **(B)** Here you can fill out your **potential answers**. If you'd like to you can turn this multi-choice question into a quiz question by selecting the tick icon next to the correct answer. Otherwise, you will come here following the segment finishing and nominate the correct answer.
    * **(C)** Clicking the **+** icon will add another potential answer to the question.
    * **(D)** Clicking here will allow you to change the colors of the **CTA bar**.
    * **(E)** Here you can add an **internal name** for your question that makes it easy to keep track of.
    * **(F)** Toggling this on will allow you to add a **cover image** to the multi-choice question.
    * **(G)** You have the option to disable the **question text.**
    * **(H)** Changes the **answer layout**.
    * **(I)** Here is where the points a user receives will **fluctuate** depending on how popular a result is. You can disable this feature using the toggle.
    * **(J)** Here you can adjust the **maximum points** to award an answer and the **minimum points** a correct answer can get.
    * **(K)** Here you can alter the **starting point allocation** for each of the different responses, Eg. By setting an answer at 80% it will provide 2,000 pts. You may decide to do this if you want to lower the awarded points by selecting the favourite. Once your card goes live, these point allocations will automatically fluctuate based on user responses.
    * **(L)** Here you will also find the option to add a **sponsor tag**, an option that can be used to brand your question.
    * **(M)** Scrolling down you will find the option to configure the initial response count in relation to the initial responses score. This will automatically be set as 10 so that the first 10 responses will use the initial responses score before fluctuating based on user responses.
    * **(N)** Here you can **delete** the question.
  </Accordion>
* **(8)** This option adds a **Market Research question (for bonus points)** to your Predictor card, which behaves just like a multi-choice question without the correct answer option.

  <Accordion title="Adding Market Research Questions">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): option a — Step 4: Create a Segment" />

    * **(A)** Write in your **question** here, ie: What's your favourite thing about watching the footy?
    * **(B)** Here you can fill out your potential **answers**.
    * **(C)** Clicking the **+** icon will add another potential answer to the question.
    * **(D)** Clicking here will allow you to change the **colors** of the CTA bar.
    * **(E)** Here you can add an **internal name** for your question that makes it easier to keep track of.
    * **(F)** Toggling this on will allow you to add a **cover image** to the survey question.
    * **(G)** You have the option to disable the **question text.**
    * **(H)** Changes the **answer layout**.
    * **(I)** Here you can edit the number of **points to award** everyone who answers this question.
    * **(J)** Toggling this on will allow you to add a **sponsor tag** to your question.
    * **(K) Deletes** the question.
  </Accordion>
* **(9)** This option adds a **slider-based question** to your segment.

  <Accordion title="Adding Slider-based Question">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): option a — Step 4: Create a Segment" />

    * **(A)** Write in your **question** here, ie: How many disposals will X have?
    * **(B)** Add a **background image** here.
    * **(C)** Add a **slider icon** here.
    * **(D)** Clicking here will allow you to change the **colors** of the CTA bar.
    * **(E)** Here you can set an **internal name** for your questions that makes it easier to keep track of.
    * **(F)** Sets a **minimum point** in the guessing range.
    * **(G)** Sets a **maximum point** in the guessing range.
    * **(H)** Once you know the **correct response** to your question, you can set the correct answer here when revealing answers.
    * **(I)** For number guess questions if entrants guess within the set **tolerance**. Users will receive more points for how close they are to the correct answer.
    * **(J)** You can set the number of **points to award** the correct answer.
    * **(K)** Toggling this on will allow you to add a **sponsor tag** to your question.
    * **(L) Deletes** the question.
  </Accordion>
* **(10)** If you're wanting to push a segment to **go live manually**, click on the **play** **icon**. Alternatively, you can schedule the segment to go live by selecting the calendar icon.
* **(11)** Here you can view all **archived** segments.
* **(12)** This option **closes** the card.

### ***Step 5: Schedule and close Questions (Optional)***

<img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 5 — Step 5: Schedule and close Questions (Optional)" />

* **(1)** Using the burger menu, click and drag to **rearrange** questions.
* **(2) Edit** the question here.
* **(3)** Click here to **clone** the question.
* **(4)** Using the drop-down, you can **(5) manually close** the question or **(6) schedule** for the question to close.

### ***Step 6: Add another Segment (Optional)***

<img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 6 — Step 6: Add another Segment (Optional)" />

* If you'd like to add another segment to the card, do this by selecting the **plus icon** at the bottom in the grey area.
* **(1)** Add a **name** to your segment.
* **(2)** Add an option **subtitle** to your segment.

### **Step 7: Style your Leaderboard**

<img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 7 — Step 7: Style your Leaderboard" />

* **(1)** Edit the number of **entries** that the leaderboard displays. If a user is currently placed outside the number of entries you select, they can still see where they placed by looking at the top of the leaderboard.
* **(2)** This option shortens displayed names to an **abbreviated** version.
* **(3)** This toggle allows you to **preview** names on the leaderboard before real participant data is available.
* **(4)**  You can enable a leaderboard for every **active segment**.
* **(5)** Alters the **colors** of the ranking items.

### **Step 8: Style your Live Predictor**

<img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 8 — Step 8: Style your Live Predictor" />

* **(1)** Add a **logo** to the header of the Predictor card.
* **(2)** Changing these colors will change the color of your Predictor card's title and **header background**.
* **(3)** Alter the **score background and text colors.**
* **(4)** Changes the highlighting color of the **active and inactive titles**.
* **(5)** + **(6) +(7)** Update the **title** for each tab.
* **(8)** Edit the **body** of the Live Predictor.

  <Accordion title="Styling the Live Predictor">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): option a — Step 8: Style your Live Predictor" />

    * **(A)** Changes the colors of the **body**.
    * **(B)** Toggles the ability to set a **background image** on your Predictor card.
    * **(C)** Applies a colored **overlay** to the background of your Predictor card.
    * **(D)** Add a **banner image** to the **footer** of your Predictor card.
  </Accordion>
* **(9)** Edit additional **settings** of your Live Predictor.

  <Accordion title="What else can you do with Live Predictor?">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): option c — Step 8: Style your Live Predictor" />

    * **(A)** Here you have the option to **hide the response percentages**.
    * **(B)** Here you can configure the color of the **answer borders** when a user submits their predictions. <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): option a — Step 8: Style your Live Predictor" />
      * **(a)** For each feedback, here you'll edit the **border** of a selected answer.
      * **(b)** For each feedback, here you'll edit the **color** of text within the border.
  </Accordion>

### **Step 9: Add your Prizes**

<img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 9 — Step 9: Add your Prizes" />

* **(1)** Here you can add your **prize/s.**

  <Accordion title="Manage your Prizes">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): option a — Step 9: Add your Prizes" />

    * **(A) Hide** this prize from end users.
    * **(B)** This option will allow you to cycle and preview the different **entry status** options.
    * **(C)** Set a **name** for the prize.
    * **(D)** Provide a **description** and overview of the prize and include details on how to enter.
    * **(E)** Upload an **image** for the prize.
    * **(F)** This is where you will set the **awarding rule** for the prize, for an in-depth breakdown on how to correctly configure this setting click [here.](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms/index)
    * **(G)** **+ (H)** Configure the **Communications** associated with the prize here. If you'd like an in-depth breakdown of Email or SMS communications click [here](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms/index).
  </Accordion>

  <Accordion title="Setting Up Live Prize Awarding">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 9: Add your Prizes" /> You can set up **Live Prize Awarding**. Once a user reaches a certain threshold of points or answers x amount of questions (correct), they are awarded a prize instantly when the parameters are met.

    * **(1)** Select **Live** **prize awarding** and set **limits** if you have a certain number of prizes available. Leave the limit empty or click **Set unlimited** to allow unlimited winners.
    * **(2)** Under **When** selecting the parameters on how to win this prize. <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 9: Add your Prizes" />
      <Note>
        When you save your live prize awarding rule, you will see the above message displayed and have the option to choose to start live prize awarding now or delay it. If you choose to delay live prize awarding, head back to the **Prizes** tab, click on the three dots next to the prize and then select **Enable prize awarding** when you are ready to begin.
      </Note>
  </Accordion>
* **(2) + (3)** Edit the prize status **banner copy**.
* **(4)** Here you can alter the colors associated with an **entered state**.
* **(5)** Alter the colors corresponding to a **won state**.
* **(6)** Alter the colors corresponding to the state where the **entrant hasn't won**.

### Step 10: Add your Communications

* To add email or SMS communications to your Live Predictor Card, follow the steps in [this Knowledge Base article](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms/index).
  <Tip>
    We see a lot of our customers use their communications to remind their users to return to the Hub to cast their predictions on new segments!
  </Tip>

### **Step 11: Publish your card**

<img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): step 11 — Step 11: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get it live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing/index).
  <Warning>
    All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
  </Warning>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Live Predictor? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* Added all your questions (including imagery where possible).
* Used **survey** and [**market research**](https://blog.komo.tech/how-businesses-are-using-komo-for-market-research) questions to gain insights and user-generated social media content.
* Created [**personalized communications**](/interactive-features/features/personalised-prizing/index) for your market research questions.
* Each **segment is clearly labeled** based on your event e.g. for an AFL match it will be "Round 1 Melbourne vs Adelaide Crows".
* Make sure you have the **eye icon** marked as visible so your audience is able to see what segments you have ready or available. You can learn more about it [here](#step-4-create-a-segment).
* You have **scheduled the segment** to open and close, if you know the start and end date and time of your event. This is so you won't need forget or need to close the segment manually before your event is live.
* Change the color of the **question CTA bar** to your brand colors.
* Hyperlinked your [T\&C's](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions/index) to the opt in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* All your **communications** (Major Prize Winner, Minor Prize Winner, Everybody Else, Registration) are fully set up and ready to send. If you have communications scheduled for your segments, ensure these are ready to send at the correct date and time.
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.
* Ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly. If you have **Live prize awarding** as your award, make sure you **enable** this feature, you can see how to do so [here.](#step-6-add-another-segment-optional)
* Edit the **leaderboard** and **gameplay styling** to your brand colors. Make use of the **Advanced styling** tab to adjust the color of each border question feedback.

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1dW5jCekGeqlE84PLPpvfckP8XYmv-tL7/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1HyJPd1gxC1oDEmJ9h3ffRAu-pw2CgGIVj7QJfA3l6C0/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="How do I run it?" icon="sparkles" href="/interactive-features/games/how-to-run-your-live-predictor">
      Want to know how to run your predictor?
    </Card>
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Promotion" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub">
      Click here for some promotion ideas
    </Card>
  </Column>
</Columns>

## FAQ

**What's the difference between a Basic and Advanced Live Predictor card?**

With the basic version of the card you will simply nominate a correct answer based on the event's outcome. However, with the advanced version there is a point allocation element that may encourage users to make strategic predictions.

**What does a segment refer to?**

A segment simply refers to a portion of your event/events. For a sports game a segment may be an individual quarter or if you're running a season-long competition an individual game. For a reality TV show, one segment may be one episode. how you choose to break down your Live Predictor card is entirely up to you.

## Top tips

<Columns>
  <Column>
    * If you have multiple segments, it is recommended to have at least 3 questions in each segment. If you have just one segment, look at having a minimum of 5 questions for maximum engagement.
    * Include at least one survey and/or slider question. Allowing your audience to answer questions in different ways makes things interesting instead of voting on multi-choice questions.
    * Alter the point allocations for multi-choice questions. Make things interesting by allocating more points to the least favorite option and get people thinking about who/what to vote on!
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): top tips" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

* Alter the point allocations for multi-choice questions. Make things interesting by allocating more points to the least favorite option and get people thinking about who/what to vote on!
* Make use of the Live prize awarding. Reward your audience instantly throughout your event for them to use the prize in-venue/straight away!
  * Make sure to enable Live prize-awarding. You can do this by clicking the **...** icon next to the prize and selecting Enable prize awarding.
* You can create quiz types of questions in your game. In your multi-choice question, click on the Tick icon located next to the answers to select the correct answer.
  <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): top tips" />
* Remember to close segments as particular games or events end. You can manually close segments or schedule them to close on a certain day and time. This is to prevent users from predicting questions that have already occurred.
  <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): top tips" />
* You can only publish a segment to go live once! If you have a segment scheduled, double-check the date and time it is scheduled to publish, and if you are to publish it manually, make sure you are 100% sure you want to push it live. If you close a segment you accidentally pushed live, you will need to recreate that segment and push it live again at the right time.
* Display your prizes with the top/first prize on top and the other prizes below. This is so users know the grand prize they could potentially win when they play.
  * Name each prize by rank e.g. 1st Prize - Tickets to the Finals, 2nd Prize - Gift Voucher etc. Include in the prize description how to win that prize e.g. Rank 1st, reach 10,000 points, everyone who enters etc.


# Live Predictor (Basic)
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/games/live-predictor-card-basic/index

Ask predictor questions and reveal the correct answers in real time. Reward players for returning and engaging.

## What is it?

The Predictor Card is a game that requires users to correctly predict a series of outcomes based on a real-life event such as a sports game, reality TV show, or awards night.

There are two different kinds of the Predictor Card:

**Basic:** Users get predictions either right or wrong and the winner is typically drawn from those who got the most predictions correct.

[**Advanced**](/live-predictor-advanced)**:** Each question has a different allocation of points based on previous responses to that prompt. The person who finishes with the most points when the competition closes is the winner.

<Note>
  This article will focus on building the **basic** version of the Predictor card. To learn about the advanced version of the Predictor card, click [here](/interactive-features/games/live-predictor-card-advanced).
</Note>

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Predictor card to your Hub

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): step 1 — Step 1: Add a Predictor card to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **Add content,** from here select **Games** and then **Predictor.**
* Add an internal name and select **Basic** as your style. Following this click **Add**.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Live Predictor** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** By clicking here you can add a **title** to your Predictor card.
* **(2)** This is where you can upload a **cover image**.
* **(3)** Here you can edit the color and copy of the **call-to-action bar.**
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(6)** Here you can choose to **toggle off the segment preview.**

### Step 3: Set up your Data capture

Unlike other cards the Live Predictor card comes with a data capture already added, you will just be required to finish setting it up. For a guide on how to do this check out our article below.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 4: Create a Segment

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): step 4 — Step 4: Create a Segment" />

A segment simply refers to a portion of your event/events. For a sports game, a segment may be an individual quarter or if you're running a season-long competition an individual game. For a reality TV show, one segment may be one episode. How you choose to break down your Predictor card is entirely up to you.

* **(1)** Here you will need to **name** the segment. For instance, if you're separating the segments by quarters you would name the segment "1st Quarter".
* **(2)** This **eye** marks whether or not this segment is visible to front-end users. Currently, it has a strike through it meaning this segment is currently hidden from users. Unmark this when you're ready to push a segment live.
* **(3)** By clicking on this icon you will be able to **schedule** the opening and closing times of this segment. **Note:** You will first need to add a question to the segment in order to use this feature.
* **(4)** This option allows you to add a **communication** associated with this segment. You can use this feature to notify users that a new segment has now opened.
* **(5)** By clicking on the **three dots** you will have the option to **archive** and **delete** segments.
* **(6)** By clicking the **plus** icon you can then choose what question type you'd like to add to the segment.
* **(7)** This option adds a **multiple-choice-based** question to your segment.

  <Accordion title="Adding Multiple-Choice-Based Questions">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): option a — Step 4: Create a Segment" />

    * **(A)** Write in your **question** here, ie: Which player will have the most disposals in the first quarter?
    * **(B)** Here you can fill out your potential **answers**. If you'd like to you can turn this multi-choice question into a quiz question by selecting the tick icon next to the correct answer. Otherwise, you will come here following the segment finishing and nominate the correct answer.
    * **(C)** Clicking the **plus icon** will add another potential answer to the question.
    * **(D)** Clicking here will allow you to change the color and copy of the **CTA bar**.
    * **(E)** Here you can give your question an **internal name** that makes it easier to keep track of.
    * **(F)** Toggling this on will allow you to add a **cover image** to the multi-choice question.
    * **(G)** Changes the answer **layout**.
    * **(H)** Toggling this on will allow you to add a **sponsor** tag to your question.
  </Accordion>

**(8)** This option adds a **Market Research** question (for bonus points) to your Predictor card, which behaves just like a multi-choice question without the correct answer option.

<Accordion title="Adding Market Research Questions">
  <img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): option a — Step 4: Create a Segment" />

  **(A)** Write in your **question** here, ie: What's your favourite thing about watching the footy?

  * **(B)** Here you can fill out your potential **answers**.
  * **(C)** Clicking the **plus icon** will add another potential answer to the question.
  * **(D)** Clicking here will allow you to change the color and copy of the **CTA bar**.
  * **(E)** Here you can give your question an **internal name** that makes it easier to keep track of.
  * **(F)** Toggling this on will allow you to add a **cover image** to the multi-choice question.
  * **(G)** Changes the answer **layout**.
  * **(H)** Toggling this on will allow you to add a **sponsor** tag to your question.
  * **(I)** Deletes the question.
</Accordion>

* **(9)** This option adds a **slider-based question** to your segment.

  <Accordion title="Adding Slider-Based Questions">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): option a — Step 4: Create a Segment" />

    * **(A)** Write in your **question** here, ie: How many disposals will X have?
    * **(B)** Add a **background** image here, the recommended sizing is 1920px x 1080px
    * **(C)** Add a **slider icon** here, best practice is to use a .PNG file with a transparent background. The recommended size is 400px x 400px.
    * **(D)** Clicking here will allow you to change the color and copy of the **CTA bar**.
    * **(E)** Here you can give your question an **internal name** that makes it easier to keep track of.
    * **(F)** Sets a **minimum point** in the guessing range.
    * **(G)** Sets a **maximum point** in the guessing range.
    * **(H)** Once you know the correct response to your question, you can set the **correct answer** here when revealing answers.
    * **(I)** For number guess questions if entrants guess within the set **tolerance** it will be marked as correct.
    * **(J)** Toggling this on will allow you to add a **sponsor** tag to your question.
    * **(K)** Deletes the questions.
  </Accordion>
* **(10)** If you're wanting to push a segment to **go live manually**, click on the **play** icon. Alternatively, you can schedule the segment to go live by selecting the calendar icon.
* **(11)** Here you can view all **archived** segments.
* **(12)** This option **closes** the card.

### Step 5: Add another Segment *(Optional)*

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): step 5 — Step 5: Add another Segment (Optional)" />

* **(1)** If you'd like to add another segment to the card, do this by selecting the **plus icon** at the bottom in the grey area.
* **(2)** Add a **name** to your segment.
* **(3)** Add an optional **subtitle** to your segment.

### Step 6: Style your card

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): step 6 — Step 6: Style your card" />

* **(1)** Add a **logo** to the header of the Predictor card.
* **(2)** Changing these colors will change the color of your Predictor card's title and **header background**.
* **(3)** Changes the highlighting color of the **active tab**.

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): step 6: Style your card" />

* **(4)** Changes the colors of the **body**.
* **(5)** Toggles the ability to set a **background image** on your Predictor card.
* **(6)** Applies a colored **overlay** to the background of your Predictor card.
* **(7)** Add a **banner image** to the **footer** of your Predictor card.

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): step 6: Style your card" />

* **(8)** Here you have the option to **hide the response percentages**.
* **(9)** Here you can configure the color of the **answer borders** when a user submits their predictions.

  <Accordion title="Configure Answer Borders">
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): option a — Step 6: Style your card" />

    * **(A)** The border of a selected answer can be configured here, you can also alter the color of the border when a user gets the correct/incorrect or when the segment is closed.
    * **(B)** The color of text within the border can be configured here, you can also alter the color of the text when a user gets the correct/incorrect or when the segment is closed.
  </Accordion>

### Step 7: Add your Prizes

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): option b — Step 7: Add your Prizes" />

* Click on the **Prizes** tab, this will allow you to customize your Predictor card's prizing.
* **(1)** Selecting the **three dots** will provide you with options to **award and delete** the prize.
* **(2)** Clicking the **plus icon** allows you to **add** another prize to your Predictor card.

  <Accordion title="Adding Additional Prizes">
    After clicking the **plus icon,** you can set up your prize.

    * **(A)** This option will allow you to cycle and preview the different **entry status** options.
    * **(B)** Upload an **image**.
    * **(C)** Set a **name** for the prize.
    * **(D)** Provide a **description** and overview of the prize and include details on how to enter.
    * **(E)** This is where you will set the **awarding rule** for the prize, for an in-depth breakdown on how to correctly configure this setting click [here](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms).
    * **(F) + (G)** Enter the **copy** associated with the prize here. If you'd like an in-depth breakdown of Email or SMS communications click [here](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms).
  </Accordion>
* **(3)** Use the burger menu next to the prize to **rearrange** the order of the prizes.
* **(4)** Edit the prize status **banner copy**.
* **(5)** Here you can alter the colors associated with an **entered state**.
* **(6)** Alter the colors corresponding to a **won state**.
* **(7)** Alter the colors corresponding to the state where the **entrant hasn't won**.
* **(8)** Here you can **award** all the prizes at the end of your event.

### Step 8: Add your Communications

* To add email or SMS communications to your Live Predictor Card, follow the steps in [this Knowledge Base article](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms).

<Tip>
  We see a lot of our customers use their communications to remind their users to return to the Hub to cast their predictions on new segments!
</Tip>

### Step 9: Entries

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): step 9 — Step 9: Entries" />

The information in this section will be everything you requested in the Data capture form, the number of predictions each entrant has made and the total number of questions each entrant has got correct.

* **(1)** Clicking on the **three dots**, you can edit the entrant's details, resend any communications associated with that entrant and delete the entry.

<Note>
  When you remove a user, it will delete all their details including current predictions. If they wish to enter the competition again, they can do so by re-entering their details, however, there will be no predictions associated with their new entry.
</Note>

* **(2)** Here you will be able to **download** a CSV file of all gameplay entries.

### Step 10: Publish your card

<img alt="Live Predictor (Basic): step 10 — Step 10: Publish your card" />

Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Live Predictor? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* Added all your questions (including imagery where possible).
* Used **survey** and [**market research**](https://blog.komo.tech/how-businesses-are-using-komo-for-market-research) questions to gain insights and user-generated social media content.
* Created [personalized communications](/interactive-features/features/personalised-prizing) for your market research questions.
* Each **segment is clearly labeled** based on your event e.g. for an AFL match it will be "Round 1 Melbourne vs Adelaide Crows".
* Make sure you have the **eye icon** marked as visible so your audience is able to see what segments you have ready or available. You can learn more about it [here](#step-4-create-a-segment).
* You have **scheduled the segment** to open and close, if you know the start and end date and time of your event. This is so you won't need forget or need to close the segment manually before your event is live.
* Change the color of the **question CTA bar** to your brand colors.
* Hyperlinked your [**T\&C's**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* All your **communications** (Major Prize Winner, Minor Prize Winner, Everybody Else, Registration) are fully set up and ready to send. If you have communications scheduled for your segments, ensure these are ready to send at the correct date and time.
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.
* Ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly.
* Edit the **gameplay styling** to your brand colors. Make use of the **Advanced styling** tab to adjust the color of each border question feedback. Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1dW5jCekGeqlE84PLPpvfckP8XYmv-tL7/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1HyJPd1gxC1oDEmJ9h3ffRAu-pw2CgGIVj7QJfA3l6C0/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## How do I run it?

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**What's the difference between a Basic and Advanced Predictor card?**

With the basic version of the card you will simply nominate a correct answer based on the event's outcome. However, with the advanced version there is a point allocation element that may encourage users to make strategic predictions.

**What does a segment refer to?**

A segment simply refers to a portion of your event/events. For a sports game a segment may be an individual quarter or if you're running a season long competition an individual game. For a reality TV show, one segment may be one episode. How you choose to break down your Predictor card is entirely up to you.

## Top tips

<Columns>
  <Column>
    * If you have multiple segments, it is recommended to have at least 3 questions in each segment. If you have just one segment, look at having a minimum of 5 questions for maximum engagement. Include at least one survey and/or slider question. Allowing your audience to answer questions in different ways makes things interesting.
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): top tips" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

* You can create quiz types of questions in your game. In your multi-choice question, click on the Tick icon located next to the answers to select the correct answer.
  <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): top tips" />
* Remember to close segments as particular games or events end. You can manually close segments or schedule them to close on a certain day and time. This is to prevent users from predicting questions that have already occurred.
  <img alt="Live Predictor (Advanced): top tips" />
* Make use of the Live prize awarding. Reward your audience instantly throughout your event for them to use the prize in-venue/straight away!
  * Make sure to enable Live prize-awarding. You can do this by clicking the **...** icon next to the prize and selecting Enable prize awarding.
* Display your prizes with the top/first prize on top and the other prizes below. This is so users know the grand prize they could potentially win when they play.
  * Name each prize by rank e.g. 1st Prize - Tickets to the Finals, 2nd Prize - Gift Voucher etc. Include in the prize description how to win that prize e.g. Rank 1st, everyone who enters etc.


# Memory Challenge
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/games/memory-challenge/index

Match the pairs before time runs out

## What is it?

The Memory Challenge is a fun, interactive memory game where users will need to match the exact pairs or associations before time runs out. Score points for every match, lose points for mismatches, and gain bonus points for streaks!

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Memory Challenge to your Hub

<img alt="Memory Challenge: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Memory Challenge to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**
* Once there click the **Plus icon**, from here select **Games** and then **Memory Challenge**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Engagement Hub

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Memory Challenge: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Memory Challenge** will open the editing module
* **(1)** By clicking here you can add a **title** to your Memory Challenge card
* **(2)** This is where you can upload a **cover image**
* **(3)** Here you can edit the color and copy of the **call-to-action bar** or **(8)** toggle this off here
* **(4)** Set the **Outer card shell colors** (description and share bar)
* **(5)** You can add an **Author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content
* **(6)** Add a **Description** to the card
* **(7)** Here you can **disable** the title

### Step 3: Edit the Instructions screen

<img alt="Memory Challenge: step 3 — Step 3: Edit the Instructions screen" />

* **(1)** Edit the **header bar** here by altering the color and uploading your logo
* **(2)** Scrolling down, add a **title** to the instructions and **(5)** change the **font color** here
* **(3)** Include a **description** and **(6)** change the **font color** here
  <Note>
    We recommend putting the rules of the game here. E.g. Match all the pairs in under 60 seconds to win!
  </Note>
* **(4)** Alter the **call-to-action bar** here

### Step 4: Edit the Gameplay screen

<img alt="Memory Challenge: step 4 — Step 4: Edit the Gameplay screen" />

* **(1)** Add a **description** to the game
* **(2)** Click here to edit the **timer**
* **(3)** Here is where you'll edit the **scoring table**

  <Accordion title="Editing the Scoring Table">
    <img alt="Memory Challenge: option a — Step 4: Edit the Gameplay screen" />

    * **(A)** Alter the **background color** of the table and **text color** here
    * **(B)** Edit the **timer bar** color or **toggle off** this feature here
  </Accordion>
* **(4)** Here is where you'll upload all your **game assets**

  <Accordion title="Uploading Gaming Assets">
    <img alt="Memory Challenge: option a — Step 4: Edit the Gameplay screen" />

    * **(A)** Upload an image for the **back** of the tiles (we recommend using your logo in the designs here)
    * **(B)** Here you can select whether you want the pairs to be **exact matches** (ie. two pizza slices) or **associated images** (ie. pizza slice and Italian Flag) <img alt="Memory Challenge: option a — Step 4: Edit the Gameplay screen" />
      * **(a)** If the Association pairing mode is chosen, you can **upload two different images for each pair here**
    * **(C)** If the Matching pairing mode is chosen, you can **upload your single image for each paired here**
    * **(D)** You can add more pairs to the game using the **plus icon**
  </Accordion>
* **(5)** Click here to edit the **gameplay styling**

  <Accordion title="Editing the Gameplay Styling">
    <img alt="Memory Challenge: option c — Step 4: Edit the Gameplay screen" />

    * **(A)** Edit the **header bar** here
      <Note>
        The settings made in Step 3(1) will be the same for all screens.
      </Note>
    * **(B)** Change the **description text color** here
    * **(C)** Upload an image for the **background** or select a **solid color**
  </Accordion>

### Step 5: Edit your Result screens

<img alt="Memory Challenge: option c — Step 5: Edit your Result screens" />

* **(1)** Add a **title** to the winning screen
* **(2)** Add a **description** to the result screen
* **(3)** You can alter the color and copy of the **share** call-to-action bar
* **(4)** Alter the color and copy of the **play again** call-to-action bar or **(6)** disable the button here
* **(5)** Edit the **result card** background and text color here
* **(7)** Click here to edit the **failure screen**

  <Accordion title="Editing the Failure Screen">
    <img alt="Memory Challenge: step 5 — Step 5: Edit your Result screens" />

    <Note>
      The settings made in Step 5(5) will also apply to this screen.
    </Note>

    * **(A)** Add a **title** to the failure screen
    * **(B)** Add a **description** to the screen
    * **(C)** Alter the color and copy of the **play again** call-to-action or **(D)** you can **disable** this button here
  </Accordion>

### Step 6: Set up your Data capture *(Optional)*

Whilst adding a competition to your Memory Challenge is recommended to collect data, it is not always required and can be used purely as an engagement piece.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 7: Attach a Leaderboard (Optional)

<img alt="Memory Challenge: step 7 — Step 7: Attach a Leaderboard (Optional)" />

* After you have added a data capture to the card, head back to the **success screen**

* **(1)** Edit the **enter competition** call to action

* **(2)** Using the toggle, enable the **leaderboard**

* **(3)** Click on the **edit icon** to set up the leaderboard

  <Accordion title="Setting Up the Leaderboard">
    <img alt="Memory Challenge: option a — Step 7: Attach a Leaderboard (Optional)" />

    * **(A)** You can add a **background** to the leaderboard by setting a solid color or uploading an image
    * **(B)** Click here to enter the **Leaderboard title settings**

      <img alt="Memory Challenge: option a — Step 7: Attach a Leaderboard (Optional)" />

      * **(a)** Here you can change the **title** of the leaderboard
      * **(b)** You can **label** the cell and clicking on **...**, you can clone and delete this layer
      * **(c)** Edit the **cell size** here
      * **(d)** Using the grid layout, you can select your preferred **text alignment**. The boxes below allow you to alter the **horizontal and vertical padding**
      * **(e)** Alter the **typography** here. Change the title font, size and color
    * **(C)** Click here to enter the **user ranking** title settings
      <Note>
        Follow Steps 3B(a-e).
      </Note>
    * **(D)** Here is where you'll edit the **user ranking settings**

      <img alt="Memory Challenge: option d — Step 7: Attach a Leaderboard (Optional)" />

      * This is an example of the user's ranking. This will update with the user's data once they have played the Memory Challenge.
      * **(a)** Edit the **cell size** here
      * **(b)** Alter the **horizontal and vertical padding**
      * **(c)** Here you can edit the **typography**. Change the title font, size and color
      * **(d)** Scrolling down, you can add a **background color** to the user ranking and adjust the border radius
    * **(E)** Click here to enter the **leaderboard ranking** title settings
      <Note>
        Follow Steps 3B(a-e).
      </Note>
    * **(F)** Here is where you'll edit the **leaderboard ranking settings**

      <img alt="Memory Challenge: step 7: Attach a Leaderboard (Optional)" />

      <Note>
        Follow Steps 3D(a-d).
      </Note>

      * **(a)** Here you can adjust the number of **positions** shown on the leaderboard and the configuration for **display names**
      * **(b)** Alter the **spacing** between the rank items using the first setting, and the boxes below allow you to alter the **horizontal and vertical padding**
      * **(c)** Scrolling down, you can edit the **animation**. Changing the **duration** of the scroll (milliseconds) and the **delay**
        <Note>
          This setting works best if you have more than 10 rank items, or if you can't view all the items on one page.
        </Note>
  </Accordion>

* **(4)** Reset the leaderboard to the original settings

### Step 8: Publish your Card

<img alt="Memory Challenge: step 8 — Step 8: Publish your Card" />

Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing)

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Memory Challenge? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated
* You have set the **timer** for the game
* Hyperlinked your [T\&Cs](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab if you have a competition attached
* All your **result screens** are set up
* All your **communications** (Registration, Winner/s, Everybody Else) are fully set up and ready to send
* If you have a competition attached, ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tuaX2Afe59_bweb7Vs8jiafYDKFdg2YU/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1-wlzZR7D_9_hemLTc8K8UzEPf6qqVKiVyjnrSd9ap0A/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Can I have more than 6 pairs to match?**

Yes, you can add more pairs to the game. See how to add more [here](#step-4-edit-the-gameplay-screen).

**Do I need to add a description?**

A description is to add more context to the game and screens. For the gameplay screen, you could explain what they need to do e.g. Match the pairs in under 30 seconds to win.

**Can I use gifs?**

Yes! You can use animated GIFs as tile images in the memory challenge. Keep in mind that using multiple large GIFs may affect game performance - if you notice slowdowns, try reducing the file size or number of animated tiles.

**How do I add a leaderboard?**

To add a leaderboard, you must have a data capture attached to the card. View [Step 7](#step-7-attach-a-leaderboard) to see how to edit the leaderboard.


# Picker
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/games/picker/index

Select and assign items to a position on an image with this interactive team builder.

## What is it?

The Picker Card allows users to select and create their dream sports team, burger of the month, new cocktail and many more! This interactive experience lets users build their perfect combination by selecting items and placing them in designated positions on a visual formation.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Picker to your Hub

<img alt="Picker: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Picker to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**
* Once there, click the **Plus icon**, then select **Games** and then **Picker**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Picker: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Picker** will open the editing module
* **(1)** By clicking here you can add a **title** to your Picker Card
* **(2)** This is where you can upload a **cover image**
* **(3)** Here you can edit the color and copy of the **call-to-action bar** or **(8)** toggle this off here
* **(4)** Set the **Outer card shell colors** (description and share bar)
* **(5)** You can add an **Author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content
* **(6)** Add a **Description** to the card
* **(7)** Here you can **disable** the title

### Step 3: Formation and picker settings

<img alt="Picker: step 3 — Step 3: Formation and picker settings" />

* **(1)** Click here to edit the **positions and formations**

<Accordion title="Editing Positions and Formations">
  <img alt="Picker: option a — Step 3: Formation and picker settings" />

  * **(A)** Give the **formation** a name
  * **(B)** Add **Pickers** to the image according to your formation.
    <img alt="Picker: option a — Step 3: Formation and picker settings" />
    * **(a)** Select the picker to **move** the position. When you move the picker, **(b)** the **X and Y axis** will update according to its position on the image
    * **(c)** Here you can **name** the picker position e.g. defender
    * **(d)** You can adjust the **size** of the picker. **Note:** We have kept the aspect ratio lock to ensure the image is symmetrical
    * **(e)** Here you can choose if you want a certain position to be a **required** pick or optional
    * **(f)** Edit the **placeholder** picker image here
    * **(g)** You can add and assign **tags** e.g. midfielder and goalkeeper under various pickers to filter through the total pickers
    * **(h)** You can **delete** or **clone** the picker here
  * **(C)** Here you can upload a **background image** for this formation to replace the default soccer field
  * **(D)** Here is where you can edit the picker **label settings.**
    <img alt="Picker: option a — Step 3: Formation and picker settings" />
    * **(a)** Here you can change the picker **label placement**
    * **(b)** Alter the **text color** and **background color** of the picker label
    * **(c) + (d)** Alter the **width** and **height** of the picker label
    * **(e)** Change the label **text alignment** here
    * **(f)** Here you can change the **font size** of the picker label
    * **(g)** Here you have the opportunity to **shorten** the label of the picker e.g. L. Messi or Lionel M.
  * **(E)** Here you can **delete** or **clone** the formation
  * **(F)** Click here to **add** additional formations
</Accordion>

### Step 4: Edit the Modal settings

<img alt="Picker: option a — Step 3: Formation and picker settings" />

The modal settings refer to everything your user will see whilst engaging in the game.

* **(1)** You can edit the modal **header** settings and upload your logo/imagery here
* **(2)** You can add the **title** here
* **(3)** Here you can alter the **color and copy** of the call-to-action bar
* **(4)** Here you can manage the **settings** of your Picker

<Accordion title="Managing Picker Settings">
  <img alt="Picker: option a — Step 3: Formation and picker settings" />

  * **(A)** Here, you can **manage your items and tags.**

    <img alt="Picker: option a — Step 4: Edit the Modal settings" />

  * Click on **Manage items**, select **Manage tags** and click on **Add tag**.

  * **(a)** Here you can include **additional details** to the item such as **stats, videos and a bio**

  * **(b)** Add all your **tags** e.g. midfielder and attacker to allow items to be filtered by tags

  * **(c)** Individually **add** items by clicking Add

  <Info>
    <img alt="Picker: step 4: Edit the Modal settings" />

    * **(I)** Upload an **image** for the picker item
    * **(II)** Name the picker item e.g. Lionel Messi
    * **(III)** Select the **tags** relevant to the picker item
    * **(IV)** Add an item **cover image**. **Note:** This image appears above the picker's information and content
    * **(V)** Add a **background color** to the picker's information and content
  </Info>

  * **(d)** Using the arrow, **bulk upload items** using a CSV file

  <Info>
    <img alt="Picker: step 4: Edit the Modal settings" />

    <Note>
      We highly recommend doing a bulk upload as it will save you a lot of time from manually uploading!
    </Note>

    * **(I)** Here is where you'll upload the **file** in CSV, XLSX or ZIP format
    * **(II)** Enter the title of the column header in your CSV to extract the picker's **names** from
    * **(III)** Enter the title of the column header in your CSV to extract the **tags** from
    * **(IV)** Enter the title of the column header in your CSV to extract the **bio** from
    * **(V)** Enter the title of the column header in your CSV to extract the **video** from.
      <Note>
        You will need to copy and paste the video URL under this column in the Excel file
      </Note>
    * **(VI)** Enter the title of the column header in your CSV to extract the **statistics** from
    * **(VII)** Enter the title of the column header in your CSV to extract the **images** from. **Note:** The name of the images need to be entered in the Excel file next to the corresponding picker. The file with the Excel file and images need to be uploaded as a ZIP file
    * **(VIII)** Here you can download a **template** of what the ZIP file should look like/contain
    * **(IX)** Download a **template** of what the CSV/XLSX file should look like
  </Info>

  * **(B)** You can disable this button to hide the **progress bar** above the call-to-action
  * **(C)** Enable a **randomized button** where the platform will pick items for the user
  * **(D)** You can disable the **item labels** under the picker here
  * **(E)** Here you can upload the default **picker background image** that will be added to each new formation
  * **(F)** Upload a default **picker image**
  * **(G)** Upload an **item default image** here for items that you may not have an image for
  * **(H)** Here you can add a **placeholder text** that will appear in the search bar
  * **(I)** Here you can choose to **preference the details image**. This means that when searching for an item, a user will see the details image instead of the items image
</Accordion>

* **(5)** Edit the **styling** settings for the modal

<img alt="Picker: option a — Step 3: Formation and picker settings" />

* **(A)** Edit the **color** of the Picker background and text
* **(B)** Here you upload a **background image** that sits behind the formations

### Step 5: Set up your Result screen

<img alt="Picker: option a — Step 3: Formation and picker settings" />

* **(1)** Here you can alter the color and copy of the **Share** call-to-action or **(4)** toggle this off
* **(2)** Here you can alter the color and copy of the **Download** call-to-action or **(5)** toggle this off
* **(3)** Here you can alter the color and copy of the **Play again** call-to-action or **(6)** toggle this off
* **(7)** Toggle this on to **show users which items are most popular**! Make sure you update the styling of this if you decide to switch it on!

### Step 6: Set up your data capture (Optional)

Whilst adding competition to your Picker Card is recommended to collect data, it is not always required and can be used purely as an engagement piece.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 7: Publish your card

<img alt="Picker: step 7 — Step 7: Publish your card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card, and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see
* **(2)Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing)

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Picker? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated
* Ensure you have uploaded all your [picking items](#step-4-edit-the-modal-settings) with the correct name, relevant tags and imagery
* You have named all **pickers** with the relevant positions or labels so users are aware of the positions they are filling
* If you have different formations, ensure each **formation** is labeled
* You have altered the [modal settings](#step-4-edit-the-modal-settings) to your branding by adding a background, changing the text color and the picker default image
* Make sure you have the correct pickers marked as **required**. This is so users will pick an item for that position and not leave it blank
* Each picker is the **same size** - width and height
* You have edited the **result screen** with the call-to-action bars in line with your brand colors

If you have a competition and a data capture attached:

* All your **communications** (Registration, Winner/s, Everybody Else) are fully set up and ready to send
* You have hyperlinked your [T\&Cs](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab
* Ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly. If you have **Live prize awarding** as your award, make sure you **enable** this feature, you can see how to do so [here](/interactive-features/games/live-predictor-card-advanced#step-6)
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1n4sGAVvn5hqhr-6s2wYXPXj0K4zDuYvT/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1aukxExRU_G9_KZ3jq54eakR2V1mlqI1TwYeyzmFaEz0/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**Can I create different formations for different sports in one Picker?**

Yes, you can. If you add a new formation, you have the option to change the formation background image to your desired sport and then add pickers to the position of your choice. We recommend naming each of your formations to the appropriate sport to distinguish between them all.

**Is it possible to have a bench/sub but they don't have to be selected by a user?**

You can make some pickers optional by selecting the picker and then toggle off the Required option as seen [here in Step 3](#step-3-formation-and-picker-settings).

**Can you use the Picker for other than sports?**

Definitely! The Picker Card is a card that allows users to select and assign items on an image. You can use the Picker and allow users to create their ultimate burger by giving them the opportunity to select the fillings within 2 buns. Get users to create their own cocktail by selecting their preferred mixes. There are no limitations to this card!

**How do I bulk upload with images?**

You will need to create a .CSV file with the names of the picking items, relevant tags associated to each picking item and then you will need to copy the image file name and paste it into a separate column next to the name and tags e.g. Lionel Messi, Striker, lionel\_messi.png. [You can download a template as seen here](#step-4-edit-the-modal-settings).


# Poll
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/polls-surveys/poll/index

Poll your users on any topic.

## What is it?

The Poll allows you to poll your audience on any topic. This is an invaluable tool to connect with and understand your audience. The Poll is often used to survey your audience. This allows you to understand them better and make the most of your marketing efforts. It is important to remember that you can add competitions to polls, giving you more creative freedom with card ideas and allowing you to distribute digital coupons.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Poll to your Hub

<img alt="Poll: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Poll to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon**, from here select **Games** and then **Poll.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Add a Cover image *(Optional)*

<img alt="Poll: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image (Optional)" />

* Clicking on the **Poll** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** You have the option to give your **Quiz** a title.
* **(2)** Here you add your **Cover** image or **(6)** you can turn off the cover here.
* **(3)** Alter the color and copy on the **call-to-action** bar or **(7)** disable the bar here.
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add an optional **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Adding Questions

<img alt="Poll: step 3 — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

When adding content to your poll you have 2 options;

* **(1) Poll questions** - This option allows you to add a standard poll question.

  <Accordion title="Understanding the Poll Question Interface">
    <img alt="Poll: option a — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

    * **(A)** By clicking the placeholder cover image, you can upload a **video** from your device or using a video URL, or **(G)** you can turn off the question image here.
    * **(B)** Here you will be able to **input** your question.
    * **(C)** Here you will input your question **answers** and imagery (by clicking the placeholder image icon associated with that answer).
    * **(D)** Allows you to add additional **questions.**
    * **(E)** Give the question an **Internal name** for analytics purposes.
    * **(F)** Connect question responses to a **contact property.**
    * **(H)** Here you can optionally add an **Explainer** which will pop up after the user answers this particular question.
      <img alt="Poll: option c — Step 3: Adding Questions" />
      * **(a)** Add your **description/explainer** text here.
      * **(b)** Here you can alter the color of the **Next** button.
    * **(I)** Here you can toggle off the **Question** heading. Use this feature if you add a question into your question image.
    * **(J)** Toggling this option on will randomly **shuffle** each of the different answer options for every user.
    * **(K)** You can show the **response percentage** per answer option.
    * **(L)** If you don't have any result screens, you can enable a **play again** for the last question of the quiz to allow users to play again.
    * **(M)** Scrollng down, you can alter the **layout** of the answers by selecting from the options here.
    * **(N)** Allows you to configure **logic**. The logic jump allows you to take users to different questions within your Quiz based on responses to certain questions. [**Click here to learn more.**](/interactive-features/features/branching-logic)
    * **(O)** Brand the experience by altering the personality quiz **styling colors.** **Note:** This setting will apply to all questions.

      <img alt="Poll: step 3: Adding Questions" />

      * **(a)** Edit the **header** colors.

        <img alt="Poll: step 3: Adding Questions" />

      * **(b)** Alter the colours of the question **progress bar**.

        <img alt="Poll: step 3: Adding Questions" />

      * **(c)** Edit the **background color** for the question.

        <img alt="Poll: step 3: Adding Questions" />

      * **(d)** Set the answer option colors and the feedback color.

        <img alt="Poll: step 3: Adding Questions" />
  </Accordion>
* **(2) Bridge screen -** Gives you the ability to add a bridging screen between questions. This is a great opportunity to place adverts and promotional images within your Poll.

  <Accordion title="Adding Bridge Screen">
    <img alt="Poll: option a — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

    * **(A)** Here you can customize the color of the **Next** button.
    * **(B)** Here you have the option to have an **image** to the Bridge screen or upload a **video** from your device or using a video URL.
    * **(C)** Here you **upload or remove** an image. (*We highly recommend having an image uploaded.*)
    * **(D)** Add a **description** which sits on top of the image.
      <Note>
        We recommend toggling this off and adding any text you wish to be included here directly into your design.
      </Note>
    * **(E)** Alter the **text color** which will sit above the imagery.
    * **(F)** Alter the color of the **background**. *Note:* This color will only be seen if there is no image in step **(C).**
    * **(G)** You can **delete** the screen here.
  </Accordion>

### Step 4: Set up your Result

<img alt="Poll: step 4 — Step 4: Set up your Result" />

* **Results** refer to what will be shown to your users at the end of your Poll.
* **(1)** Give your result a **title.**
* **(2)** Here you can bring your result to life with an **image or gif** or **(8)** toggle the result image off here.
* **(3)** Give more context and value to your outcomes by adding a **description** that gives more detail about the outcome.
* **(4)** Scrolling down, you can alter the colour and copy of the **share button.**
* **(5)** Change the **outline color and text** of the view answers button or **(10)** disable this button here.
* **(6)** Scroll down, click on the **plus icon** to add a button and to drive traffic to a particular website or to a specific card.

  <Accordion title="Adding More Buttons">
    <img alt="Poll: option a — Step 4: Set up your Result" />

    * **(A)** Insert your **URL.**
    * **(B)** Add the **call-to-action** for the button.
    * **(C)** Customise the **button color.**
  </Accordion>
* **(7)** Here you can decide whether or not this result should allow users to enter a **competition**.
  <Note>
    In order to have a result lead to a **data capture,** you will need to first set this up.
  </Note>
* **(9)** Enable the **play again** button for this specific result screen.
* **(11)** Alter the **result styling colors.**

  <Accordion title="Styling Results">
    <img alt="Poll: option a — Step 4: Set up your Result" />

    <Note>
      This setting will apply to all questions.
    </Note>

    * **(A)** Edit the **header bar color**.
    * **(B)** Here you can update the **result background colors**.

      <img alt="Poll: option a — Step 4: Set up your Result" />
  </Accordion>

### Step 5: Set up your Data capture *(Optional)*

Whilst adding a competition to your Poll is recommended to collect data, it is not always required and can be used purely as an engagement piece.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 6: Publish your Card

<img alt="Poll: option a — Step 4: Set up your Result" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Poll? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* Added all your **poll questions** (including imagery where possible).
* All your **result screens** are set up with imagery and copy.
* If you are using videos in the questions, ensure you have uploaded or copied and pasted the correct **video/URL**. You can play the video in the preview section to check if it is the correct video.
* If you have added a **Bridge screen,** check if you have uploaded an image or a video with a description to explain the content.

If you have a competition and a data capture attached:

* All your **communications** (Registration, Winner/s, Everybody Else) are fully set up and ready to send.
* You have hyperlinked your [**T\&Cs**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* Ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly. If you have **Live prize awarding** as your award, make sure you **enable** this feature, you can see how to do so [here.](/interactive-features/games/live-predictor-card-advanced)
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Hsww6lB6TlN8kR-8aWHcqIcQqTXci3tN/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/11jAyg0Iclkxo6KzbKoUIvD_2YFIVI-zf6TJJAjE9wF0/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

What's the difference between a Poll and a Multi-poll card?

These two cards are essentially the same. The only major difference is that the Multi-poll Card allows you to ask multiple poll questions as opposed to just one.

Can I attach a competition to these cards?

Yes, you can. Every card in Komo Engagement Engine allows you to add a competition in the form of a data capture to it. Click [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture) to learn how to set up a competition.

How do I view a user's response to my poll?

If you have added a data capture to the poll, you'll be able to view your entries by clicking on the card's 'settings' and then 'entries'. For a more in-depth view of the entrant's responses simply download the .csv by clicking 'download as CSV' and opening the document in Excel or Numbers.

<Tip>
  With or without a data capture added to your card you can head to the analytics tab of any card to see a high-level overview of the responses to the various options on your card.
</Tip>

## Top tips

* Add a cover image and imagery to your answers. This makes the poll look more appealing and not so text-heavy on the Hub.
* Have the answers displayed in a grid layout so the images for each answer are larger and more visible.
* If you create a Multi-poll, add a Bridge screen to promote a product or service.
* Turn on Data Capture to view users' responses to your poll. Here you will be able to view who voted for what.
* Set up coupons for on-form registrations. Give out coupons for those who take part in the Poll in the communications section.
* Ask interesting and fun questions! Spark debates, gather insights on things you are curious about e.g. Does pineapple belong on pizza? What do you put on top of your Christmas tree? etc.


# Surveys
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/polls-surveys/surveys/index

Create and distribute surveys to easily capture rich data and customer insights, directly within Komo.

## What is it?

Using Komo's Surveys tool, you can create and customize surveys with flexible screens and question types, then distribute them via unique links to capture insights within the flow of engagement. Read on to learn how to set yours up.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a survey to your Hub

<img alt="Surveys: step 1 — Step 1: Add a survey to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click **Surveys** in the left-hand menu.
* Click **+ Create survey.**
* Give your survey an appropriate **name** (this will be visible to end users) and click **Create.**
* You will now see your survey has been created. **Click the survey** you just created to access and begin editing.

### Step 2: Adding screens

<img alt="Surveys: step 2 — Step 2: Adding screens" />

* When creating surveys, screens are the pages that house questions and content for your survey. You can add all your questions to one screen or have individual screens for each question, depending on your needs.
* **(1)** Click here to access an overview of **all screens.**
* **(2)** Clicking the **+ sign** allows you to add additional screens.

<Note>
  When you create your survey, an intro screen will always be created by default. You have the ability to edit and customize this screen to meet your requirements.
</Note>

* **(3)** Clicking the **bin** icon allows you to **delete** screens.

<Note>
  If you only have one screen, you will not be able to delete it until further screens have been added.
</Note>

### Step 3: Adding questions

<img alt="Surveys: step 3 — Step 3: Adding questions" />

* **(1) Click** on the screen you would like to **add questions** to.
* **(2)** Clicking on the **title** of the screen allows you to edit it.
* **(3)** Click the **+ sign** to add content to your screen. You will have 3 options;
* **(4) Text** - This option allows you to add text to the screen which is particularly useful if you want to add context to questions or add welcome or closing messages.

  <Accordion title="Setting up your Text Question">
    <img alt="Surveys: option a — Step 3: Adding questions" />

    * **(A)** By clicking here you can **add and edit your text**.
    * **(B)** Click and drag to **reorder** your content (when additional content is added).
    * **(C)** Click the **bin** to **delete** your content.
  </Accordion>
* **(5) Image** - This option allows you to **add an image or gif** to your screen by uploading your own or accessing the various stock options available.
* **(6) Field** - This option allows you to add **survey questions** and **data capture fields** to your screen.

  <Accordion title="Adding Survey Questions & Data Capture Fields">
    <img alt="Surveys: option c — Step 3: Adding questions" />

    * **(A)** By clicking **Existing** you can access all your existing data capture fields that can be added to the survey.
    * **(B)** Clicking **Create** allows you to add new **data capture fields** as well as **survey questions** to your screen.
      <img alt="Surveys: option a — Step 3: Adding questions" />
      * Scrolling down you will see the available data capture fields as well as the survey question types that are available to be used.
      * Click on your desired question type to add it to your screen.
        <img alt="Surveys: option a — Step 3: Adding questions" />
      * You will now be able to **edit** your survey question.
      * **(a) Checking this box** allows you to create a Contact Property for this survey question. When users submit their answers, this will be automatically added to their contact profile.
      * **(b)** You can choose to make the question a **Required field** by checking this box.
      * **(c)** Within the **label box** type in the **question** you are asking end users. This will be publicly visible.
      * **(d)** Give your question a **Unique\_ID** this will not be publicly visible but will be used to identify the question when syncing with integrations.
      * **(e)** Within this section, you will be able to **further customize** your question and answering experience, depending on the question type.
      * **(f)** By clicking the **Advanced dropdrown,** you will have the ability to make the field **Read-Only, Hide the field** if the contact already has a value for it, **Pre-fill** with data from the contact profile as well as **advanced question customization.**
      * **(g)** Click **Add** to finalize adding the question to your screen.
  </Accordion>
* **(7)** Clicking on the **button** gives you the ability to edit the **color** and **button text.**

<Note>
  When you add more screens, additional buttons will be added to allow users to navigate between questions as well as submitting when it's the final question. You still have the ability to customize these buttons.
</Note>

* **(8)** Here you can customize the **background color** and **text color** for the screen.
* **(9)** Here you can customize the **button background color** and **text color.**
* **(10)** Click the **+ sign** to add additional screens to your survey.

### Step 4: Create your Ending screen

<img alt="Surveys: step 4 — Step 4: Create your Ending screen" />

* **(1)** Click **Ending** to begin editing your Ending Screen.
* **(2)** Click here to customize and edit your **ending screen text.**
* **(3)** Click the **+ sign** to insert additional **text, images, or buttons.**

### Step 5: Publish your survey

<img alt="Surveys: step 5 — Step 5: Publish your survey" />

* Once you're happy with your survey, you're ready to publish!
* **(1)** Click **Overview** in the left-hand menu.
* **(2)** Double check the **setup guide** which will alert you if any steps have not been completed.
* **(3)** Check if your survey meets **accessibility requirements.** If the survey does not meet these requirements, it will provide detail on the areas that require attention.
* **(4)** Hit **Publish** and **Publish** again when the modal appears.

<Note>
  You also have the ability to publish your survey by clicking the three dots next to the survey (accessed via the Survey tab within the Hub).

  Here you can also copy the survey URL. It is recommended that you do this before setting up recipients or communications. This then gives you the ability to include the URL in communications if required, or directly share the URL through other channels for distribution.

  Copying the URL also gives you the ability to view and test the end user experience prior to distributing.
</Note>

### Step 6: Add survey Recipients and Communications (Optional)

<img alt="Surveys: step 6 — Step 6: Add survey Recipients and Communications (Optional)" />

<Accordion title="Adding Recipients">
  <img alt="Surveys: step 6 — Step 6: Add survey Recipients and Communications (Optional)" />

  * **(A)** Here you can **search** for contacts you would like to receive the survey.
  * **(B)** If you'd like to **filter the contacts** (ie. based on a list) you can click here.
  * **(C)** Tick the **checkbox** for all recipients you would like to distribute the survey to. This contact data is pulled directly from your contact list within the Komo CRM. You can also check the top checkbox to select all contact in the displayed list.
  * **(D)** If you need to **add additional contacts** who are not currently in the list click **here.** This will take you to the CRM where you can add more contacts. For more information on adding contact, please [**read this article**](/crm/contacts).
  * **(E)** Once you have selected your recipients, click **Next.**
    <img alt="Surveys: option a — Step 6: Add survey Recipients and Communications (Optional)" />
    * **(a)** To add email communications, click **+ Add email.** For more information on creating email communications, [**please read this article**](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms/index).
    * **(b)** By clicking the **down arrow,** you can also **(c)** **Add SMS** communications. For more details on creating SMS Communications, [**please read this article**](/getting-started/hub-setup/sms-communications)**.**
    <Note>
      When creating communications, you can paste the  link token within the body text or use it within a button. This will generate a personalized link for each recipient, allowing individual tracking. Alternatively, you can include a generic URL (copied in [**Step 5**](#step-5-publish-your-survey))**.**
    </Note>
    * **(d)** If you choose not to set up communications, you can click **skip.**
      <img alt="Surveys: step 5 — Step 6: Add survey Recipients and Communications (Optional)" />
    * Once you have set up your communications you can click **Add recipients.**
    * The recipient has now been created. Once they have completed the survey, you will see a **Completed** tag under the Completion Status tab.
    <Note>
      Recipients will be distributed the communications as soon as you confirm that they should be added to the survey.\
      \
      If you need to **edit, add,** or send **follow up** communications, you can do so under the **Communications tab** in the left-hand menu.
    </Note>
</Accordion>

### Step 7: View survey Insights

<img alt="Surveys: step 7 — Step 7: View survey Insights" />

* **(1)** Click the **Insights** tab in the left-hand menu.
* **(2)** Here you can see a **breakdown** of the survey question responses.
* **(3)** If you would like to drill down even further, or **export** your survey responses in CSV format, you can do so by clicking here.

<Note>
  If you request any customer data throughout your survey (ie. first name or email) or send the survey using the recipients tab, you will be able to see their responses on the CSV export and individual Contact Profiles within the CRM. If you don't request any customer data, and send the survey using the generic survey link, all responses will be anonymous.
</Note>

#### Include uploaded files (zip)

If your survey has at least one **file upload** question, the export modal will show an additional **Include uploaded files (zip)** checkbox.

* **Unchecked** (default): you receive a CSV file containing the survey responses, identical to the standard export.
* **Checked**: you receive a `.zip` archive containing:
  * `{survey-name}-export.csv` — the responses CSV, with file-upload columns rewritten to friendly relative paths (e.g. `files/jane-doe-receipt.jpg`).
  * `files/` — every uploaded file referenced in the export, renamed to a friendly filename based on the recipient's details.
  * `index.html` — a browsable summary page with image thumbnails for quick previewing.

<Note>
  Once you confirm the export, the job runs in the background and the download link is delivered by email to the admin who triggered it. Submitting the same export again within a few minutes will be deduplicated and rejected.
</Note>

## FAQ

**Do Surveys live at the Hub or Workspace level?**

Surveys are created at the Hub level because only Hubs support unique URLs, and each survey generates its own shareable link as an extension of the Hub's URL.

**How many questions can I create?**

You can add as many questions as you like to your surveys!

**Will you be rolling out more question types in future?**

Yes! This is the first iteration of our Surveys offering. We intend to progressively release more question types in the near future. On top of this, the user experience will continue to be improved and streamlined.

**Do Surveys currently support advanced logic?**

The current iteration of the Surveys offering does not support advanced logic for displaying and hiding questions. We intend to release this capability in the near future.


# Video URL Link
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/polls-surveys/video-url-link/index

Want to know how to get a video URL to embed into a card? Read on...

## How do I do this?

* [Step 1: Upload Your Video ](#step-1-upload-your-video)
* [Step 2: Copy The Video Sharing Link](#step-2-copy-the-video-sharing-link)
* [Step 3: Paste The Link](#step-3-paste-the-link)

### Step 1: Upload Your Video

<img alt="Video URL Link: step 2 — Step 1: Upload Your Video" />

* Upload your video to a public sharing website such as YouTube and Vimeo, or host the video in your Dropbox.

### Step 2: Copy the Video Sharing Link

<img alt="Video URL Link: step 2 — Step 2: Copy the Video Sharing Link" />

* **(1)** Click on the **Clipboard** icon and copy the link.

<Note>
  See below for how to copy the sharing link for Dropbox.

  <img alt="Video URL Link: step 3 — Step 2: Copy the Video Sharing Link" />
</Note>

### Step 3: Paste The Link

<img alt="Video URL Link: step 3 — Step 3: Paste The Link" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub** and edit the card you want to embed the video.

<Note>
  This video sharing link is only applicable for Quiz, Personality Quiz, Poll, Multi-poll and Watch to Win.
</Note>

* **(1)** Paste the video URL here.
* **(2)** A preview of the video will appear here.


# Leaderboard
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/quizzes/leaderboard/index

Leaderboard works in conjunction with the Live Trivia to display the top players and the user's position across one or more trivia games.

## What is it?

The Leaderboard card provides a method for the Engagement Hub to display the results of your Live Trivia games.The card automatically populates with data and allows you to connect multiple Live Trivia games. Use this to bolster your hub content and produce another form of user-generated content that you can then share on your social media platforms to draw people to your Engagement Hub.This card is great for ongoing campaigns and keeps users coming back to your Engagement Hub. Humans are naturally competitive and by integrating the Leaderboard into your content plan you provide another reason for people to routinely participate in your Live Trivia games.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Leaderboard to your Hub

<img alt="Leaderboard: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Leaderboard to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon,** from here select **Games** and then **Leaderboard.**
* You will then need to provide an internal name for the card and connect a Live Trivia game.
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.
  <Note>
    Later on, you can change or connect additional Live Trivia games through the card's settings.
  </Note>

### Step 2: Style your Leaderboard

* Clicking on the **Leaderboard** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Here you can upload a **logo.**
* **(2)** Type in your desired Leaderboard **name**.
* **(3)** Set the **outer card shell colours** (description and share bar).
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add a **description** to the card.
* **(6)** Here you can change the **Live Trivia game** you initially attached when adding the Leaderboard card.
* **(7)** Clicking here you can add another **Live Trivia game** to the Leaderboard card.
  <Note>
    In order for your Leaderboard card to pull through data you must have an email field in your attached Live Trivia's data form.
  </Note>
* **(8)** Here you can set the initial **number of entries** shown prior to when people have played your Live Trivia games.
* **(9)** Ticking this button will allow the Leaderboard to **expand** and display the top 20 entrants.
* **(10)** Toggling this option will **turn on/off full names** appearing on the Leaderboard.
* **(11)** Click here to alter the **colours** of your leaderboard.

  <Accordion title="Customise your Leaderboard">
    <img alt="Leaderboard: option a — Step 2: Style your Leaderboard" />

    * **(A)** You have the option to disable the **logo** on the Leaderboard.
    * **(B)** This option allows you to change the **color** of your Leaderboard's title.
    * **(C)** Here you have the option to have an **image** as the card background.
    * **(D)** This option allows you to set the Leaderboard's background to a **solid color**.
    * **(E)** Here you can set the **text and background color** of the rank items.
  </Accordion>

### **Step 3: Publish your Leaderboard**

<img alt="Leaderboard: step 3 — Step 3: Publish your Leaderboard" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it.

## "Go live" Checklist

Ready to go live with your Leaderboard? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* Ensure you have **connected** the correct Live Trivia game to the Leaderboard. This is so the Leaderboard pulls through and displays the right information and data.
* You have given your Leaderboard a **name.**
* Make sure that your Live Trivia game has the **email** field in the data capture form. This will need to be in the form of the game for the information to appear on the Leaderboard.
* If you have left the **logo** option on, you have uploaded your logo or imagery, or ensure this is toggled off if you wish to not have a logo.
* Edit the **background** and **rank item** colors to your branding.

Then you're ready to go live!

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**How many Live Trivia games can I have linked to my Leaderboard card?**

As many as you want! With the Leaderboard card, you can connect multiple Live Trivia games. This facilitates a range of different campaigns and allows you to create a weekly, monthly or even year-long leaderboard.

**How quickly does the Leaderboard card update?**

The Leaderboard card updates instantaneously. This means once an entrant completes a Live Trivia game you can push them back to the Engagement hub using the [Action Bar](/getting-started/hub-setup/hub-editor) to view their position relative to other participants.

**Do users need to sign in to register their score on the Leaderboard card?**

No, users simply need to enter their email or phone number on the Live Trivia registration form. If you are attaching multiple Live Trivia games to a card, users will need to use the same email or phone number to add to their cumulative score.

**How can I prevent participants using inappropriate names on the leaderboard?**

The leaderboard has been developed with an internal blacklist. If a user inputs an inappropriate name or word in the data capture form, the leaderboard will automatically generate an appropriate replacement and display this in its place.


# Live Trivia (Game Show Mode)
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/quizzes/live-trivia-game-show-mode/index

Run professional live trivia events with moderator-controlled gameplay, perfect for in-venue activations, corporate events, and live shows

## What is Game Show Mode?

Game Show Mode is a **moderator-controlled** version of Live Trivia where:

* **Single question active at a time** - Players see one question, then wait for the moderator
* **Moderator controls the flow** - Presenter decides when to show answers, move to next question, etc.
* **Bridge screens between questions** - Add commentary, sponsor messages, or entertainment between rounds
* **No automatic countdown** - Game proceeds at the moderator's pace
* **Professional presentation** - Perfect for live events with big screens

### Game Show Mode vs Classic Mode

| Feature               | Classic Mode                     | Game Show Mode                               |
| --------------------- | -------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- |
| **Question Flow**     | Players progress at own pace     | One question at a time, moderator-controlled |
| **Timing**            | Automatic countdown per question | No countdown, moderator decides duration     |
| **Bridge Screens**    | ❌ Not available                  | ✅ Available between questions                |
| **Moderator Control** | ❌ None                           | ✅ Full control panel                         |
| **Big Screen**        | Leaderboard only                 | Full presentation mode                       |
| **Best For**          | Online/async play                | Live events, venues, shows                   |

### When to Use Game Show Mode

**Perfect For:**

* 🏟️ **Sports stadiums** - Halftime entertainment
* 🏢 **Corporate events** - Team building, town halls
* 🎤 **Live shows** - Comedic or professional trivia nights
* 🎓 **Conferences** - Audience engagement between sessions
* 🍺 **Pubs & bars** - Hosted trivia nights
* 🎉 **Activations** - Brand experiences at festivals/events

**Not Recommended For:**

* Online-only audiences (use Classic Mode)
* Self-paced competitions (use Classic Mode)
* Multi-day trivia (use Classic Mode)

## Setting Up Game Show Mode

### Step 1: Create Your Live Trivia

1. Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**
2. Click **+** to add a card
3. Select **Games** → **Live Trivia**
4. Give it a name and click **Add**

### Step 2: Select Game Show Mode

1. Open the Live Trivia card editor
2. Go to the **Control Panel** tab
3. Find the **Mode** section
4. Select **"Game Show Mode"**

**Important:** Once the game starts, you **cannot** change modes. Choose before going live!

**Mode Selection Screen:**

* **Classic Mode** - Players progress at their own pace
* **Game Show Mode** - Live moderated experience with single question active at a time

### Step 3: Configure Game Show Settings

**Bridge Screens**

Bridge screens appear **between questions** and are unique to Game Show Mode:

**Purpose:**

* Add commentary or host banter
* Display sponsor messages
* Show advertisements
* Entertain audience during transitions
* Explain rules or scoring

**Setting Up Bridge Screens:**

1. Go to **Questions** tab
2. Click **"+ Add Bridge"** between any questions
3. Configure the bridge screen:
   * **Title** - "Round 2 Coming Up!"
   * **Content** - Text, images, or sponsor branding
   * **Duration** - How long to show (or manual advance)
   * **Styling** - Colors, fonts, background

**Bridge Screen Ideas:**

* "Thanks to our sponsor \[Brand] for this round!"
* "Round 2: Sports - Get ready!"
* Funny commentary about previous question
* Score update and leaderboard preview

**Questions Configuration**

Set up questions as normal, but note these Game Show differences:

**Question Timing:**

* **No automatic countdown** - Question stays open until moderator advances
* **Manual answer reveal** - Moderator decides when to show correct answer
* **Flexible pacing** - Spend more time on difficult questions

**Question Types:** All standard Live Trivia question types work:

* Multiple choice (single answer)
* Multiple choice (multiple answers)
* True/False
* Image-based questions

**Scoring:**

* Points awarded for correct answers
* Speed bonuses (if enabled) based on when moderator locks question
* Consistent scoring across all players

### Step 4: Set Up Big Screen Display

Game Show Mode includes **enhanced Big Screen** features:

1. Go to **Big Screen** tab
2. Configure display options:
   * **Question Display** - Shows current question for audience
   * **Answer Results** - Shows answer distribution after reveal
   * **Leaderboard** - Shows rankings (updated per question)
   * **Bridge Screen** - Shows between-question content

**Big Screen States:**

1. **Lobby** - Waiting for game to start
2. **Question** - Current question displayed
3. **Answers** - Answer distribution shown
4. **Bridge** - Between-question content
5. **Results** - Final scores and winners

**Setup for Venues:**

* Connect laptop to venue screens/projectors
* Open Big Screen URL in browser
* Full-screen the display (F11)
* Test visibility from audience seats

### Step 5: Configure Prizes & Communications

Set up prizes as normal:

1. Go to **Prizes** tab
2. Add prizes for winners
3. Configure awarding rules
4. Set up email communications for winners

**Game Show Prize Tips:**

* Announce prizes at start (build excitement)
* Show prize on Big Screen during lobby
* Consider instant prizes for each round winner
* Have a grand prize for overall winner

### Step 6: Test Your Setup

**Critical Testing Steps:**

1. **Test Moderator Flow:**
   * Start game in test mode
   * Advance through questions manually
   * Verify bridge screens appear
   * Check answer reveals work
2. **Test Player Experience:**
   * Join on mobile device
   * Answer questions as they appear
   * Verify waiting states work
   * Check score updates
3. **Test Big Screen:**
   * Display on test monitor
   * Verify all states render correctly
   * Check text size from distance
   * Test transitions between states
4. **Test at Venue (if possible):**
   * Test WiFi with expected audience size
   * Verify screens/projectors work
   * Check audio if using sound effects
   * Run full practice game

## Running a Game Show Mode Event

### Pre-Event Checklist

**1 Hour Before:**

* Hub published and accessible
* Card published and in Game Show Mode
* Test game on moderator device
* Big Screen tested and ready
* Backup moderator device charged
* WiFi tested with load
* Prizes ready to award
* Staff briefed on flow

**30 Minutes Before:**

* Open Big Screen on venue displays
* Set to Lobby screen
* Test moderator controls
* Verify first question loads
* Check bridge screens
* Open QR code for easy joining
* Music/entertainment playing

**15 Minutes Before:**

* Announce game starting soon
* Show joining instructions on screen
* Display QR code prominently
* Build excitement
* Explain prizes

### Moderator Guide

**Control Panel Overview**

The **Game Show Control Panel** is your command center:

**Current State Display:**

* Shows what's currently on player devices
* Shows what's on Big Screen
* Displays current question (if active)
* Shows answer statistics (if revealed)

**Advance Controls:**

* **"Show Question"** - Display next question to players
* **"Show Answers"** - Reveal correct answer and stats
* **"Next Bridge"** - Show bridge screen
* **"Show Results"** - Display final leaderboard

**Safety Features:**

* **3-second cooldown** between actions (prevents accidental skips)
* **Warning if answers still being submitted** (prevents cutting off players)
* **Clear state indicators** (always know what's showing)

**Running the Game: Step-by-Step**

**Phase 1: Lobby (Pre-Game)**

1. Big Screen shows: Lobby with QR code and joining instructions
2. Players join using phones
3. Build excitement, explain rules
4. When ready, click **"Start Game"**

**Phase 2: Question Playing**

1. First question appears on player devices
2. Big Screen shows: Question for audience to see
3. Players answer on phones
4. Watch live answer count in Control Panel
5. When most have answered (or time feels right), click **"Show Answers"**

**Phase 3: Answer Reveal**

1. Correct answer highlighted on all screens
2. Answer distribution shown ("60% chose B, 40% chose A")
3. Points awarded to correct players
4. Leaderboard updates
5. Click **"Next Bridge"** (or **"Next Question"** if no bridge)

**Phase 4: Bridge Screen (Optional)**

1. Bridge content displays on Big Screen
2. Player devices show: "Round 2 coming up..."
3. Add commentary, sponsor messages, or fun facts
4. When ready, click **"Show Question"**

**Phase 5: Repeat**

* Continue cycling through Question → Answers → Bridge
* For each question in your game

**Phase 6: Final Results**

1. After last question, click **"Show Results"**
2. Final leaderboard displays
3. Winners highlighted
4. Announce prizes
5. Thank players!

#### Moderator Best Practices

**Pacing:**

* **Don't rush** - Give players time to answer
* **Read the room** - If players look confused, explain the question
* **Build suspense** - Pause before revealing answers
* **Keep energy up** - Your enthusiasm is contagious

**Engagement:**

* **Comment on answers** - "Wow, 70% got that right!"
* **Encourage players** - "Only 2 questions left, anyone can win!"
* **Use bridge screens** - Add fun facts, sponsor thanks, or jokes
* **Acknowledge leaders** - "Sarah is in first place with 500 points!"

**Technical:**

* **Always have backup** - Second device logged in as moderator
* **Watch the timer** - Don't let questions run too long
* **Check Big Screen** - Ensure it matches what you expect
* **Test audio** - If using sound effects, test volume

**Troubleshooting During Game:**

* **Player can't join?** - Check WiFi, try refreshing
* **Big Screen frozen?** - Refresh browser (game continues)
* **Moderator device dies?** - Use backup device immediately
* **Question has error?** - Skip to next, apologize, keep moving

### Player Experience in Game Show Mode

**What Players See:**

**Lobby:**

* "Waiting for game to start..."
* Your position in queue
* Fun facts or sponsor messages

**Question Active:**

* Current question displayed
* Answer options
* Submit button
* "Answer quickly for bonus points!"

**Waiting for Moderator:**

* "Answers submitted! Waiting for host..."
* Current score displayed
* Fun animations or facts

**Answer Reveal:**

* Correct answer highlighted
* Your result (Correct/Incorrect)
* Points earned
* Current ranking
* Answer statistics ("You were with the 70%!")

**Bridge Screen:**

* Round complete message
* Sponsor content
* Next round preview
* Current leaderboard

**Final Results:**

* Final score
* Final ranking
* Winner announcement
* Prize information
* "Thanks for playing!"

## Advanced Features

**Sequential Answer Reveal**

In Game Show Mode, you can reveal answers **sequentially**:

**How it Works:**

1. Show answer A - "10% chose this"
2. Show answer B - "20% chose this"
3. Show answer C - "**Correct!** 70% chose this"

**Setup:**

1. In Control Panel, click **"Show Answers"**
2. Click **"Reveal Sequentially"** toggle
3. Click through each answer
4. Build suspense before revealing correct one!

**Live Data Feeds**

Display real-time stats on Big Screen:

**Available Feeds:**

* **Leaderboard** - Top 10 players
* **Question Results** - Answer distribution
* **Hardest Question** - Most missed question
* **Smartest Team** - Team comparisons (if using teams)
* **Beat the Expert** - Compare to preset expert score

**Setup:**

1. Go to **Live Data Feeds** in card settings
2. Add feeds you want to display
3. Configure appearance (colors, logos)
4. Display during bridge screens or between rounds

**Team Mode**

Organize players into teams:

**Setup:**

1. Enable **Team Mode** in settings
2. Define teams (Red Team, Blue Team, etc.)
3. Players select team when joining
4. Team scores aggregate

**Big Screen:**

* Shows team rankings
* Highlights leading team
* Creates team rivalry excitement

## Technical Requirements

### For Moderator

**Device:**

* Laptop or tablet recommended
* Reliable internet connection
* Backup device (phone/tablet) logged in

**Browser:**

* Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge (latest versions)
* Disable sleep/screen lock
* Full charge or plugged in

### For Big Screen

**Display:**

* Venue screens, projectors, or large monitors
* HDMI connection from moderator laptop
* 1920x1080 resolution recommended

**Setup:**

* Extended desktop (not mirrored)
* Big Screen URL in browser
* Full-screen mode (F11)

### For Players

**Requirements:**

* Smartphone or tablet
* WiFi or mobile data
* Modern browser
* No app download required!

**WiFi Considerations:**

* Test venue WiFi with expected load
* Consider mobile data backup
* Have IT support on standby
* Limit other WiFi usage during event

## Troubleshooting

**Common Issues**

**"Can't change to Game Show Mode"**

* Game has already started - modes can't be changed mid-game
* Create new card or reset current game

**"Bridge screens not showing"**

* Must add bridges between questions in setup
* Check they're configured correctly
* Verify game is in Game Show Mode (not Classic)

**"Moderator controls not working"**

* Check internet connection
* Refresh page
* Ensure you're logged in as admin
* Try backup moderator device

**"Players stuck on waiting screen"**

* Moderator hasn't advanced game state
* Check Control Panel - click "Show Question" or "Show Answers"
* 3-second cooldown may be active

**"Big Screen not matching moderator"**

* Refresh Big Screen browser
* Check URL is correct
* Ensure same game instance

**"Answers not being accepted"**

* Question may have been locked by moderator
* Player may have already answered
* Check game state in Control Panel

### Performance Optimization

**For Large Venues (500+ players):**

* Use low-bandwidth mode if available
* Limit live data feed updates
* Test with maximum expected load
* Have backup WiFi/network

**For Poor WiFi Areas:**

* Enable low-bandwidth mode
* Reduce image sizes in questions
* Have players use mobile data
* Simplify bridge screens

## Best Practices

**Pre-Event**

* **Test everything** - Run full practice game
* **Have backups** - Devices, internet, moderator
* **Brief your team** - Everyone knows the flow
* **Prepare content** - Bridge screens, sponsor messages
* **Check venue tech** - Screens, audio, WiFi

**During Event**

* **Start on time** - Respect audience schedule
* **Keep energy high** - Moderator enthusiasm is key
* **Engage with players** - Comment on answers, leaderboard
* **Use bridge screens** - Don't rush question-to-question
* **Be flexible** - Adjust pacing based on crowd

**Post-Event**

* **Thank players** - Email or announcement
* **Share results** - Post leaderboard, winners
* **Award prizes** - Promptly and publicly
* **Gather feedback** - What worked, what didn't
* **Analyze data** - Review engagement metrics

## FAQ

**Q: Can I switch from Classic to Game Show Mode mid-game?** A: No. Mode must be selected before the game starts and cannot be changed.

**Q: Can players join late in Game Show Mode?** A: Yes, but they'll miss questions that have already passed. They can join current and future questions.

**Q: What happens if the moderator's device dies?** A: Use your backup device logged in as moderator. The game state is preserved on the server.

**Q: Can I have multiple moderators?** A: Only one moderator can control at a time, but multiple admin accounts can access. Coordinate who is "driving."

**Q: Do players need to download an app?** A: No! Game Show Mode works in any modern web browser on phones, tablets, or computers.

**Q: Can I use Game Show Mode for virtual/online events?** A: Yes, but Classic Mode is usually better for fully online audiences. Game Show Mode shines with in-person crowds.

**Q: What's the maximum number of players?** A: Live Trivia supports thousands of concurrent players. For very large events (5000+), contact support for optimization tips.

**Q: Can I use sound effects or music?** A: The platform doesn't include built-in sound, but you can play music/sound through venue audio system separately.

**Q: Can players see the leaderboard during the game?** A: Yes! Leaderboard updates after each question and can be shown on Big Screen and player devices.

**Q: What if a question has an error?** A: Moderator can skip to next question. Apologize to audience, note the error, and keep the energy up.

## Related Documentation

* [Live Trivia - Classic Mode](/interactive-features/quizzes/live-trivia) - Standard self-paced trivia
* [Running Live Trivia In-Venue](/support-resources/general/running-your-live-trivia-in-venue) - Venue setup guide
* [Live Data Feeds](/interactive-features/features/live-data-feeds) - Real-time displays
* [Prizes and Communications](/competitions-promotions/setup-management/prizes-and-comms) - Winner management

***

**Need Help?** Contact [support@komo.tech](mailto:support@komo.tech) for Game Show Mode setup assistance or live event support.


# Invite Only Live Trivia Games
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/quizzes/live-trivia-invite-only/index

Want to know how to make your Live Trivia games only accessible to select people? Read on...

<Note>
  If you are wanting to use the Live Trivia invite feature reach out to your Customer Success Specialist.
</Note>

## Contents

* [What is it?](#what-is-it)
* [How do I set it up?](#what-is-it)

## What is it?

The invite only feature provides a means for you to make a Live Trivia game only accessible to a certain group of people.

One way you may decide to use this feature is by inviting the top performing participants from previous Live Trivia games to a Grand Final where they will play off for the ultimate prize.

## How do I set it up?

* [Step 1: Toggle on the invite only feature](#step-1-toggle-on-the-invite-only-feature)
* [Step 2: Create your invite list](#step-2-create-your-invite-list)
* [Step 3: Upload the invite list to the Live Trivia game](#step-3-upload-the-invite-list-to-the-live-trivia-game)
* [Step 4: Inform your entrants they've been invited to the Live Trivia game](#step-4-inform-your-entrants-theyve-been-invited-to-the-live-trivia-game)

### Step 1: Toggle on the invite only feature

<img alt="Invite Only Live Trivia Games: step 3 — Step 1: Toggle on the invite only feature" />

Set up your Live Trivia as you normally would. If you would like further information on this click [here](/interactive-features/quizzes/live-trivia/index).

* Navigate to the **Control Panel** tab and toggle on the **Invite only** feature.

### Step 2: Create your invite list

<img alt="Invite Only Live Trivia Games: step 2 — Step 2: Create your invite list" />

* You will need to create a list of all the entrants who you wish to invite to your Live Trivia game.
* You will need to label the first cell in each column after each of fields in your form. See the above image for reference.
* Once you've created your invite list save the document as a .csv file.

### Step 3: Upload the invite list to the Live Trivia game

<img alt="Invite Only Live Trivia Games: step 3 — Step 3: Upload the invite list to the Live Trivia game" />

* Head back to the Live Trivia game and click on the **Upload Registrations** button.
* Upload the CSV File.

### Step 4: Inform your entrants they've been invited to the Live Trivia game

<img alt="Invite Only Live Trivia Games: step 4 — Step 4: Inform your entrants they've been invited to the Live Trivia game" />

* After uploading the invite list you will need to notify entrants that they've been invited to participate in your Live Trivia game.
* Navigate to the **Prizes and Communications** tab and add a communication with the **Trigger for distribution** set to **Manually sent**.

<Note>
  Remember to include the gameplay link code in your email.

  <img alt="Invite Only Live Trivia Games: step 4: Inform your entrants they've been invited to the Live Trivia game" />
</Note>

* After writing your copy of your invite email click **Update email.** Click on the **three dots** next to the communication and then **Send to all**.


# Live Trivia
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/quizzes/live-trivia/index

Multiplayer trivia games to engage any audience.

<Card title="How to Run an In-Venue Live Trivia" icon="sparkles" href="/support-resources/general/running-your-live-trivia-in-venue/index" />

## What is it?

Live Trivia allows you to run a multiplayer trivia game in real-time.  It is a great tool to entertain and collect market research data. Live Trivia can be seamlessly integrated into a range of marketing campaigns and is excellent for in-venue activations.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Live Trivia to your Hub

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Live Trivia to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there, click the **Plus icon,** select **Games** and then **Live Trivia.**
* Input an **internal name** for the card and click **Add.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### **Step 2: Set up your Live Trivia start time**

* Clicking on the **Live Trivia** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** Allows you to set the **duration** and your Live Trivia's start/finish time.

<Accordion title="Scheduling your Live Trivia Game and Duration">
  <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 2: Set up your Live Trivia start time" />

  When running a Live Trivia in-venue we recommend setting a game duration of around 2 minutes and manually starting your trivia rather than scheduling it. For a guide on running your Live Trivia in-venue click [here](/support-resources/general/running-your-live-trivia-in-venue). When not running a Live Trivia in-venue, we recommend setting a game duration of 5 days and scheduling your Live Trivia.

  * **(A)** Set how long your game will run for.
  * **(B)** Set the start and finish time of your Live Trivia game. <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 2: Set up your Live Trivia start time" />
    * **(a)** Select the **timezone**.
    * **(b)** Set the **start** date and time of the trivia.
    * **(c)** Set the **end** date and time for the trivia.
    * **(d)** Toggling this option on will automatically award the prizes once the Live Trivia game ends.
      <Note>
        This feature requires the Live Trivia to be scheduled to be enabled.
      </Note>
</Accordion>

* **(2)** Add **live data feeds**. These are optional, however, we highly recommend adding them if you are running your Live Trivia in-venue as they provide an additional point of engagement for your audience.

<Accordion title="Types of Live Data Feeds">
  Live data feeds work by pulling through data from your entrant's responses to your Live Trivia questions and then displaying it in a fun & engaging manner for your crowd. Below is a list of the live data feeds;

  * **Leaderboard:** The Leaderboard screen will display the top 10 current high scores in your Komo Live competition.
  * **Beat the expert:** To get your players excited at the possibility to beat the experts, use the 'beat the expert' screen. Simply input the expert's score in the screen set-up settings and your screen is ready to go.
  * **Question results:** The question results screens pull the live results to a selected question and displays it on the big screen.
  * **Hardest question:** This action screen shows the most challenging question and the percentage of people who answered incorrectly.
  * **Smartest team:** The smartest team screen pits teams opposing each other by revealing which team has scored the highest.

    <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 2: Set up your Live Trivia start time" />

  Each live data feed is set up a little bit different, however, as a basis, these are the general settings.

  * **(A)** The live data feed's **header title**.
  * **(B)** Upload your **brand's logo** or **(C)** disable the logo here.\
    The recommended sizing is 300w x 300h with a transparent background.
  * **(D)** Select your **brand's color**. We highly recommend not using black as it won't appear against the action screen's background.
  * **(E)** Add a **call-to-action**.
  * **(F)** Enter the **URL** people can enter to play your Live Trivia or **(G)** disable the URL here.

  Below is an example of a Leaderboard live data feed.

  <img alt="Live Trivia: step 2: Set up your Live Trivia start time" />
</Accordion>

* **(3)** Toggles **Low-bandwidth** mode on/off. You may decide to use this option in areas with poor mobile reception.
* **(4)** Here you can view the relevant **resources** to build the Live Trivia.
* **(5)** If you are **manually** starting your Live Trivia ie: at an in-venue event, this is where you will start the Live Trivia.
* **(6)** At any point throughout the Live Trivia, you can click this button to download a **.CSV file**. Within this file, you will receive all the information relating to users' responses to your form and Live Trivia questions.
* **(7)** Here you view all **disqualified** entrants.

### Step 3: Add a Cover to your Live Trivia card

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 3 — Step 3: Add a Cover to your Live Trivia card" />

* Click on the **Cover** tab.
* **(1)** Here you can upload the **cover image** for the card, we recommend using your registration image.

<Note>
  The recommended size is 1920w x 1080h. We strongly encourage you to include the following information on the registration image;

  * The name of your Live Trivia game
  * Prizing details

  See below for an example of the cover image.

  <img alt="Live Trivia: example cover image for your game" />
</Note>

* **(2)** Here you can edit the color and copy of the **call-to-action** or **(6)** disable the bar.
* **(3)** Set the **Outer card shell colours** (description and share bar).
* **(4)** You can add an **Author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add a **Description** to the card.

### Step 4: Set up your Data Capture Screen

Unlike other cards the Live Predictor card comes with a data capture already added, you will just be required to finish setting it up. For a guide on how to do this check out our article below.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="sparkles" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index">
  Learn how to set up the data capture
</Card>

### Step 5: Set up your Rules Screen

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 5 — Step 5: Set up your Rules Screen" />

* Click on the **Gameplay** tab and then **Rules.**
* **(1)** Here you can set a **rules screen** image.

<Note>
  The recommended size is 1080w x 1080h. We strongly encourage you to include the following information on the rules screen image;

  * Use the copy "The Quicker You Answer, The Better You Score"

  See below for an example of a rules screen image.

  <img alt="Live Trivia: step 5: Set up your Rules Screen" />
</Note>

* **(2)** Here you can configure the **background** of the trivia game.
* **(3)** Alter the **headerbar** color.
* **(4)** Edit the **game action bar** colors (the footer bar).

### Step 6: Set up your Lobby Screen

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 6 — Step 6: Set up your Lobby Screen" />

* Click on the **Lobby Screen** tab.
* **(1)** Here you can set a **lobby screen** image.

<Note>
  The recommended size is 1080w x 1080h. We strongly encourage you to include the following information on the lobby screen image;

  * Prizing Information

  See below for an example of a lobby screen image:

  <img alt="Live Trivia: step 6: Set up your Lobby Screen" title="Image" />
</Note>

### Step 7: Write your questions

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 7 — Step 7: Write your questions" />

* Click on the **Questions** tab.
* **(1)** The **toggle** to the left of each question will allow you to reorder your questions by dragging and dropping them.
* **(2)** Clicking on a **question** will allow you to edit it.

  <Accordion title="Adding Questions">
    <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 7: Write your questions" /> Once you select the **Quiz** or **Survey** question option, you will then be able to add your potential answers and edit your question.

    * **(A)** This is where you write your desired **question**.
    * **(B)** Type in a potential **answer**.
    * **(C)** The options at the bottom of each answer allow you to nominate a **correct** answer, **delete** an answer and **move** the answer.
    * **(D)** Scrolling down, click the **plus icon** to add another potential answer.
    * **(E)** Toggling this option on/off allows you to upload an **image** associated with the question.
    * **(F)** Here you can choose to **toggle off the question text** if you have chosen to display your question text in the cover image.
    * **(G)** Connect quiz responses to **contact properties**.
    * **(H)** Here you can change your **Quiz** question to a **Survey** question and vice-versa.
    * **(I)** Changes the **answer layout**.
    * **(J)** Alters the amount of **time** a user has to answer a particular question.
    * **(K)** Scroll down the right sidebar, you can **shuffle** the potential answers' positions for each individual entrant.
    * **(L)** Here you can **Style** the trivia question. <img alt="Live Trivia: step 7: Write your questions" />
      * **(a)** Set the **colors** behind the question and potential answers.
      * **(b)** Alter the **Time bar color.**
      * **(c)** Edit the **Answer feedback colour**, and
      * **(d)** Toggle on to **preview** the color.
  </Accordion>
* **(3)** Toggling on the **shuffle** button will automatically and randomly shuffle your questions when showing them to your users.
* **(4)** Clicking the **Add button** will allow you to add additional questions. The different question types are as follows;
  * **Quiz questions** - This allows you to create your own quiz questions and populate them within your Live Trivia.
  * **Survey questions** - Typically utilized for Market Research questions but a great opportunity to create great user-generated content by utilizing divisive topics such as 'Does Pineapple belong on pizza?" (*Hint: It definitely does*)
  * **Questions from the library** - Selecting this will open the Komo content library and give you access to over 40,000 pre-made questions.
* **(5)** By toggling on **Question Pools \[optional],** you can add as many questions as you like to a pool, feeding your users questions from this pool randomly. This combats cheating *and* introduces variety into your Live Trivia games!

  <Accordion title="Managing Question Pools">
    <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 7: Write your questions" />

    * **(A)** Click the **Add** button to add a question to the pool.
    * **(B) + (C)** Choose from a **quiz question or a question from the library** to add to your pool.
    * **(D)** Once you've added all desired questions to your pool, click the **Add** button and select the **Pool Question Slot** question type from the options provided.
      **Note:** From here, your users will be fed a question from the Pool at random when they come across a Pool Question Slot in your Live Trivia game.
  </Accordion>

#### How scoring works

A player's total score is the sum of the points earned across all questions they receive.

| Question result                  |                                                        Points |
| -------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------: |
| Correct quiz answer              | Between 0 and 10,000, based on how quickly the player answers |
| Incorrect or skipped quiz answer |                                                             0 |
| Answered survey question         |                                                        10,000 |
| Skipped survey question          |                                                             0 |

For a correct quiz answer, points are calculated using the time remaining:

`Points = (time remaining in milliseconds / question duration in milliseconds) × 10,000`

The result is rounded to the nearest whole point and limited to a maximum of 10,000 points.
Faster correct answers therefore earn more points. Survey answers are not time-based: any submitted
answer earns 10,000 points.

* **Minimum possible total score:** 0 points.
* **Maximum possible total score:** number of questions received × 10,000 points.

When using **Question Pools**, calculate the maximum from the number of questions each player
receives, including each Pool Question Slot, rather than the total number of questions stored in the
pool.

### Step 8: Upload your Processing Screen

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 8 — Step 8: Upload your Processing Screen" />

* Click on the **Processing Screen** tab.
* **(1)** Here you can set the **processing screen** image.

  <Note>
    Add a naming sponsor or include your logo here. See below for an example of a processing screen image:

    <img alt="Live Trivia: step 8: Upload your Processing Screen" title="Image" />
  </Note>

### Step 9: Set up your Finished Screen

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 9 — Step 9: Set up your Finished Screen" />

* Click on the **Finished Screen** tab.
* **(1)** Here you can set the **Finished screen** image.
  <Note>
    The recommended size is 1080w x 1080h. We strongly encourage you to include the following information on the finished screen image. See below for an example of a finished screen image; <img alt="Live Trivia: step 9: Set up your Finished Screen" />
  </Note>
* **(2)** Scroll down to alter the **finished copy** here.
* **(3)** Edit the **Share CTA colors** or **(5)** disable the button here.
* **(4)** Set the **Processing bar colors.**
* **(6)** Click on the **edit icon** to set up the leaderboard.

  <Accordion title="Setting up your In-Card Live Trivia Leaderboard">
    <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 9: Set up your Finished Screen" />

    * **(A)** You can add a **background** to the leaderboard by setting a solid color or uploading an image.
    * **(B)** Click here to enter the **Leaderboard title settings**. <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 9: Set up your Finished Screen" />
      * **(a)** Here you can change the **title** of the leaderboard.
      * **(b)** You can **label** the cell and clicking on **...**, you can clone and delete this layer.
      * **(c)** Edit the **cell size** here.
      * **(d)** Using the grid layout, you can select your preferred **text alignment.** The boxes below allow you to alter the **horizontal and vertical padding.**
      * **(e)** Alter the **typography** here. Change the title font, size and color.
    * **(C)** Click here to enter the **user ranking title settings**.
    * **(D)** Here is where you'll edit the **user ranking settings.** <img alt="Live Trivia: option c — Step 9: Set up your Finished Screen" />
      * This is an example of the user's ranking. This will update with the user's data once they have played the Memory Challenge.
      * **(a)** Edit the **cell size** here.
      * **(b)** Alter the **horizontal and vertical padding.**
      * **(c)**  Here you can edit the **typography**. Change the title font, size and color.
      * **(d)** Scrolling down, you can add a **background color** to the user ranking and adjust the border radius.
    * **(E)** Click here to enter the **leaderboard ranking title settings**.
    * **(F)** Here is where you'll edit the **leaderboard ranking settings.** <img alt="Live Trivia: step 9: Set up your Finished Screen" />
      * **(a)** Adjust the number of **positions** shown on the leaderboard.
      * **(b)** Here you can choose how to display the **entrant names.**
      * **(c)** Alter the **spacing** between the rank items using the first setting, and the boxes below allow you to alter the **horizontal and vertical padding.**
      * **(d)** Here you can edit the **typography**. Change the title font, size and color.
      * **(e)** Scrolling down, you can edit the **animation.** Changing the **duration** of the scroll (milliseconds) and the **delay**.
        <Note>
          This setting works best if you have more than 10 rank items, or if you can't view all the items on one page.
        </Note>
  </Accordion>
* **(8)** Here you can add an **call-to-action bar** that displays at the bottom of the entrant's screen once they've finished the trivia. Use this feature to push users to a destination of your choice.

### Step 10: Set up your Answers Screen

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 10 — Step 10: Set up your Answers Screen" />

* Click on the **Answers Screen** tab.
* **(1)** Here you can set the **Answers screen** image.

  <Note>
    The recommended size is 1080w x 1080h. We strongly encourage you to include the following information on the answer screen image;

    * Use the copy "View Results" with an arrow pointing down. See below for an example of an answer screen image.

    <img alt="Live Trivia: step 11 — Step 10: Set up your Answers Screen" />
  </Note>

**(2)** Alter the **answer header colors.**

### Step 11: Set up your Big Screens *(optional)*

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 11 — Step 11: Set up your Big Screens (optional)" />

Here you can enable the Big Screens feature. These are the images that will appear on the in-venue screen if you want to run your Live Trivia in a stadium/crowd setting, click [here](/support-resources/general/running-your-live-trivia-in-venue) for a guide on running your game in-venue. These images simply sit on a URL and will automatically change as your Live Trivia progresses.

* **(1)** Click on the **big screens** tab and then **not started.**

<Accordion title="Setting up the Not Started screen">
  <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 11: Set up your Big Screens (optional)" />

  * The **not stated** screen. This is a holding screen that is displayed prior to starting the game. Provide details of the game and a QR code for users to register to play.
  * **(A)** Upload a **background image** here.

  See below for an example image;

  <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 11: Set up your Big Screens (optional)" />
</Accordion>

* **(2)** Here you can edit the **gameplay screen.**

<Accordion title="Setting up the Gameplay screen">
  <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 11: Set up your Big Screens (optional)" />

  * The **game in progress** screen. This image will have the time left for live trivia placed as an overlay on top of the image. It will then countdown accordingly.
  * **(A)** Upload a **background image** here.

  See below for an example image;

  <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 11: Set up your Big Screens (optional)" />

  * **(B)** Alter the **countdown clock** colors.
  * **(C)** Using the drop-down, preview the different **gameplay statuses**.
  * **(D)** Update the **timer** to preview.
</Accordion>

* **(3)** Here you can edit the **processing winner screen.**

<Accordion title="Setting up the Processing Winner screen">
  <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 11: Set up your Big Screens (optional)" />

  * The **processing** screen. The processing screen is shown at the end of the Live Trivia but prior to the prizes being awarded. it acts as a holding screen whilst the person running the Live Trivia awards the prizes.
  * **(A)** Upload a **background image** here.

  See below for an example image;

  <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 11: Set up your Big Screens (optional)" />

  * **(B)** Alter the **processing winner** text color.
  * **(C)** Here you can reload the **processing winner animation.**
</Accordion>

* **(4)** Here you can edit the **winner screen.**

<Accordion title="Setting up the Winner screen">
  <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 11: Set up your Big Screens (optional)" />

  * The **winner screen** is shown once the prize is awarded and displays the Live Trivia winner's name as an overlay on your uploaded image.
  * **(A)** Upload a **background image** here.

  See below for an example image;

  <img alt="Live Trivia: option a — Step 11: Set up your Big Screens (optional)" />

  * **(B)** Alter the **winner** text color.
  * **(C)** Here you can reload the **winner animation.**
</Accordion>

### Step 12: Set up your prizes and communications

* Ready to set up your Prizes and Communications? [Click here to learn more](/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture#step-4-create-your-communications).
  <Note>
    When setting up prizes for Live Trivia, you have the additional option to add images to represent each prize.
  </Note>

### **Step 13: Publish your Card**

<img alt="Live Trivia: step 13 — Step 13: Publish your Card" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to publish your Live Trivia.**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).
  <Warning>
    All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
  </Warning>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Live Trivia? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded to each screen are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* Added all your trivia questions (including imagery where possible).
* Used **survey** and [**market research**](https://blog.komo.tech/how-businesses-are-using-komo-for-market-research) questions to gain insights and user-generated social media content. (Consider including a Prefix in front of these sorts of questions, e.g. 'BONUS POINTS', 'HAVE YOUR SAY?', or 'FAN POLL')
* Created [**personalized communications**](/interactive-features/features/personalised-prizing/index) for your market research questions.
* Add all your brand/social links to the **Social media** tab on the Finished screen.
* Added your **social sharing** copy in the settings tab, giving users the best experience and increasing the likelihood of your game being shared.
* Added a **Call to action** bar on the Finished screen. This is shown at the end of the Live Trivia when people are reviewing their scores. This can be one of the most potent commercial tools in the game - it is a simple CTA that always receives a great click-through rate.
* Hyperlinked your [**T\&Cs**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions/index) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* All your **communications** (Major Prize Winner, Minor Prize Winner, Everybody Else, Registration) are fully set up and ready to send with the **unique gameplay link** included. The **unique gameplay link** allows the player to come back after the game is completed to check their score.
* You have added and attached a **Leaderboard** to your Live Trivia game.
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.
* Ensure your **Prize** awarding rules are set up correctly.
* Uploaded **images** for all 'prize' recipients and those not winning a prize with a "thanks for playing image."
* Uploaded images to the **Big screens** (if running an in-venue trivia). Make sure to include your logo on the bottom of each image and the copy "Congratulations" on the top for the **Winner** screen as the winner's name will appear in the middle.
* Set up the **action screens** which pull live data from the trivia game. These can be used to promote your current game or to promote pre-registrations for future games. Example action screens include: "The Top 10", "The Hardest Question", "Team Game Results", "Fan Poll Results."
* **Tested through your game** with a couple of people to ensure all of your communications and images are as you wish them to be. You can [see how to test your game here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing/index). Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1h5XW8XSqzLUtvQuBkjsS3Vfu0dBjEhaT/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1o91hAIgitUKO7jhpfO5aFD-cDjgYiRrLXIKGgwZKVIE/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**What happens in the event of a tie?**

Answers in Live Trivia are recorded using millisecond accuracy and converted into points using the
scoring formula above. Therefore, a tie on points is unlikely. However, if it does occur, whichever
user entered first is awarded first place.

**What are the recommended sizes for each image?**

Click [here](https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1o91hAIgitUKO7jhpfO5aFD-cDjgYiRrLXIKGgwZKVIE/edit?usp=sharing) to view our Live Trivia design guidelines.

**What's the difference between a Quiz Card and a Live Trivia game?**

The Quiz Card allows you to challenge your audience at any time, it is always open, and users can take as long as they like to answer questions.

The Live Trivia is best described as a 'pub quiz' available to anyone, anywhere. The Live Trivia is open for a set amount of time (this can be as little or as long as you like), and then once started, users have a set amount of time to answer and be crowned the smartest *Insert topic/team* Fan.

**What is an invite-only Live Trivia game and why would I want to do this?**

An invite-only Live-trivia is when you want only a subset of your community to be able to take part in a trivia competition - this is often done when running larger campaigns and users can 'win' entry into a final private trivia game to crown a winner. You can see [how to set this up here](/interactive-features/quizzes/live-trivia-invite-only/index).

**How do I run my Live Trivia in-venue?**

Click [here](/support-resources/general/running-your-live-trivia-in-venue/index) for a step-by-step guide to running your Live Trivia in-venue.

**How do I attach terms & conditions to my Live Trivia game?**

Simply send through your terms and conditions in a .PDF format to your Customer Success Specialist and they will take care of it for you. Download your Live Trivia terms and conditions [here](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions/index).

## Top tips

* Aim to have 8-12 questions for maximum engagement.
* Base your Live Trivia on a topic that's fun and interesting e.g. TV show, movies, Christmas etc.
* Use images in your questions - a cover photo and/or images for each answer. This brings your game to life! You don't want to play a game that's just plain text...
* Include survey questions. Get to know your audience by asking specific questions about your business or anything you're curious about knowing. This is a bonus points question, your audience will definitely answer it as whatever answer they select, they will get points for!
* Design your Cover and Data Capture Form screen early so you are able to promote your game for users to register. You can then design the rest of the game while promoting it at the same time. Your game will remain closed until you decide to publish it live.
* We highly recommend adding prizing details to your designs, ie: First place wins X.
* Create test games of your trivia so you can see how it will look from your audience's perspective. This allows you to see the game in action and spot any changes you may need to do.
* Set up a Call to Action bar on the Finished screen to direct users back to your Hub to view their position on the Leaderboard or to take part in other competitions and games.
* Use your Data Capture screen as your cover image. This should include the name and type of your Live Trivia and prizing details. Make sure to follow the sizing recommendations for the Cover and Data Capture screen as they will be different!
* Ensure the 'Shuffle answers' option is on to avoid cheating!


# Personality Quiz
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/quizzes/personality-quiz/index

This highly shareable quiz type shows users results that best suit them based on their choices throughout the quiz.

## What is it?

The Personality Quiz card asks users a series of questions that in turn provide the user with a customisable outcome based on what responses they select.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Adding a Personality Quiz to your Hub

<img alt="Personality Quiz: step 1 — Step 1: Adding a Personality Quiz to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon**, from here select **Games** and then **Personality Quiz.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Adding a Cover image *(Optional)*

<img alt="Personality Quiz: step 2 — Step 2: Adding a Cover image (Optional)" />

* Clicking on the **Personality Quiz** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** You have the option to give your **Quiz** a title.
* **(2)** Here you add your **Cover** image or **(6)** you can turn off the **Cover** image here.
* **(3)** And the ability to alter the colour and copy on the **call-to-action** bar or **(7)** disable the bar here.
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add a **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Setting up your Results

<img alt="Personality Quiz: step 3 — Step 3: Setting up your Results" />

* Your results are what all of your questions will be designed to work towards.
  <Note>
    We highly recommend adding at least 4 outcomes, however, the more you add the more unique and shareable your content will feel.
  </Note>
* **(1)** Give your result a **title.**
* **(2)** Here you can bring your result to life with an **image or gif** or **(8)** toggle the result image off here.
* **(3)** Give more context and value to your outcomes by adding a **description** that gives more detail about the outcome.
* **(4)** Scrolling down, you can alter the colour and copy of the **share button.**
* **(5)** Change the **outline color and text** of the view answers button or **(10)** disable this button here.
* **(6)** Scroll down, click on the **plus icon** to add a button and to drive traffic to a particular website or to a specific card.

  <Accordion title="Adding More Buttons">
    <img alt="Personality Quiz: option a — Step 3: Setting up your Results" />

    * **(A)** Insert your **URL.**
    * **(B)** Add the **call-to-action** for the button.
    * **(C)** Customise the **button color.**
  </Accordion>
* **(7)** Here you can decide whether or not this result should allow users to enter a **competition**.
  <Note>
    In order to have a result lead to a data capture, you will need to first set this up.
  </Note>
* **(9)** Enable the **play again** button for this specific result screen.
* **(11)** Alter the **result styling colors.**

  <Accordion title="Styling Results">
    <img alt="Personality Quiz: step 3: Setting up your Results" />

    <Note>
      This setting will apply to all results.
    </Note>

    * **(a)** Edit the **header bar color**.
    * **(b)** Here you can update the **result background colors**

      <img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4 — Step 4: Adding Questions" />
  </Accordion>
* **(12)** Here you can add **additional result** screens.

### Step 4: Adding Questions

<img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4 — Step 4: Adding Questions" />

* Now your outcomes are set up, it's time to start adding your content. When adding content to your quiz you have 2 options;
* **(1) Question** - This allows you to add your questions to your Quiz.

  <Accordion title="Understanding the Question Interface">
    <img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4 — Step 4: Adding Questions" />

    * **(A)** Click the cover image area to upload a **video** from your device or using a video URL, or **(H)** toggle off the question image here.
    * **(B)** Here you will be able to **input** your question.
    * **(C)** Here you will input your question **answers** and imagery (by clicking the placeholder image icon associated with that answer).
    * **(D)** Allows you to add additional **questions.**
    * **(E)** Give the question an **Internal name** for analytics purposes.
    * **(F)** Connect question responses to a **contact property.**
    * **(G)** Here you will be able to see every question set up within your quiz and allocate the number of points each answer should give to each outcome.
      <img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4 — Step 4: Adding Questions" />
      * **(a)** The current **questions** you are assigning responses for.
      * **(b)** These are your currently set up results, to add additional options here see **step 3**.
      * **(c)** This refers to the **total number of points** you are assigning to each result based on the user's response.
    * **(I)** Here you can optionally add an **Explainer** which will pop up after the user answers this particular question.
      <img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4 — Step 4: Adding Questions" />
      * **(a)** Add your **description/explainer** text here.
      * **(b)** Here you can alter the colour of the **Next** button.
    * **(J)** Here you can toggle off the **Question** heading. Use this feature if you add a question into your question image.
    * **(K)** Toggling this option on will randomly **shuffle** each of the different answer options for every user.
    * **(L)** You can show the **response percentage** per answer option.
    * **(M)** Scrolling down, if you don't have any result screens, you can enable a **play again** for the last question of the quiz to allow users to play again.
    * **(N)** You can alter the **layout** of the answers by selecting from the options here.
    * **(O)** Allows you to configure **logic**. The logic jump allows you to take users to different questions within your Quiz based on responses to certain questions. [**Click here to learn more.**](/interactive-features/features/branching-logic/index)
    * **(P)** Brand the experience by altering the personality quiz **styling colors.**\
      **Note:** This setting will apply to all questions.
      <img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4: Adding Questions" />
      * **(a)** Edit the **header** colors.
        <img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4: Adding Questions" />
      * **(b)** Alter the colours of the question **progress bar**.
        <img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4: Adding Questions" />
      * **(c)** Edit the **background color** for the question.
        <img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4: Adding Questions" />
      * **(d)** Set the answer option colors and the feedback color.
        <img alt="Personality Quiz: option a — Step 4: Adding Questions" />
  </Accordion>
* **(2) Bridge screen** - Gives you the ability to add a bridging screen between questions. This is a great opportunity to place adverts and promotional images within your Personality Quiz.

  <Accordion title="Adding Bridge Screens">
    <img alt="Personality Quiz: option a — Step 4: Adding Questions" />

    * **(A)** Here you can customize the color of the **Next** button.
    * **(B)** Here you have the option to have an **image** to the Bridge screen or upload a **video** from your device or using a video URL.
    * **(C)** Here you **upload or remove** an image. (*We highly recommend having an image uploaded.*)
    * **(D)** Add a **description** which sits on top of the image. **Note:** We recommend toggling this off and adding any text you wish to be included here directly into your design).
    * **(E)** Alter the **text color** which will sit above the imagery.
    * **(F)** Alter the color of the **background**. *Note:* This color will only be seen if there is no image in step **(C).**
    * **(G)** You can **delete** the screen here.
  </Accordion>

### Step 5: Set your Data capture *(Optional)*

Whilst adding a competition to your Personality Quiz is recommended to collect data, it is not always required and can be used purely as an engagement piece.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 6: Publish your Card

<img alt="Personality Quiz: step 4 — Step 4: Adding Questions" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1) Publish** your card manually for the world to see!
* **(2) Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on the **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

### "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Personality Quiz? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* Added all your **questions** (including imagery where possible).
* All your [**result screens**](#step-1-adding-a-personality-quiz-to-your-hub) are set up with imagery, copy and the result correlation.
* If you are using videos in the questions, ensure you have uploaded or copied and pasted the correct **video/URL**. You can play the video in the preview section to check if it is the correct video.
* If you have added a **Bridge screen,** check if you have uploaded an image or a video with a description to explain the content.

If you have a competition and a data capture attached:

* All your **communications** (Registration, Winner/s, Everybody Else) are fully set up and ready to send.
* You have hyperlinked your [**T\&Cs**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* Ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly. If you have **Live prize awarding** as your award, make sure you **enable** this feature, you can see how to do so [here.](/interactive-features/games/live-predictor-card-advanced)
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1f3C6q3atorIFcBHeIxDmwmQN-NjlxEy9/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1QXFECM2tExPldb0psT13LQ8Tvn4XJI59J_SL9H0H2aQ/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**How long should my Personality Quiz be?** Whilst there is no correct answer we recommend 6-8 questions long with 4/5 results to ensure there is significant variation in the outcomes.

**How many points should I be assigning to each answer?** This is entirely up to you. As long as you are consistent throughout your quiz you'll be fine.

## Top tips

* Leaving the card cover on. This makes the Hub look neater and it gives your audience information about the card and game.
* Use images for your question cover and/or for the answers. Images are appealing and make it more fun compared to playing a game that's just plain text...
* Set up the results screen first before your questions. This is so you base your questions on each result.
* Have at least 4 result screens. Having more results where you are able to specify the reasoning for that outcome makes each result unique.
* Include at least 6 questions for maximum engagement. This allows you to go in-depth with the result correlations.
* Add a Bridge screen to promote a product or service. We recommend using an image with text on it than using the text box located on the Bridge screen. This is so you can place the text any way you want with your own font.


# Quiz
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/quizzes/quiz/index

Put your audience's knowledge to the test.

## What is it?

The Quiz allows you to engage your audience whilst putting their knowledge to the test by asking quiz, poll and market research style questions.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Quiz to your Hub

<img alt="Quiz: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Quiz to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**.
* Once there click the **Plus icon**, from here select **Games** and then **Quiz.**
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub.

### Step 2: Adding a Cover image *(Optional)*

<img alt="Quiz: step 2 — Step 2: Adding a Cover image (Optional)" />

* Clicking on the **Quiz** will open the editing module.
* **(1)** You have the option to give your **Quiz** a title.
* **(2)** Here you add your **Cover** image or **(6)** you can turn off the cover here.
* **(3)** Alter the color and copy on the **call-to-action** bar or **(7)** disable the bar here.
* **(4)** You can add an **author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content.
* **(5)** Add an optional **description** to the card.

### Step 3: Adding Questions

<img alt="Quiz: step 3 — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

When adding content to your Quiz, you have 4 options;

* **(1) Quiz questions** - This allows you to create your own quiz questions and populate them within your Quiz.

  <Accordion title="Understanding Quiz Question">
    <img alt="Quiz: step 3 — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

    * **(A)** By clicking the placeholder cover image, you can upload a **video** from your device or using a video URL, or **(I)** you can turn off the question image here.
    * **(B)** Here you will be able to **input** your question.
    * **(C)** Here you will input your question **answers** and imagery (by clicking the placeholder image icon associated with that answer).
    * **(D)** Allows you to add additional **questions.**
    * **(E)** Nominate the correct answer by clicking the **tick** located at the end of that answer.
    * **(F)** Give the question an **Internal name** for analytics purposes.
    * **(G)** You have the option to make this question a **Quiz** or a **Poll.**
    * **(H)** Connect question responses to a **contact property.**
    * **(J)** Here you can optionally add an **Explainer** which will pop up after the user answers this particular question.

      <img alt="Quiz: step 3: Adding Questions" />

      * **(a)** Add your **description/explainer** text here.
      * **(b)** Here you can alter the color of the **Next** button.
    * **(K)** Here you can toggle off the **Question** heading. Use this feature if you add a question into your question image.
    * **(L)** Toggling this option on will randomly **shuffle** each of the different answer options for every user.
    * **(M)** Here you disable displaying the **correct answers** to users.
    * **(N)** Scrolling down, you can show the **response percentage** per answer option.
    * **(O)** If you don't have any result screens, you can enable a **play again** for the last question of the quiz to allow users to play again.
    * **(P)** You can alter the **layout** of the answers by selecting from the options here.
    * **(Q)** Allows you to configure **logic**. The logic jump allows you to take users to different questions within your Quiz based on responses to certain questions. [**Click here to learn more.**](/interactive-features/features/branching-logic/index)
    * **(R)** Brand the experience by altering the quiz **styling colors.**

    <img alt="Quiz: step 3: Adding Questions" />

    <Note>
      This setting will apply to all questions.
    </Note>

    * **(a)** Edit the **header** colors.

    <img alt="Quiz: step 3: Adding Questions" />

    * **(b)** Alter the colours of the question **progress bar**.

    <img alt="Quiz: step 3: Adding Questions" />

    * **(c)** Edit the **background color** for the question.

    <img alt="Quiz: step 3: Adding Questions" />

    * **(d)** Set the answer option colors and the feedback color.

    <img alt="Quiz: step 3: Adding Questions" />
  </Accordion>
* **(2) Poll questions** - Typically utilized for Market Research questions but a great opportunity to create great user-generated content by utilizing divisive topics such as 'Does Pineapple belong on pizza?" (*Hint: It definitely does*)

  <Note>
    <img alt="Quiz: option a — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

    The **Poll question** layout is identical to the Quiz layout with the only exception being no correct answer can be selected.
  </Note>
* **(3) Questions from library** - Selecting this will open the Komo content library and give you access to over 40,000 pre-made questions.

  <Note>
    <img alt="Quiz: option a — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

    * **(A)** Click on **+ Select** to select the questions you want to add to your Quiz.
    * **(B)** Here you can view the **answer options.**
    * **(C)** Once you have selected your questions, **review your selection and add these questions to your Quiz.**
  </Note>
* **(4) Bridge screen** - Gives you the ability to add a bridging screen between questions. This is a great opportunity to place adverts and promotional images within your Quiz.

  <Accordion title="Managing Bridge Screen">
    <img alt="Quiz: option a — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

    * **(A)** Here you can customize the color of the **Next** button.
    * **(B)** Here you have the option to have an **image** to the Bridge screen or upload a **video** from your device or using a video URL.
    * **(C)** Here you **upload or remove** an image. (*We highly recommend having an image uploaded.*)
    * **(D)** Add a **description** which sits on top of the image.
      <Note>
        We recommend toggling this off and adding any text you wish to be included here directly into your design).
      </Note>
    * **(E)** Alter the **text color** which will sit above the imagery.
    * **(F)** Alter the color of the **background**. **Note:** This color will only be seen if there is no image in step **(C).**
    * **(G)** You can **delete** the screen here.
  </Accordion>

### Step 4: Set up your Results

<img alt="Quiz: option a — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

* **Results** refer to what will be shown to your users at the end of your Quiz. You can create multiple results which will all correspond to a different number of correct outcomes within your Quiz.
* **(1)** Here you can give your outcome a **title**.
* **(2)** Clicking here will allow you to upload a specific **image** for this result or **(8)** toggle off the result image here.
* **(3)** Scrolling down, the **description** allows you to add context to your result by entering text.
* **(4)** Alter the color and copy of the **share button.**
* **(5)** Change the **outline color and text** of the view answers button or **(10)** disable this button here.
* **(6)** Scroll down, click on the **plus icon** to add a button and to drive traffic to a particular website or to a specific card.

  <Accordion title="Adding Additional Buttons">
    <img alt="Quiz: option a — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

    * **(A)** Insert your **URL.**
    * **(b)** Add the **call-to-action** for the button.
    * **(C)** Customise the **button color.**
  </Accordion>
* **(7)** Here you can decide whether or not this result should allow users to enter a competition.
  <Note>
    In order to have a result lead to a Data capture you will need to have first set this up.
  </Note>
* **(9)** Enable the **play again** button for this specific result screen.
* **(11)** Initially, you will be prompted to set the **result range** of this particular outcome. This refers to the total number of correct answers a user must get in order to see this result.
* **(12)** Alter the **result styling colors.**

  <Accordion title="Styling Results">
    <img alt="Quiz: option a — Step 4: Set up your Results" />

    <Note>
      This setting will apply to all results.
    </Note>

    * **(A)** Edit the **header bar color**.

      <img alt="Quiz: option a — Step 4: Set up your Results" />

    * **(B)** Here you can update the **result background colors**.

      <img alt="Quiz: option b — Step 4: Set up your Results" />
  </Accordion>
* **(13)** Here you can add **additional result** screens.

### Step 5: Set up your Data capture *(Optional)*

Whilst adding a competition to your Quiz is recommended to collect data, it is not always required and can be used purely as an engagement piece.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 6: Publish your Card

<img alt="Quiz: option a — Step 3: Adding Questions" />

**Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!**

* **(1)** **Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see.
* **(2)** **Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times.
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing).

<Note>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Note>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Quiz? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated.
* Added all your **quiz questions** (including imagery where possible).
* Used **survey** and [**market research**](https://blog.komo.tech/how-businesses-are-using-komo-for-market-research) questions to gain insights and user-generated social media content.
* Created [**personalized communications**](/interactive-features/features/personalised-prizing) for your market research questions.
* Hyperlinked your [**T\&Cs**](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab.
* Selected the [**correct answer**](#see-it-in-action) for all the questions.
* All your [**result screens**](#step-1-add-a-quiz-to-your-hub) are set up with imagery, copy and the result range.
* If you are using videos in the questions, ensure you have uploaded or copied and pasted the correct **video/URL**. You can play the video in the preview section to check if it is the correct video.
* All your **communications** (Registration, Winner/s, Everybody Else) are fully set up and ready to send.
* If you have a competition attached, ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly. If you have **Live prize awarding** as your award, make sure you **enable** this feature, you can see how to do so [here.](/interactive-features/games/live-predictor-card-advanced)
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications.

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1SC6VMBeEiCxXSYvrj1SpuS4cIj3zRaae/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1jLglFC9t4qRILOk7RjcZ8QDVt1yASwLMVHlr70LfL4g/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**What's the difference between a Quiz Card and a Live Trivia game?**

The Quiz Card allows you to challenge your audience at any time, it is always open, and users can take as long as they like to answer questions. The Live Trivia is best described as a 'pub quiz' available to anyone, anywhere. The Live Trivia is open for a set amount of time (this can be as little or as long as you like), and then once started, users have a set amount of time to answer and be crowned the smartest *Insert topic/team* Fan. Check out the complete [Live Trivia FAQ here.](/interactive-features/quizzes/live-trivia)

**Can The Quiz Card be linked to The Leaderboard Card?**

The Leaderboard card has been built to allow Live Trivia users to immediately see where they sit compared to the rest of the players in the Live Trivia based on the points accumulated and is currently not linkable to a Quiz Card.

**My Quiz is now closed; how do I access the data?**

Press the **Settings Cog** located on the bottom of your Quiz Card; you can then click on **Entries** and download the complete export of data collected or click on the **Analytics** tab to get a high-level overview of the card's performance.

**Why would I utilize a 'Bridge screen'?**

Bridge screens allow you to place promotional or educational content within your Quiz and take advantage of the engagement your Quiz is receiving.

**When are 'Explainers' shown?**

Explainers are shown after a user answers the question.

**Do I have to add Explainers to my Quiz?**

No. Explainer usage is entirely optional but can be a great way to educate your users.

## Top tips

* We recommend leaving the card cover on as it provides additional information about the card/game and it also keeps the Hub looking neat!
* It is best to have between 3-6 questions for maximum engagement.
* Use images for your question cover and/or for the answers. Images are appealing and make it more fun compared to playing a game that's just plain text...
* Add a Bridge screen to promote a product or service. We recommend using an image with text on it than using the text box located on the Bridge screen. This is so you can place the text any way you want with your own font.
* Set up coupons for users who get all answers correct.
* To do this, first set up a **result screen**, set the **result range** to the maximum potential correct and turn on the **this result leads to form** option.
* Next set up a second result screen, set the result range from 0 to 1 less than the maximum correct answers and turn off the **this result leads to form** option.
* Finally set up a communication with a coupon attached and set the trigger to on-form registration.
* Create a fun and engaging quiz! Don't ask simple questions, get users to really think!
* Make poll questions interesting! Spark debates, gather insights on things you are curious about e.g. Does pineapple belong on pizza?, What do you put on top of your Christmas tree? etc.


# Swiper
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/interactive-features/quizzes/swiper/index

Put your audience's knowledge to the test with a fun swiping game

## What is it?

The Swiper card allows you to ask your audience 'yes or no' type questions where they get to swipe left or right to answer. This interactive format creates an engaging game-like experience that encourages participation and can be used for quizzes, surveys, or entertainment.

## How do I build one?

### Step 1: Add a Swiper to your Hub

<img alt="Swiper: step 1 — Step 1: Add a Swiper to your Hub" />

* Navigate to your **Engagement Hub**
* Once there, click **Add content**, and from here select **Games** and then **Swiper**
* Provide an **internal name** for the card
* You will then see your new card has been added to your Hub

### Step 2: Add a Cover image

<img alt="Swiper: step 2 — Step 2: Add a Cover image" />

* Clicking on the **Swiper** will open the editing module
* **(1)** By clicking here you can add a **title** to your Swiper card
* **(2)** This is where you can upload a **cover image**
* **(3)** Here you can edit the color and copy of the **call-to-action bar** or **(8)** toggle this off here
* **(4)** Set the **Outer card shell colors** (description and share bar)
* **(5)** You can add an **Author** tag by displaying the brand or person who's responsible for the card content
* **(6)** Add a **Description** to the card
* **(7)** Here you can **disable** the title

### Step 3: Edit the Instructions screen

<img alt="Swiper: step 3 — Step 3: Edit the Instructions screen" />

* **(1)** You can edit the **header** background color and add your imagery here
* **(2)** Edit the **instructions** for the game here
* **(3)+(4)** Alter the color and copy of the 'Yes and No' swiper buttons
* **(5)** Edit the **call-to-action** bar here
* **(6)** You can edit the **background color** and instruction text color here
* **(7)** Or you can upload a **background image**

### Step 4: Add your Question

<img alt="Swiper: step 4 — Step 4: Add your Question" />

* **(1)** Here you can write your **question**
* **(2)** You can include a **description** here
* **(3)** Add your **swipe options** here

  <Accordion title="Adding Swipe Options">
    <img alt="Swiper: option a — Step 4: Add your Question" />

    * **(A)** Give this option an **internal name**
    * **(B)** Mark this option as **correct**
    * **(C)** You can add a **title** to this option that will appear on the bottom right of the option
    * **(D)** And add a **subtitle** below the footer title
    * **(E)** Upload an **image** for the option here
  </Accordion>
* **(4)+(5)** Alter the color and copy of the **swipe buttons**
* **(6)** Give the question an **internal name**
* **(7)** Here you can edit the **background settings**
  <Note>
    **Note:** The settings made in **Step 3(6)** will follow through here.
  </Note>
* **(8)** Here you can **edit** and toggle off the **Item explainer**

  <Accordion title="Managing Item Explainer">
    <img alt="Swiper: step 3 — Step 4: Add your Question" />

    * **(A)** Update the **internal name**
    * **(B)** Edit the item **title** here
    * **(C)** Here you can add a **subtitle/description** and **(H)** toggle off the subtitle option
    * **(D)** Click on the **plus icon** to add another item
    * **(E)** Here you can disable the **item explainer**
    * **(F)** Edit the footer background color and text color
    * **(G)** Here you can toggle off the counter located on the bottom right
  </Accordion>
* **(9)** View all the **items** for the question

  <Accordion title="Viewing All Question Items ">
    <img alt="Swiper: option a — Step 4: Add your Question" />

    * **(A)** Using the burger menu to **move and rearrange** the order of the items
    * **(B)** Here you can **update, clone or delete** the item
    * **(C)** Click the **plus icon** to add more items
  </Accordion>

### Step 5: Set up your Results

<img alt="Swiper: option c — Step 5: Set up your Results" />

Here you will edit the Default Result screen.

<Note>
  We recommend using this screen as the **failure** screen. You can change the internal name to read as failure result.
</Note>

* **(1)** Give this result a **title**
* **(2)** Upload an **image** to the result
* **(3)** Scrolling down, you can include a **description** to this result
* **(4)** Alter the color and copy of the **Share** call-to-action or **(10)** remove the bar here
* **(5)** Alter the color and copy of the **View answers** call-to-action or **(11)** you can hide this button here
* **(6)** Alter the color and copy of the **Play again** call-to-action or **(12)** you can hide this button here
* **(7)** You can give this result an **internal name**
* **(8)** Have this result lead to a **data capture form**
  <Note>
    You will need to enable the data capture prior to toggling this on. Follow [Step 6](#step-6-set-up-your-data-capture) to activate.
  </Note>
* **(9)** Toggle the **confetti** on if you want to show on this result
* **(13)** Click on the **plus icon** to add another result screen

  <Accordion title="Adding More Result Screen">
    <img alt="Swiper: option c — Step 5: Set up your Results" />

    * When adding another result screen, the settings are the same as the default result
    * **(A)** You will need to set a **range** that will trigger this result <img alt="Swiper: option a — Step 5: Set up your Results" />
      * **(a)** Set the **minimum correct answer** needed to show this result
      * **(b)** And then set the **maximum correct** answers needed
  </Accordion>

### Step 6: Set up your Data capture *(Optional)*

Whilst adding a competition to your Swiper is recommended to collect data, it is not always required and can be used purely as an engagement piece.

<Card title="Ready to set up your competition?" icon="trophy-star" href="/getting-started/hub-setup/data-capture/index" />

### Step 7: Publish your Card

<img alt="Swiper: option c — Step 5: Set up your Results" />

Once you've completed all of these steps, played around with your card and are happy with all the aspects of your card, it's time to get your card live!

* **(1)Publish** your card manually and instantly for the world to see
* **(2)Schedule** your card to be published and unpublished at set dates and times
* **(3)** Click on **...** to **Preview** and interact with the card on the front end from a user's perspective before publishing it. See how to test your card [here](/getting-started/hub-setup/card-testing)

<Warning>
  All competition entries will be recorded and will impact the card analytics.
</Warning>

## "Go live" checklist

Ready to go live with your Swiper? We recommend reviewing the following list before launching and double-checking if you have:

* All images uploaded are the **correct dimensions**. Export image files in 2x to ensure none of the images appear pixelated
* Added all your **questions** and **options**
* Hyperlinked your [T\&Cs](/getting-started/resources/terms-conditions) to the opt-in-field, which is created in the **data capture** section of the settings tab if you have a competition attached
* Selected the **correct answer** for all the options
* All your **result screens** are set up with imagery, copy and the result range
* All your **communications** (Registration, Winner/s, Everybody Else) are fully set up and ready to send
* If you have a competition attached, ensure your **Prizes** and the awarding rules are set up correctly
* If you are using **coupons**, make sure the coupons created are set up correctly. Check the coupon limits are set, the copy for each screen is right and you have linked the appropriate coupons to your communications

Then you're ready to go live!

<Columns>
  <Column>
    <Card title="Terms & Conditions Template" icon="file-lines" href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YupZN6xPOupxGGme2h_roD8VZ61N2VIk/copy" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    <Card title="Card Design Guidelines" icon="cards-blank" href="https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1RbTx_auiNe-6s0HAgMrdkVcHl_Hn6uen2vJWS1m5jmg/edit?usp=sharing" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

## Promotion

<Card title="Stuck on how to promote your activation?" icon="megaphone" href="/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub/index" />

## FAQ

**What can I use the Swiper card for?**

The swiper can be used in a variety of ways such as asking users who is on x team, who is in or out next round, was x player on x team etc., is x item on the menu, who was in x movie etc. You can ask any questions and create a fun and engaging game!

**Why would I use the footer subtitle?**

You can use the footer subtitle to add additional information about the option e.g. an image of a sports player, the footer title displays the player's name and the subtitle states the team they play for.


# Operating in Low Internet Environments: Events, Stadiums, and More
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/support-resources/general/operating-in-low-internet-environments-events-stadiums-and-more/index

Navigating Connectivity Challenges: Ensuring Seamless Operations in High-Density Venues and Events.

The Komo Engagement Engine requires an internet connection to function. However, it is designed to operate even in environments with limited internet connectivity.

### Platform Optimizations

We have implemented several features to ensure smooth operation under such conditions:

1. **Automatic Image Optimization**\
   We automatically optimize images to reduce file sizes while retaining high quality. This ensures faster load times and lower bandwidth usage.
2. **Minimized Network Requests**\
   Our platform reduces the number of network requests required, streamlining data transfer and enhancing performance, especially in low-internet environments.
3. **Content Preloading**\
   We preload content whenever possible to provide a faster and smoother user experience, even with limited connectivity.
4. **Compressed Web Traffic**\
   We compress web traffic to send only the smallest possible content sizes to devices, reducing data consumption and improving loading speeds.
5. **Efficient Content Distribution via CDNs**\
   We leverage Content Delivery Networks (CDNs) to distribute content more efficiently, serving it from servers closer to the user to significantly reduce load times.

### Best Practices for Network-Constrained Environments

If you anticipate operating in a network-constrained environment, consider the following recommendations to optimize performance:

1. **Avoid Using Videos**\
   Videos consume significant internet bandwidth. Refrain from including them in your content to reduce data usage.
2. **Use Lower-Resolution Images**\
   Starting with lower-resolution images helps reduce file sizes and bandwidth usage. While our platform optimizes images to retain quality, smaller images will naturally load faster from the start.
3. **Minimize Images in Games**\
   Limit the use of images in games, especially for questions and answers in quizzes and polls, to reduce bandwidth requirements.
4. **Opt for Non-Live Content**\
   Consider using non-live content instead of live features like Live Q\&A Card or Live Trivia Card, as live content may demand more bandwidth.
5. **Limit Content on Engagement Hubs**\
   Reduce the number of cards displayed on an Engagement Hub. Each additional piece of content increases the amount of data users need to download.
6. **Strategize Promotion Timing**\
   Choose optimal times to promote your Engagement Hubs and content. Avoid periods of high network congestion, such as during headline performances at live events when many people use their phones. Promoting before or after these times can enhance user access.

### Conclusion

By following these best practices and leveraging the Komo Engagement Engine's built-in optimizations, you can provide a smooth and engaging experience for your users, even in environments with limited internet connectivity.

**Need Assistance?**

If you have any questions or require further assistance in optimizing your content for low-internet environments, please [contact our support team](mailto:support@komo.tech).


# Running your Live Trivia In-Venue
Source: https://knowledge.komo.tech/support-resources/general/running-your-live-trivia-in-venue/index

Need help running your Live Trivia in-venue? Read on...

This article will provide you with all the information you need to know in order to run your trivia game for a Live Event. Read on for a step-by-step guide.

If you need help creating your Live Trivia click [here](/interactive-features/quizzes/live-trivia). Alternatively, if you're looking for our best practice regarding promotion click [here](/getting-started/promotion/promoting-your-engagement-hub).

<Card title="Writing your MC Script" icon="pen" href="/support-resources/general/live-trivia-mc-script">
  A guide on how your MC approaches a Live Trivia in-venue
</Card>

## Getting Ready for the Live Trivia

You can have your Live Trivia on the big screen in a matter of minutes with simply one HDMI cable and a laptop.

<Note>
  We highly recommend using two laptops! Prior to the Live Trivia starting, we recommend getting the relevant screens organised in different tabs across two laptops.
</Note>

### Laptop 1 - Shared on in-venue screens

This laptop will be connected to the in-venue screens and viewable to attendees.

* **The Holding Screen:** This image is shown prior to the Live Trivia starting and should have a QR code included to allow attendees to scan to access your Hub and register for the live trivia.
* **The Big Screen:** The Big Screen link includes a Countdown Clock and displays the winner's name on the in-venue screen (This will all sit on one URL and will update automatically as the game progresses).
* **Live data feeds:** Live data feeds automatically pull data from the Live Trivia and then present it in a fun and engaging way to improve the overall trivia experience. \
  If you are using live data feeds, which we highly recommend, have these screens open as well. To do this simply go to your trivia game, click on **Live data feeds,** using the **...** next to the feed select **Preview**. For a full explanation of how to set up live data feeds, click [here](/interactive-features/quizzes/live-trivia).

### Laptop 2 - To control the game

This computer is the one that you will use to start the trivia game and won't be viewable to attendees

* **Live Trivia Game:** If you're planning on running your event during a halftime break or a time that is otherwise not locked in you will require another laptop to manage the starting and closing of your game. You should have your trivia game up and in the Control Panel tab ready to start your game. To this click on the Card's **Settings** and then **Control Panel**.

<Note>
  For events, we recommend not scheduling your Live Trivia to account for delays that may occur for the event.
</Note>

Check out the video below for a full demonstration of how your laptop screens should look prior to starting your Live Trivia.

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

## Running your Live Trivia

When you're ready to run your Live Trivia, you should have the following tabs already open on one laptop; **holding screen, big screen link** and any **live data feed** you may have.\
On another laptop, you should have the Live Trivia game open and ready to start the game in the **Control Panel** tab. For a full demonstration of how to run your Live Trivia in-venue, check out the video below.

<iframe title="Loom video player" />

### Step 1: Registrations

The first thing that should be broadcast on the in-venue screen is the **holding screen**. This should be done whilst the MC is encouraging people to register for the game by scanning the QR code on-screen.\
On your other laptop, you should be sitting in your Live Trivia game in the **Control Panel** tab.

<Columns>
  <Column>
    **Example of a Holding Screen:**

    <img alt="Running your Live Trivia In-Venue: step 1: Registrations" />
  </Column>

  <Column>
    **Live Trivia Control Panel:**

    <img alt="Running your Live Trivia In-Venue: step 2 — Step 1: Registrations" />
  </Column>
</Columns>

### Step 2: Start the Game

Once you're happy with the number of registrations for the Live Trivia (which you can see in the **Control Panel** tab),  click **I'm ready to start the game** and then **Start**. Following this immediately switch the in-venue screen over to the **Big screen** window, the clock should now be counting down..

**Example of the Game in Progress Big Screen:**

<img alt="Running your Live Trivia In-Venue: step 3 — Step 2: Start the Game" />

### Step 3: Live Data Feeds

At this stage, the trivia game is in progress. From here cycle through the **Live data feeds** tabs for the best trivia experience, occasionally switching back to the big screen screen. At this point, the MC should be hyping up the crowd. When the countdown is in the final 10 seconds return back to the **Big screen** window.

<img alt="Running your Live Trivia In-Venue: step 3 — Step 3: Live Data Feeds" />

### Step 4: Processing Screen

Once time has run out for your Live Trivia, the **Big screen** tab will automatically display the processing screen. This is when you will need to award prizes in the **Control Panel** tab of your second laptop. To announce and award the winners, click on **Award prizes** at the top of the **Control Panel.**

**Example of the Processing Big Screen:**

<img alt="Running your Live Trivia In-Venue: step 5 — Step 4: Processing Screen" />

### **Step 5: Winner Screen**

Once you have awarded the prizes, the big screen will then automatically switch to display the winner's name. Keep this name up on the screen so the MC can talk to it.

<img alt="Running your Live Trivia In-Venue: step 5 — Step 5: Winner Screen" />